[cfe-commits] r125124 - in /cfe/trunk/lib: ./ StaticAnalyzer/ StaticAnalyzer/Checkers/ StaticAnalyzer/Core/

Argyrios Kyrtzidis akyrtzi at gmail.com
Tue Feb 8 14:30:36 PST 2011


Author: akirtzidis
Date: Tue Feb  8 16:30:36 2011
New Revision: 125124

URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project?rev=125124&view=rev
Log:
[analyzer] Move the files in lib/StaticAnalyzer to lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core.

Eventually there will also be a lib/StaticAnalyzer/Frontend that will handle initialization and checker registration.
Yet another library to avoid cyclic dependencies between Core and Checkers.

Added:
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Checkers/AnalyzerStatsChecker.cpp
      - copied, changed from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/AnalyzerStatsChecker.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/AggExprVisitor.cpp
      - copied, changed from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/AggExprVisitor.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/AnalysisManager.cpp
      - copied, changed from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/AnalysisManager.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/BasicConstraintManager.cpp
      - copied, changed from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/BasicConstraintManager.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/BasicStore.cpp
      - copied, changed from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/BasicStore.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/BasicValueFactory.cpp
      - copied, changed from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/BasicValueFactory.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/BlockCounter.cpp
      - copied, changed from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/BlockCounter.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/BugReporter.cpp
      - copied, changed from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/BugReporter.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/BugReporterVisitors.cpp
      - copied, changed from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/BugReporterVisitors.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/CFRefCount.cpp
      - copied, changed from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/CFRefCount.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/CMakeLists.txt
      - copied, changed from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/CMakeLists.txt
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/CXXExprEngine.cpp
      - copied, changed from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/CXXExprEngine.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/Checker.cpp
      - copied, changed from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Checker.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/CheckerHelpers.cpp
      - copied, changed from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/CheckerHelpers.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/CoreEngine.cpp
      - copied, changed from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/CoreEngine.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/Environment.cpp
      - copied, changed from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Environment.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/ExplodedGraph.cpp
      - copied, changed from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/ExplodedGraph.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/FlatStore.cpp
      - copied, changed from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/FlatStore.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/GRState.cpp
      - copied, changed from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/GRState.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/HTMLDiagnostics.cpp
      - copied, changed from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/HTMLDiagnostics.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/Makefile
      - copied, changed from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Makefile
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/ManagerRegistry.cpp
      - copied, changed from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/ManagerRegistry.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/MemRegion.cpp
      - copied, changed from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/MemRegion.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/ObjCMessage.cpp
      - copied, changed from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/ObjCMessage.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathDiagnostic.cpp
      - copied, changed from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/PathDiagnostic.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PlistDiagnostics.cpp
      - copied, changed from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/PlistDiagnostics.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/RangeConstraintManager.cpp
      - copied, changed from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/RangeConstraintManager.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/RegionStore.cpp
      - copied, changed from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/RegionStore.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/SValBuilder.cpp
      - copied, changed from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/SValBuilder.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/SVals.cpp
      - copied, changed from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/SVals.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/SimpleConstraintManager.cpp
      - copied, changed from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/SimpleConstraintManager.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/SimpleConstraintManager.h
      - copied, changed from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/SimpleConstraintManager.h
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/SimpleSValBuilder.cpp
      - copied, changed from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/SimpleSValBuilder.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/Store.cpp
      - copied, changed from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Store.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/SymbolManager.cpp
      - copied, changed from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/SymbolManager.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/TextPathDiagnostics.cpp
      - copied, changed from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/TextPathDiagnostics.cpp
Removed:
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/AggExprVisitor.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/AnalysisManager.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/AnalyzerStatsChecker.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/BasicConstraintManager.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/BasicStore.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/BasicValueFactory.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/BlockCounter.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/BugReporter.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/BugReporterVisitors.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/CFRefCount.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/CXXExprEngine.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Checker.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/CheckerHelpers.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/CoreEngine.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Environment.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/ExplodedGraph.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/FlatStore.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/GRState.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/HTMLDiagnostics.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/ManagerRegistry.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/MemRegion.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/ObjCMessage.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/PathDiagnostic.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/PlistDiagnostics.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/RangeConstraintManager.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/RegionStore.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/SValBuilder.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/SVals.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/SimpleConstraintManager.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/SimpleConstraintManager.h
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/SimpleSValBuilder.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Store.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/SymbolManager.cpp
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/TextPathDiagnostics.cpp
Modified:
    cfe/trunk/lib/CMakeLists.txt
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/CMakeLists.txt
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Checkers/CMakeLists.txt
    cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Makefile

Modified: cfe/trunk/lib/CMakeLists.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/CMakeLists.txt?rev=125124&r1=125123&r2=125124&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- cfe/trunk/lib/CMakeLists.txt (original)
+++ cfe/trunk/lib/CMakeLists.txt Tue Feb  8 16:30:36 2011
@@ -13,4 +13,3 @@
 add_subdirectory(FrontendTool)
 add_subdirectory(Index)
 add_subdirectory(StaticAnalyzer)
-add_subdirectory(StaticAnalyzer/Checkers)

Removed: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/AggExprVisitor.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/AggExprVisitor.cpp?rev=125123&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/AggExprVisitor.cpp (original)
+++ cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/AggExprVisitor.cpp (removed)
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-//=-- AggExprVisitor.cpp - evaluating expressions of C++ class type -*- C++ -*-=
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-// This file defines AggExprVisitor class, which contains lots of boiler
-// plate code for evaluating expressions of C++ class type.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathSensitive/ExprEngine.h"
-#include "clang/AST/StmtVisitor.h"
-
-using namespace clang;
-using namespace ento;
-
-namespace {
-/// AggExprVisitor is designed after AggExprEmitter of the CodeGen module.  It
-/// is used for evaluating exprs of C++ object type. Evaluating such exprs
-/// requires a destination pointer pointing to the object being evaluated
-/// into. Passing such a pointer around would pollute the Visit* interface of
-/// ExprEngine. AggExprVisitor encapsulates code that goes through various
-/// cast and construct exprs (and others), and at the final point, dispatches
-/// back to the ExprEngine to let the real evaluation logic happen.
-class AggExprVisitor : public StmtVisitor<AggExprVisitor> {
-  const MemRegion *Dest;
-  ExplodedNode *Pred;
-  ExplodedNodeSet &DstSet;
-  ExprEngine &Eng;
-
-public:
-  AggExprVisitor(const MemRegion *dest, ExplodedNode *N, ExplodedNodeSet &dst, 
-                 ExprEngine &eng)
-    : Dest(dest), Pred(N), DstSet(dst), Eng(eng) {}
-
-  void VisitCastExpr(CastExpr *E);
-  void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E);
-};
-}
-
-void AggExprVisitor::VisitCastExpr(CastExpr *E) {
-  switch (E->getCastKind()) {
-  default: 
-    assert(0 && "Unhandled cast kind");
-  case CK_NoOp:
-  case CK_ConstructorConversion:
-    Visit(E->getSubExpr());
-    break;
-  }
-}
-
-void AggExprVisitor::VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) {
-  Eng.VisitCXXConstructExpr(E, Dest, Pred, DstSet);
-}
-
-void ExprEngine::VisitAggExpr(const Expr *E, const MemRegion *Dest, 
-                                ExplodedNode *Pred, ExplodedNodeSet &Dst) {
-  AggExprVisitor(Dest, Pred, Dst, *this).Visit(const_cast<Expr *>(E));
-}

Removed: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/AnalysisManager.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/AnalysisManager.cpp?rev=125123&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/AnalysisManager.cpp (original)
+++ cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/AnalysisManager.cpp (removed)
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-//===-- AnalysisManager.cpp -------------------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathSensitive/AnalysisManager.h"
-#include "clang/Index/Entity.h"
-#include "clang/Index/Indexer.h"
-
-using namespace clang;
-using namespace ento;
-
-AnalysisContext *
-AnalysisManager::getAnalysisContextInAnotherTU(const Decl *D) {
-  idx::Entity Ent = idx::Entity::get(const_cast<Decl *>(D), 
-                                     Idxer->getProgram());
-  FunctionDecl *FuncDef;
-  idx::TranslationUnit *TU;
-  llvm::tie(FuncDef, TU) = Idxer->getDefinitionFor(Ent);
-
-  if (FuncDef == 0)
-    return 0;
-
-  // This AnalysisContext wraps function definition in another translation unit.
-  // But it is still owned by the AnalysisManager associated with the current
-  // translation unit.
-  return AnaCtxMgr.getContext(FuncDef, TU);
-}

Removed: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/AnalyzerStatsChecker.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/AnalyzerStatsChecker.cpp?rev=125123&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/AnalyzerStatsChecker.cpp (original)
+++ cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/AnalyzerStatsChecker.cpp (removed)
@@ -1,123 +0,0 @@
-//==--AnalyzerStatsChecker.cpp - Analyzer visitation statistics --*- C++ -*-==//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// This file reports various statistics about analyzer visitation.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathSensitive/CheckerVisitor.h"
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathSensitive/ExplodedGraph.h"
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/BugReporter/BugReporter.h"
-
-// FIXME: Restructure checker registration.
-#include "Checkers/ExperimentalChecks.h"
-
-#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
-
-using namespace clang;
-using namespace ento;
-
-namespace {
-class AnalyzerStatsChecker : public CheckerVisitor<AnalyzerStatsChecker> {
-public:
-  static void *getTag();
-  void VisitEndAnalysis(ExplodedGraph &G, BugReporter &B, ExprEngine &Eng);
-
-private:
-  llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CFGBlock*, 256> reachable;
-};
-}
-
-void *AnalyzerStatsChecker::getTag() {
-  static int x = 0;
-  return &x;
-}
-
-void ento::RegisterAnalyzerStatsChecker(ExprEngine &Eng) {
-  Eng.registerCheck(new AnalyzerStatsChecker());
-}
-
-void AnalyzerStatsChecker::VisitEndAnalysis(ExplodedGraph &G,
-                                            BugReporter &B,
-                                            ExprEngine &Eng) {
-  const CFG *C  = 0;
-  const Decl *D = 0;
-  const LocationContext *LC = 0;
-  const SourceManager &SM = B.getSourceManager();
-
-  // Iterate over explodedgraph
-  for (ExplodedGraph::node_iterator I = G.nodes_begin();
-      I != G.nodes_end(); ++I) {
-    const ProgramPoint &P = I->getLocation();
-    // Save the LocationContext if we don't have it already
-    if (!LC)
-      LC = P.getLocationContext();
-
-    if (const BlockEntrance *BE = dyn_cast<BlockEntrance>(&P)) {
-      const CFGBlock *CB = BE->getBlock();
-      reachable.insert(CB);
-    }
-  }
-
-  // Get the CFG and the Decl of this block
-  C = LC->getCFG();
-  D = LC->getAnalysisContext()->getDecl();
-
-  unsigned total = 0, unreachable = 0;
-
-  // Find CFGBlocks that were not covered by any node
-  for (CFG::const_iterator I = C->begin(); I != C->end(); ++I) {
-    const CFGBlock *CB = *I;
-    ++total;
-    // Check if the block is unreachable
-    if (!reachable.count(CB)) {
-      ++unreachable;
-    }
-  }
-
-  // We never 'reach' the entry block, so correct the unreachable count
-  unreachable--;
-
-  // Generate the warning string
-  llvm::SmallString<128> buf;
-  llvm::raw_svector_ostream output(buf);
-  PresumedLoc Loc = SM.getPresumedLoc(D->getLocation());
-  if (Loc.isValid()) {
-    output << Loc.getFilename() << " : ";
-
-    if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) || isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
-      const NamedDecl *ND = cast<NamedDecl>(D);
-      output << ND;
-    }
-    else if (isa<BlockDecl>(D)) {
-      output << "block(line:" << Loc.getLine() << ":col:" << Loc.getColumn();
-    }
-  }
-  
-  output << " -> Total CFGBlocks: " << total << " | Unreachable CFGBlocks: "
-      << unreachable << " | Aborted Block: "
-      << (Eng.wasBlockAborted() ? "yes" : "no")
-      << " | Empty WorkList: "
-      << (Eng.hasEmptyWorkList() ? "yes" : "no");
-
-  B.EmitBasicReport("Analyzer Statistics", "Internal Statistics", output.str(),
-      D->getLocation());
-
-  // Emit warning for each block we bailed out on
-  typedef CoreEngine::BlocksAborted::const_iterator AbortedIterator;
-  const CoreEngine &CE = Eng.getCoreEngine();
-  for (AbortedIterator I = CE.blocks_aborted_begin(),
-      E = CE.blocks_aborted_end(); I != E; ++I) {
-    const BlockEdge &BE =  I->first;
-    const CFGBlock *Exit = BE.getDst();
-    const CFGElement &CE = Exit->front();
-    if (const CFGStmt *CS = dyn_cast<CFGStmt>(&CE))
-      B.EmitBasicReport("Bailout Point", "Internal Statistics", "The analyzer "
-          "stopped analyzing at this point", CS->getStmt()->getLocStart());
-  }
-}

Removed: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/BasicConstraintManager.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/BasicConstraintManager.cpp?rev=125123&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/BasicConstraintManager.cpp (original)
+++ cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/BasicConstraintManager.cpp (removed)
@@ -1,338 +0,0 @@
-//== BasicConstraintManager.cpp - Manage basic constraints.------*- C++ -*--==//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-//  This file defines BasicConstraintManager, a class that tracks simple
-//  equality and inequality constraints on symbolic values of GRState.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#include "SimpleConstraintManager.h"
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathSensitive/GRState.h"
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathSensitive/GRStateTrait.h"
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathSensitive/TransferFuncs.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
-
-using namespace clang;
-using namespace ento;
-
-
-namespace { class ConstNotEq {}; }
-namespace { class ConstEq {}; }
-
-typedef llvm::ImmutableMap<SymbolRef,GRState::IntSetTy> ConstNotEqTy;
-typedef llvm::ImmutableMap<SymbolRef,const llvm::APSInt*> ConstEqTy;
-
-static int ConstEqIndex = 0;
-static int ConstNotEqIndex = 0;
-
-namespace clang {
-namespace ento {
-template<>
-struct GRStateTrait<ConstNotEq> : public GRStatePartialTrait<ConstNotEqTy> {
-  static inline void* GDMIndex() { return &ConstNotEqIndex; }
-};
-
-template<>
-struct GRStateTrait<ConstEq> : public GRStatePartialTrait<ConstEqTy> {
-  static inline void* GDMIndex() { return &ConstEqIndex; }
-};
-}
-}
-
-namespace {
-// BasicConstraintManager only tracks equality and inequality constraints of
-// constants and integer variables.
-class BasicConstraintManager
-  : public SimpleConstraintManager {
-  GRState::IntSetTy::Factory ISetFactory;
-public:
-  BasicConstraintManager(GRStateManager &statemgr, SubEngine &subengine)
-    : SimpleConstraintManager(subengine), 
-      ISetFactory(statemgr.getAllocator()) {}
-
-  const GRState *assumeSymNE(const GRState* state, SymbolRef sym,
-                             const llvm::APSInt& V,
-                             const llvm::APSInt& Adjustment);
-
-  const GRState *assumeSymEQ(const GRState* state, SymbolRef sym,
-                             const llvm::APSInt& V,
-                             const llvm::APSInt& Adjustment);
-
-  const GRState *assumeSymLT(const GRState* state, SymbolRef sym,
-                             const llvm::APSInt& V,
-                             const llvm::APSInt& Adjustment);
-
-  const GRState *assumeSymGT(const GRState* state, SymbolRef sym,
-                             const llvm::APSInt& V,
-                             const llvm::APSInt& Adjustment);
-
-  const GRState *assumeSymGE(const GRState* state, SymbolRef sym,
-                             const llvm::APSInt& V,
-                             const llvm::APSInt& Adjustment);
-
-  const GRState *assumeSymLE(const GRState* state, SymbolRef sym,
-                             const llvm::APSInt& V,
-                             const llvm::APSInt& Adjustment);
-
-  const GRState* AddEQ(const GRState* state, SymbolRef sym, const llvm::APSInt& V);
-
-  const GRState* AddNE(const GRState* state, SymbolRef sym, const llvm::APSInt& V);
-
-  const llvm::APSInt* getSymVal(const GRState* state, SymbolRef sym) const;
-  bool isNotEqual(const GRState* state, SymbolRef sym, const llvm::APSInt& V)
-      const;
-  bool isEqual(const GRState* state, SymbolRef sym, const llvm::APSInt& V)
-      const;
-
-  const GRState* removeDeadBindings(const GRState* state, SymbolReaper& SymReaper);
-
-  void print(const GRState* state, llvm::raw_ostream& Out,
-             const char* nl, const char *sep);
-};
-
-} // end anonymous namespace
-
-ConstraintManager* ento::CreateBasicConstraintManager(GRStateManager& statemgr,
-                                                       SubEngine &subengine) {
-  return new BasicConstraintManager(statemgr, subengine);
-}
-
-
-const GRState*
-BasicConstraintManager::assumeSymNE(const GRState *state, SymbolRef sym,
-                                    const llvm::APSInt &V,
-                                    const llvm::APSInt &Adjustment) {
-  // First, determine if sym == X, where X+Adjustment != V.
-  llvm::APSInt Adjusted = V-Adjustment;
-  if (const llvm::APSInt* X = getSymVal(state, sym)) {
-    bool isFeasible = (*X != Adjusted);
-    return isFeasible ? state : NULL;
-  }
-
-  // Second, determine if sym+Adjustment != V.
-  if (isNotEqual(state, sym, Adjusted))
-    return state;
-
-  // If we reach here, sym is not a constant and we don't know if it is != V.
-  // Make that assumption.
-  return AddNE(state, sym, Adjusted);
-}
-
-const GRState*
-BasicConstraintManager::assumeSymEQ(const GRState *state, SymbolRef sym,
-                                    const llvm::APSInt &V,
-                                    const llvm::APSInt &Adjustment) {
-  // First, determine if sym == X, where X+Adjustment != V.
-  llvm::APSInt Adjusted = V-Adjustment;
-  if (const llvm::APSInt* X = getSymVal(state, sym)) {
-    bool isFeasible = (*X == Adjusted);
-    return isFeasible ? state : NULL;
-  }
-
-  // Second, determine if sym+Adjustment != V.
-  if (isNotEqual(state, sym, Adjusted))
-    return NULL;
-
-  // If we reach here, sym is not a constant and we don't know if it is == V.
-  // Make that assumption.
-  return AddEQ(state, sym, Adjusted);
-}
-
-// The logic for these will be handled in another ConstraintManager.
-const GRState*
-BasicConstraintManager::assumeSymLT(const GRState *state, SymbolRef sym,
-                                    const llvm::APSInt &V,
-                                    const llvm::APSInt &Adjustment) {
-  // Is 'V' the smallest possible value?
-  if (V == llvm::APSInt::getMinValue(V.getBitWidth(), V.isUnsigned())) {
-    // sym cannot be any value less than 'V'.  This path is infeasible.
-    return NULL;
-  }
-
-  // FIXME: For now have assuming x < y be the same as assuming sym != V;
-  return assumeSymNE(state, sym, V, Adjustment);
-}
-
-const GRState*
-BasicConstraintManager::assumeSymGT(const GRState *state, SymbolRef sym,
-                                    const llvm::APSInt &V,
-                                    const llvm::APSInt &Adjustment) {
-  // Is 'V' the largest possible value?
-  if (V == llvm::APSInt::getMaxValue(V.getBitWidth(), V.isUnsigned())) {
-    // sym cannot be any value greater than 'V'.  This path is infeasible.
-    return NULL;
-  }
-
-  // FIXME: For now have assuming x > y be the same as assuming sym != V;
-  return assumeSymNE(state, sym, V, Adjustment);
-}
-
-const GRState*
-BasicConstraintManager::assumeSymGE(const GRState *state, SymbolRef sym,
-                                    const llvm::APSInt &V,
-                                    const llvm::APSInt &Adjustment) {
-  // Reject a path if the value of sym is a constant X and !(X+Adj >= V).
-  if (const llvm::APSInt *X = getSymVal(state, sym)) {
-    bool isFeasible = (*X >= V-Adjustment);
-    return isFeasible ? state : NULL;
-  }
-
-  // Sym is not a constant, but it is worth looking to see if V is the
-  // maximum integer value.
-  if (V == llvm::APSInt::getMaxValue(V.getBitWidth(), V.isUnsigned())) {
-    llvm::APSInt Adjusted = V-Adjustment;
-
-    // If we know that sym != V (after adjustment), then this condition
-    // is infeasible since there is no other value greater than V.
-    bool isFeasible = !isNotEqual(state, sym, Adjusted);
-
-    // If the path is still feasible then as a consequence we know that
-    // 'sym+Adjustment == V' because there are no larger values.
-    // Add this constraint.
-    return isFeasible ? AddEQ(state, sym, Adjusted) : NULL;
-  }
-
-  return state;
-}
-
-const GRState*
-BasicConstraintManager::assumeSymLE(const GRState *state, SymbolRef sym,
-                                    const llvm::APSInt &V,
-                                    const llvm::APSInt &Adjustment) {
-  // Reject a path if the value of sym is a constant X and !(X+Adj <= V).
-  if (const llvm::APSInt* X = getSymVal(state, sym)) {
-    bool isFeasible = (*X <= V-Adjustment);
-    return isFeasible ? state : NULL;
-  }
-
-  // Sym is not a constant, but it is worth looking to see if V is the
-  // minimum integer value.
-  if (V == llvm::APSInt::getMinValue(V.getBitWidth(), V.isUnsigned())) {
-    llvm::APSInt Adjusted = V-Adjustment;
-
-    // If we know that sym != V (after adjustment), then this condition
-    // is infeasible since there is no other value less than V.
-    bool isFeasible = !isNotEqual(state, sym, Adjusted);
-
-    // If the path is still feasible then as a consequence we know that
-    // 'sym+Adjustment == V' because there are no smaller values.
-    // Add this constraint.
-    return isFeasible ? AddEQ(state, sym, Adjusted) : NULL;
-  }
-
-  return state;
-}
-
-const GRState* BasicConstraintManager::AddEQ(const GRState* state, SymbolRef sym,
-                                             const llvm::APSInt& V) {
-  // Create a new state with the old binding replaced.
-  return state->set<ConstEq>(sym, &state->getBasicVals().getValue(V));
-}
-
-const GRState* BasicConstraintManager::AddNE(const GRState* state, SymbolRef sym,
-                                             const llvm::APSInt& V) {
-
-  // First, retrieve the NE-set associated with the given symbol.
-  ConstNotEqTy::data_type* T = state->get<ConstNotEq>(sym);
-  GRState::IntSetTy S = T ? *T : ISetFactory.getEmptySet();
-
-  // Now add V to the NE set.
-  S = ISetFactory.add(S, &state->getBasicVals().getValue(V));
-
-  // Create a new state with the old binding replaced.
-  return state->set<ConstNotEq>(sym, S);
-}
-
-const llvm::APSInt* BasicConstraintManager::getSymVal(const GRState* state,
-                                                      SymbolRef sym) const {
-  const ConstEqTy::data_type* T = state->get<ConstEq>(sym);
-  return T ? *T : NULL;
-}
-
-bool BasicConstraintManager::isNotEqual(const GRState* state, SymbolRef sym,
-                                        const llvm::APSInt& V) const {
-
-  // Retrieve the NE-set associated with the given symbol.
-  const ConstNotEqTy::data_type* T = state->get<ConstNotEq>(sym);
-
-  // See if V is present in the NE-set.
-  return T ? T->contains(&state->getBasicVals().getValue(V)) : false;
-}
-
-bool BasicConstraintManager::isEqual(const GRState* state, SymbolRef sym,
-                                     const llvm::APSInt& V) const {
-  // Retrieve the EQ-set associated with the given symbol.
-  const ConstEqTy::data_type* T = state->get<ConstEq>(sym);
-  // See if V is present in the EQ-set.
-  return T ? **T == V : false;
-}
-
-/// Scan all symbols referenced by the constraints. If the symbol is not alive
-/// as marked in LSymbols, mark it as dead in DSymbols.
-const GRState*
-BasicConstraintManager::removeDeadBindings(const GRState* state,
-                                           SymbolReaper& SymReaper) {
-
-  ConstEqTy CE = state->get<ConstEq>();
-  ConstEqTy::Factory& CEFactory = state->get_context<ConstEq>();
-
-  for (ConstEqTy::iterator I = CE.begin(), E = CE.end(); I!=E; ++I) {
-    SymbolRef sym = I.getKey();
-    if (SymReaper.maybeDead(sym))
-      CE = CEFactory.remove(CE, sym);
-  }
-  state = state->set<ConstEq>(CE);
-
-  ConstNotEqTy CNE = state->get<ConstNotEq>();
-  ConstNotEqTy::Factory& CNEFactory = state->get_context<ConstNotEq>();
-
-  for (ConstNotEqTy::iterator I = CNE.begin(), E = CNE.end(); I != E; ++I) {
-    SymbolRef sym = I.getKey();
-    if (SymReaper.maybeDead(sym))
-      CNE = CNEFactory.remove(CNE, sym);
-  }
-
-  return state->set<ConstNotEq>(CNE);
-}
-
-void BasicConstraintManager::print(const GRState* state, llvm::raw_ostream& Out,
-                                   const char* nl, const char *sep) {
-  // Print equality constraints.
-
-  ConstEqTy CE = state->get<ConstEq>();
-
-  if (!CE.isEmpty()) {
-    Out << nl << sep << "'==' constraints:";
-    for (ConstEqTy::iterator I = CE.begin(), E = CE.end(); I!=E; ++I)
-      Out << nl << " $" << I.getKey() << " : " << *I.getData();
-  }
-
-  // Print != constraints.
-
-  ConstNotEqTy CNE = state->get<ConstNotEq>();
-
-  if (!CNE.isEmpty()) {
-    Out << nl << sep << "'!=' constraints:";
-
-    for (ConstNotEqTy::iterator I = CNE.begin(), EI = CNE.end(); I!=EI; ++I) {
-      Out << nl << " $" << I.getKey() << " : ";
-      bool isFirst = true;
-
-      GRState::IntSetTy::iterator J = I.getData().begin(),
-                                  EJ = I.getData().end();
-
-      for ( ; J != EJ; ++J) {
-        if (isFirst) isFirst = false;
-        else Out << ", ";
-
-        Out << (*J)->getSExtValue(); // Hack: should print to raw_ostream.
-      }
-    }
-  }
-}

Removed: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/BasicStore.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/BasicStore.cpp?rev=125123&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/BasicStore.cpp (original)
+++ cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/BasicStore.cpp (removed)
@@ -1,594 +0,0 @@
-//== BasicStore.cpp - Basic map from Locations to Values --------*- C++ -*--==//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-//  This file defined the BasicStore and BasicStoreManager classes.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
-#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
-#include "clang/Analysis/Analyses/LiveVariables.h"
-#include "clang/Analysis/AnalysisContext.h"
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathSensitive/GRState.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/ImmutableMap.h"
-
-using namespace clang;
-using namespace ento;
-
-typedef llvm::ImmutableMap<const MemRegion*,SVal> BindingsTy;
-
-namespace {
-
-class BasicStoreSubRegionMap : public SubRegionMap {
-public:
-  BasicStoreSubRegionMap() {}
-
-  bool iterSubRegions(const MemRegion* R, Visitor& V) const {
-    return true; // Do nothing.  No subregions.
-  }
-};
-
-class BasicStoreManager : public StoreManager {
-  BindingsTy::Factory VBFactory;
-public:
-  BasicStoreManager(GRStateManager& mgr)
-    : StoreManager(mgr), VBFactory(mgr.getAllocator()) {}
-
-  ~BasicStoreManager() {}
-
-  SubRegionMap *getSubRegionMap(Store store) {
-    return new BasicStoreSubRegionMap();
-  }
-
-  SVal Retrieve(Store store, Loc loc, QualType T = QualType());
-
-  Store InvalidateRegion(Store store, const MemRegion *R, const Expr *E,
-                         unsigned Count, InvalidatedSymbols *IS);
-
-  Store InvalidateRegions(Store store, const MemRegion * const *Begin,
-                          const MemRegion * const *End, const Expr *E,
-                          unsigned Count, InvalidatedSymbols *IS,
-                          bool invalidateGlobals, InvalidatedRegions *Regions);
-
-  Store scanForIvars(Stmt *B, const Decl* SelfDecl,
-                     const MemRegion *SelfRegion, Store St);
-
-  Store Bind(Store St, Loc loc, SVal V);
-  Store Remove(Store St, Loc loc);
-  Store getInitialStore(const LocationContext *InitLoc);
-
-  Store BindCompoundLiteral(Store store, const CompoundLiteralExpr*,
-                            const LocationContext*, SVal val) {
-    return store;
-  }
-
-  /// ArrayToPointer - Used by ExprEngine::VistCast to handle implicit
-  ///  conversions between arrays and pointers.
-  SVal ArrayToPointer(Loc Array) { return Array; }
-
-  /// removeDeadBindings - Scans a BasicStore of 'state' for dead values.
-  ///  It updatees the GRState object in place with the values removed.
-  Store removeDeadBindings(Store store, const StackFrameContext *LCtx,
-                           SymbolReaper& SymReaper,
-                          llvm::SmallVectorImpl<const MemRegion*>& RegionRoots);
-
-  void iterBindings(Store store, BindingsHandler& f);
-
-  Store BindDecl(Store store, const VarRegion *VR, SVal InitVal) {
-    return BindDeclInternal(store, VR, &InitVal);
-  }
-
-  Store BindDeclWithNoInit(Store store, const VarRegion *VR) {
-    return BindDeclInternal(store, VR, 0);
-  }
-
-  Store BindDeclInternal(Store store, const VarRegion *VR, SVal *InitVal);
-
-  static inline BindingsTy GetBindings(Store store) {
-    return BindingsTy(static_cast<const BindingsTy::TreeTy*>(store));
-  }
-
-  void print(Store store, llvm::raw_ostream& Out, const char* nl,
-             const char *sep);
-
-private:
-  SVal LazyRetrieve(Store store, const TypedRegion *R);
-};
-
-} // end anonymous namespace
-
-
-StoreManager* ento::CreateBasicStoreManager(GRStateManager& StMgr) {
-  return new BasicStoreManager(StMgr);
-}
-
-static bool isHigherOrderRawPtr(QualType T, ASTContext &C) {
-  bool foundPointer = false;
-  while (1) {
-    const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>();
-    if (!PT) {
-      if (!foundPointer)
-        return false;
-
-      // intptr_t* or intptr_t**, etc?
-      if (T->isIntegerType() && C.getTypeSize(T) == C.getTypeSize(C.VoidPtrTy))
-        return true;
-
-      QualType X = C.getCanonicalType(T).getUnqualifiedType();
-      return X == C.VoidTy;
-    }
-
-    foundPointer = true;
-    T = PT->getPointeeType();
-  }
-}
-
-SVal BasicStoreManager::LazyRetrieve(Store store, const TypedRegion *R) {
-  const VarRegion *VR = dyn_cast<VarRegion>(R);
-  if (!VR)
-    return UnknownVal();
-
-  const VarDecl *VD = VR->getDecl();
-  QualType T = VD->getType();
-
-  // Only handle simple types that we can symbolicate.
-  if (!SymbolManager::canSymbolicate(T) || !T->isScalarType())
-    return UnknownVal();
-
-  // Globals and parameters start with symbolic values.
-  // Local variables initially are undefined.
-
-  // Non-static globals may have had their values reset by InvalidateRegions.
-  const MemSpaceRegion *MS = VR->getMemorySpace();
-  if (isa<NonStaticGlobalSpaceRegion>(MS)) {
-    BindingsTy B = GetBindings(store);
-    // FIXME: Copy-and-pasted from RegionStore.cpp.
-    if (BindingsTy::data_type *Val = B.lookup(MS)) {
-      if (SymbolRef parentSym = Val->getAsSymbol())
-        return svalBuilder.getDerivedRegionValueSymbolVal(parentSym, R);
-
-      if (Val->isZeroConstant())
-        return svalBuilder.makeZeroVal(T);
-
-      if (Val->isUnknownOrUndef())
-        return *Val;
-
-      assert(0 && "Unknown default value.");
-    }
-  }
-
-  if (VR->hasGlobalsOrParametersStorage() ||
-      isa<UnknownSpaceRegion>(VR->getMemorySpace()))
-    return svalBuilder.getRegionValueSymbolVal(R);
-
-  return UndefinedVal();
-}
-
-SVal BasicStoreManager::Retrieve(Store store, Loc loc, QualType T) {
-  if (isa<UnknownVal>(loc))
-    return UnknownVal();
-
-  assert(!isa<UndefinedVal>(loc));
-
-  switch (loc.getSubKind()) {
-
-    case loc::MemRegionKind: {
-      const MemRegion* R = cast<loc::MemRegionVal>(loc).getRegion();
-
-      if (!(isa<VarRegion>(R) || isa<ObjCIvarRegion>(R) ||
-          isa<CXXThisRegion>(R)))
-        return UnknownVal();
-
-      BindingsTy B = GetBindings(store);
-      BindingsTy::data_type *Val = B.lookup(R);
-      const TypedRegion *TR = cast<TypedRegion>(R);
-
-      if (Val)
-        return CastRetrievedVal(*Val, TR, T);
-
-      SVal V = LazyRetrieve(store, TR);
-      return V.isUnknownOrUndef() ? V : CastRetrievedVal(V, TR, T);
-    }
-
-    case loc::ObjCPropRefKind:
-    case loc::ConcreteIntKind:
-      // Support direct accesses to memory.  It's up to individual checkers
-      // to flag an error.
-      return UnknownVal();
-
-    default:
-      assert (false && "Invalid Loc.");
-      break;
-  }
-
-  return UnknownVal();
-}
-
-Store BasicStoreManager::Bind(Store store, Loc loc, SVal V) {
-  if (isa<loc::ConcreteInt>(loc))
-    return store;
-
-  const MemRegion* R = cast<loc::MemRegionVal>(loc).getRegion();
-
-  // Special case: a default symbol assigned to the NonStaticGlobalsSpaceRegion
-  //  that is used to derive other symbols.
-  if (isa<NonStaticGlobalSpaceRegion>(R)) {
-    BindingsTy B = GetBindings(store);
-    return VBFactory.add(B, R, V).getRoot();
-  }
-
-  // Special case: handle store of pointer values (Loc) to pointers via
-  // a cast to intXX_t*, void*, etc.  This is needed to handle
-  // OSCompareAndSwap32Barrier/OSCompareAndSwap64Barrier.
-  if (isa<Loc>(V) || isa<nonloc::LocAsInteger>(V))
-    if (const ElementRegion *ER = dyn_cast<ElementRegion>(R)) {
-      // FIXME: Should check for index 0.
-      QualType T = ER->getLocationType();
-
-      if (isHigherOrderRawPtr(T, Ctx))
-        R = ER->getSuperRegion();
-    }
-
-  if (!(isa<VarRegion>(R) || isa<ObjCIvarRegion>(R) || isa<CXXThisRegion>(R)))
-    return store;
-
-  const TypedRegion *TyR = cast<TypedRegion>(R);
-
-  // Do not bind to arrays.  We need to explicitly check for this so that
-  // we do not encounter any weirdness of trying to load/store from arrays.
-  if (TyR->isBoundable() && TyR->getValueType()->isArrayType())
-    return store;
-
-  if (nonloc::LocAsInteger *X = dyn_cast<nonloc::LocAsInteger>(&V)) {
-    // Only convert 'V' to a location iff the underlying region type
-    // is a location as well.
-    // FIXME: We are allowing a store of an arbitrary location to
-    // a pointer.  We may wish to flag a type error here if the types
-    // are incompatible.  This may also cause lots of breakage
-    // elsewhere. Food for thought.
-    if (TyR->isBoundable() && Loc::IsLocType(TyR->getValueType()))
-      V = X->getLoc();
-  }
-
-  BindingsTy B = GetBindings(store);
-  return V.isUnknown()
-    ? VBFactory.remove(B, R).getRoot()
-    : VBFactory.add(B, R, V).getRoot();
-}
-
-Store BasicStoreManager::Remove(Store store, Loc loc) {
-  switch (loc.getSubKind()) {
-    case loc::MemRegionKind: {
-      const MemRegion* R = cast<loc::MemRegionVal>(loc).getRegion();
-
-      if (!(isa<VarRegion>(R) || isa<ObjCIvarRegion>(R) ||
-          isa<CXXThisRegion>(R)))
-        return store;
-
-      return VBFactory.remove(GetBindings(store), R).getRoot();
-    }
-    default:
-      assert ("Remove for given Loc type not yet implemented.");
-      return store;
-  }
-}
-
-Store BasicStoreManager::removeDeadBindings(Store store,
-                                            const StackFrameContext *LCtx,
-                                            SymbolReaper& SymReaper,
-                           llvm::SmallVectorImpl<const MemRegion*>& RegionRoots)
-{
-  BindingsTy B = GetBindings(store);
-  typedef SVal::symbol_iterator symbol_iterator;
-
-  // Iterate over the variable bindings.
-  for (BindingsTy::iterator I=B.begin(), E=B.end(); I!=E ; ++I) {
-    if (const VarRegion *VR = dyn_cast<VarRegion>(I.getKey())) {
-      if (SymReaper.isLive(VR))
-        RegionRoots.push_back(VR);
-      else
-        continue;
-    }
-    else if (isa<ObjCIvarRegion>(I.getKey()) ||
-             isa<NonStaticGlobalSpaceRegion>(I.getKey()) ||
-             isa<CXXThisRegion>(I.getKey()))
-      RegionRoots.push_back(I.getKey());
-    else
-      continue;
-
-    // Mark the bindings in the data as live.
-    SVal X = I.getData();
-    for (symbol_iterator SI=X.symbol_begin(), SE=X.symbol_end(); SI!=SE; ++SI)
-      SymReaper.markLive(*SI);
-  }
-
-  // Scan for live variables and live symbols.
-  llvm::SmallPtrSet<const MemRegion*, 10> Marked;
-
-  while (!RegionRoots.empty()) {
-    const MemRegion* MR = RegionRoots.back();
-    RegionRoots.pop_back();
-
-    while (MR) {
-      if (const SymbolicRegion* SymR = dyn_cast<SymbolicRegion>(MR)) {
-        SymReaper.markLive(SymR->getSymbol());
-        break;
-      }
-      else if (isa<VarRegion>(MR) || isa<ObjCIvarRegion>(MR) ||
-               isa<NonStaticGlobalSpaceRegion>(MR) || isa<CXXThisRegion>(MR)) {
-        if (Marked.count(MR))
-          break;
-
-        Marked.insert(MR);
-        SVal X = Retrieve(store, loc::MemRegionVal(MR));
-
-        // FIXME: We need to handle symbols nested in region definitions.
-        for (symbol_iterator SI=X.symbol_begin(),SE=X.symbol_end();SI!=SE;++SI)
-          SymReaper.markLive(*SI);
-
-        if (!isa<loc::MemRegionVal>(X))
-          break;
-
-        const loc::MemRegionVal& LVD = cast<loc::MemRegionVal>(X);
-        RegionRoots.push_back(LVD.getRegion());
-        break;
-      }
-      else if (const SubRegion* R = dyn_cast<SubRegion>(MR))
-        MR = R->getSuperRegion();
-      else
-        break;
-    }
-  }
-
-  // Remove dead variable bindings.
-  for (BindingsTy::iterator I=B.begin(), E=B.end(); I!=E ; ++I) {
-    const MemRegion* R = I.getKey();
-
-    if (!Marked.count(R)) {
-      store = Remove(store, svalBuilder.makeLoc(R));
-      SVal X = I.getData();
-
-      for (symbol_iterator SI=X.symbol_begin(), SE=X.symbol_end(); SI!=SE; ++SI)
-        SymReaper.maybeDead(*SI);
-    }
-  }
-
-  return store;
-}
-
-Store BasicStoreManager::scanForIvars(Stmt *B, const Decl* SelfDecl,
-                                      const MemRegion *SelfRegion, Store St) {
-  for (Stmt::child_iterator CI=B->child_begin(), CE=B->child_end();
-       CI != CE; ++CI) {
-
-    if (!*CI)
-      continue;
-
-    // Check if the statement is an ivar reference.  We only
-    // care about self.ivar.
-    if (ObjCIvarRefExpr *IV = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(*CI)) {
-      const Expr *Base = IV->getBase()->IgnoreParenCasts();
-      if (const DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) {
-        if (DR->getDecl() == SelfDecl) {
-          const ObjCIvarRegion *IVR = MRMgr.getObjCIvarRegion(IV->getDecl(),
-                                                         SelfRegion);
-          SVal X = svalBuilder.getRegionValueSymbolVal(IVR);
-          St = Bind(St, svalBuilder.makeLoc(IVR), X);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    else
-      St = scanForIvars(*CI, SelfDecl, SelfRegion, St);
-  }
-
-  return St;
-}
-
-Store BasicStoreManager::getInitialStore(const LocationContext *InitLoc) {
-  // The LiveVariables information already has a compilation of all VarDecls
-  // used in the function.  Iterate through this set, and "symbolicate"
-  // any VarDecl whose value originally comes from outside the function.
-  typedef LiveVariables::AnalysisDataTy LVDataTy;
-  LVDataTy& D = InitLoc->getLiveVariables()->getAnalysisData();
-  Store St = VBFactory.getEmptyMap().getRoot();
-
-  for (LVDataTy::decl_iterator I=D.begin_decl(), E=D.end_decl(); I != E; ++I) {
-    const NamedDecl* ND = I->first;
-
-    // Handle implicit parameters.
-    if (const ImplicitParamDecl* PD = dyn_cast<ImplicitParamDecl>(ND)) {
-      const Decl& CD = *InitLoc->getDecl();
-      if (const ObjCMethodDecl* MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(&CD)) {
-        if (MD->getSelfDecl() == PD) {
-          // FIXME: Add type constraints (when they become available) to
-          // SelfRegion?  (i.e., it implements MD->getClassInterface()).
-          const VarRegion *VR = MRMgr.getVarRegion(PD, InitLoc);
-          const MemRegion *SelfRegion =
-            svalBuilder.getRegionValueSymbolVal(VR).getAsRegion();
-          assert(SelfRegion);
-          St = Bind(St, svalBuilder.makeLoc(VR), loc::MemRegionVal(SelfRegion));
-          // Scan the method for ivar references.  While this requires an
-          // entire AST scan, the cost should not be high in practice.
-          St = scanForIvars(MD->getBody(), PD, SelfRegion, St);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(InitLoc->getDecl())) {
-    // For C++ methods add symbolic region for 'this' in initial stack frame.
-    QualType ThisT = MD->getThisType(StateMgr.getContext());
-    MemRegionManager &RegMgr = svalBuilder.getRegionManager();
-    const CXXThisRegion *ThisR = RegMgr.getCXXThisRegion(ThisT, InitLoc);
-    SVal ThisV = svalBuilder.getRegionValueSymbolVal(ThisR);
-    St = Bind(St, svalBuilder.makeLoc(ThisR), ThisV);
-  }
-
-  return St;
-}
-
-Store BasicStoreManager::BindDeclInternal(Store store, const VarRegion* VR,
-                                          SVal* InitVal) {
-
-  BasicValueFactory& BasicVals = StateMgr.getBasicVals();
-  const VarDecl *VD = VR->getDecl();
-
-  // BasicStore does not model arrays and structs.
-  if (VD->getType()->isArrayType() || VD->getType()->isStructureOrClassType())
-    return store;
-
-  if (VD->hasGlobalStorage()) {
-    // Handle variables with global storage: extern, static, PrivateExtern.
-
-    // FIXME:: static variables may have an initializer, but the second time a
-    // function is called those values may not be current. Currently, a function
-    // will not be called more than once.
-
-    // Static global variables should not be visited here.
-    assert(!(VD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
-             VD->isFileVarDecl()));
-
-    // Process static variables.
-    if (VD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
-      // C99: 6.7.8 Initialization
-      //  If an object that has static storage duration is not initialized
-      //  explicitly, then:
-      //   -if it has pointer type, it is initialized to a null pointer;
-      //   -if it has arithmetic type, it is initialized to (positive or
-      //     unsigned) zero;
-      if (!InitVal) {
-        QualType T = VD->getType();
-        if (Loc::IsLocType(T))
-          store = Bind(store, loc::MemRegionVal(VR),
-                       loc::ConcreteInt(BasicVals.getValue(0, T)));
-        else if (T->isIntegerType() && T->isScalarType())
-          store = Bind(store, loc::MemRegionVal(VR),
-                       nonloc::ConcreteInt(BasicVals.getValue(0, T)));
-      } else {
-        store = Bind(store, loc::MemRegionVal(VR), *InitVal);
-      }
-    }
-  } else {
-    // Process local scalar variables.
-    QualType T = VD->getType();
-    // BasicStore only supports scalars.
-    if ((T->isScalarType() || T->isReferenceType()) &&
-        svalBuilder.getSymbolManager().canSymbolicate(T)) {
-      SVal V = InitVal ? *InitVal : UndefinedVal();
-      store = Bind(store, loc::MemRegionVal(VR), V);
-    }
-  }
-
-  return store;
-}
-
-void BasicStoreManager::print(Store store, llvm::raw_ostream& Out,
-                              const char* nl, const char *sep) {
-
-  BindingsTy B = GetBindings(store);
-  Out << "Variables:" << nl;
-
-  bool isFirst = true;
-
-  for (BindingsTy::iterator I=B.begin(), E=B.end(); I != E; ++I) {
-    if (isFirst)
-      isFirst = false;
-    else
-      Out << nl;
-
-    Out << ' ' << I.getKey() << " : " << I.getData();
-  }
-}
-
-
-void BasicStoreManager::iterBindings(Store store, BindingsHandler& f) {
-  BindingsTy B = GetBindings(store);
-
-  for (BindingsTy::iterator I=B.begin(), E=B.end(); I != E; ++I)
-    if (!f.HandleBinding(*this, store, I.getKey(), I.getData()))
-      return;
-
-}
-
-StoreManager::BindingsHandler::~BindingsHandler() {}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Binding invalidation.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-
-Store BasicStoreManager::InvalidateRegions(Store store,
-                                           const MemRegion * const *I,
-                                           const MemRegion * const *End,
-                                           const Expr *E, unsigned Count,
-                                           InvalidatedSymbols *IS,
-                                           bool invalidateGlobals,
-                                           InvalidatedRegions *Regions) {
-  if (invalidateGlobals) {
-    BindingsTy B = GetBindings(store);
-    for (BindingsTy::iterator I=B.begin(), End=B.end(); I != End; ++I) {
-      const MemRegion *R = I.getKey();
-      if (isa<NonStaticGlobalSpaceRegion>(R->getMemorySpace()))
-        store = InvalidateRegion(store, R, E, Count, IS);
-    }
-  }
-
-  for ( ; I != End ; ++I) {
-    const MemRegion *R = *I;
-    // Don't invalidate globals twice.
-    if (invalidateGlobals) {
-      if (isa<NonStaticGlobalSpaceRegion>(R->getMemorySpace()))
-        continue;
-    }
-    store = InvalidateRegion(store, *I, E, Count, IS);
-    if (Regions)
-      Regions->push_back(R);
-  }
-
-  // FIXME: This is copy-and-paste from RegionStore.cpp.
-  if (invalidateGlobals) {
-    // Bind the non-static globals memory space to a new symbol that we will
-    // use to derive the bindings for all non-static globals.
-    const GlobalsSpaceRegion *GS = MRMgr.getGlobalsRegion();
-    SVal V =
-      svalBuilder.getConjuredSymbolVal(/* SymbolTag = */ (void*) GS, E,
-                                  /* symbol type, doesn't matter */ Ctx.IntTy,
-                                  Count);
-
-    store = Bind(store, loc::MemRegionVal(GS), V);
-    if (Regions)
-      Regions->push_back(GS);
-  }
-
-  return store;
-}
-
-
-Store BasicStoreManager::InvalidateRegion(Store store,
-                                          const MemRegion *R,
-                                          const Expr *E,
-                                          unsigned Count,
-                                          InvalidatedSymbols *IS) {
-  R = R->StripCasts();
-
-  if (!(isa<VarRegion>(R) || isa<ObjCIvarRegion>(R)))
-      return store;
-
-  if (IS) {
-    BindingsTy B = GetBindings(store);
-    if (BindingsTy::data_type *Val = B.lookup(R)) {
-      if (SymbolRef Sym = Val->getAsSymbol())
-        IS->insert(Sym);
-    }
-  }
-
-  QualType T = cast<TypedRegion>(R)->getValueType();
-  SVal V = svalBuilder.getConjuredSymbolVal(R, E, T, Count);
-  return Bind(store, loc::MemRegionVal(R), V);
-}

Removed: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/BasicValueFactory.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/BasicValueFactory.cpp?rev=125123&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/BasicValueFactory.cpp (original)
+++ cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/BasicValueFactory.cpp (removed)
@@ -1,290 +0,0 @@
-//=== BasicValueFactory.cpp - Basic values for Path Sens analysis --*- C++ -*-//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-//  This file defines BasicValueFactory, a class that manages the lifetime
-//  of APSInt objects and symbolic constraints used by ExprEngine
-//  and related classes.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathSensitive/BasicValueFactory.h"
-
-using namespace clang;
-using namespace ento;
-
-void CompoundValData::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID, QualType T,
-                              llvm::ImmutableList<SVal> L) {
-  T.Profile(ID);
-  ID.AddPointer(L.getInternalPointer());
-}
-
-void LazyCompoundValData::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID,
-                                  const void *store,const TypedRegion *region) {
-  ID.AddPointer(store);
-  ID.AddPointer(region);
-}
-
-typedef std::pair<SVal, uintptr_t> SValData;
-typedef std::pair<SVal, SVal> SValPair;
-
-namespace llvm {
-template<> struct FoldingSetTrait<SValData> {
-  static inline void Profile(const SValData& X, llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID) {
-    X.first.Profile(ID);
-    ID.AddPointer( (void*) X.second);
-  }
-};
-
-template<> struct FoldingSetTrait<SValPair> {
-  static inline void Profile(const SValPair& X, llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID) {
-    X.first.Profile(ID);
-    X.second.Profile(ID);
-  }
-};
-}
-
-typedef llvm::FoldingSet<llvm::FoldingSetNodeWrapper<SValData> >
-  PersistentSValsTy;
-
-typedef llvm::FoldingSet<llvm::FoldingSetNodeWrapper<SValPair> >
-  PersistentSValPairsTy;
-
-BasicValueFactory::~BasicValueFactory() {
-  // Note that the dstor for the contents of APSIntSet will never be called,
-  // so we iterate over the set and invoke the dstor for each APSInt.  This
-  // frees an aux. memory allocated to represent very large constants.
-  for (APSIntSetTy::iterator I=APSIntSet.begin(), E=APSIntSet.end(); I!=E; ++I)
-    I->getValue().~APSInt();
-
-  delete (PersistentSValsTy*) PersistentSVals;
-  delete (PersistentSValPairsTy*) PersistentSValPairs;
-}
-
-const llvm::APSInt& BasicValueFactory::getValue(const llvm::APSInt& X) {
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  void* InsertPos;
-  typedef llvm::FoldingSetNodeWrapper<llvm::APSInt> FoldNodeTy;
-
-  X.Profile(ID);
-  FoldNodeTy* P = APSIntSet.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
-
-  if (!P) {
-    P = (FoldNodeTy*) BPAlloc.Allocate<FoldNodeTy>();
-    new (P) FoldNodeTy(X);
-    APSIntSet.InsertNode(P, InsertPos);
-  }
-
-  return *P;
-}
-
-const llvm::APSInt& BasicValueFactory::getValue(const llvm::APInt& X,
-                                                bool isUnsigned) {
-  llvm::APSInt V(X, isUnsigned);
-  return getValue(V);
-}
-
-const llvm::APSInt& BasicValueFactory::getValue(uint64_t X, unsigned BitWidth,
-                                           bool isUnsigned) {
-  llvm::APSInt V(BitWidth, isUnsigned);
-  V = X;
-  return getValue(V);
-}
-
-const llvm::APSInt& BasicValueFactory::getValue(uint64_t X, QualType T) {
-
-  unsigned bits = Ctx.getTypeSize(T);
-  llvm::APSInt V(bits, T->isUnsignedIntegerType() || Loc::IsLocType(T));
-  V = X;
-  return getValue(V);
-}
-
-const CompoundValData*
-BasicValueFactory::getCompoundValData(QualType T,
-                                      llvm::ImmutableList<SVal> Vals) {
-
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  CompoundValData::Profile(ID, T, Vals);
-  void* InsertPos;
-
-  CompoundValData* D = CompoundValDataSet.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
-
-  if (!D) {
-    D = (CompoundValData*) BPAlloc.Allocate<CompoundValData>();
-    new (D) CompoundValData(T, Vals);
-    CompoundValDataSet.InsertNode(D, InsertPos);
-  }
-
-  return D;
-}
-
-const LazyCompoundValData*
-BasicValueFactory::getLazyCompoundValData(const void *store,
-                                          const TypedRegion *region) {
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  LazyCompoundValData::Profile(ID, store, region);
-  void* InsertPos;
-
-  LazyCompoundValData *D =
-    LazyCompoundValDataSet.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
-
-  if (!D) {
-    D = (LazyCompoundValData*) BPAlloc.Allocate<LazyCompoundValData>();
-    new (D) LazyCompoundValData(store, region);
-    LazyCompoundValDataSet.InsertNode(D, InsertPos);
-  }
-
-  return D;
-}
-
-const llvm::APSInt*
-BasicValueFactory::evalAPSInt(BinaryOperator::Opcode Op,
-                             const llvm::APSInt& V1, const llvm::APSInt& V2) {
-
-  switch (Op) {
-    default:
-      assert (false && "Invalid Opcode.");
-
-    case BO_Mul:
-      return &getValue( V1 * V2 );
-
-    case BO_Div:
-      return &getValue( V1 / V2 );
-
-    case BO_Rem:
-      return &getValue( V1 % V2 );
-
-    case BO_Add:
-      return &getValue( V1 + V2 );
-
-    case BO_Sub:
-      return &getValue( V1 - V2 );
-
-    case BO_Shl: {
-
-      // FIXME: This logic should probably go higher up, where we can
-      // test these conditions symbolically.
-
-      // FIXME: Expand these checks to include all undefined behavior.
-
-      if (V2.isSigned() && V2.isNegative())
-        return NULL;
-
-      uint64_t Amt = V2.getZExtValue();
-
-      if (Amt > V1.getBitWidth())
-        return NULL;
-
-      return &getValue( V1.operator<<( (unsigned) Amt ));
-    }
-
-    case BO_Shr: {
-
-      // FIXME: This logic should probably go higher up, where we can
-      // test these conditions symbolically.
-
-      // FIXME: Expand these checks to include all undefined behavior.
-
-      if (V2.isSigned() && V2.isNegative())
-        return NULL;
-
-      uint64_t Amt = V2.getZExtValue();
-
-      if (Amt > V1.getBitWidth())
-        return NULL;
-
-      return &getValue( V1.operator>>( (unsigned) Amt ));
-    }
-
-    case BO_LT:
-      return &getTruthValue( V1 < V2 );
-
-    case BO_GT:
-      return &getTruthValue( V1 > V2 );
-
-    case BO_LE:
-      return &getTruthValue( V1 <= V2 );
-
-    case BO_GE:
-      return &getTruthValue( V1 >= V2 );
-
-    case BO_EQ:
-      return &getTruthValue( V1 == V2 );
-
-    case BO_NE:
-      return &getTruthValue( V1 != V2 );
-
-      // Note: LAnd, LOr, Comma are handled specially by higher-level logic.
-
-    case BO_And:
-      return &getValue( V1 & V2 );
-
-    case BO_Or:
-      return &getValue( V1 | V2 );
-
-    case BO_Xor:
-      return &getValue( V1 ^ V2 );
-  }
-}
-
-
-const std::pair<SVal, uintptr_t>&
-BasicValueFactory::getPersistentSValWithData(const SVal& V, uintptr_t Data) {
-
-  // Lazily create the folding set.
-  if (!PersistentSVals) PersistentSVals = new PersistentSValsTy();
-
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  void* InsertPos;
-  V.Profile(ID);
-  ID.AddPointer((void*) Data);
-
-  PersistentSValsTy& Map = *((PersistentSValsTy*) PersistentSVals);
-
-  typedef llvm::FoldingSetNodeWrapper<SValData> FoldNodeTy;
-  FoldNodeTy* P = Map.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
-
-  if (!P) {
-    P = (FoldNodeTy*) BPAlloc.Allocate<FoldNodeTy>();
-    new (P) FoldNodeTy(std::make_pair(V, Data));
-    Map.InsertNode(P, InsertPos);
-  }
-
-  return P->getValue();
-}
-
-const std::pair<SVal, SVal>&
-BasicValueFactory::getPersistentSValPair(const SVal& V1, const SVal& V2) {
-
-  // Lazily create the folding set.
-  if (!PersistentSValPairs) PersistentSValPairs = new PersistentSValPairsTy();
-
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  void* InsertPos;
-  V1.Profile(ID);
-  V2.Profile(ID);
-
-  PersistentSValPairsTy& Map = *((PersistentSValPairsTy*) PersistentSValPairs);
-
-  typedef llvm::FoldingSetNodeWrapper<SValPair> FoldNodeTy;
-  FoldNodeTy* P = Map.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
-
-  if (!P) {
-    P = (FoldNodeTy*) BPAlloc.Allocate<FoldNodeTy>();
-    new (P) FoldNodeTy(std::make_pair(V1, V2));
-    Map.InsertNode(P, InsertPos);
-  }
-
-  return P->getValue();
-}
-
-const SVal* BasicValueFactory::getPersistentSVal(SVal X) {
-  return &getPersistentSValWithData(X, 0).first;
-}
-
-

Removed: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/BlockCounter.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/BlockCounter.cpp?rev=125123&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/BlockCounter.cpp (original)
+++ cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/BlockCounter.cpp (removed)
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-//==- BlockCounter.h - ADT for counting block visits -------------*- C++ -*-//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-//  This file defines BlockCounter, an abstract data type used to count
-//  the number of times a given block has been visited along a path
-//  analyzed by CoreEngine.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathSensitive/BlockCounter.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/ImmutableMap.h"
-
-using namespace clang;
-using namespace ento;
-
-namespace {
-
-class CountKey {
-  const StackFrameContext *CallSite;
-  unsigned BlockID;
-
-public:
-  CountKey(const StackFrameContext *CS, unsigned ID) 
-    : CallSite(CS), BlockID(ID) {}
-
-  bool operator==(const CountKey &RHS) const {
-    return (CallSite == RHS.CallSite) && (BlockID == RHS.BlockID);
-  }
-
-  bool operator<(const CountKey &RHS) const {
-    return (CallSite == RHS.CallSite) ? (BlockID < RHS.BlockID) 
-                                      : (CallSite < RHS.CallSite);
-  }
-
-  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
-    ID.AddPointer(CallSite);
-    ID.AddInteger(BlockID);
-  }
-};
-
-}
-
-typedef llvm::ImmutableMap<CountKey, unsigned> CountMap;
-
-static inline CountMap GetMap(void* D) {
-  return CountMap(static_cast<CountMap::TreeTy*>(D));
-}
-
-static inline CountMap::Factory& GetFactory(void* F) {
-  return *static_cast<CountMap::Factory*>(F);
-}
-
-unsigned BlockCounter::getNumVisited(const StackFrameContext *CallSite, 
-                                       unsigned BlockID) const {
-  CountMap M = GetMap(Data);
-  CountMap::data_type* T = M.lookup(CountKey(CallSite, BlockID));
-  return T ? *T : 0;
-}
-
-BlockCounter::Factory::Factory(llvm::BumpPtrAllocator& Alloc) {
-  F = new CountMap::Factory(Alloc);
-}
-
-BlockCounter::Factory::~Factory() {
-  delete static_cast<CountMap::Factory*>(F);
-}
-
-BlockCounter
-BlockCounter::Factory::IncrementCount(BlockCounter BC, 
-                                        const StackFrameContext *CallSite,
-                                        unsigned BlockID) {
-  return BlockCounter(GetFactory(F).add(GetMap(BC.Data), 
-                                          CountKey(CallSite, BlockID),
-                             BC.getNumVisited(CallSite, BlockID)+1).getRoot());
-}
-
-BlockCounter
-BlockCounter::Factory::GetEmptyCounter() {
-  return BlockCounter(GetFactory(F).getEmptyMap().getRoot());
-}

Removed: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/BugReporter.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/BugReporter.cpp?rev=125123&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/BugReporter.cpp (original)
+++ cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/BugReporter.cpp (removed)
@@ -1,1892 +0,0 @@
-// BugReporter.cpp - Generate PathDiagnostics for Bugs ------------*- C++ -*--//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-//  This file defines BugReporter, a utility class for generating
-//  PathDiagnostics.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/BugReporter/BugReporter.h"
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/BugReporter/BugType.h"
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathSensitive/ExprEngine.h"
-#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
-#include "clang/Analysis/CFG.h"
-#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
-#include "clang/AST/ParentMap.h"
-#include "clang/AST/StmtObjC.h"
-#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
-#include "clang/Analysis/ProgramPoint.h"
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/BugReporter/PathDiagnostic.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h"
-#include <queue>
-
-using namespace clang;
-using namespace ento;
-
-BugReporterVisitor::~BugReporterVisitor() {}
-BugReporterContext::~BugReporterContext() {
-  for (visitor_iterator I = visitor_begin(), E = visitor_end(); I != E; ++I)
-    if ((*I)->isOwnedByReporterContext()) delete *I;
-}
-
-void BugReporterContext::addVisitor(BugReporterVisitor* visitor) {
-  if (!visitor)
-    return;
-
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  visitor->Profile(ID);
-  void *InsertPos;
-
-  if (CallbacksSet.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) {
-    delete visitor;
-    return;
-  }
-
-  CallbacksSet.InsertNode(visitor, InsertPos);
-  Callbacks = F.add(visitor, Callbacks);
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Helper routines for walking the ExplodedGraph and fetching statements.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-static inline const Stmt* GetStmt(const ProgramPoint &P) {
-  if (const StmtPoint* SP = dyn_cast<StmtPoint>(&P))
-    return SP->getStmt();
-  else if (const BlockEdge* BE = dyn_cast<BlockEdge>(&P))
-    return BE->getSrc()->getTerminator();
-
-  return 0;
-}
-
-static inline const ExplodedNode*
-GetPredecessorNode(const ExplodedNode* N) {
-  return N->pred_empty() ? NULL : *(N->pred_begin());
-}
-
-static inline const ExplodedNode*
-GetSuccessorNode(const ExplodedNode* N) {
-  return N->succ_empty() ? NULL : *(N->succ_begin());
-}
-
-static const Stmt* GetPreviousStmt(const ExplodedNode* N) {
-  for (N = GetPredecessorNode(N); N; N = GetPredecessorNode(N))
-    if (const Stmt *S = GetStmt(N->getLocation()))
-      return S;
-
-  return 0;
-}
-
-static const Stmt* GetNextStmt(const ExplodedNode* N) {
-  for (N = GetSuccessorNode(N); N; N = GetSuccessorNode(N))
-    if (const Stmt *S = GetStmt(N->getLocation())) {
-      // Check if the statement is '?' or '&&'/'||'.  These are "merges",
-      // not actual statement points.
-      switch (S->getStmtClass()) {
-        case Stmt::ChooseExprClass:
-        case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: continue;
-        case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: {
-          BinaryOperatorKind Op = cast<BinaryOperator>(S)->getOpcode();
-          if (Op == BO_LAnd || Op == BO_LOr)
-            continue;
-          break;
-        }
-        default:
-          break;
-      }
-
-      // Some expressions don't have locations.
-      if (S->getLocStart().isInvalid())
-        continue;
-
-      return S;
-    }
-
-  return 0;
-}
-
-static inline const Stmt*
-GetCurrentOrPreviousStmt(const ExplodedNode* N) {
-  if (const Stmt *S = GetStmt(N->getLocation()))
-    return S;
-
-  return GetPreviousStmt(N);
-}
-
-static inline const Stmt*
-GetCurrentOrNextStmt(const ExplodedNode* N) {
-  if (const Stmt *S = GetStmt(N->getLocation()))
-    return S;
-
-  return GetNextStmt(N);
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// PathDiagnosticBuilder and its associated routines and helper objects.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-typedef llvm::DenseMap<const ExplodedNode*,
-const ExplodedNode*> NodeBackMap;
-
-namespace {
-class NodeMapClosure : public BugReport::NodeResolver {
-  NodeBackMap& M;
-public:
-  NodeMapClosure(NodeBackMap *m) : M(*m) {}
-  ~NodeMapClosure() {}
-
-  const ExplodedNode* getOriginalNode(const ExplodedNode* N) {
-    NodeBackMap::iterator I = M.find(N);
-    return I == M.end() ? 0 : I->second;
-  }
-};
-
-class PathDiagnosticBuilder : public BugReporterContext {
-  BugReport *R;
-  PathDiagnosticClient *PDC;
-  llvm::OwningPtr<ParentMap> PM;
-  NodeMapClosure NMC;
-public:
-  PathDiagnosticBuilder(GRBugReporter &br,
-                        BugReport *r, NodeBackMap *Backmap,
-                        PathDiagnosticClient *pdc)
-    : BugReporterContext(br),
-      R(r), PDC(pdc), NMC(Backmap) {
-    addVisitor(R);
-  }
-
-  PathDiagnosticLocation ExecutionContinues(const ExplodedNode* N);
-
-  PathDiagnosticLocation ExecutionContinues(llvm::raw_string_ostream& os,
-                                            const ExplodedNode* N);
-
-  Decl const &getCodeDecl() { return R->getErrorNode()->getCodeDecl(); }
-
-  ParentMap& getParentMap() { return R->getErrorNode()->getParentMap(); }
-
-  const Stmt *getParent(const Stmt *S) {
-    return getParentMap().getParent(S);
-  }
-
-  virtual NodeMapClosure& getNodeResolver() { return NMC; }
-
-  PathDiagnosticLocation getEnclosingStmtLocation(const Stmt *S);
-
-  PathDiagnosticClient::PathGenerationScheme getGenerationScheme() const {
-    return PDC ? PDC->getGenerationScheme() : PathDiagnosticClient::Extensive;
-  }
-
-  bool supportsLogicalOpControlFlow() const {
-    return PDC ? PDC->supportsLogicalOpControlFlow() : true;
-  }
-};
-} // end anonymous namespace
-
-PathDiagnosticLocation
-PathDiagnosticBuilder::ExecutionContinues(const ExplodedNode* N) {
-  if (const Stmt *S = GetNextStmt(N))
-    return PathDiagnosticLocation(S, getSourceManager());
-
-  return FullSourceLoc(N->getLocationContext()->getDecl()->getBodyRBrace(),
-                       getSourceManager());
-}
-
-PathDiagnosticLocation
-PathDiagnosticBuilder::ExecutionContinues(llvm::raw_string_ostream& os,
-                                          const ExplodedNode* N) {
-
-  // Slow, but probably doesn't matter.
-  if (os.str().empty())
-    os << ' ';
-
-  const PathDiagnosticLocation &Loc = ExecutionContinues(N);
-
-  if (Loc.asStmt())
-    os << "Execution continues on line "
-       << getSourceManager().getInstantiationLineNumber(Loc.asLocation())
-       << '.';
-  else {
-    os << "Execution jumps to the end of the ";
-    const Decl *D = N->getLocationContext()->getDecl();
-    if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D))
-      os << "method";
-    else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D))
-      os << "function";
-    else {
-      assert(isa<BlockDecl>(D));
-      os << "anonymous block";
-    }
-    os << '.';
-  }
-
-  return Loc;
-}
-
-static bool IsNested(const Stmt *S, ParentMap &PM) {
-  if (isa<Expr>(S) && PM.isConsumedExpr(cast<Expr>(S)))
-    return true;
-
-  const Stmt *Parent = PM.getParentIgnoreParens(S);
-
-  if (Parent)
-    switch (Parent->getStmtClass()) {
-      case Stmt::ForStmtClass:
-      case Stmt::DoStmtClass:
-      case Stmt::WhileStmtClass:
-        return true;
-      default:
-        break;
-    }
-
-  return false;
-}
-
-PathDiagnosticLocation
-PathDiagnosticBuilder::getEnclosingStmtLocation(const Stmt *S) {
-  assert(S && "Null Stmt* passed to getEnclosingStmtLocation");
-  ParentMap &P = getParentMap();
-  SourceManager &SMgr = getSourceManager();
-
-  while (IsNested(S, P)) {
-    const Stmt *Parent = P.getParentIgnoreParens(S);
-
-    if (!Parent)
-      break;
-
-    switch (Parent->getStmtClass()) {
-      case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: {
-        const BinaryOperator *B = cast<BinaryOperator>(Parent);
-        if (B->isLogicalOp())
-          return PathDiagnosticLocation(S, SMgr);
-        break;
-      }
-      case Stmt::CompoundStmtClass:
-      case Stmt::StmtExprClass:
-        return PathDiagnosticLocation(S, SMgr);
-      case Stmt::ChooseExprClass:
-        // Similar to '?' if we are referring to condition, just have the edge
-        // point to the entire choose expression.
-        if (cast<ChooseExpr>(Parent)->getCond() == S)
-          return PathDiagnosticLocation(Parent, SMgr);
-        else
-          return PathDiagnosticLocation(S, SMgr);
-      case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass:
-        // For '?', if we are referring to condition, just have the edge point
-        // to the entire '?' expression.
-        if (cast<ConditionalOperator>(Parent)->getCond() == S)
-          return PathDiagnosticLocation(Parent, SMgr);
-        else
-          return PathDiagnosticLocation(S, SMgr);
-      case Stmt::DoStmtClass:
-          return PathDiagnosticLocation(S, SMgr);
-      case Stmt::ForStmtClass:
-        if (cast<ForStmt>(Parent)->getBody() == S)
-          return PathDiagnosticLocation(S, SMgr);
-        break;
-      case Stmt::IfStmtClass:
-        if (cast<IfStmt>(Parent)->getCond() != S)
-          return PathDiagnosticLocation(S, SMgr);
-        break;
-      case Stmt::ObjCForCollectionStmtClass:
-        if (cast<ObjCForCollectionStmt>(Parent)->getBody() == S)
-          return PathDiagnosticLocation(S, SMgr);
-        break;
-      case Stmt::WhileStmtClass:
-        if (cast<WhileStmt>(Parent)->getCond() != S)
-          return PathDiagnosticLocation(S, SMgr);
-        break;
-      default:
-        break;
-    }
-
-    S = Parent;
-  }
-
-  assert(S && "Cannot have null Stmt for PathDiagnosticLocation");
-
-  // Special case: DeclStmts can appear in for statement declarations, in which
-  //  case the ForStmt is the context.
-  if (isa<DeclStmt>(S)) {
-    if (const Stmt *Parent = P.getParent(S)) {
-      switch (Parent->getStmtClass()) {
-        case Stmt::ForStmtClass:
-        case Stmt::ObjCForCollectionStmtClass:
-          return PathDiagnosticLocation(Parent, SMgr);
-        default:
-          break;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  else if (isa<BinaryOperator>(S)) {
-    // Special case: the binary operator represents the initialization
-    // code in a for statement (this can happen when the variable being
-    // initialized is an old variable.
-    if (const ForStmt *FS =
-          dyn_cast_or_null<ForStmt>(P.getParentIgnoreParens(S))) {
-      if (FS->getInit() == S)
-        return PathDiagnosticLocation(FS, SMgr);
-    }
-  }
-
-  return PathDiagnosticLocation(S, SMgr);
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// ScanNotableSymbols: closure-like callback for scanning Store bindings.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-static const VarDecl*
-GetMostRecentVarDeclBinding(const ExplodedNode* N,
-                            GRStateManager& VMgr, SVal X) {
-
-  for ( ; N ; N = N->pred_empty() ? 0 : *N->pred_begin()) {
-
-    ProgramPoint P = N->getLocation();
-
-    if (!isa<PostStmt>(P))
-      continue;
-
-    const DeclRefExpr* DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(cast<PostStmt>(P).getStmt());
-
-    if (!DR)
-      continue;
-
-    SVal Y = N->getState()->getSVal(DR);
-
-    if (X != Y)
-      continue;
-
-    const VarDecl* VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl());
-
-    if (!VD)
-      continue;
-
-    return VD;
-  }
-
-  return 0;
-}
-
-namespace {
-class NotableSymbolHandler
-: public StoreManager::BindingsHandler {
-
-  SymbolRef Sym;
-  const GRState* PrevSt;
-  const Stmt* S;
-  GRStateManager& VMgr;
-  const ExplodedNode* Pred;
-  PathDiagnostic& PD;
-  BugReporter& BR;
-
-public:
-
-  NotableSymbolHandler(SymbolRef sym, const GRState* prevst, const Stmt* s,
-                       GRStateManager& vmgr, const ExplodedNode* pred,
-                       PathDiagnostic& pd, BugReporter& br)
-  : Sym(sym), PrevSt(prevst), S(s), VMgr(vmgr), Pred(pred), PD(pd), BR(br) {}
-
-  bool HandleBinding(StoreManager& SMgr, Store store, const MemRegion* R,
-                     SVal V) {
-
-    SymbolRef ScanSym = V.getAsSymbol();
-
-    if (ScanSym != Sym)
-      return true;
-
-    // Check if the previous state has this binding.
-    SVal X = PrevSt->getSVal(loc::MemRegionVal(R));
-
-    if (X == V) // Same binding?
-      return true;
-
-    // Different binding.  Only handle assignments for now.  We don't pull
-    // this check out of the loop because we will eventually handle other
-    // cases.
-
-    VarDecl *VD = 0;
-
-    if (const BinaryOperator* B = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(S)) {
-      if (!B->isAssignmentOp())
-        return true;
-
-      // What variable did we assign to?
-      DeclRefExpr* DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(B->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts());
-
-      if (!DR)
-        return true;
-
-      VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl());
-    }
-    else if (const DeclStmt* DS = dyn_cast<DeclStmt>(S)) {
-      // FIXME: Eventually CFGs won't have DeclStmts.  Right now we
-      //  assume that each DeclStmt has a single Decl.  This invariant
-      //  holds by contruction in the CFG.
-      VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(*DS->decl_begin());
-    }
-
-    if (!VD)
-      return true;
-
-    // What is the most recently referenced variable with this binding?
-    const VarDecl* MostRecent = GetMostRecentVarDeclBinding(Pred, VMgr, V);
-
-    if (!MostRecent)
-      return true;
-
-    // Create the diagnostic.
-    FullSourceLoc L(S->getLocStart(), BR.getSourceManager());
-
-    if (Loc::IsLocType(VD->getType())) {
-      std::string msg = "'" + std::string(VD->getNameAsString()) +
-      "' now aliases '" + MostRecent->getNameAsString() + "'";
-
-      PD.push_front(new PathDiagnosticEventPiece(L, msg));
-    }
-
-    return true;
-  }
-};
-}
-
-static void HandleNotableSymbol(const ExplodedNode* N,
-                                const Stmt* S,
-                                SymbolRef Sym, BugReporter& BR,
-                                PathDiagnostic& PD) {
-
-  const ExplodedNode* Pred = N->pred_empty() ? 0 : *N->pred_begin();
-  const GRState* PrevSt = Pred ? Pred->getState() : 0;
-
-  if (!PrevSt)
-    return;
-
-  // Look at the region bindings of the current state that map to the
-  // specified symbol.  Are any of them not in the previous state?
-  GRStateManager& VMgr = cast<GRBugReporter>(BR).getStateManager();
-  NotableSymbolHandler H(Sym, PrevSt, S, VMgr, Pred, PD, BR);
-  cast<GRBugReporter>(BR).getStateManager().iterBindings(N->getState(), H);
-}
-
-namespace {
-class ScanNotableSymbols
-: public StoreManager::BindingsHandler {
-
-  llvm::SmallSet<SymbolRef, 10> AlreadyProcessed;
-  const ExplodedNode* N;
-  const Stmt* S;
-  GRBugReporter& BR;
-  PathDiagnostic& PD;
-
-public:
-  ScanNotableSymbols(const ExplodedNode* n, const Stmt* s,
-                     GRBugReporter& br, PathDiagnostic& pd)
-  : N(n), S(s), BR(br), PD(pd) {}
-
-  bool HandleBinding(StoreManager& SMgr, Store store,
-                     const MemRegion* R, SVal V) {
-
-    SymbolRef ScanSym = V.getAsSymbol();
-
-    if (!ScanSym)
-      return true;
-
-    if (!BR.isNotable(ScanSym))
-      return true;
-
-    if (AlreadyProcessed.count(ScanSym))
-      return true;
-
-    AlreadyProcessed.insert(ScanSym);
-
-    HandleNotableSymbol(N, S, ScanSym, BR, PD);
-    return true;
-  }
-};
-} // end anonymous namespace
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// "Minimal" path diagnostic generation algorithm.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-static void CompactPathDiagnostic(PathDiagnostic &PD, const SourceManager& SM);
-
-static void GenerateMinimalPathDiagnostic(PathDiagnostic& PD,
-                                          PathDiagnosticBuilder &PDB,
-                                          const ExplodedNode *N) {
-
-  SourceManager& SMgr = PDB.getSourceManager();
-  const ExplodedNode* NextNode = N->pred_empty()
-                                        ? NULL : *(N->pred_begin());
-  while (NextNode) {
-    N = NextNode;
-    NextNode = GetPredecessorNode(N);
-
-    ProgramPoint P = N->getLocation();
-
-    if (const BlockEdge* BE = dyn_cast<BlockEdge>(&P)) {
-      const CFGBlock* Src = BE->getSrc();
-      const CFGBlock* Dst = BE->getDst();
-      const Stmt* T = Src->getTerminator();
-
-      if (!T)
-        continue;
-
-      FullSourceLoc Start(T->getLocStart(), SMgr);
-
-      switch (T->getStmtClass()) {
-        default:
-          break;
-
-        case Stmt::GotoStmtClass:
-        case Stmt::IndirectGotoStmtClass: {
-          const Stmt* S = GetNextStmt(N);
-
-          if (!S)
-            continue;
-
-          std::string sbuf;
-          llvm::raw_string_ostream os(sbuf);
-          const PathDiagnosticLocation &End = PDB.getEnclosingStmtLocation(S);
-
-          os << "Control jumps to line "
-          << End.asLocation().getInstantiationLineNumber();
-          PD.push_front(new PathDiagnosticControlFlowPiece(Start, End,
-                                                           os.str()));
-          break;
-        }
-
-        case Stmt::SwitchStmtClass: {
-          // Figure out what case arm we took.
-          std::string sbuf;
-          llvm::raw_string_ostream os(sbuf);
-
-          if (const Stmt* S = Dst->getLabel()) {
-            PathDiagnosticLocation End(S, SMgr);
-
-            switch (S->getStmtClass()) {
-              default:
-                os << "No cases match in the switch statement. "
-                "Control jumps to line "
-                << End.asLocation().getInstantiationLineNumber();
-                break;
-              case Stmt::DefaultStmtClass:
-                os << "Control jumps to the 'default' case at line "
-                << End.asLocation().getInstantiationLineNumber();
-                break;
-
-              case Stmt::CaseStmtClass: {
-                os << "Control jumps to 'case ";
-                const CaseStmt* Case = cast<CaseStmt>(S);
-                const Expr* LHS = Case->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
-
-                // Determine if it is an enum.
-                bool GetRawInt = true;
-
-                if (const DeclRefExpr* DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHS)) {
-                  // FIXME: Maybe this should be an assertion.  Are there cases
-                  // were it is not an EnumConstantDecl?
-                  const EnumConstantDecl* D =
-                    dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DR->getDecl());
-
-                  if (D) {
-                    GetRawInt = false;
-                    os << D;
-                  }
-                }
-
-                if (GetRawInt)
-                  os << LHS->EvaluateAsInt(PDB.getASTContext());
-
-                os << ":'  at line "
-                << End.asLocation().getInstantiationLineNumber();
-                break;
-              }
-            }
-            PD.push_front(new PathDiagnosticControlFlowPiece(Start, End,
-                                                             os.str()));
-          }
-          else {
-            os << "'Default' branch taken. ";
-            const PathDiagnosticLocation &End = PDB.ExecutionContinues(os, N);
-            PD.push_front(new PathDiagnosticControlFlowPiece(Start, End,
-                                                             os.str()));
-          }
-
-          break;
-        }
-
-        case Stmt::BreakStmtClass:
-        case Stmt::ContinueStmtClass: {
-          std::string sbuf;
-          llvm::raw_string_ostream os(sbuf);
-          PathDiagnosticLocation End = PDB.ExecutionContinues(os, N);
-          PD.push_front(new PathDiagnosticControlFlowPiece(Start, End,
-                                                           os.str()));
-          break;
-        }
-
-          // Determine control-flow for ternary '?'.
-        case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
-          std::string sbuf;
-          llvm::raw_string_ostream os(sbuf);
-          os << "'?' condition is ";
-
-          if (*(Src->succ_begin()+1) == Dst)
-            os << "false";
-          else
-            os << "true";
-
-          PathDiagnosticLocation End = PDB.ExecutionContinues(N);
-
-          if (const Stmt *S = End.asStmt())
-            End = PDB.getEnclosingStmtLocation(S);
-
-          PD.push_front(new PathDiagnosticControlFlowPiece(Start, End,
-                                                           os.str()));
-          break;
-        }
-
-          // Determine control-flow for short-circuited '&&' and '||'.
-        case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: {
-          if (!PDB.supportsLogicalOpControlFlow())
-            break;
-
-          const BinaryOperator *B = cast<BinaryOperator>(T);
-          std::string sbuf;
-          llvm::raw_string_ostream os(sbuf);
-          os << "Left side of '";
-
-          if (B->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd) {
-            os << "&&" << "' is ";
-
-            if (*(Src->succ_begin()+1) == Dst) {
-              os << "false";
-              PathDiagnosticLocation End(B->getLHS(), SMgr);
-              PathDiagnosticLocation Start(B->getOperatorLoc(), SMgr);
-              PD.push_front(new PathDiagnosticControlFlowPiece(Start, End,
-                                                               os.str()));
-            }
-            else {
-              os << "true";
-              PathDiagnosticLocation Start(B->getLHS(), SMgr);
-              PathDiagnosticLocation End = PDB.ExecutionContinues(N);
-              PD.push_front(new PathDiagnosticControlFlowPiece(Start, End,
-                                                               os.str()));
-            }
-          }
-          else {
-            assert(B->getOpcode() == BO_LOr);
-            os << "||" << "' is ";
-
-            if (*(Src->succ_begin()+1) == Dst) {
-              os << "false";
-              PathDiagnosticLocation Start(B->getLHS(), SMgr);
-              PathDiagnosticLocation End = PDB.ExecutionContinues(N);
-              PD.push_front(new PathDiagnosticControlFlowPiece(Start, End,
-                                                               os.str()));
-            }
-            else {
-              os << "true";
-              PathDiagnosticLocation End(B->getLHS(), SMgr);
-              PathDiagnosticLocation Start(B->getOperatorLoc(), SMgr);
-              PD.push_front(new PathDiagnosticControlFlowPiece(Start, End,
-                                                               os.str()));
-            }
-          }
-
-          break;
-        }
-
-        case Stmt::DoStmtClass:  {
-          if (*(Src->succ_begin()) == Dst) {
-            std::string sbuf;
-            llvm::raw_string_ostream os(sbuf);
-
-            os << "Loop condition is true. ";
-            PathDiagnosticLocation End = PDB.ExecutionContinues(os, N);
-
-            if (const Stmt *S = End.asStmt())
-              End = PDB.getEnclosingStmtLocation(S);
-
-            PD.push_front(new PathDiagnosticControlFlowPiece(Start, End,
-                                                             os.str()));
-          }
-          else {
-            PathDiagnosticLocation End = PDB.ExecutionContinues(N);
-
-            if (const Stmt *S = End.asStmt())
-              End = PDB.getEnclosingStmtLocation(S);
-
-            PD.push_front(new PathDiagnosticControlFlowPiece(Start, End,
-                              "Loop condition is false.  Exiting loop"));
-          }
-
-          break;
-        }
-
-        case Stmt::WhileStmtClass:
-        case Stmt::ForStmtClass: {
-          if (*(Src->succ_begin()+1) == Dst) {
-            std::string sbuf;
-            llvm::raw_string_ostream os(sbuf);
-
-            os << "Loop condition is false. ";
-            PathDiagnosticLocation End = PDB.ExecutionContinues(os, N);
-            if (const Stmt *S = End.asStmt())
-              End = PDB.getEnclosingStmtLocation(S);
-
-            PD.push_front(new PathDiagnosticControlFlowPiece(Start, End,
-                                                             os.str()));
-          }
-          else {
-            PathDiagnosticLocation End = PDB.ExecutionContinues(N);
-            if (const Stmt *S = End.asStmt())
-              End = PDB.getEnclosingStmtLocation(S);
-
-            PD.push_front(new PathDiagnosticControlFlowPiece(Start, End,
-                            "Loop condition is true.  Entering loop body"));
-          }
-
-          break;
-        }
-
-        case Stmt::IfStmtClass: {
-          PathDiagnosticLocation End = PDB.ExecutionContinues(N);
-
-          if (const Stmt *S = End.asStmt())
-            End = PDB.getEnclosingStmtLocation(S);
-
-          if (*(Src->succ_begin()+1) == Dst)
-            PD.push_front(new PathDiagnosticControlFlowPiece(Start, End,
-                                                        "Taking false branch"));
-          else
-            PD.push_front(new PathDiagnosticControlFlowPiece(Start, End,
-                                                         "Taking true branch"));
-
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    if (NextNode) {
-      for (BugReporterContext::visitor_iterator I = PDB.visitor_begin(),
-           E = PDB.visitor_end(); I!=E; ++I) {
-        if (PathDiagnosticPiece* p = (*I)->VisitNode(N, NextNode, PDB))
-          PD.push_front(p);
-      }
-    }
-
-    if (const PostStmt* PS = dyn_cast<PostStmt>(&P)) {
-      // Scan the region bindings, and see if a "notable" symbol has a new
-      // lval binding.
-      ScanNotableSymbols SNS(N, PS->getStmt(), PDB.getBugReporter(), PD);
-      PDB.getStateManager().iterBindings(N->getState(), SNS);
-    }
-  }
-
-  // After constructing the full PathDiagnostic, do a pass over it to compact
-  // PathDiagnosticPieces that occur within a macro.
-  CompactPathDiagnostic(PD, PDB.getSourceManager());
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// "Extensive" PathDiagnostic generation.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-static bool IsControlFlowExpr(const Stmt *S) {
-  const Expr *E = dyn_cast<Expr>(S);
-
-  if (!E)
-    return false;
-
-  E = E->IgnoreParenCasts();
-
-  if (isa<ConditionalOperator>(E))
-    return true;
-
-  if (const BinaryOperator *B = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E))
-    if (B->isLogicalOp())
-      return true;
-
-  return false;
-}
-
-namespace {
-class ContextLocation : public PathDiagnosticLocation {
-  bool IsDead;
-public:
-  ContextLocation(const PathDiagnosticLocation &L, bool isdead = false)
-    : PathDiagnosticLocation(L), IsDead(isdead) {}
-
-  void markDead() { IsDead = true; }
-  bool isDead() const { return IsDead; }
-};
-
-class EdgeBuilder {
-  std::vector<ContextLocation> CLocs;
-  typedef std::vector<ContextLocation>::iterator iterator;
-  PathDiagnostic &PD;
-  PathDiagnosticBuilder &PDB;
-  PathDiagnosticLocation PrevLoc;
-
-  bool IsConsumedExpr(const PathDiagnosticLocation &L);
-
-  bool containsLocation(const PathDiagnosticLocation &Container,
-                        const PathDiagnosticLocation &Containee);
-
-  PathDiagnosticLocation getContextLocation(const PathDiagnosticLocation &L);
-
-  PathDiagnosticLocation cleanUpLocation(PathDiagnosticLocation L,
-                                         bool firstCharOnly = false) {
-    if (const Stmt *S = L.asStmt()) {
-      const Stmt *Original = S;
-      while (1) {
-        // Adjust the location for some expressions that are best referenced
-        // by one of their subexpressions.
-        switch (S->getStmtClass()) {
-          default:
-            break;
-          case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
-            S = cast<ParenExpr>(S)->IgnoreParens();
-            firstCharOnly = true;
-            continue;
-          case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass:
-            S = cast<ConditionalOperator>(S)->getCond();
-            firstCharOnly = true;
-            continue;
-          case Stmt::ChooseExprClass:
-            S = cast<ChooseExpr>(S)->getCond();
-            firstCharOnly = true;
-            continue;
-          case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass:
-            S = cast<BinaryOperator>(S)->getLHS();
-            firstCharOnly = true;
-            continue;
-        }
-
-        break;
-      }
-
-      if (S != Original)
-        L = PathDiagnosticLocation(S, L.getManager());
-    }
-
-    if (firstCharOnly)
-      L = PathDiagnosticLocation(L.asLocation());
-
-    return L;
-  }
-
-  void popLocation() {
-    if (!CLocs.back().isDead() && CLocs.back().asLocation().isFileID()) {
-      // For contexts, we only one the first character as the range.
-      rawAddEdge(cleanUpLocation(CLocs.back(), true));
-    }
-    CLocs.pop_back();
-  }
-
-public:
-  EdgeBuilder(PathDiagnostic &pd, PathDiagnosticBuilder &pdb)
-    : PD(pd), PDB(pdb) {
-
-      // If the PathDiagnostic already has pieces, add the enclosing statement
-      // of the first piece as a context as well.
-      if (!PD.empty()) {
-        PrevLoc = PD.begin()->getLocation();
-
-        if (const Stmt *S = PrevLoc.asStmt())
-          addExtendedContext(PDB.getEnclosingStmtLocation(S).asStmt());
-      }
-  }
-
-  ~EdgeBuilder() {
-    while (!CLocs.empty()) popLocation();
-
-    // Finally, add an initial edge from the start location of the first
-    // statement (if it doesn't already exist).
-    // FIXME: Should handle CXXTryStmt if analyser starts supporting C++.
-    if (const CompoundStmt *CS =
-          dyn_cast_or_null<CompoundStmt>(PDB.getCodeDecl().getBody()))
-      if (!CS->body_empty()) {
-        SourceLocation Loc = (*CS->body_begin())->getLocStart();
-        rawAddEdge(PathDiagnosticLocation(Loc, PDB.getSourceManager()));
-      }
-
-  }
-
-  void addEdge(PathDiagnosticLocation NewLoc, bool alwaysAdd = false);
-
-  void rawAddEdge(PathDiagnosticLocation NewLoc);
-
-  void addContext(const Stmt *S);
-  void addExtendedContext(const Stmt *S);
-};
-} // end anonymous namespace
-
-
-PathDiagnosticLocation
-EdgeBuilder::getContextLocation(const PathDiagnosticLocation &L) {
-  if (const Stmt *S = L.asStmt()) {
-    if (IsControlFlowExpr(S))
-      return L;
-
-    return PDB.getEnclosingStmtLocation(S);
-  }
-
-  return L;
-}
-
-bool EdgeBuilder::containsLocation(const PathDiagnosticLocation &Container,
-                                   const PathDiagnosticLocation &Containee) {
-
-  if (Container == Containee)
-    return true;
-
-  if (Container.asDecl())
-    return true;
-
-  if (const Stmt *S = Containee.asStmt())
-    if (const Stmt *ContainerS = Container.asStmt()) {
-      while (S) {
-        if (S == ContainerS)
-          return true;
-        S = PDB.getParent(S);
-      }
-      return false;
-    }
-
-  // Less accurate: compare using source ranges.
-  SourceRange ContainerR = Container.asRange();
-  SourceRange ContaineeR = Containee.asRange();
-
-  SourceManager &SM = PDB.getSourceManager();
-  SourceLocation ContainerRBeg = SM.getInstantiationLoc(ContainerR.getBegin());
-  SourceLocation ContainerREnd = SM.getInstantiationLoc(ContainerR.getEnd());
-  SourceLocation ContaineeRBeg = SM.getInstantiationLoc(ContaineeR.getBegin());
-  SourceLocation ContaineeREnd = SM.getInstantiationLoc(ContaineeR.getEnd());
-
-  unsigned ContainerBegLine = SM.getInstantiationLineNumber(ContainerRBeg);
-  unsigned ContainerEndLine = SM.getInstantiationLineNumber(ContainerREnd);
-  unsigned ContaineeBegLine = SM.getInstantiationLineNumber(ContaineeRBeg);
-  unsigned ContaineeEndLine = SM.getInstantiationLineNumber(ContaineeREnd);
-
-  assert(ContainerBegLine <= ContainerEndLine);
-  assert(ContaineeBegLine <= ContaineeEndLine);
-
-  return (ContainerBegLine <= ContaineeBegLine &&
-          ContainerEndLine >= ContaineeEndLine &&
-          (ContainerBegLine != ContaineeBegLine ||
-           SM.getInstantiationColumnNumber(ContainerRBeg) <=
-           SM.getInstantiationColumnNumber(ContaineeRBeg)) &&
-          (ContainerEndLine != ContaineeEndLine ||
-           SM.getInstantiationColumnNumber(ContainerREnd) >=
-           SM.getInstantiationColumnNumber(ContainerREnd)));
-}
-
-void EdgeBuilder::rawAddEdge(PathDiagnosticLocation NewLoc) {
-  if (!PrevLoc.isValid()) {
-    PrevLoc = NewLoc;
-    return;
-  }
-
-  const PathDiagnosticLocation &NewLocClean = cleanUpLocation(NewLoc);
-  const PathDiagnosticLocation &PrevLocClean = cleanUpLocation(PrevLoc);
-
-  if (NewLocClean.asLocation() == PrevLocClean.asLocation())
-    return;
-
-  // FIXME: Ignore intra-macro edges for now.
-  if (NewLocClean.asLocation().getInstantiationLoc() ==
-      PrevLocClean.asLocation().getInstantiationLoc())
-    return;
-
-  PD.push_front(new PathDiagnosticControlFlowPiece(NewLocClean, PrevLocClean));
-  PrevLoc = NewLoc;
-}
-
-void EdgeBuilder::addEdge(PathDiagnosticLocation NewLoc, bool alwaysAdd) {
-
-  if (!alwaysAdd && NewLoc.asLocation().isMacroID())
-    return;
-
-  const PathDiagnosticLocation &CLoc = getContextLocation(NewLoc);
-
-  while (!CLocs.empty()) {
-    ContextLocation &TopContextLoc = CLocs.back();
-
-    // Is the top location context the same as the one for the new location?
-    if (TopContextLoc == CLoc) {
-      if (alwaysAdd) {
-        if (IsConsumedExpr(TopContextLoc) &&
-            !IsControlFlowExpr(TopContextLoc.asStmt()))
-            TopContextLoc.markDead();
-
-        rawAddEdge(NewLoc);
-      }
-
-      return;
-    }
-
-    if (containsLocation(TopContextLoc, CLoc)) {
-      if (alwaysAdd) {
-        rawAddEdge(NewLoc);
-
-        if (IsConsumedExpr(CLoc) && !IsControlFlowExpr(CLoc.asStmt())) {
-          CLocs.push_back(ContextLocation(CLoc, true));
-          return;
-        }
-      }
-
-      CLocs.push_back(CLoc);
-      return;
-    }
-
-    // Context does not contain the location.  Flush it.
-    popLocation();
-  }
-
-  // If we reach here, there is no enclosing context.  Just add the edge.
-  rawAddEdge(NewLoc);
-}
-
-bool EdgeBuilder::IsConsumedExpr(const PathDiagnosticLocation &L) {
-  if (const Expr *X = dyn_cast_or_null<Expr>(L.asStmt()))
-    return PDB.getParentMap().isConsumedExpr(X) && !IsControlFlowExpr(X);
-
-  return false;
-}
-
-void EdgeBuilder::addExtendedContext(const Stmt *S) {
-  if (!S)
-    return;
-
-  const Stmt *Parent = PDB.getParent(S);
-  while (Parent) {
-    if (isa<CompoundStmt>(Parent))
-      Parent = PDB.getParent(Parent);
-    else
-      break;
-  }
-
-  if (Parent) {
-    switch (Parent->getStmtClass()) {
-      case Stmt::DoStmtClass:
-      case Stmt::ObjCAtSynchronizedStmtClass:
-        addContext(Parent);
-      default:
-        break;
-    }
-  }
-
-  addContext(S);
-}
-
-void EdgeBuilder::addContext(const Stmt *S) {
-  if (!S)
-    return;
-
-  PathDiagnosticLocation L(S, PDB.getSourceManager());
-
-  while (!CLocs.empty()) {
-    const PathDiagnosticLocation &TopContextLoc = CLocs.back();
-
-    // Is the top location context the same as the one for the new location?
-    if (TopContextLoc == L)
-      return;
-
-    if (containsLocation(TopContextLoc, L)) {
-      CLocs.push_back(L);
-      return;
-    }
-
-    // Context does not contain the location.  Flush it.
-    popLocation();
-  }
-
-  CLocs.push_back(L);
-}
-
-static void GenerateExtensivePathDiagnostic(PathDiagnostic& PD,
-                                            PathDiagnosticBuilder &PDB,
-                                            const ExplodedNode *N) {
-  EdgeBuilder EB(PD, PDB);
-
-  const ExplodedNode* NextNode = N->pred_empty() ? NULL : *(N->pred_begin());
-  while (NextNode) {
-    N = NextNode;
-    NextNode = GetPredecessorNode(N);
-    ProgramPoint P = N->getLocation();
-
-    do {
-      // Block edges.
-      if (const BlockEdge *BE = dyn_cast<BlockEdge>(&P)) {
-        const CFGBlock &Blk = *BE->getSrc();
-        const Stmt *Term = Blk.getTerminator();
-
-        // Are we jumping to the head of a loop?  Add a special diagnostic.
-        if (const Stmt *Loop = BE->getDst()->getLoopTarget()) {
-          PathDiagnosticLocation L(Loop, PDB.getSourceManager());
-          const CompoundStmt *CS = NULL;
-
-          if (!Term) {
-            if (const ForStmt *FS = dyn_cast<ForStmt>(Loop))
-              CS = dyn_cast<CompoundStmt>(FS->getBody());
-            else if (const WhileStmt *WS = dyn_cast<WhileStmt>(Loop))
-              CS = dyn_cast<CompoundStmt>(WS->getBody());
-          }
-
-          PathDiagnosticEventPiece *p =
-            new PathDiagnosticEventPiece(L,
-                                        "Looping back to the head of the loop");
-
-          EB.addEdge(p->getLocation(), true);
-          PD.push_front(p);
-
-          if (CS) {
-            PathDiagnosticLocation BL(CS->getRBracLoc(),
-                                      PDB.getSourceManager());
-            BL = PathDiagnosticLocation(BL.asLocation());
-            EB.addEdge(BL);
-          }
-        }
-
-        if (Term)
-          EB.addContext(Term);
-
-        break;
-      }
-
-      if (const BlockEntrance *BE = dyn_cast<BlockEntrance>(&P)) {
-        if (CFGStmt S = BE->getFirstElement().getAs<CFGStmt>()) {
-          if (IsControlFlowExpr(S)) {
-            // Add the proper context for '&&', '||', and '?'.
-            EB.addContext(S);
-          }
-          else
-            EB.addExtendedContext(PDB.getEnclosingStmtLocation(S).asStmt());
-        }
-        
-        break;
-      }
-    } while (0);
-
-    if (!NextNode)
-      continue;
-
-    for (BugReporterContext::visitor_iterator I = PDB.visitor_begin(),
-         E = PDB.visitor_end(); I!=E; ++I) {
-      if (PathDiagnosticPiece* p = (*I)->VisitNode(N, NextNode, PDB)) {
-        const PathDiagnosticLocation &Loc = p->getLocation();
-        EB.addEdge(Loc, true);
-        PD.push_front(p);
-        if (const Stmt *S = Loc.asStmt())
-          EB.addExtendedContext(PDB.getEnclosingStmtLocation(S).asStmt());
-      }
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Methods for BugType and subclasses.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-BugType::~BugType() {
-  // Free up the equivalence class objects.  Observe that we get a pointer to
-  // the object first before incrementing the iterator, as destroying the
-  // node before doing so means we will read from freed memory.
-  for (iterator I = begin(), E = end(); I !=E; ) {
-    BugReportEquivClass *EQ = &*I;
-    ++I;
-    delete EQ;
-  }
-}
-void BugType::FlushReports(BugReporter &BR) {}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Methods for BugReport and subclasses.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-BugReport::~BugReport() {}
-RangedBugReport::~RangedBugReport() {}
-
-const Stmt* BugReport::getStmt() const {
-  ProgramPoint ProgP = ErrorNode->getLocation();
-  const Stmt *S = NULL;
-
-  if (BlockEntrance* BE = dyn_cast<BlockEntrance>(&ProgP)) {
-    CFGBlock &Exit = ProgP.getLocationContext()->getCFG()->getExit();
-    if (BE->getBlock() == &Exit)
-      S = GetPreviousStmt(ErrorNode);
-  }
-  if (!S)
-    S = GetStmt(ProgP);
-
-  return S;
-}
-
-PathDiagnosticPiece*
-BugReport::getEndPath(BugReporterContext& BRC,
-                      const ExplodedNode* EndPathNode) {
-
-  const Stmt* S = getStmt();
-
-  if (!S)
-    return NULL;
-
-  BugReport::ranges_iterator Beg, End;
-  llvm::tie(Beg, End) = getRanges();
-  PathDiagnosticLocation L(S, BRC.getSourceManager());
-
-  // Only add the statement itself as a range if we didn't specify any
-  // special ranges for this report.
-  PathDiagnosticPiece* P = new PathDiagnosticEventPiece(L, getDescription(),
-                                                        Beg == End);
-
-  for (; Beg != End; ++Beg)
-    P->addRange(*Beg);
-
-  return P;
-}
-
-std::pair<BugReport::ranges_iterator, BugReport::ranges_iterator>
-BugReport::getRanges() const {
-  if (const Expr* E = dyn_cast_or_null<Expr>(getStmt())) {
-    R = E->getSourceRange();
-    assert(R.isValid());
-    return std::make_pair(&R, &R+1);
-  }
-  else
-    return std::make_pair(ranges_iterator(), ranges_iterator());
-}
-
-SourceLocation BugReport::getLocation() const {
-  if (ErrorNode)
-    if (const Stmt* S = GetCurrentOrPreviousStmt(ErrorNode)) {
-      // For member expressions, return the location of the '.' or '->'.
-      if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(S))
-        return ME->getMemberLoc();
-      // For binary operators, return the location of the operator.
-      if (const BinaryOperator *B = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(S))
-        return B->getOperatorLoc();
-
-      return S->getLocStart();
-    }
-
-  return FullSourceLoc();
-}
-
-PathDiagnosticPiece* BugReport::VisitNode(const ExplodedNode* N,
-                                          const ExplodedNode* PrevN,
-                                          BugReporterContext &BRC) {
-  return NULL;
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Methods for BugReporter and subclasses.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-BugReportEquivClass::~BugReportEquivClass() {
-  for (iterator I=begin(), E=end(); I!=E; ++I) delete *I;
-}
-
-GRBugReporter::~GRBugReporter() { }
-BugReporterData::~BugReporterData() {}
-
-ExplodedGraph &GRBugReporter::getGraph() { return Eng.getGraph(); }
-
-GRStateManager&
-GRBugReporter::getStateManager() { return Eng.getStateManager(); }
-
-BugReporter::~BugReporter() { FlushReports(); }
-
-void BugReporter::FlushReports() {
-  if (BugTypes.isEmpty())
-    return;
-
-  // First flush the warnings for each BugType.  This may end up creating new
-  // warnings and new BugTypes.  Because ImmutableSet is a functional data
-  // structure, we do not need to worry about the iterators being invalidated.
-  for (BugTypesTy::iterator I=BugTypes.begin(), E=BugTypes.end(); I!=E; ++I)
-    const_cast<BugType*>(*I)->FlushReports(*this);
-
-  // Iterate through BugTypes a second time.  BugTypes may have been updated
-  // with new BugType objects and new warnings.
-  for (BugTypesTy::iterator I=BugTypes.begin(), E=BugTypes.end(); I!=E; ++I) {
-    BugType *BT = const_cast<BugType*>(*I);
-
-    typedef llvm::FoldingSet<BugReportEquivClass> SetTy;
-    SetTy& EQClasses = BT->EQClasses;
-
-    for (SetTy::iterator EI=EQClasses.begin(), EE=EQClasses.end(); EI!=EE;++EI){
-      BugReportEquivClass& EQ = *EI;
-      FlushReport(EQ);
-    }
-
-    // Delete the BugType object.
-    delete BT;
-  }
-
-  // Remove all references to the BugType objects.
-  BugTypes = F.getEmptySet();
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// PathDiagnostics generation.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-static std::pair<std::pair<ExplodedGraph*, NodeBackMap*>,
-                 std::pair<ExplodedNode*, unsigned> >
-MakeReportGraph(const ExplodedGraph* G,
-                llvm::SmallVectorImpl<const ExplodedNode*> &nodes) {
-
-  // Create the trimmed graph.  It will contain the shortest paths from the
-  // error nodes to the root.  In the new graph we should only have one
-  // error node unless there are two or more error nodes with the same minimum
-  // path length.
-  ExplodedGraph* GTrim;
-  InterExplodedGraphMap* NMap;
-
-  llvm::DenseMap<const void*, const void*> InverseMap;
-  llvm::tie(GTrim, NMap) = G->Trim(nodes.data(), nodes.data() + nodes.size(),
-                                   &InverseMap);
-
-  // Create owning pointers for GTrim and NMap just to ensure that they are
-  // released when this function exists.
-  llvm::OwningPtr<ExplodedGraph> AutoReleaseGTrim(GTrim);
-  llvm::OwningPtr<InterExplodedGraphMap> AutoReleaseNMap(NMap);
-
-  // Find the (first) error node in the trimmed graph.  We just need to consult
-  // the node map (NMap) which maps from nodes in the original graph to nodes
-  // in the new graph.
-
-  std::queue<const ExplodedNode*> WS;
-  typedef llvm::DenseMap<const ExplodedNode*, unsigned> IndexMapTy;
-  IndexMapTy IndexMap;
-
-  for (unsigned nodeIndex = 0 ; nodeIndex < nodes.size(); ++nodeIndex) {
-    const ExplodedNode *originalNode = nodes[nodeIndex];
-    if (const ExplodedNode *N = NMap->getMappedNode(originalNode)) {
-      WS.push(N);
-      IndexMap[originalNode] = nodeIndex;
-    }
-  }
-
-  assert(!WS.empty() && "No error node found in the trimmed graph.");
-
-  // Create a new (third!) graph with a single path.  This is the graph
-  // that will be returned to the caller.
-  ExplodedGraph *GNew = new ExplodedGraph();
-
-  // Sometimes the trimmed graph can contain a cycle.  Perform a reverse BFS
-  // to the root node, and then construct a new graph that contains only
-  // a single path.
-  llvm::DenseMap<const void*,unsigned> Visited;
-
-  unsigned cnt = 0;
-  const ExplodedNode* Root = 0;
-
-  while (!WS.empty()) {
-    const ExplodedNode* Node = WS.front();
-    WS.pop();
-
-    if (Visited.find(Node) != Visited.end())
-      continue;
-
-    Visited[Node] = cnt++;
-
-    if (Node->pred_empty()) {
-      Root = Node;
-      break;
-    }
-
-    for (ExplodedNode::const_pred_iterator I=Node->pred_begin(),
-         E=Node->pred_end(); I!=E; ++I)
-      WS.push(*I);
-  }
-
-  assert(Root);
-
-  // Now walk from the root down the BFS path, always taking the successor
-  // with the lowest number.
-  ExplodedNode *Last = 0, *First = 0;
-  NodeBackMap *BM = new NodeBackMap();
-  unsigned NodeIndex = 0;
-
-  for ( const ExplodedNode *N = Root ;;) {
-    // Lookup the number associated with the current node.
-    llvm::DenseMap<const void*,unsigned>::iterator I = Visited.find(N);
-    assert(I != Visited.end());
-
-    // Create the equivalent node in the new graph with the same state
-    // and location.
-    ExplodedNode* NewN = GNew->getNode(N->getLocation(), N->getState());
-
-    // Store the mapping to the original node.
-    llvm::DenseMap<const void*, const void*>::iterator IMitr=InverseMap.find(N);
-    assert(IMitr != InverseMap.end() && "No mapping to original node.");
-    (*BM)[NewN] = (const ExplodedNode*) IMitr->second;
-
-    // Link up the new node with the previous node.
-    if (Last)
-      NewN->addPredecessor(Last, *GNew);
-
-    Last = NewN;
-
-    // Are we at the final node?
-    IndexMapTy::iterator IMI =
-      IndexMap.find((const ExplodedNode*)(IMitr->second));
-    if (IMI != IndexMap.end()) {
-      First = NewN;
-      NodeIndex = IMI->second;
-      break;
-    }
-
-    // Find the next successor node.  We choose the node that is marked
-    // with the lowest DFS number.
-    ExplodedNode::const_succ_iterator SI = N->succ_begin();
-    ExplodedNode::const_succ_iterator SE = N->succ_end();
-    N = 0;
-
-    for (unsigned MinVal = 0; SI != SE; ++SI) {
-
-      I = Visited.find(*SI);
-
-      if (I == Visited.end())
-        continue;
-
-      if (!N || I->second < MinVal) {
-        N = *SI;
-        MinVal = I->second;
-      }
-    }
-
-    assert(N);
-  }
-
-  assert(First);
-
-  return std::make_pair(std::make_pair(GNew, BM),
-                        std::make_pair(First, NodeIndex));
-}
-
-/// CompactPathDiagnostic - This function postprocesses a PathDiagnostic object
-///  and collapses PathDiagosticPieces that are expanded by macros.
-static void CompactPathDiagnostic(PathDiagnostic &PD, const SourceManager& SM) {
-  typedef std::vector<std::pair<PathDiagnosticMacroPiece*, SourceLocation> >
-          MacroStackTy;
-
-  typedef std::vector<PathDiagnosticPiece*>
-          PiecesTy;
-
-  MacroStackTy MacroStack;
-  PiecesTy Pieces;
-
-  for (PathDiagnostic::iterator I = PD.begin(), E = PD.end(); I!=E; ++I) {
-    // Get the location of the PathDiagnosticPiece.
-    const FullSourceLoc Loc = I->getLocation().asLocation();
-
-    // Determine the instantiation location, which is the location we group
-    // related PathDiagnosticPieces.
-    SourceLocation InstantiationLoc = Loc.isMacroID() ?
-                                      SM.getInstantiationLoc(Loc) :
-                                      SourceLocation();
-
-    if (Loc.isFileID()) {
-      MacroStack.clear();
-      Pieces.push_back(&*I);
-      continue;
-    }
-
-    assert(Loc.isMacroID());
-
-    // Is the PathDiagnosticPiece within the same macro group?
-    if (!MacroStack.empty() && InstantiationLoc == MacroStack.back().second) {
-      MacroStack.back().first->push_back(&*I);
-      continue;
-    }
-
-    // We aren't in the same group.  Are we descending into a new macro
-    // or are part of an old one?
-    PathDiagnosticMacroPiece *MacroGroup = 0;
-
-    SourceLocation ParentInstantiationLoc = InstantiationLoc.isMacroID() ?
-                                          SM.getInstantiationLoc(Loc) :
-                                          SourceLocation();
-
-    // Walk the entire macro stack.
-    while (!MacroStack.empty()) {
-      if (InstantiationLoc == MacroStack.back().second) {
-        MacroGroup = MacroStack.back().first;
-        break;
-      }
-
-      if (ParentInstantiationLoc == MacroStack.back().second) {
-        MacroGroup = MacroStack.back().first;
-        break;
-      }
-
-      MacroStack.pop_back();
-    }
-
-    if (!MacroGroup || ParentInstantiationLoc == MacroStack.back().second) {
-      // Create a new macro group and add it to the stack.
-      PathDiagnosticMacroPiece *NewGroup = new PathDiagnosticMacroPiece(Loc);
-
-      if (MacroGroup)
-        MacroGroup->push_back(NewGroup);
-      else {
-        assert(InstantiationLoc.isFileID());
-        Pieces.push_back(NewGroup);
-      }
-
-      MacroGroup = NewGroup;
-      MacroStack.push_back(std::make_pair(MacroGroup, InstantiationLoc));
-    }
-
-    // Finally, add the PathDiagnosticPiece to the group.
-    MacroGroup->push_back(&*I);
-  }
-
-  // Now take the pieces and construct a new PathDiagnostic.
-  PD.resetPath(false);
-
-  for (PiecesTy::iterator I=Pieces.begin(), E=Pieces.end(); I!=E; ++I) {
-    if (PathDiagnosticMacroPiece *MP=dyn_cast<PathDiagnosticMacroPiece>(*I))
-      if (!MP->containsEvent()) {
-        delete MP;
-        continue;
-      }
-
-    PD.push_back(*I);
-  }
-}
-
-void GRBugReporter::GeneratePathDiagnostic(PathDiagnostic& PD,
-                        llvm::SmallVectorImpl<BugReport *> &bugReports) {
-
-  assert(!bugReports.empty());
-  llvm::SmallVector<const ExplodedNode *, 10> errorNodes;
-  for (llvm::SmallVectorImpl<BugReport*>::iterator I = bugReports.begin(),
-    E = bugReports.end(); I != E; ++I) {
-      errorNodes.push_back((*I)->getErrorNode());
-  }
-
-  // Construct a new graph that contains only a single path from the error
-  // node to a root.
-  const std::pair<std::pair<ExplodedGraph*, NodeBackMap*>,
-  std::pair<ExplodedNode*, unsigned> >&
-    GPair = MakeReportGraph(&getGraph(), errorNodes);
-
-  // Find the BugReport with the original location.
-  assert(GPair.second.second < bugReports.size());
-  BugReport *R = bugReports[GPair.second.second];
-  assert(R && "No original report found for sliced graph.");
-
-  llvm::OwningPtr<ExplodedGraph> ReportGraph(GPair.first.first);
-  llvm::OwningPtr<NodeBackMap> BackMap(GPair.first.second);
-  const ExplodedNode *N = GPair.second.first;
-
-  // Start building the path diagnostic...
-  PathDiagnosticBuilder PDB(*this, R, BackMap.get(), getPathDiagnosticClient());
-
-  if (PathDiagnosticPiece* Piece = R->getEndPath(PDB, N))
-    PD.push_back(Piece);
-  else
-    return;
-
-  // Register node visitors.
-  R->registerInitialVisitors(PDB, N);
-  bugreporter::registerNilReceiverVisitor(PDB);
-
-  switch (PDB.getGenerationScheme()) {
-    case PathDiagnosticClient::Extensive:
-      GenerateExtensivePathDiagnostic(PD, PDB, N);
-      break;
-    case PathDiagnosticClient::Minimal:
-      GenerateMinimalPathDiagnostic(PD, PDB, N);
-      break;
-  }
-}
-
-void BugReporter::Register(BugType *BT) {
-  BugTypes = F.add(BugTypes, BT);
-}
-
-void BugReporter::EmitReport(BugReport* R) {
-  // Compute the bug report's hash to determine its equivalence class.
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  R->Profile(ID);
-
-  // Lookup the equivance class.  If there isn't one, create it.
-  BugType& BT = R->getBugType();
-  Register(&BT);
-  void *InsertPos;
-  BugReportEquivClass* EQ = BT.EQClasses.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
-
-  if (!EQ) {
-    EQ = new BugReportEquivClass(R);
-    BT.EQClasses.InsertNode(EQ, InsertPos);
-  }
-  else
-    EQ->AddReport(R);
-}
-
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Emitting reports in equivalence classes.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-namespace {
-struct FRIEC_WLItem {
-  const ExplodedNode *N;
-  ExplodedNode::const_succ_iterator I, E;
-  
-  FRIEC_WLItem(const ExplodedNode *n)
-  : N(n), I(N->succ_begin()), E(N->succ_end()) {}
-};  
-}
-
-static BugReport *
-FindReportInEquivalenceClass(BugReportEquivClass& EQ,
-                             llvm::SmallVectorImpl<BugReport*> &bugReports) {
-
-  BugReportEquivClass::iterator I = EQ.begin(), E = EQ.end();
-  assert(I != E);
-  BugReport *R = *I;
-  BugType& BT = R->getBugType();
-
-  // If we don't need to suppress any of the nodes because they are
-  // post-dominated by a sink, simply add all the nodes in the equivalence class
-  // to 'Nodes'.  Any of the reports will serve as a "representative" report.
-  if (!BT.isSuppressOnSink()) {
-    for (BugReportEquivClass::iterator I=EQ.begin(), E=EQ.end(); I!=E; ++I) {
-      const ExplodedNode* N = I->getErrorNode();
-      if (N) {
-        R = *I;
-        bugReports.push_back(R);
-      }
-    }
-    return R;
-  }
-
-  // For bug reports that should be suppressed when all paths are post-dominated
-  // by a sink node, iterate through the reports in the equivalence class
-  // until we find one that isn't post-dominated (if one exists).  We use a
-  // DFS traversal of the ExplodedGraph to find a non-sink node.  We could write
-  // this as a recursive function, but we don't want to risk blowing out the
-  // stack for very long paths.
-  BugReport *exampleReport = 0;
-
-  for (; I != E; ++I) {
-    R = *I;
-    const ExplodedNode *errorNode = R->getErrorNode();
-
-    if (!errorNode)
-      continue;
-    if (errorNode->isSink()) {
-      assert(false &&
-           "BugType::isSuppressSink() should not be 'true' for sink end nodes");
-      return 0;
-    }
-    // No successors?  By definition this nodes isn't post-dominated by a sink.
-    if (errorNode->succ_empty()) {
-      bugReports.push_back(R);
-      if (!exampleReport)
-        exampleReport = R;
-      continue;
-    }
-
-    // At this point we know that 'N' is not a sink and it has at least one
-    // successor.  Use a DFS worklist to find a non-sink end-of-path node.    
-    typedef FRIEC_WLItem WLItem;
-    typedef llvm::SmallVector<WLItem, 10> DFSWorkList;
-    llvm::DenseMap<const ExplodedNode *, unsigned> Visited;
-    
-    DFSWorkList WL;
-    WL.push_back(errorNode);
-    Visited[errorNode] = 1;
-    
-    while (!WL.empty()) {
-      WLItem &WI = WL.back();
-      assert(!WI.N->succ_empty());
-            
-      for (; WI.I != WI.E; ++WI.I) {
-        const ExplodedNode *Succ = *WI.I;        
-        // End-of-path node?
-        if (Succ->succ_empty()) {
-          // If we found an end-of-path node that is not a sink.
-          if (!Succ->isSink()) {
-            bugReports.push_back(R);
-            if (!exampleReport)
-              exampleReport = R;
-            WL.clear();
-            break;
-          }
-          // Found a sink?  Continue on to the next successor.
-          continue;
-        }
-        // Mark the successor as visited.  If it hasn't been explored,
-        // enqueue it to the DFS worklist.
-        unsigned &mark = Visited[Succ];
-        if (!mark) {
-          mark = 1;
-          WL.push_back(Succ);
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-
-      // The worklist may have been cleared at this point.  First
-      // check if it is empty before checking the last item.
-      if (!WL.empty() && &WL.back() == &WI)
-        WL.pop_back();
-    }
-  }
-
-  // ExampleReport will be NULL if all the nodes in the equivalence class
-  // were post-dominated by sinks.
-  return exampleReport;
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// DiagnosticCache.  This is a hack to cache analyzer diagnostics.  It
-// uses global state, which eventually should go elsewhere.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-namespace {
-class DiagCacheItem : public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-public:
-  DiagCacheItem(BugReport *R, PathDiagnostic *PD) {
-    ID.AddString(R->getBugType().getName());
-    ID.AddString(R->getBugType().getCategory());
-    ID.AddString(R->getDescription());
-    ID.AddInteger(R->getLocation().getRawEncoding());
-    PD->Profile(ID);    
-  }
-  
-  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &id) {
-    id = ID;
-  }
-  
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &getID() { return ID; }
-};
-}
-
-static bool IsCachedDiagnostic(BugReport *R, PathDiagnostic *PD) {
-  // FIXME: Eventually this diagnostic cache should reside in something
-  // like AnalysisManager instead of being a static variable.  This is
-  // really unsafe in the long term.
-  typedef llvm::FoldingSet<DiagCacheItem> DiagnosticCache;
-  static DiagnosticCache DC;
-  
-  void *InsertPos;
-  DiagCacheItem *Item = new DiagCacheItem(R, PD);
-  
-  if (DC.FindNodeOrInsertPos(Item->getID(), InsertPos)) {
-    delete Item;
-    return true;
-  }
-  
-  DC.InsertNode(Item, InsertPos);
-  return false;
-}
-
-void BugReporter::FlushReport(BugReportEquivClass& EQ) {
-  llvm::SmallVector<BugReport*, 10> bugReports;
-  BugReport *exampleReport = FindReportInEquivalenceClass(EQ, bugReports);
-  if (!exampleReport)
-    return;
-  
-  PathDiagnosticClient* PD = getPathDiagnosticClient();
-
-  // FIXME: Make sure we use the 'R' for the path that was actually used.
-  // Probably doesn't make a difference in practice.
-  BugType& BT = exampleReport->getBugType();
-
-  llvm::OwningPtr<PathDiagnostic>
-    D(new PathDiagnostic(exampleReport->getBugType().getName(),
-                         !PD || PD->useVerboseDescription()
-                         ? exampleReport->getDescription() 
-                         : exampleReport->getShortDescription(),
-                         BT.getCategory()));
-
-  if (!bugReports.empty())
-    GeneratePathDiagnostic(*D.get(), bugReports);
-
-  if (IsCachedDiagnostic(exampleReport, D.get()))
-    return;
-  
-  // Get the meta data.
-  std::pair<const char**, const char**> Meta =
-    exampleReport->getExtraDescriptiveText();
-  for (const char** s = Meta.first; s != Meta.second; ++s)
-    D->addMeta(*s);
-
-  // Emit a summary diagnostic to the regular Diagnostics engine.
-  BugReport::ranges_iterator Beg, End;
-  llvm::tie(Beg, End) = exampleReport->getRanges();
-  Diagnostic &Diag = getDiagnostic();
-  FullSourceLoc L(exampleReport->getLocation(), getSourceManager());
-  
-  // Search the description for '%', as that will be interpretted as a
-  // format character by FormatDiagnostics.
-  llvm::StringRef desc = exampleReport->getShortDescription();
-  unsigned ErrorDiag;
-  {
-    llvm::SmallString<512> TmpStr;
-    llvm::raw_svector_ostream Out(TmpStr);
-    for (llvm::StringRef::iterator I=desc.begin(), E=desc.end(); I!=E; ++I)
-      if (*I == '%')
-        Out << "%%";
-      else
-        Out << *I;
-    
-    Out.flush();
-    ErrorDiag = Diag.getCustomDiagID(Diagnostic::Warning, TmpStr);
-  }        
-
-  {
-    DiagnosticBuilder diagBuilder = Diag.Report(L, ErrorDiag);
-    for (BugReport::ranges_iterator I = Beg; I != End; ++I)
-      diagBuilder << *I;
-  }
-
-  // Emit a full diagnostic for the path if we have a PathDiagnosticClient.
-  if (!PD)
-    return;
-
-  if (D->empty()) {
-    PathDiagnosticPiece* piece =
-      new PathDiagnosticEventPiece(L, exampleReport->getDescription());
-
-    for ( ; Beg != End; ++Beg) piece->addRange(*Beg);
-    D->push_back(piece);
-  }
-
-  PD->HandlePathDiagnostic(D.take());
-}
-
-void BugReporter::EmitBasicReport(llvm::StringRef name, llvm::StringRef str,
-                                  SourceLocation Loc,
-                                  SourceRange* RBeg, unsigned NumRanges) {
-  EmitBasicReport(name, "", str, Loc, RBeg, NumRanges);
-}
-
-void BugReporter::EmitBasicReport(llvm::StringRef name,
-                                  llvm::StringRef category,
-                                  llvm::StringRef str, SourceLocation Loc,
-                                  SourceRange* RBeg, unsigned NumRanges) {
-
-  // 'BT' will be owned by BugReporter as soon as we call 'EmitReport'.
-  BugType *BT = new BugType(name, category);
-  FullSourceLoc L = getContext().getFullLoc(Loc);
-  RangedBugReport *R = new DiagBugReport(*BT, str, L);
-  for ( ; NumRanges > 0 ; --NumRanges, ++RBeg) R->addRange(*RBeg);
-  EmitReport(R);
-}

Removed: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/BugReporterVisitors.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/BugReporterVisitors.cpp?rev=125123&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/BugReporterVisitors.cpp (original)
+++ cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/BugReporterVisitors.cpp (removed)
@@ -1,457 +0,0 @@
-// BugReporterVisitors.cpp - Helpers for reporting bugs -----------*- C++ -*--//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-//  This file defines a set of BugReporter "visitors" which can be used to
-//  enhance the diagnostics reported for a bug.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
-#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/BugReporter/BugReporter.h"
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/BugReporter/PathDiagnostic.h"
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathSensitive/ExplodedGraph.h"
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathSensitive/GRState.h"
-
-using namespace clang;
-using namespace ento;
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Utility functions.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-const Stmt *bugreporter::GetDerefExpr(const ExplodedNode *N) {
-  // Pattern match for a few useful cases (do something smarter later):
-  //   a[0], p->f, *p
-  const Stmt *S = N->getLocationAs<PostStmt>()->getStmt();
-
-  if (const UnaryOperator *U = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(S)) {
-    if (U->getOpcode() == UO_Deref)
-      return U->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenCasts();
-  }
-  else if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(S)) {
-    return ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenCasts();
-  }
-  else if (const ArraySubscriptExpr *AE = dyn_cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(S)) {
-    // Retrieve the base for arrays since BasicStoreManager doesn't know how
-    // to reason about them.
-    return AE->getBase();
-  }
-
-  return NULL;
-}
-
-const Stmt *bugreporter::GetDenomExpr(const ExplodedNode *N) {
-  const Stmt *S = N->getLocationAs<PreStmt>()->getStmt();
-  if (const BinaryOperator *BE = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(S))
-    return BE->getRHS();
-  return NULL;
-}
-
-const Stmt *bugreporter::GetCalleeExpr(const ExplodedNode *N) {
-  // Callee is checked as a PreVisit to the CallExpr.
-  const Stmt *S = N->getLocationAs<PreStmt>()->getStmt();
-  if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(S))
-    return CE->getCallee();
-  return NULL;
-}
-
-const Stmt *bugreporter::GetRetValExpr(const ExplodedNode *N) {
-  const Stmt *S = N->getLocationAs<PostStmt>()->getStmt();
-  if (const ReturnStmt *RS = dyn_cast<ReturnStmt>(S))
-    return RS->getRetValue();
-  return NULL;
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Definitions for bug reporter visitors.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-namespace {
-class FindLastStoreBRVisitor : public BugReporterVisitor {
-  const MemRegion *R;
-  SVal V;
-  bool satisfied;
-  const ExplodedNode *StoreSite;
-public:
-  FindLastStoreBRVisitor(SVal v, const MemRegion *r)
-  : R(r), V(v), satisfied(false), StoreSite(0) {}
-
-  virtual void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
-    static int tag = 0;
-    ID.AddPointer(&tag);
-    ID.AddPointer(R);
-    ID.Add(V);
-  }
-
-  PathDiagnosticPiece* VisitNode(const ExplodedNode *N,
-                                 const ExplodedNode *PrevN,
-                                 BugReporterContext& BRC) {
-
-    if (satisfied)
-      return NULL;
-
-    if (!StoreSite) {
-      const ExplodedNode *Node = N, *Last = NULL;
-
-      for ( ; Node ; Last = Node, Node = Node->getFirstPred()) {
-
-        if (const VarRegion *VR = dyn_cast<VarRegion>(R)) {
-          if (const PostStmt *P = Node->getLocationAs<PostStmt>())
-            if (const DeclStmt *DS = P->getStmtAs<DeclStmt>())
-              if (DS->getSingleDecl() == VR->getDecl()) {
-                Last = Node;
-                break;
-              }
-        }
-
-        if (Node->getState()->getSVal(R) != V)
-          break;
-      }
-
-      if (!Node || !Last) {
-        satisfied = true;
-        return NULL;
-      }
-
-      StoreSite = Last;
-    }
-
-    if (StoreSite != N)
-      return NULL;
-
-    satisfied = true;
-    llvm::SmallString<256> sbuf;
-    llvm::raw_svector_ostream os(sbuf);
-
-    if (const PostStmt *PS = N->getLocationAs<PostStmt>()) {
-      if (const DeclStmt *DS = PS->getStmtAs<DeclStmt>()) {
-
-        if (const VarRegion *VR = dyn_cast<VarRegion>(R)) {
-          os << "Variable '" << VR->getDecl() << "' ";
-        }
-        else
-          return NULL;
-
-        if (isa<loc::ConcreteInt>(V)) {
-          bool b = false;
-          if (R->isBoundable()) {
-            if (const TypedRegion *TR = dyn_cast<TypedRegion>(R)) {
-              if (TR->getValueType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
-                os << "initialized to nil";
-                b = true;
-              }
-            }
-          }
-
-          if (!b)
-            os << "initialized to a null pointer value";
-        }
-        else if (isa<nonloc::ConcreteInt>(V)) {
-          os << "initialized to " << cast<nonloc::ConcreteInt>(V).getValue();
-        }
-        else if (V.isUndef()) {
-          if (isa<VarRegion>(R)) {
-            const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(DS->getSingleDecl());
-            if (VD->getInit())
-              os << "initialized to a garbage value";
-            else
-              os << "declared without an initial value";
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    if (os.str().empty()) {
-      if (isa<loc::ConcreteInt>(V)) {
-        bool b = false;
-        if (R->isBoundable()) {
-          if (const TypedRegion *TR = dyn_cast<TypedRegion>(R)) {
-            if (TR->getValueType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
-              os << "nil object reference stored to ";
-              b = true;
-            }
-          }
-        }
-
-        if (!b)
-          os << "Null pointer value stored to ";
-      }
-      else if (V.isUndef()) {
-        os << "Uninitialized value stored to ";
-      }
-      else if (isa<nonloc::ConcreteInt>(V)) {
-        os << "The value " << cast<nonloc::ConcreteInt>(V).getValue()
-           << " is assigned to ";
-      }
-      else
-        return NULL;
-
-      if (const VarRegion *VR = dyn_cast<VarRegion>(R)) {
-        os << '\'' << VR->getDecl() << '\'';
-      }
-      else
-        return NULL;
-    }
-
-    // FIXME: Refactor this into BugReporterContext.
-    const Stmt *S = 0;
-    ProgramPoint P = N->getLocation();
-
-    if (BlockEdge *BE = dyn_cast<BlockEdge>(&P)) {
-      const CFGBlock *BSrc = BE->getSrc();
-      S = BSrc->getTerminatorCondition();
-    }
-    else if (PostStmt *PS = dyn_cast<PostStmt>(&P)) {
-      S = PS->getStmt();
-    }
-
-    if (!S)
-      return NULL;
-
-    // Construct a new PathDiagnosticPiece.
-    PathDiagnosticLocation L(S, BRC.getSourceManager());
-    return new PathDiagnosticEventPiece(L, os.str());
-  }
-};
-
-
-static void registerFindLastStore(BugReporterContext& BRC, const MemRegion *R,
-                                  SVal V) {
-  BRC.addVisitor(new FindLastStoreBRVisitor(V, R));
-}
-
-class TrackConstraintBRVisitor : public BugReporterVisitor {
-  DefinedSVal Constraint;
-  const bool Assumption;
-  bool isSatisfied;
-public:
-  TrackConstraintBRVisitor(DefinedSVal constraint, bool assumption)
-  : Constraint(constraint), Assumption(assumption), isSatisfied(false) {}
-
-  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
-    static int tag = 0;
-    ID.AddPointer(&tag);
-    ID.AddBoolean(Assumption);
-    ID.Add(Constraint);
-  }
-
-  PathDiagnosticPiece* VisitNode(const ExplodedNode *N,
-                                 const ExplodedNode *PrevN,
-                                 BugReporterContext& BRC) {
-    if (isSatisfied)
-      return NULL;
-
-    // Check if in the previous state it was feasible for this constraint
-    // to *not* be true.
-    if (PrevN->getState()->assume(Constraint, !Assumption)) {
-
-      isSatisfied = true;
-
-      // As a sanity check, make sure that the negation of the constraint
-      // was infeasible in the current state.  If it is feasible, we somehow
-      // missed the transition point.
-      if (N->getState()->assume(Constraint, !Assumption))
-        return NULL;
-
-      // We found the transition point for the constraint.  We now need to
-      // pretty-print the constraint. (work-in-progress)
-      std::string sbuf;
-      llvm::raw_string_ostream os(sbuf);
-
-      if (isa<Loc>(Constraint)) {
-        os << "Assuming pointer value is ";
-        os << (Assumption ? "non-null" : "null");
-      }
-
-      if (os.str().empty())
-        return NULL;
-
-      // FIXME: Refactor this into BugReporterContext.
-      const Stmt *S = 0;
-      ProgramPoint P = N->getLocation();
-
-      if (BlockEdge *BE = dyn_cast<BlockEdge>(&P)) {
-        const CFGBlock *BSrc = BE->getSrc();
-        S = BSrc->getTerminatorCondition();
-      }
-      else if (PostStmt *PS = dyn_cast<PostStmt>(&P)) {
-        S = PS->getStmt();
-      }
-
-      if (!S)
-        return NULL;
-
-      // Construct a new PathDiagnosticPiece.
-      PathDiagnosticLocation L(S, BRC.getSourceManager());
-      return new PathDiagnosticEventPiece(L, os.str());
-    }
-
-    return NULL;
-  }
-};
-} // end anonymous namespace
-
-static void registerTrackConstraint(BugReporterContext& BRC,
-                                    DefinedSVal Constraint,
-                                    bool Assumption) {
-  BRC.addVisitor(new TrackConstraintBRVisitor(Constraint, Assumption));
-}
-
-void bugreporter::registerTrackNullOrUndefValue(BugReporterContext& BRC,
-                                                const void *data,
-                                                const ExplodedNode* N) {
-
-  const Stmt *S = static_cast<const Stmt*>(data);
-
-  if (!S)
-    return;
-
-  GRStateManager &StateMgr = BRC.getStateManager();
-  const GRState *state = N->getState();
-
-  // Walk through lvalue-to-rvalue conversions.  
-  if (const DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(S)) {
-    if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl())) {
-      const VarRegion *R =
-        StateMgr.getRegionManager().getVarRegion(VD, N->getLocationContext());
-
-      // What did we load?
-      SVal V = state->getSVal(loc::MemRegionVal(R));
-
-      if (isa<loc::ConcreteInt>(V) || isa<nonloc::ConcreteInt>(V)
-          || V.isUndef()) {
-        ::registerFindLastStore(BRC, R, V);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  SVal V = state->getSValAsScalarOrLoc(S);
-
-  // Uncomment this to find cases where we aren't properly getting the
-  // base value that was dereferenced.
-  // assert(!V.isUnknownOrUndef());
-
-  // Is it a symbolic value?
-  if (loc::MemRegionVal *L = dyn_cast<loc::MemRegionVal>(&V)) {
-    const SubRegion *R = cast<SubRegion>(L->getRegion());
-    while (R && !isa<SymbolicRegion>(R)) {
-      R = dyn_cast<SubRegion>(R->getSuperRegion());
-    }
-
-    if (R) {
-      assert(isa<SymbolicRegion>(R));
-      registerTrackConstraint(BRC, loc::MemRegionVal(R), false);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-void bugreporter::registerFindLastStore(BugReporterContext& BRC,
-                                        const void *data,
-                                        const ExplodedNode* N) {
-
-  const MemRegion *R = static_cast<const MemRegion*>(data);
-
-  if (!R)
-    return;
-
-  const GRState *state = N->getState();
-  SVal V = state->getSVal(R);
-
-  if (V.isUnknown())
-    return;
-
-  BRC.addVisitor(new FindLastStoreBRVisitor(V, R));
-}
-
-
-namespace {
-class NilReceiverVisitor : public BugReporterVisitor {
-public:
-  NilReceiverVisitor() {}
-
-  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
-    static int x = 0;
-    ID.AddPointer(&x);
-  }
-
-  PathDiagnosticPiece* VisitNode(const ExplodedNode *N,
-                                 const ExplodedNode *PrevN,
-                                 BugReporterContext& BRC) {
-
-    const PostStmt *P = N->getLocationAs<PostStmt>();
-    if (!P)
-      return 0;
-    const ObjCMessageExpr *ME = P->getStmtAs<ObjCMessageExpr>();
-    if (!ME)
-      return 0;
-    const Expr *Receiver = ME->getInstanceReceiver();
-    if (!Receiver)
-      return 0;
-    const GRState *state = N->getState();
-    const SVal &V = state->getSVal(Receiver);
-    const DefinedOrUnknownSVal *DV = dyn_cast<DefinedOrUnknownSVal>(&V);
-    if (!DV)
-      return 0;
-    state = state->assume(*DV, true);
-    if (state)
-      return 0;
-
-    // The receiver was nil, and hence the method was skipped.
-    // Register a BugReporterVisitor to issue a message telling us how
-    // the receiver was null.
-    bugreporter::registerTrackNullOrUndefValue(BRC, Receiver, N);
-    // Issue a message saying that the method was skipped.
-    PathDiagnosticLocation L(Receiver, BRC.getSourceManager());
-    return new PathDiagnosticEventPiece(L, "No method actually called "
-                                           "because the receiver is nil");
-  }
-};
-} // end anonymous namespace
-
-void bugreporter::registerNilReceiverVisitor(BugReporterContext &BRC) {
-  BRC.addVisitor(new NilReceiverVisitor());
-}
-
-// Registers every VarDecl inside a Stmt with a last store vistor.
-void bugreporter::registerVarDeclsLastStore(BugReporterContext &BRC,
-                                                   const void *stmt,
-                                                   const ExplodedNode *N) {
-  const Stmt *S = static_cast<const Stmt *>(stmt);
-
-  std::deque<const Stmt *> WorkList;
-
-  WorkList.push_back(S);
-
-  while (!WorkList.empty()) {
-    const Stmt *Head = WorkList.front();
-    WorkList.pop_front();
-
-    GRStateManager &StateMgr = BRC.getStateManager();
-    const GRState *state = N->getState();
-
-    if (const DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Head)) {
-      if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl())) {
-        const VarRegion *R =
-        StateMgr.getRegionManager().getVarRegion(VD, N->getLocationContext());
-
-        // What did we load?
-        SVal V = state->getSVal(S);
-
-        if (isa<loc::ConcreteInt>(V) || isa<nonloc::ConcreteInt>(V)) {
-          ::registerFindLastStore(BRC, R, V);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    for (Stmt::const_child_iterator I = Head->child_begin();
-        I != Head->child_end(); ++I)
-      WorkList.push_back(*I);
-  }
-}

Removed: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/CFRefCount.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/CFRefCount.cpp?rev=125123&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/CFRefCount.cpp (original)
+++ cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/CFRefCount.cpp (removed)
@@ -1,3525 +0,0 @@
-// CFRefCount.cpp - Transfer functions for tracking simple values -*- C++ -*--//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-//  This file defines the methods for CFRefCount, which implements
-//  a reference count checker for Core Foundation (Mac OS X).
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
-#include "clang/AST/StmtVisitor.h"
-#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
-#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/BugReporter/BugType.h"
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/BugReporter/PathDiagnostic.h"
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/Checkers/LocalCheckers.h"
-#include "clang/Analysis/DomainSpecific/CocoaConventions.h"
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathSensitive/CheckerVisitor.h"
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathSensitive/ExprEngineBuilders.h"
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathSensitive/GRStateTrait.h"
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathSensitive/TransferFuncs.h"
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathSensitive/SymbolManager.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/ImmutableList.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/ImmutableMap.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
-#include <stdarg.h>
-
-using namespace clang;
-using namespace ento;
-using llvm::StringRef;
-using llvm::StrInStrNoCase;
-
-namespace {
-class InstanceReceiver {
-  ObjCMessage Msg;
-  const LocationContext *LC;
-public:
-  InstanceReceiver() : LC(0) { }
-  InstanceReceiver(const ObjCMessage &msg,
-                   const LocationContext *lc = 0) : Msg(msg), LC(lc) {}
-
-  bool isValid() const {
-    return Msg.isValid() && Msg.isInstanceMessage();
-  }
-  operator bool() const {
-    return isValid();
-  }
-
-  SVal getSValAsScalarOrLoc(const GRState *state) {
-    assert(isValid());
-    // We have an expression for the receiver?  Fetch the value
-    // of that expression.
-    if (const Expr *Ex = Msg.getInstanceReceiver())
-      return state->getSValAsScalarOrLoc(Ex);
-
-    // Otherwise we are sending a message to super.  In this case the
-    // object reference is the same as 'self'.
-    if (const ImplicitParamDecl *SelfDecl = LC->getSelfDecl())
-      return state->getSVal(state->getRegion(SelfDecl, LC));
-
-    return UnknownVal();
-  }
-
-  SourceRange getSourceRange() const {
-    assert(isValid());
-    if (const Expr *Ex = Msg.getInstanceReceiver())
-      return Ex->getSourceRange();
-
-    // Otherwise we are sending a message to super.
-    SourceLocation L = Msg.getSuperLoc();
-    assert(L.isValid());
-    return SourceRange(L, L);
-  }
-};
-}
-
-static const ObjCMethodDecl*
-ResolveToInterfaceMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) {
-  const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = MD->getClassInterface();
-
-  return MD->isInstanceMethod()
-         ? ID->lookupInstanceMethod(MD->getSelector())
-         : ID->lookupClassMethod(MD->getSelector());
-}
-
-namespace {
-class GenericNodeBuilderRefCount {
-  StmtNodeBuilder *SNB;
-  const Stmt *S;
-  const void *tag;
-  EndOfFunctionNodeBuilder *ENB;
-public:
-  GenericNodeBuilderRefCount(StmtNodeBuilder &snb, const Stmt *s,
-                     const void *t)
-  : SNB(&snb), S(s), tag(t), ENB(0) {}
-
-  GenericNodeBuilderRefCount(EndOfFunctionNodeBuilder &enb)
-  : SNB(0), S(0), tag(0), ENB(&enb) {}
-
-  ExplodedNode *MakeNode(const GRState *state, ExplodedNode *Pred) {
-    if (SNB)
-      return SNB->generateNode(PostStmt(S, Pred->getLocationContext(), tag),
-                               state, Pred);
-
-    assert(ENB);
-    return ENB->generateNode(state, Pred);
-  }
-};
-} // end anonymous namespace
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Primitives used for constructing summaries for function/method calls.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-/// ArgEffect is used to summarize a function/method call's effect on a
-/// particular argument.
-enum ArgEffect { Autorelease, Dealloc, DecRef, DecRefMsg, DoNothing,
-                 DoNothingByRef, IncRefMsg, IncRef, MakeCollectable, MayEscape,
-                 NewAutoreleasePool, SelfOwn, StopTracking };
-
-namespace llvm {
-template <> struct FoldingSetTrait<ArgEffect> {
-static inline void Profile(const ArgEffect X, FoldingSetNodeID& ID) {
-  ID.AddInteger((unsigned) X);
-}
-};
-} // end llvm namespace
-
-/// ArgEffects summarizes the effects of a function/method call on all of
-/// its arguments.
-typedef llvm::ImmutableMap<unsigned,ArgEffect> ArgEffects;
-
-namespace {
-
-///  RetEffect is used to summarize a function/method call's behavior with
-///  respect to its return value.
-class RetEffect {
-public:
-  enum Kind { NoRet, Alias, OwnedSymbol, OwnedAllocatedSymbol,
-              NotOwnedSymbol, GCNotOwnedSymbol, ReceiverAlias,
-              OwnedWhenTrackedReceiver };
-
-  enum ObjKind { CF, ObjC, AnyObj };
-
-private:
-  Kind K;
-  ObjKind O;
-  unsigned index;
-
-  RetEffect(Kind k, unsigned idx = 0) : K(k), O(AnyObj), index(idx) {}
-  RetEffect(Kind k, ObjKind o) : K(k), O(o), index(0) {}
-
-public:
-  Kind getKind() const { return K; }
-
-  ObjKind getObjKind() const { return O; }
-
-  unsigned getIndex() const {
-    assert(getKind() == Alias);
-    return index;
-  }
-
-  bool isOwned() const {
-    return K == OwnedSymbol || K == OwnedAllocatedSymbol ||
-           K == OwnedWhenTrackedReceiver;
-  }
-
-  static RetEffect MakeOwnedWhenTrackedReceiver() {
-    return RetEffect(OwnedWhenTrackedReceiver, ObjC);
-  }
-
-  static RetEffect MakeAlias(unsigned Idx) {
-    return RetEffect(Alias, Idx);
-  }
-  static RetEffect MakeReceiverAlias() {
-    return RetEffect(ReceiverAlias);
-  }
-  static RetEffect MakeOwned(ObjKind o, bool isAllocated = false) {
-    return RetEffect(isAllocated ? OwnedAllocatedSymbol : OwnedSymbol, o);
-  }
-  static RetEffect MakeNotOwned(ObjKind o) {
-    return RetEffect(NotOwnedSymbol, o);
-  }
-  static RetEffect MakeGCNotOwned() {
-    return RetEffect(GCNotOwnedSymbol, ObjC);
-  }
-
-  static RetEffect MakeNoRet() {
-    return RetEffect(NoRet);
-  }
-};
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Reference-counting logic (typestate + counts).
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-class RefVal {
-public:
-  enum Kind {
-    Owned = 0, // Owning reference.
-    NotOwned,  // Reference is not owned by still valid (not freed).
-    Released,  // Object has been released.
-    ReturnedOwned, // Returned object passes ownership to caller.
-    ReturnedNotOwned, // Return object does not pass ownership to caller.
-    ERROR_START,
-    ErrorDeallocNotOwned, // -dealloc called on non-owned object.
-    ErrorDeallocGC, // Calling -dealloc with GC enabled.
-    ErrorUseAfterRelease, // Object used after released.
-    ErrorReleaseNotOwned, // Release of an object that was not owned.
-    ERROR_LEAK_START,
-    ErrorLeak,  // A memory leak due to excessive reference counts.
-    ErrorLeakReturned, // A memory leak due to the returning method not having
-                       // the correct naming conventions.
-    ErrorGCLeakReturned,
-    ErrorOverAutorelease,
-    ErrorReturnedNotOwned
-  };
-
-private:
-  Kind kind;
-  RetEffect::ObjKind okind;
-  unsigned Cnt;
-  unsigned ACnt;
-  QualType T;
-
-  RefVal(Kind k, RetEffect::ObjKind o, unsigned cnt, unsigned acnt, QualType t)
-  : kind(k), okind(o), Cnt(cnt), ACnt(acnt), T(t) {}
-
-public:
-  Kind getKind() const { return kind; }
-
-  RetEffect::ObjKind getObjKind() const { return okind; }
-
-  unsigned getCount() const { return Cnt; }
-  unsigned getAutoreleaseCount() const { return ACnt; }
-  unsigned getCombinedCounts() const { return Cnt + ACnt; }
-  void clearCounts() { Cnt = 0; ACnt = 0; }
-  void setCount(unsigned i) { Cnt = i; }
-  void setAutoreleaseCount(unsigned i) { ACnt = i; }
-
-  QualType getType() const { return T; }
-
-  bool isOwned() const {
-    return getKind() == Owned;
-  }
-
-  bool isNotOwned() const {
-    return getKind() == NotOwned;
-  }
-
-  bool isReturnedOwned() const {
-    return getKind() == ReturnedOwned;
-  }
-
-  bool isReturnedNotOwned() const {
-    return getKind() == ReturnedNotOwned;
-  }
-
-  static RefVal makeOwned(RetEffect::ObjKind o, QualType t,
-                          unsigned Count = 1) {
-    return RefVal(Owned, o, Count, 0, t);
-  }
-
-  static RefVal makeNotOwned(RetEffect::ObjKind o, QualType t,
-                             unsigned Count = 0) {
-    return RefVal(NotOwned, o, Count, 0, t);
-  }
-
-  // Comparison, profiling, and pretty-printing.
-
-  bool operator==(const RefVal& X) const {
-    return kind == X.kind && Cnt == X.Cnt && T == X.T && ACnt == X.ACnt;
-  }
-
-  RefVal operator-(size_t i) const {
-    return RefVal(getKind(), getObjKind(), getCount() - i,
-                  getAutoreleaseCount(), getType());
-  }
-
-  RefVal operator+(size_t i) const {
-    return RefVal(getKind(), getObjKind(), getCount() + i,
-                  getAutoreleaseCount(), getType());
-  }
-
-  RefVal operator^(Kind k) const {
-    return RefVal(k, getObjKind(), getCount(), getAutoreleaseCount(),
-                  getType());
-  }
-
-  RefVal autorelease() const {
-    return RefVal(getKind(), getObjKind(), getCount(), getAutoreleaseCount()+1,
-                  getType());
-  }
-
-  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID) const {
-    ID.AddInteger((unsigned) kind);
-    ID.AddInteger(Cnt);
-    ID.AddInteger(ACnt);
-    ID.Add(T);
-  }
-
-  void print(llvm::raw_ostream& Out) const;
-};
-
-void RefVal::print(llvm::raw_ostream& Out) const {
-  if (!T.isNull())
-    Out << "Tracked Type:" << T.getAsString() << '\n';
-
-  switch (getKind()) {
-    default: assert(false);
-    case Owned: {
-      Out << "Owned";
-      unsigned cnt = getCount();
-      if (cnt) Out << " (+ " << cnt << ")";
-      break;
-    }
-
-    case NotOwned: {
-      Out << "NotOwned";
-      unsigned cnt = getCount();
-      if (cnt) Out << " (+ " << cnt << ")";
-      break;
-    }
-
-    case ReturnedOwned: {
-      Out << "ReturnedOwned";
-      unsigned cnt = getCount();
-      if (cnt) Out << " (+ " << cnt << ")";
-      break;
-    }
-
-    case ReturnedNotOwned: {
-      Out << "ReturnedNotOwned";
-      unsigned cnt = getCount();
-      if (cnt) Out << " (+ " << cnt << ")";
-      break;
-    }
-
-    case Released:
-      Out << "Released";
-      break;
-
-    case ErrorDeallocGC:
-      Out << "-dealloc (GC)";
-      break;
-
-    case ErrorDeallocNotOwned:
-      Out << "-dealloc (not-owned)";
-      break;
-
-    case ErrorLeak:
-      Out << "Leaked";
-      break;
-
-    case ErrorLeakReturned:
-      Out << "Leaked (Bad naming)";
-      break;
-
-    case ErrorGCLeakReturned:
-      Out << "Leaked (GC-ed at return)";
-      break;
-
-    case ErrorUseAfterRelease:
-      Out << "Use-After-Release [ERROR]";
-      break;
-
-    case ErrorReleaseNotOwned:
-      Out << "Release of Not-Owned [ERROR]";
-      break;
-
-    case RefVal::ErrorOverAutorelease:
-      Out << "Over autoreleased";
-      break;
-
-    case RefVal::ErrorReturnedNotOwned:
-      Out << "Non-owned object returned instead of owned";
-      break;
-  }
-
-  if (ACnt) {
-    Out << " [ARC +" << ACnt << ']';
-  }
-}
-} //end anonymous namespace
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// RefBindings - State used to track object reference counts.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-typedef llvm::ImmutableMap<SymbolRef, RefVal> RefBindings;
-
-namespace clang {
-namespace ento {
-  template<>
-  struct GRStateTrait<RefBindings> : public GRStatePartialTrait<RefBindings> {
-    static void* GDMIndex() {
-      static int RefBIndex = 0;
-      return &RefBIndex;
-    }
-  };
-}
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Summaries
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-namespace {
-class RetainSummary {
-  /// Args - an ordered vector of (index, ArgEffect) pairs, where index
-  ///  specifies the argument (starting from 0).  This can be sparsely
-  ///  populated; arguments with no entry in Args use 'DefaultArgEffect'.
-  ArgEffects Args;
-
-  /// DefaultArgEffect - The default ArgEffect to apply to arguments that
-  ///  do not have an entry in Args.
-  ArgEffect   DefaultArgEffect;
-
-  /// Receiver - If this summary applies to an Objective-C message expression,
-  ///  this is the effect applied to the state of the receiver.
-  ArgEffect   Receiver;
-
-  /// Ret - The effect on the return value.  Used to indicate if the
-  ///  function/method call returns a new tracked symbol, returns an
-  ///  alias of one of the arguments in the call, and so on.
-  RetEffect   Ret;
-
-  /// EndPath - Indicates that execution of this method/function should
-  ///  terminate the simulation of a path.
-  bool EndPath;
-
-public:
-  RetainSummary(ArgEffects A, RetEffect R, ArgEffect defaultEff,
-                ArgEffect ReceiverEff, bool endpath = false)
-    : Args(A), DefaultArgEffect(defaultEff), Receiver(ReceiverEff), Ret(R),
-      EndPath(endpath) {}
-
-  /// getArg - Return the argument effect on the argument specified by
-  ///  idx (starting from 0).
-  ArgEffect getArg(unsigned idx) const {
-    if (const ArgEffect *AE = Args.lookup(idx))
-      return *AE;
-
-    return DefaultArgEffect;
-  }
-  
-  void addArg(ArgEffects::Factory &af, unsigned idx, ArgEffect e) {
-    Args = af.add(Args, idx, e);
-  }
-
-  /// setDefaultArgEffect - Set the default argument effect.
-  void setDefaultArgEffect(ArgEffect E) {
-    DefaultArgEffect = E;
-  }
-
-  /// getRetEffect - Returns the effect on the return value of the call.
-  RetEffect getRetEffect() const { return Ret; }
-
-  /// setRetEffect - Set the effect of the return value of the call.
-  void setRetEffect(RetEffect E) { Ret = E; }
-
-  /// isEndPath - Returns true if executing the given method/function should
-  ///  terminate the path.
-  bool isEndPath() const { return EndPath; }
-
-  
-  /// Sets the effect on the receiver of the message.
-  void setReceiverEffect(ArgEffect e) { Receiver = e; }
-  
-  /// getReceiverEffect - Returns the effect on the receiver of the call.
-  ///  This is only meaningful if the summary applies to an ObjCMessageExpr*.
-  ArgEffect getReceiverEffect() const { return Receiver; }
-};
-} // end anonymous namespace
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Data structures for constructing summaries.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-namespace {
-class ObjCSummaryKey {
-  IdentifierInfo* II;
-  Selector S;
-public:
-  ObjCSummaryKey(IdentifierInfo* ii, Selector s)
-    : II(ii), S(s) {}
-
-  ObjCSummaryKey(const ObjCInterfaceDecl* d, Selector s)
-    : II(d ? d->getIdentifier() : 0), S(s) {}
-
-  ObjCSummaryKey(const ObjCInterfaceDecl* d, IdentifierInfo *ii, Selector s)
-    : II(d ? d->getIdentifier() : ii), S(s) {}
-
-  ObjCSummaryKey(Selector s)
-    : II(0), S(s) {}
-
-  IdentifierInfo* getIdentifier() const { return II; }
-  Selector getSelector() const { return S; }
-};
-}
-
-namespace llvm {
-template <> struct DenseMapInfo<ObjCSummaryKey> {
-  static inline ObjCSummaryKey getEmptyKey() {
-    return ObjCSummaryKey(DenseMapInfo<IdentifierInfo*>::getEmptyKey(),
-                          DenseMapInfo<Selector>::getEmptyKey());
-  }
-
-  static inline ObjCSummaryKey getTombstoneKey() {
-    return ObjCSummaryKey(DenseMapInfo<IdentifierInfo*>::getTombstoneKey(),
-                          DenseMapInfo<Selector>::getTombstoneKey());
-  }
-
-  static unsigned getHashValue(const ObjCSummaryKey &V) {
-    return (DenseMapInfo<IdentifierInfo*>::getHashValue(V.getIdentifier())
-            & 0x88888888)
-        | (DenseMapInfo<Selector>::getHashValue(V.getSelector())
-            & 0x55555555);
-  }
-
-  static bool isEqual(const ObjCSummaryKey& LHS, const ObjCSummaryKey& RHS) {
-    return DenseMapInfo<IdentifierInfo*>::isEqual(LHS.getIdentifier(),
-                                                  RHS.getIdentifier()) &&
-           DenseMapInfo<Selector>::isEqual(LHS.getSelector(),
-                                           RHS.getSelector());
-  }
-
-};
-template <>
-struct isPodLike<ObjCSummaryKey> { static const bool value = true; };
-} // end llvm namespace
-
-namespace {
-class ObjCSummaryCache {
-  typedef llvm::DenseMap<ObjCSummaryKey, RetainSummary*> MapTy;
-  MapTy M;
-public:
-  ObjCSummaryCache() {}
-
-  RetainSummary* find(const ObjCInterfaceDecl* D, IdentifierInfo *ClsName,
-                Selector S) {
-    // Lookup the method using the decl for the class @interface.  If we
-    // have no decl, lookup using the class name.
-    return D ? find(D, S) : find(ClsName, S);
-  }
-
-  RetainSummary* find(const ObjCInterfaceDecl* D, Selector S) {
-    // Do a lookup with the (D,S) pair.  If we find a match return
-    // the iterator.
-    ObjCSummaryKey K(D, S);
-    MapTy::iterator I = M.find(K);
-
-    if (I != M.end() || !D)
-      return I->second;
-
-    // Walk the super chain.  If we find a hit with a parent, we'll end
-    // up returning that summary.  We actually allow that key (null,S), as
-    // we cache summaries for the null ObjCInterfaceDecl* to allow us to
-    // generate initial summaries without having to worry about NSObject
-    // being declared.
-    // FIXME: We may change this at some point.
-    for (ObjCInterfaceDecl* C=D->getSuperClass() ;; C=C->getSuperClass()) {
-      if ((I = M.find(ObjCSummaryKey(C, S))) != M.end())
-        break;
-
-      if (!C)
-        return NULL;
-    }
-
-    // Cache the summary with original key to make the next lookup faster
-    // and return the iterator.
-    RetainSummary *Summ = I->second;
-    M[K] = Summ;
-    return Summ;
-  }
-
-  RetainSummary* find(IdentifierInfo* II, Selector S) {
-    // FIXME: Class method lookup.  Right now we dont' have a good way
-    // of going between IdentifierInfo* and the class hierarchy.
-    MapTy::iterator I = M.find(ObjCSummaryKey(II, S));
-
-    if (I == M.end())
-      I = M.find(ObjCSummaryKey(S));
-
-    return I == M.end() ? NULL : I->second;
-  }
-
-  RetainSummary*& operator[](ObjCSummaryKey K) {
-    return M[K];
-  }
-
-  RetainSummary*& operator[](Selector S) {
-    return M[ ObjCSummaryKey(S) ];
-  }
-};
-} // end anonymous namespace
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Data structures for managing collections of summaries.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-namespace {
-class RetainSummaryManager {
-
-  //==-----------------------------------------------------------------==//
-  //  Typedefs.
-  //==-----------------------------------------------------------------==//
-
-  typedef llvm::DenseMap<const FunctionDecl*, RetainSummary*>
-          FuncSummariesTy;
-
-  typedef ObjCSummaryCache ObjCMethodSummariesTy;
-
-  //==-----------------------------------------------------------------==//
-  //  Data.
-  //==-----------------------------------------------------------------==//
-
-  /// Ctx - The ASTContext object for the analyzed ASTs.
-  ASTContext& Ctx;
-
-  /// CFDictionaryCreateII - An IdentifierInfo* representing the indentifier
-  ///  "CFDictionaryCreate".
-  IdentifierInfo* CFDictionaryCreateII;
-
-  /// GCEnabled - Records whether or not the analyzed code runs in GC mode.
-  const bool GCEnabled;
-
-  /// FuncSummaries - A map from FunctionDecls to summaries.
-  FuncSummariesTy FuncSummaries;
-
-  /// ObjCClassMethodSummaries - A map from selectors (for instance methods)
-  ///  to summaries.
-  ObjCMethodSummariesTy ObjCClassMethodSummaries;
-
-  /// ObjCMethodSummaries - A map from selectors to summaries.
-  ObjCMethodSummariesTy ObjCMethodSummaries;
-
-  /// BPAlloc - A BumpPtrAllocator used for allocating summaries, ArgEffects,
-  ///  and all other data used by the checker.
-  llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BPAlloc;
-
-  /// AF - A factory for ArgEffects objects.
-  ArgEffects::Factory AF;
-
-  /// ScratchArgs - A holding buffer for construct ArgEffects.
-  ArgEffects ScratchArgs;
-
-  /// ObjCAllocRetE - Default return effect for methods returning Objective-C
-  ///  objects.
-  RetEffect ObjCAllocRetE;
-
-  /// ObjCInitRetE - Default return effect for init methods returning
-  ///   Objective-C objects.
-  RetEffect ObjCInitRetE;
-
-  RetainSummary DefaultSummary;
-  RetainSummary* StopSummary;
-
-  //==-----------------------------------------------------------------==//
-  //  Methods.
-  //==-----------------------------------------------------------------==//
-
-  /// getArgEffects - Returns a persistent ArgEffects object based on the
-  ///  data in ScratchArgs.
-  ArgEffects getArgEffects();
-
-  enum UnaryFuncKind { cfretain, cfrelease, cfmakecollectable };
-
-public:
-  RetEffect getObjAllocRetEffect() const { return ObjCAllocRetE; }
-
-  RetainSummary *getDefaultSummary() {
-    RetainSummary *Summ = (RetainSummary*) BPAlloc.Allocate<RetainSummary>();
-    return new (Summ) RetainSummary(DefaultSummary);
-  }
-
-  RetainSummary* getUnarySummary(const FunctionType* FT, UnaryFuncKind func);
-
-  RetainSummary* getCFSummaryCreateRule(const FunctionDecl* FD);
-  RetainSummary* getCFSummaryGetRule(const FunctionDecl* FD);
-  RetainSummary* getCFCreateGetRuleSummary(const FunctionDecl* FD, 
-                                           StringRef FName);
-
-  RetainSummary* getPersistentSummary(ArgEffects AE, RetEffect RetEff,
-                                      ArgEffect ReceiverEff = DoNothing,
-                                      ArgEffect DefaultEff = MayEscape,
-                                      bool isEndPath = false);
-
-  RetainSummary* getPersistentSummary(RetEffect RE,
-                                      ArgEffect ReceiverEff = DoNothing,
-                                      ArgEffect DefaultEff = MayEscape) {
-    return getPersistentSummary(getArgEffects(), RE, ReceiverEff, DefaultEff);
-  }
-
-  RetainSummary *getPersistentStopSummary() {
-    if (StopSummary)
-      return StopSummary;
-
-    StopSummary = getPersistentSummary(RetEffect::MakeNoRet(),
-                                       StopTracking, StopTracking);
-
-    return StopSummary;
-  }
-
-  RetainSummary *getInitMethodSummary(QualType RetTy);
-
-  void InitializeClassMethodSummaries();
-  void InitializeMethodSummaries();
-private:
-  void addNSObjectClsMethSummary(Selector S, RetainSummary *Summ) {
-    ObjCClassMethodSummaries[S] = Summ;
-  }
-
-  void addNSObjectMethSummary(Selector S, RetainSummary *Summ) {
-    ObjCMethodSummaries[S] = Summ;
-  }
-
-  void addClassMethSummary(const char* Cls, const char* nullaryName,
-                           RetainSummary *Summ) {
-    IdentifierInfo* ClsII = &Ctx.Idents.get(Cls);
-    Selector S = GetNullarySelector(nullaryName, Ctx);
-    ObjCClassMethodSummaries[ObjCSummaryKey(ClsII, S)]  = Summ;
-  }
-
-  void addInstMethSummary(const char* Cls, const char* nullaryName,
-                          RetainSummary *Summ) {
-    IdentifierInfo* ClsII = &Ctx.Idents.get(Cls);
-    Selector S = GetNullarySelector(nullaryName, Ctx);
-    ObjCMethodSummaries[ObjCSummaryKey(ClsII, S)]  = Summ;
-  }
-
-  Selector generateSelector(va_list argp) {
-    llvm::SmallVector<IdentifierInfo*, 10> II;
-
-    while (const char* s = va_arg(argp, const char*))
-      II.push_back(&Ctx.Idents.get(s));
-
-    return Ctx.Selectors.getSelector(II.size(), &II[0]);
-  }
-
-  void addMethodSummary(IdentifierInfo *ClsII, ObjCMethodSummariesTy& Summaries,
-                        RetainSummary* Summ, va_list argp) {
-    Selector S = generateSelector(argp);
-    Summaries[ObjCSummaryKey(ClsII, S)] = Summ;
-  }
-
-  void addInstMethSummary(const char* Cls, RetainSummary* Summ, ...) {
-    va_list argp;
-    va_start(argp, Summ);
-    addMethodSummary(&Ctx.Idents.get(Cls), ObjCMethodSummaries, Summ, argp);
-    va_end(argp);
-  }
-
-  void addClsMethSummary(const char* Cls, RetainSummary* Summ, ...) {
-    va_list argp;
-    va_start(argp, Summ);
-    addMethodSummary(&Ctx.Idents.get(Cls),ObjCClassMethodSummaries, Summ, argp);
-    va_end(argp);
-  }
-
-  void addClsMethSummary(IdentifierInfo *II, RetainSummary* Summ, ...) {
-    va_list argp;
-    va_start(argp, Summ);
-    addMethodSummary(II, ObjCClassMethodSummaries, Summ, argp);
-    va_end(argp);
-  }
-
-  void addPanicSummary(const char* Cls, ...) {
-    RetainSummary* Summ = getPersistentSummary(AF.getEmptyMap(),
-                                               RetEffect::MakeNoRet(),
-                                               DoNothing,  DoNothing, true);
-    va_list argp;
-    va_start (argp, Cls);
-    addMethodSummary(&Ctx.Idents.get(Cls), ObjCMethodSummaries, Summ, argp);
-    va_end(argp);
-  }
-
-public:
-
-  RetainSummaryManager(ASTContext& ctx, bool gcenabled)
-   : Ctx(ctx),
-     CFDictionaryCreateII(&ctx.Idents.get("CFDictionaryCreate")),
-     GCEnabled(gcenabled), AF(BPAlloc), ScratchArgs(AF.getEmptyMap()),
-     ObjCAllocRetE(gcenabled ? RetEffect::MakeGCNotOwned()
-                             : RetEffect::MakeOwned(RetEffect::ObjC, true)),
-     ObjCInitRetE(gcenabled ? RetEffect::MakeGCNotOwned()
-                            : RetEffect::MakeOwnedWhenTrackedReceiver()),
-     DefaultSummary(AF.getEmptyMap() /* per-argument effects (none) */,
-                    RetEffect::MakeNoRet() /* return effect */,
-                    MayEscape, /* default argument effect */
-                    DoNothing /* receiver effect */),
-     StopSummary(0) {
-
-    InitializeClassMethodSummaries();
-    InitializeMethodSummaries();
-  }
-
-  ~RetainSummaryManager();
-
-  RetainSummary* getSummary(const FunctionDecl* FD);
-
-  RetainSummary *getInstanceMethodSummary(const ObjCMessage &msg,
-                                          const GRState *state,
-                                          const LocationContext *LC);
-
-  RetainSummary* getInstanceMethodSummary(const ObjCMessage &msg,
-                                          const ObjCInterfaceDecl* ID) {
-    return getInstanceMethodSummary(msg.getSelector(), 0,
-                            ID, msg.getMethodDecl(), msg.getType(Ctx));
-  }
-
-  RetainSummary* getInstanceMethodSummary(Selector S, IdentifierInfo *ClsName,
-                                          const ObjCInterfaceDecl* ID,
-                                          const ObjCMethodDecl *MD,
-                                          QualType RetTy);
-
-  RetainSummary *getClassMethodSummary(Selector S, IdentifierInfo *ClsName,
-                                       const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID,
-                                       const ObjCMethodDecl *MD,
-                                       QualType RetTy);
-
-  RetainSummary *getClassMethodSummary(const ObjCMessage &msg) {
-    const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = 0;
-    if (!msg.isInstanceMessage())
-      Class = msg.getReceiverInterface();
-
-    return getClassMethodSummary(msg.getSelector(),
-                                 Class? Class->getIdentifier() : 0,
-                                 Class,
-                                 msg.getMethodDecl(), msg.getType(Ctx));
-  }
-
-  /// getMethodSummary - This version of getMethodSummary is used to query
-  ///  the summary for the current method being analyzed.
-  RetainSummary *getMethodSummary(const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) {
-    // FIXME: Eventually this should be unneeded.
-    const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = MD->getClassInterface();
-    Selector S = MD->getSelector();
-    IdentifierInfo *ClsName = ID->getIdentifier();
-    QualType ResultTy = MD->getResultType();
-
-    // Resolve the method decl last.
-    if (const ObjCMethodDecl *InterfaceMD = ResolveToInterfaceMethodDecl(MD))
-      MD = InterfaceMD;
-
-    if (MD->isInstanceMethod())
-      return getInstanceMethodSummary(S, ClsName, ID, MD, ResultTy);
-    else
-      return getClassMethodSummary(S, ClsName, ID, MD, ResultTy);
-  }
-
-  RetainSummary* getCommonMethodSummary(const ObjCMethodDecl* MD,
-                                        Selector S, QualType RetTy);
-
-  void updateSummaryFromAnnotations(RetainSummary &Summ,
-                                    const ObjCMethodDecl *MD);
-
-  void updateSummaryFromAnnotations(RetainSummary &Summ,
-                                    const FunctionDecl *FD);
-
-  bool isGCEnabled() const { return GCEnabled; }
-
-  RetainSummary *copySummary(RetainSummary *OldSumm) {
-    RetainSummary *Summ = (RetainSummary*) BPAlloc.Allocate<RetainSummary>();
-    new (Summ) RetainSummary(*OldSumm);
-    return Summ;
-  }
-};
-
-} // end anonymous namespace
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Implementation of checker data structures.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-RetainSummaryManager::~RetainSummaryManager() {}
-
-ArgEffects RetainSummaryManager::getArgEffects() {
-  ArgEffects AE = ScratchArgs;
-  ScratchArgs = AF.getEmptyMap();
-  return AE;
-}
-
-RetainSummary*
-RetainSummaryManager::getPersistentSummary(ArgEffects AE, RetEffect RetEff,
-                                           ArgEffect ReceiverEff,
-                                           ArgEffect DefaultEff,
-                                           bool isEndPath) {
-  // Create the summary and return it.
-  RetainSummary *Summ = (RetainSummary*) BPAlloc.Allocate<RetainSummary>();
-  new (Summ) RetainSummary(AE, RetEff, DefaultEff, ReceiverEff, isEndPath);
-  return Summ;
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Summary creation for functions (largely uses of Core Foundation).
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-static bool isRetain(const FunctionDecl* FD, StringRef FName) {
-  return FName.endswith("Retain");
-}
-
-static bool isRelease(const FunctionDecl* FD, StringRef FName) {
-  return FName.endswith("Release");
-}
-
-RetainSummary* RetainSummaryManager::getSummary(const FunctionDecl* FD) {
-  // Look up a summary in our cache of FunctionDecls -> Summaries.
-  FuncSummariesTy::iterator I = FuncSummaries.find(FD);
-  if (I != FuncSummaries.end())
-    return I->second;
-
-  // No summary?  Generate one.
-  RetainSummary *S = 0;
-
-  do {
-    // We generate "stop" summaries for implicitly defined functions.
-    if (FD->isImplicit()) {
-      S = getPersistentStopSummary();
-      break;
-    }
-
-    // [PR 3337] Use 'getAs<FunctionType>' to strip away any typedefs on the
-    // function's type.
-    const FunctionType* FT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
-    const IdentifierInfo *II = FD->getIdentifier();
-    if (!II)
-      break;
-
-    StringRef FName = II->getName();
-
-    // Strip away preceding '_'.  Doing this here will effect all the checks
-    // down below.
-    FName = FName.substr(FName.find_first_not_of('_'));
-
-    // Inspect the result type.
-    QualType RetTy = FT->getResultType();
-
-    // FIXME: This should all be refactored into a chain of "summary lookup"
-    //  filters.
-    assert(ScratchArgs.isEmpty());
-
-    if (FName == "pthread_create") {
-      // Part of: <rdar://problem/7299394>.  This will be addressed
-      // better with IPA.
-      S = getPersistentStopSummary();
-    } else if (FName == "NSMakeCollectable") {
-      // Handle: id NSMakeCollectable(CFTypeRef)
-      S = (RetTy->isObjCIdType())
-          ? getUnarySummary(FT, cfmakecollectable)
-          : getPersistentStopSummary();
-    } else if (FName == "IOBSDNameMatching" ||
-               FName == "IOServiceMatching" ||
-               FName == "IOServiceNameMatching" ||
-               FName == "IORegistryEntryIDMatching" ||
-               FName == "IOOpenFirmwarePathMatching") {
-      // Part of <rdar://problem/6961230>. (IOKit)
-      // This should be addressed using a API table.
-      S = getPersistentSummary(RetEffect::MakeOwned(RetEffect::CF, true),
-                               DoNothing, DoNothing);
-    } else if (FName == "IOServiceGetMatchingService" ||
-               FName == "IOServiceGetMatchingServices") {
-      // FIXES: <rdar://problem/6326900>
-      // This should be addressed using a API table.  This strcmp is also
-      // a little gross, but there is no need to super optimize here.
-      ScratchArgs = AF.add(ScratchArgs, 1, DecRef);
-      S = getPersistentSummary(RetEffect::MakeNoRet(), DoNothing, DoNothing);
-    } else if (FName == "IOServiceAddNotification" ||
-               FName == "IOServiceAddMatchingNotification") {
-      // Part of <rdar://problem/6961230>. (IOKit)
-      // This should be addressed using a API table.
-      ScratchArgs = AF.add(ScratchArgs, 2, DecRef);
-      S = getPersistentSummary(RetEffect::MakeNoRet(), DoNothing, DoNothing);
-    } else if (FName == "CVPixelBufferCreateWithBytes") {
-      // FIXES: <rdar://problem/7283567>
-      // Eventually this can be improved by recognizing that the pixel
-      // buffer passed to CVPixelBufferCreateWithBytes is released via
-      // a callback and doing full IPA to make sure this is done correctly.
-      // FIXME: This function has an out parameter that returns an
-      // allocated object.
-      ScratchArgs = AF.add(ScratchArgs, 7, StopTracking);
-      S = getPersistentSummary(RetEffect::MakeNoRet(), DoNothing, DoNothing);
-    } else if (FName == "CGBitmapContextCreateWithData") {
-      // FIXES: <rdar://problem/7358899>
-      // Eventually this can be improved by recognizing that 'releaseInfo'
-      // passed to CGBitmapContextCreateWithData is released via
-      // a callback and doing full IPA to make sure this is done correctly.
-      ScratchArgs = AF.add(ScratchArgs, 8, StopTracking);
-      S = getPersistentSummary(RetEffect::MakeOwned(RetEffect::CF, true),
-                               DoNothing, DoNothing);
-    } else if (FName == "CVPixelBufferCreateWithPlanarBytes") {
-      // FIXES: <rdar://problem/7283567>
-      // Eventually this can be improved by recognizing that the pixel
-      // buffer passed to CVPixelBufferCreateWithPlanarBytes is released
-      // via a callback and doing full IPA to make sure this is done
-      // correctly.
-      ScratchArgs = AF.add(ScratchArgs, 12, StopTracking);
-      S = getPersistentSummary(RetEffect::MakeNoRet(), DoNothing, DoNothing);
-    }
-
-    // Did we get a summary?
-    if (S)
-      break;
-
-    // Enable this code once the semantics of NSDeallocateObject are resolved
-    // for GC.  <rdar://problem/6619988>
-#if 0
-    // Handle: NSDeallocateObject(id anObject);
-    // This method does allow 'nil' (although we don't check it now).
-    if (strcmp(FName, "NSDeallocateObject") == 0) {
-      return RetTy == Ctx.VoidTy
-        ? getPersistentSummary(RetEffect::MakeNoRet(), DoNothing, Dealloc)
-        : getPersistentStopSummary();
-    }
-#endif
-
-    if (RetTy->isPointerType()) {
-      // For CoreFoundation ('CF') types.
-      if (cocoa::isRefType(RetTy, "CF", FName)) {
-        if (isRetain(FD, FName))
-          S = getUnarySummary(FT, cfretain);
-        else if (FName.find("MakeCollectable") != StringRef::npos)
-          S = getUnarySummary(FT, cfmakecollectable);
-        else
-          S = getCFCreateGetRuleSummary(FD, FName);
-
-        break;
-      }
-
-      // For CoreGraphics ('CG') types.
-      if (cocoa::isRefType(RetTy, "CG", FName)) {
-        if (isRetain(FD, FName))
-          S = getUnarySummary(FT, cfretain);
-        else
-          S = getCFCreateGetRuleSummary(FD, FName);
-
-        break;
-      }
-
-      // For the Disk Arbitration API (DiskArbitration/DADisk.h)
-      if (cocoa::isRefType(RetTy, "DADisk") ||
-          cocoa::isRefType(RetTy, "DADissenter") ||
-          cocoa::isRefType(RetTy, "DASessionRef")) {
-        S = getCFCreateGetRuleSummary(FD, FName);
-        break;
-      }
-
-      break;
-    }
-
-    // Check for release functions, the only kind of functions that we care
-    // about that don't return a pointer type.
-    if (FName[0] == 'C' && (FName[1] == 'F' || FName[1] == 'G')) {
-      // Test for 'CGCF'.
-      FName = FName.substr(FName.startswith("CGCF") ? 4 : 2);
-
-      if (isRelease(FD, FName))
-        S = getUnarySummary(FT, cfrelease);
-      else {
-        assert (ScratchArgs.isEmpty());
-        // Remaining CoreFoundation and CoreGraphics functions.
-        // We use to assume that they all strictly followed the ownership idiom
-        // and that ownership cannot be transferred.  While this is technically
-        // correct, many methods allow a tracked object to escape.  For example:
-        //
-        //   CFMutableDictionaryRef x = CFDictionaryCreateMutable(...);
-        //   CFDictionaryAddValue(y, key, x);
-        //   CFRelease(x);
-        //   ... it is okay to use 'x' since 'y' has a reference to it
-        //
-        // We handle this and similar cases with the follow heuristic.  If the
-        // function name contains "InsertValue", "SetValue", "AddValue",
-        // "AppendValue", or "SetAttribute", then we assume that arguments may
-        // "escape."  This means that something else holds on to the object,
-        // allowing it be used even after its local retain count drops to 0.
-        ArgEffect E = (StrInStrNoCase(FName, "InsertValue") != StringRef::npos||
-                       StrInStrNoCase(FName, "AddValue") != StringRef::npos ||
-                       StrInStrNoCase(FName, "SetValue") != StringRef::npos ||
-                       StrInStrNoCase(FName, "AppendValue") != StringRef::npos||
-                       StrInStrNoCase(FName, "SetAttribute") != StringRef::npos)
-                      ? MayEscape : DoNothing;
-
-        S = getPersistentSummary(RetEffect::MakeNoRet(), DoNothing, E);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  while (0);
-
-  if (!S)
-    S = getDefaultSummary();
-
-  // Annotations override defaults.
-  assert(S);
-  updateSummaryFromAnnotations(*S, FD);
-
-  FuncSummaries[FD] = S;
-  return S;
-}
-
-RetainSummary*
-RetainSummaryManager::getCFCreateGetRuleSummary(const FunctionDecl* FD,
-                                                StringRef FName) {
-
-  if (FName.find("Create") != StringRef::npos ||
-      FName.find("Copy") != StringRef::npos)
-    return getCFSummaryCreateRule(FD);
-
-  if (FName.find("Get") != StringRef::npos)
-    return getCFSummaryGetRule(FD);
-
-  return getDefaultSummary();
-}
-
-RetainSummary*
-RetainSummaryManager::getUnarySummary(const FunctionType* FT,
-                                      UnaryFuncKind func) {
-
-  // Sanity check that this is *really* a unary function.  This can
-  // happen if people do weird things.
-  const FunctionProtoType* FTP = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT);
-  if (!FTP || FTP->getNumArgs() != 1)
-    return getPersistentStopSummary();
-
-  assert (ScratchArgs.isEmpty());
-
-  switch (func) {
-    case cfretain: {
-      ScratchArgs = AF.add(ScratchArgs, 0, IncRef);
-      return getPersistentSummary(RetEffect::MakeAlias(0),
-                                  DoNothing, DoNothing);
-    }
-
-    case cfrelease: {
-      ScratchArgs = AF.add(ScratchArgs, 0, DecRef);
-      return getPersistentSummary(RetEffect::MakeNoRet(),
-                                  DoNothing, DoNothing);
-    }
-
-    case cfmakecollectable: {
-      ScratchArgs = AF.add(ScratchArgs, 0, MakeCollectable);
-      return getPersistentSummary(RetEffect::MakeAlias(0),DoNothing, DoNothing);
-    }
-
-    default:
-      assert (false && "Not a supported unary function.");
-      return getDefaultSummary();
-  }
-}
-
-RetainSummary* 
-RetainSummaryManager::getCFSummaryCreateRule(const FunctionDecl* FD) {
-  assert (ScratchArgs.isEmpty());
-
-  if (FD->getIdentifier() == CFDictionaryCreateII) {
-    ScratchArgs = AF.add(ScratchArgs, 1, DoNothingByRef);
-    ScratchArgs = AF.add(ScratchArgs, 2, DoNothingByRef);
-  }
-
-  return getPersistentSummary(RetEffect::MakeOwned(RetEffect::CF, true));
-}
-
-RetainSummary* 
-RetainSummaryManager::getCFSummaryGetRule(const FunctionDecl* FD) {
-  assert (ScratchArgs.isEmpty());
-  return getPersistentSummary(RetEffect::MakeNotOwned(RetEffect::CF),
-                              DoNothing, DoNothing);
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Summary creation for Selectors.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-RetainSummary*
-RetainSummaryManager::getInitMethodSummary(QualType RetTy) {
-  assert(ScratchArgs.isEmpty());
-  // 'init' methods conceptually return a newly allocated object and claim
-  // the receiver.
-  if (cocoa::isCocoaObjectRef(RetTy) || cocoa::isCFObjectRef(RetTy))
-    return getPersistentSummary(ObjCInitRetE, DecRefMsg);
-
-  return getDefaultSummary();
-}
-
-void
-RetainSummaryManager::updateSummaryFromAnnotations(RetainSummary &Summ,
-                                                   const FunctionDecl *FD) {
-  if (!FD)
-    return;
-
-  // Effects on the parameters.
-  unsigned parm_idx = 0;
-  for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator pi = FD->param_begin(), 
-       pe = FD->param_end(); pi != pe; ++pi) {
-    const ParmVarDecl *pd = *pi;
-    if (pd->getAttr<NSConsumedAttr>()) {
-      if (!GCEnabled)
-        Summ.addArg(AF, parm_idx, DecRef);      
-    }
-    else if(pd->getAttr<CFConsumedAttr>()) {
-      Summ.addArg(AF, parm_idx, DecRef);      
-    }   
-  }
-  
-  QualType RetTy = FD->getResultType();
-
-  // Determine if there is a special return effect for this method.
-  if (cocoa::isCocoaObjectRef(RetTy)) {
-    if (FD->getAttr<NSReturnsRetainedAttr>()) {
-      Summ.setRetEffect(ObjCAllocRetE);
-    }
-    else if (FD->getAttr<CFReturnsRetainedAttr>()) {
-      Summ.setRetEffect(RetEffect::MakeOwned(RetEffect::CF, true));
-    }
-    else if (FD->getAttr<NSReturnsNotRetainedAttr>()) {
-      Summ.setRetEffect(RetEffect::MakeNotOwned(RetEffect::ObjC));
-    }
-    else if (FD->getAttr<CFReturnsNotRetainedAttr>()) {
-      Summ.setRetEffect(RetEffect::MakeNotOwned(RetEffect::CF));
-    }
-  }
-  else if (RetTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
-    if (FD->getAttr<CFReturnsRetainedAttr>()) {
-      Summ.setRetEffect(RetEffect::MakeOwned(RetEffect::CF, true));
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-void
-RetainSummaryManager::updateSummaryFromAnnotations(RetainSummary &Summ,
-                                                  const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) {
-  if (!MD)
-    return;
-
-  bool isTrackedLoc = false;
-
-  // Effects on the receiver.
-  if (MD->getAttr<NSConsumesSelfAttr>()) {
-    if (!GCEnabled)
-      Summ.setReceiverEffect(DecRefMsg);      
-  }
-  
-  // Effects on the parameters.
-  unsigned parm_idx = 0;
-  for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator pi=MD->param_begin(), pe=MD->param_end();
-       pi != pe; ++pi, ++parm_idx) {
-    const ParmVarDecl *pd = *pi;
-    if (pd->getAttr<NSConsumedAttr>()) {
-      if (!GCEnabled)
-        Summ.addArg(AF, parm_idx, DecRef);      
-    }
-    else if(pd->getAttr<CFConsumedAttr>()) {
-      Summ.addArg(AF, parm_idx, DecRef);      
-    }   
-  }
-  
-  // Determine if there is a special return effect for this method.
-  if (cocoa::isCocoaObjectRef(MD->getResultType())) {
-    if (MD->getAttr<NSReturnsRetainedAttr>()) {
-      Summ.setRetEffect(ObjCAllocRetE);
-      return;
-    }
-    if (MD->getAttr<NSReturnsNotRetainedAttr>()) {
-      Summ.setRetEffect(RetEffect::MakeNotOwned(RetEffect::ObjC));
-      return;
-    }
-
-    isTrackedLoc = true;
-  }
-
-  if (!isTrackedLoc)
-    isTrackedLoc = MD->getResultType()->getAs<PointerType>() != NULL;
-
-  if (isTrackedLoc) {
-    if (MD->getAttr<CFReturnsRetainedAttr>())
-      Summ.setRetEffect(RetEffect::MakeOwned(RetEffect::CF, true));
-    else if (MD->getAttr<CFReturnsNotRetainedAttr>())
-      Summ.setRetEffect(RetEffect::MakeNotOwned(RetEffect::CF));
-  }
-}
-
-RetainSummary*
-RetainSummaryManager::getCommonMethodSummary(const ObjCMethodDecl* MD,
-                                             Selector S, QualType RetTy) {
-
-  if (MD) {
-    // Scan the method decl for 'void*' arguments.  These should be treated
-    // as 'StopTracking' because they are often used with delegates.
-    // Delegates are a frequent form of false positives with the retain
-    // count checker.
-    unsigned i = 0;
-    for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator I = MD->param_begin(),
-         E = MD->param_end(); I != E; ++I, ++i)
-      if (ParmVarDecl *PD = *I) {
-        QualType Ty = Ctx.getCanonicalType(PD->getType());
-        if (Ty.getLocalUnqualifiedType() == Ctx.VoidPtrTy)
-          ScratchArgs = AF.add(ScratchArgs, i, StopTracking);
-      }
-  }
-
-  // Any special effect for the receiver?
-  ArgEffect ReceiverEff = DoNothing;
-
-  // If one of the arguments in the selector has the keyword 'delegate' we
-  // should stop tracking the reference count for the receiver.  This is
-  // because the reference count is quite possibly handled by a delegate
-  // method.
-  if (S.isKeywordSelector()) {
-    const std::string &str = S.getAsString();
-    assert(!str.empty());
-    if (StrInStrNoCase(str, "delegate:") != StringRef::npos)
-      ReceiverEff = StopTracking;
-  }
-
-  // Look for methods that return an owned object.
-  if (cocoa::isCocoaObjectRef(RetTy)) {
-    // EXPERIMENTAL: assume the Cocoa conventions for all objects returned
-    //  by instance methods.
-    RetEffect E = cocoa::followsFundamentalRule(S)
-                  ? ObjCAllocRetE : RetEffect::MakeNotOwned(RetEffect::ObjC);
-
-    return getPersistentSummary(E, ReceiverEff, MayEscape);
-  }
-
-  // Look for methods that return an owned core foundation object.
-  if (cocoa::isCFObjectRef(RetTy)) {
-    RetEffect E = cocoa::followsFundamentalRule(S)
-      ? RetEffect::MakeOwned(RetEffect::CF, true)
-      : RetEffect::MakeNotOwned(RetEffect::CF);
-
-    return getPersistentSummary(E, ReceiverEff, MayEscape);
-  }
-
-  if (ScratchArgs.isEmpty() && ReceiverEff == DoNothing)
-    return getDefaultSummary();
-
-  return getPersistentSummary(RetEffect::MakeNoRet(), ReceiverEff, MayEscape);
-}
-
-RetainSummary*
-RetainSummaryManager::getInstanceMethodSummary(const ObjCMessage &msg,
-                                               const GRState *state,
-                                               const LocationContext *LC) {
-
-  // We need the type-information of the tracked receiver object
-  // Retrieve it from the state.
-  const Expr *Receiver = msg.getInstanceReceiver();
-  const ObjCInterfaceDecl* ID = 0;
-
-  // FIXME: Is this really working as expected?  There are cases where
-  //  we just use the 'ID' from the message expression.
-  SVal receiverV;
-
-  if (Receiver) {
-    receiverV = state->getSValAsScalarOrLoc(Receiver);
-
-    // FIXME: Eventually replace the use of state->get<RefBindings> with
-    // a generic API for reasoning about the Objective-C types of symbolic
-    // objects.
-    if (SymbolRef Sym = receiverV.getAsLocSymbol())
-      if (const RefVal *T = state->get<RefBindings>(Sym))
-        if (const ObjCObjectPointerType* PT =
-            T->getType()->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
-          ID = PT->getInterfaceDecl();
-
-    // FIXME: this is a hack.  This may or may not be the actual method
-    //  that is called.
-    if (!ID) {
-      if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PT =
-          Receiver->getType()->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
-        ID = PT->getInterfaceDecl();
-    }
-  } else {
-    // FIXME: Hack for 'super'.
-    ID = msg.getReceiverInterface();
-  }
-
-  // FIXME: The receiver could be a reference to a class, meaning that
-  //  we should use the class method.
-  RetainSummary *Summ = getInstanceMethodSummary(msg, ID);
-
-  // Special-case: are we sending a mesage to "self"?
-  //  This is a hack.  When we have full-IP this should be removed.
-  if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(LC->getDecl()) && Receiver) {
-    if (const loc::MemRegionVal *L = dyn_cast<loc::MemRegionVal>(&receiverV)) {
-      // Get the region associated with 'self'.
-      if (const ImplicitParamDecl *SelfDecl = LC->getSelfDecl()) {
-        SVal SelfVal = state->getSVal(state->getRegion(SelfDecl, LC));
-        if (L->StripCasts() == SelfVal.getAsRegion()) {
-          // Update the summary to make the default argument effect
-          // 'StopTracking'.
-          Summ = copySummary(Summ);
-          Summ->setDefaultArgEffect(StopTracking);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  return Summ ? Summ : getDefaultSummary();
-}
-
-RetainSummary*
-RetainSummaryManager::getInstanceMethodSummary(Selector S,
-                                               IdentifierInfo *ClsName,
-                                               const ObjCInterfaceDecl* ID,
-                                               const ObjCMethodDecl *MD,
-                                               QualType RetTy) {
-
-  // Look up a summary in our summary cache.
-  RetainSummary *Summ = ObjCMethodSummaries.find(ID, ClsName, S);
-
-  if (!Summ) {
-    assert(ScratchArgs.isEmpty());
-
-    // "initXXX": pass-through for receiver.
-    if (cocoa::deriveNamingConvention(S) == cocoa::InitRule)
-      Summ = getInitMethodSummary(RetTy);
-    else
-      Summ = getCommonMethodSummary(MD, S, RetTy);
-
-    // Annotations override defaults.
-    updateSummaryFromAnnotations(*Summ, MD);
-
-    // Memoize the summary.
-    ObjCMethodSummaries[ObjCSummaryKey(ID, ClsName, S)] = Summ;
-  }
-
-  return Summ;
-}
-
-RetainSummary*
-RetainSummaryManager::getClassMethodSummary(Selector S, IdentifierInfo *ClsName,
-                                            const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID,
-                                            const ObjCMethodDecl *MD,
-                                            QualType RetTy) {
-
-  assert(ClsName && "Class name must be specified.");
-  RetainSummary *Summ = ObjCClassMethodSummaries.find(ID, ClsName, S);
-
-  if (!Summ) {
-    Summ = getCommonMethodSummary(MD, S, RetTy);
-    // Annotations override defaults.
-    updateSummaryFromAnnotations(*Summ, MD);
-    // Memoize the summary.
-    ObjCClassMethodSummaries[ObjCSummaryKey(ID, ClsName, S)] = Summ;
-  }
-
-  return Summ;
-}
-
-void RetainSummaryManager::InitializeClassMethodSummaries() {
-  assert(ScratchArgs.isEmpty());
-  RetainSummary* Summ = getPersistentSummary(ObjCAllocRetE);
-
-  // Create the [NSAssertionHandler currentHander] summary.
-  addClassMethSummary("NSAssertionHandler", "currentHandler",
-                getPersistentSummary(RetEffect::MakeNotOwned(RetEffect::ObjC)));
-
-  // Create the [NSAutoreleasePool addObject:] summary.
-  ScratchArgs = AF.add(ScratchArgs, 0, Autorelease);
-  addClassMethSummary("NSAutoreleasePool", "addObject",
-                      getPersistentSummary(RetEffect::MakeNoRet(),
-                                           DoNothing, Autorelease));
-
-  // Create the summaries for [NSObject performSelector...].  We treat
-  // these as 'stop tracking' for the arguments because they are often
-  // used for delegates that can release the object.  When we have better
-  // inter-procedural analysis we can potentially do something better.  This
-  // workaround is to remove false positives.
-  Summ = getPersistentSummary(RetEffect::MakeNoRet(), DoNothing, StopTracking);
-  IdentifierInfo *NSObjectII = &Ctx.Idents.get("NSObject");
-  addClsMethSummary(NSObjectII, Summ, "performSelector", "withObject",
-                    "afterDelay", NULL);
-  addClsMethSummary(NSObjectII, Summ, "performSelector", "withObject",
-                    "afterDelay", "inModes", NULL);
-  addClsMethSummary(NSObjectII, Summ, "performSelectorOnMainThread",
-                    "withObject", "waitUntilDone", NULL);
-  addClsMethSummary(NSObjectII, Summ, "performSelectorOnMainThread",
-                    "withObject", "waitUntilDone", "modes", NULL);
-  addClsMethSummary(NSObjectII, Summ, "performSelector", "onThread",
-                    "withObject", "waitUntilDone", NULL);
-  addClsMethSummary(NSObjectII, Summ, "performSelector", "onThread",
-                    "withObject", "waitUntilDone", "modes", NULL);
-  addClsMethSummary(NSObjectII, Summ, "performSelectorInBackground",
-                    "withObject", NULL);
-}
-
-void RetainSummaryManager::InitializeMethodSummaries() {
-
-  assert (ScratchArgs.isEmpty());
-
-  // Create the "init" selector.  It just acts as a pass-through for the
-  // receiver.
-  RetainSummary *InitSumm = getPersistentSummary(ObjCInitRetE, DecRefMsg);
-  addNSObjectMethSummary(GetNullarySelector("init", Ctx), InitSumm);
-
-  // awakeAfterUsingCoder: behaves basically like an 'init' method.  It
-  // claims the receiver and returns a retained object.
-  addNSObjectMethSummary(GetUnarySelector("awakeAfterUsingCoder", Ctx),
-                         InitSumm);
-
-  // The next methods are allocators.
-  RetainSummary *AllocSumm = getPersistentSummary(ObjCAllocRetE);
-  RetainSummary *CFAllocSumm =
-    getPersistentSummary(RetEffect::MakeOwned(RetEffect::CF, true));
-
-  // Create the "retain" selector.
-  RetEffect E = RetEffect::MakeReceiverAlias();
-  RetainSummary *Summ = getPersistentSummary(E, IncRefMsg);
-  addNSObjectMethSummary(GetNullarySelector("retain", Ctx), Summ);
-
-  // Create the "release" selector.
-  Summ = getPersistentSummary(E, DecRefMsg);
-  addNSObjectMethSummary(GetNullarySelector("release", Ctx), Summ);
-
-  // Create the "drain" selector.
-  Summ = getPersistentSummary(E, isGCEnabled() ? DoNothing : DecRef);
-  addNSObjectMethSummary(GetNullarySelector("drain", Ctx), Summ);
-
-  // Create the -dealloc summary.
-  Summ = getPersistentSummary(RetEffect::MakeNoRet(), Dealloc);
-  addNSObjectMethSummary(GetNullarySelector("dealloc", Ctx), Summ);
-
-  // Create the "autorelease" selector.
-  Summ = getPersistentSummary(E, Autorelease);
-  addNSObjectMethSummary(GetNullarySelector("autorelease", Ctx), Summ);
-
-  // Specially handle NSAutoreleasePool.
-  addInstMethSummary("NSAutoreleasePool", "init",
-                     getPersistentSummary(RetEffect::MakeReceiverAlias(),
-                                          NewAutoreleasePool));
-
-  // For NSWindow, allocated objects are (initially) self-owned.
-  // FIXME: For now we opt for false negatives with NSWindow, as these objects
-  //  self-own themselves.  However, they only do this once they are displayed.
-  //  Thus, we need to track an NSWindow's display status.
-  //  This is tracked in <rdar://problem/6062711>.
-  //  See also http://llvm.org/bugs/show_bug.cgi?id=3714.
-  RetainSummary *NoTrackYet = getPersistentSummary(RetEffect::MakeNoRet(),
-                                                   StopTracking,
-                                                   StopTracking);
-
-  addClassMethSummary("NSWindow", "alloc", NoTrackYet);
-
-#if 0
-  addInstMethSummary("NSWindow", NoTrackYet, "initWithContentRect",
-                     "styleMask", "backing", "defer", NULL);
-
-  addInstMethSummary("NSWindow", NoTrackYet, "initWithContentRect",
-                     "styleMask", "backing", "defer", "screen", NULL);
-#endif
-
-  // For NSPanel (which subclasses NSWindow), allocated objects are not
-  //  self-owned.
-  // FIXME: For now we don't track NSPanels. object for the same reason
-  //   as for NSWindow objects.
-  addClassMethSummary("NSPanel", "alloc", NoTrackYet);
-
-#if 0
-  addInstMethSummary("NSPanel", NoTrackYet, "initWithContentRect",
-                     "styleMask", "backing", "defer", NULL);
-
-  addInstMethSummary("NSPanel", NoTrackYet, "initWithContentRect",
-                     "styleMask", "backing", "defer", "screen", NULL);
-#endif
-
-  // Don't track allocated autorelease pools yet, as it is okay to prematurely
-  // exit a method.
-  addClassMethSummary("NSAutoreleasePool", "alloc", NoTrackYet);
-
-  // Create NSAssertionHandler summaries.
-  addPanicSummary("NSAssertionHandler", "handleFailureInFunction", "file",
-                  "lineNumber", "description", NULL);
-
-  addPanicSummary("NSAssertionHandler", "handleFailureInMethod", "object",
-                  "file", "lineNumber", "description", NULL);
-
-  // Create summaries QCRenderer/QCView -createSnapShotImageOfType:
-  addInstMethSummary("QCRenderer", AllocSumm,
-                     "createSnapshotImageOfType", NULL);
-  addInstMethSummary("QCView", AllocSumm,
-                     "createSnapshotImageOfType", NULL);
-
-  // Create summaries for CIContext, 'createCGImage' and
-  // 'createCGLayerWithSize'.  These objects are CF objects, and are not
-  // automatically garbage collected.
-  addInstMethSummary("CIContext", CFAllocSumm,
-                     "createCGImage", "fromRect", NULL);
-  addInstMethSummary("CIContext", CFAllocSumm,
-                     "createCGImage", "fromRect", "format", "colorSpace", NULL);
-  addInstMethSummary("CIContext", CFAllocSumm, "createCGLayerWithSize",
-           "info", NULL);
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// AutoreleaseBindings - State used to track objects in autorelease pools.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-typedef llvm::ImmutableMap<SymbolRef, unsigned> ARCounts;
-typedef llvm::ImmutableMap<SymbolRef, ARCounts> ARPoolContents;
-typedef llvm::ImmutableList<SymbolRef> ARStack;
-
-static int AutoRCIndex = 0;
-static int AutoRBIndex = 0;
-
-namespace { class AutoreleasePoolContents {}; }
-namespace { class AutoreleaseStack {}; }
-
-namespace clang {
-namespace ento {
-template<> struct GRStateTrait<AutoreleaseStack>
-  : public GRStatePartialTrait<ARStack> {
-  static inline void* GDMIndex() { return &AutoRBIndex; }
-};
-
-template<> struct GRStateTrait<AutoreleasePoolContents>
-  : public GRStatePartialTrait<ARPoolContents> {
-  static inline void* GDMIndex() { return &AutoRCIndex; }
-};
-} // end GR namespace
-} // end clang namespace
-
-static SymbolRef GetCurrentAutoreleasePool(const GRState* state) {
-  ARStack stack = state->get<AutoreleaseStack>();
-  return stack.isEmpty() ? SymbolRef() : stack.getHead();
-}
-
-static const GRState * SendAutorelease(const GRState *state,
-                                       ARCounts::Factory &F, SymbolRef sym) {
-
-  SymbolRef pool = GetCurrentAutoreleasePool(state);
-  const ARCounts *cnts = state->get<AutoreleasePoolContents>(pool);
-  ARCounts newCnts(0);
-
-  if (cnts) {
-    const unsigned *cnt = (*cnts).lookup(sym);
-    newCnts = F.add(*cnts, sym, cnt ? *cnt  + 1 : 1);
-  }
-  else
-    newCnts = F.add(F.getEmptyMap(), sym, 1);
-
-  return state->set<AutoreleasePoolContents>(pool, newCnts);
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Transfer functions.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-namespace {
-
-class CFRefCount : public TransferFuncs {
-public:
-  class BindingsPrinter : public GRState::Printer {
-  public:
-    virtual void Print(llvm::raw_ostream& Out, const GRState* state,
-                       const char* nl, const char* sep);
-  };
-
-private:
-  typedef llvm::DenseMap<const ExplodedNode*, const RetainSummary*>
-    SummaryLogTy;
-
-  RetainSummaryManager Summaries;
-  SummaryLogTy SummaryLog;
-  const LangOptions&   LOpts;
-  ARCounts::Factory    ARCountFactory;
-
-  BugType *useAfterRelease, *releaseNotOwned;
-  BugType *deallocGC, *deallocNotOwned;
-  BugType *leakWithinFunction, *leakAtReturn;
-  BugType *overAutorelease;
-  BugType *returnNotOwnedForOwned;
-  BugReporter *BR;
-
-  const GRState * Update(const GRState * state, SymbolRef sym, RefVal V, ArgEffect E,
-                    RefVal::Kind& hasErr);
-
-  void ProcessNonLeakError(ExplodedNodeSet& Dst,
-                           StmtNodeBuilder& Builder,
-                           const Expr* NodeExpr, SourceRange ErrorRange,
-                           ExplodedNode* Pred,
-                           const GRState* St,
-                           RefVal::Kind hasErr, SymbolRef Sym);
-
-  const GRState * HandleSymbolDeath(const GRState * state, SymbolRef sid, RefVal V,
-                               llvm::SmallVectorImpl<SymbolRef> &Leaked);
-
-  ExplodedNode* ProcessLeaks(const GRState * state,
-                                      llvm::SmallVectorImpl<SymbolRef> &Leaked,
-                                      GenericNodeBuilderRefCount &Builder,
-                                      ExprEngine &Eng,
-                                      ExplodedNode *Pred = 0);
-
-public:
-  CFRefCount(ASTContext& Ctx, bool gcenabled, const LangOptions& lopts)
-    : Summaries(Ctx, gcenabled),
-      LOpts(lopts), useAfterRelease(0), releaseNotOwned(0),
-      deallocGC(0), deallocNotOwned(0),
-      leakWithinFunction(0), leakAtReturn(0), overAutorelease(0),
-      returnNotOwnedForOwned(0), BR(0) {}
-
-  virtual ~CFRefCount() {}
-
-  void RegisterChecks(ExprEngine &Eng);
-
-  virtual void RegisterPrinters(std::vector<GRState::Printer*>& Printers) {
-    Printers.push_back(new BindingsPrinter());
-  }
-
-  bool isGCEnabled() const { return Summaries.isGCEnabled(); }
-  const LangOptions& getLangOptions() const { return LOpts; }
-
-  const RetainSummary *getSummaryOfNode(const ExplodedNode *N) const {
-    SummaryLogTy::const_iterator I = SummaryLog.find(N);
-    return I == SummaryLog.end() ? 0 : I->second;
-  }
-
-  // Calls.
-
-  void evalSummary(ExplodedNodeSet& Dst,
-                   ExprEngine& Eng,
-                   StmtNodeBuilder& Builder,
-                   const Expr* Ex,
-                   const CallOrObjCMessage &callOrMsg,
-                   InstanceReceiver Receiver,
-                   const RetainSummary& Summ,
-                   const MemRegion *Callee,
-                   ExplodedNode* Pred, const GRState *state);
-
-  virtual void evalCall(ExplodedNodeSet& Dst,
-                        ExprEngine& Eng,
-                        StmtNodeBuilder& Builder,
-                        const CallExpr* CE, SVal L,
-                        ExplodedNode* Pred);
-
-
-  virtual void evalObjCMessage(ExplodedNodeSet& Dst,
-                               ExprEngine& Engine,
-                               StmtNodeBuilder& Builder,
-                               ObjCMessage msg,
-                               ExplodedNode* Pred,
-                               const GRState *state);
-  // Stores.
-  virtual void evalBind(StmtNodeBuilderRef& B, SVal location, SVal val);
-
-  // End-of-path.
-
-  virtual void evalEndPath(ExprEngine& Engine,
-                           EndOfFunctionNodeBuilder& Builder);
-
-  virtual void evalDeadSymbols(ExplodedNodeSet& Dst,
-                               ExprEngine& Engine,
-                               StmtNodeBuilder& Builder,
-                               ExplodedNode* Pred,
-                               const GRState* state,
-                               SymbolReaper& SymReaper);
-
-  std::pair<ExplodedNode*, const GRState *>
-  HandleAutoreleaseCounts(const GRState * state, GenericNodeBuilderRefCount Bd,
-                          ExplodedNode* Pred, ExprEngine &Eng,
-                          SymbolRef Sym, RefVal V, bool &stop);
-  // Return statements.
-
-  virtual void evalReturn(ExplodedNodeSet& Dst,
-                          ExprEngine& Engine,
-                          StmtNodeBuilder& Builder,
-                          const ReturnStmt* S,
-                          ExplodedNode* Pred);
-
-  // Assumptions.
-
-  virtual const GRState *evalAssume(const GRState* state, SVal condition,
-                                    bool assumption);
-};
-
-} // end anonymous namespace
-
-static void PrintPool(llvm::raw_ostream &Out, SymbolRef Sym,
-                      const GRState *state) {
-  Out << ' ';
-  if (Sym)
-    Out << Sym->getSymbolID();
-  else
-    Out << "<pool>";
-  Out << ":{";
-
-  // Get the contents of the pool.
-  if (const ARCounts *cnts = state->get<AutoreleasePoolContents>(Sym))
-    for (ARCounts::iterator J=cnts->begin(), EJ=cnts->end(); J != EJ; ++J)
-      Out << '(' << J.getKey() << ',' << J.getData() << ')';
-
-  Out << '}';
-}
-
-void CFRefCount::BindingsPrinter::Print(llvm::raw_ostream& Out,
-                                        const GRState* state,
-                                        const char* nl, const char* sep) {
-
-  RefBindings B = state->get<RefBindings>();
-
-  if (!B.isEmpty())
-    Out << sep << nl;
-
-  for (RefBindings::iterator I=B.begin(), E=B.end(); I!=E; ++I) {
-    Out << (*I).first << " : ";
-    (*I).second.print(Out);
-    Out << nl;
-  }
-
-  // Print the autorelease stack.
-  Out << sep << nl << "AR pool stack:";
-  ARStack stack = state->get<AutoreleaseStack>();
-
-  PrintPool(Out, SymbolRef(), state);  // Print the caller's pool.
-  for (ARStack::iterator I=stack.begin(), E=stack.end(); I!=E; ++I)
-    PrintPool(Out, *I, state);
-
-  Out << nl;
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Error reporting.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-namespace {
-
-  //===-------------===//
-  // Bug Descriptions. //
-  //===-------------===//
-
-  class CFRefBug : public BugType {
-  protected:
-    CFRefCount& TF;
-
-    CFRefBug(CFRefCount* tf, llvm::StringRef name)
-    : BugType(name, "Memory (Core Foundation/Objective-C)"), TF(*tf) {}
-  public:
-
-    CFRefCount& getTF() { return TF; }
-
-    // FIXME: Eventually remove.
-    virtual const char* getDescription() const = 0;
-
-    virtual bool isLeak() const { return false; }
-  };
-
-  class UseAfterRelease : public CFRefBug {
-  public:
-    UseAfterRelease(CFRefCount* tf)
-    : CFRefBug(tf, "Use-after-release") {}
-
-    const char* getDescription() const {
-      return "Reference-counted object is used after it is released";
-    }
-  };
-
-  class BadRelease : public CFRefBug {
-  public:
-    BadRelease(CFRefCount* tf) : CFRefBug(tf, "Bad release") {}
-
-    const char* getDescription() const {
-      return "Incorrect decrement of the reference count of an object that is "
-             "not owned at this point by the caller";
-    }
-  };
-
-  class DeallocGC : public CFRefBug {
-  public:
-    DeallocGC(CFRefCount *tf)
-      : CFRefBug(tf, "-dealloc called while using garbage collection") {}
-
-    const char *getDescription() const {
-      return "-dealloc called while using garbage collection";
-    }
-  };
-
-  class DeallocNotOwned : public CFRefBug {
-  public:
-    DeallocNotOwned(CFRefCount *tf)
-      : CFRefBug(tf, "-dealloc sent to non-exclusively owned object") {}
-
-    const char *getDescription() const {
-      return "-dealloc sent to object that may be referenced elsewhere";
-    }
-  };
-
-  class OverAutorelease : public CFRefBug {
-  public:
-    OverAutorelease(CFRefCount *tf) :
-      CFRefBug(tf, "Object sent -autorelease too many times") {}
-
-    const char *getDescription() const {
-      return "Object sent -autorelease too many times";
-    }
-  };
-
-  class ReturnedNotOwnedForOwned : public CFRefBug {
-  public:
-    ReturnedNotOwnedForOwned(CFRefCount *tf) :
-      CFRefBug(tf, "Method should return an owned object") {}
-
-    const char *getDescription() const {
-      return "Object with +0 retain counts returned to caller where a +1 "
-             "(owning) retain count is expected";
-    }
-  };
-
-  class Leak : public CFRefBug {
-    const bool isReturn;
-  protected:
-    Leak(CFRefCount* tf, llvm::StringRef name, bool isRet)
-    : CFRefBug(tf, name), isReturn(isRet) {}
-  public:
-
-    const char* getDescription() const { return ""; }
-
-    bool isLeak() const { return true; }
-  };
-
-  class LeakAtReturn : public Leak {
-  public:
-    LeakAtReturn(CFRefCount* tf, llvm::StringRef name)
-    : Leak(tf, name, true) {}
-  };
-
-  class LeakWithinFunction : public Leak {
-  public:
-    LeakWithinFunction(CFRefCount* tf, llvm::StringRef name)
-    : Leak(tf, name, false) {}
-  };
-
-  //===---------===//
-  // Bug Reports.  //
-  //===---------===//
-
-  class CFRefReport : public RangedBugReport {
-  protected:
-    SymbolRef Sym;
-    const CFRefCount &TF;
-  public:
-    CFRefReport(CFRefBug& D, const CFRefCount &tf,
-                ExplodedNode *n, SymbolRef sym)
-      : RangedBugReport(D, D.getDescription(), n), Sym(sym), TF(tf) {}
-
-    CFRefReport(CFRefBug& D, const CFRefCount &tf,
-                ExplodedNode *n, SymbolRef sym, llvm::StringRef endText)
-      : RangedBugReport(D, D.getDescription(), endText, n), Sym(sym), TF(tf) {}
-
-    virtual ~CFRefReport() {}
-
-    CFRefBug& getBugType() const {
-      return (CFRefBug&) RangedBugReport::getBugType();
-    }
-
-    virtual std::pair<ranges_iterator, ranges_iterator> getRanges() const {
-      if (!getBugType().isLeak())
-        return RangedBugReport::getRanges();
-      else
-        return std::make_pair(ranges_iterator(), ranges_iterator());
-    }
-
-    SymbolRef getSymbol() const { return Sym; }
-
-    PathDiagnosticPiece* getEndPath(BugReporterContext& BRC,
-                                    const ExplodedNode* N);
-
-    std::pair<const char**,const char**> getExtraDescriptiveText();
-
-    PathDiagnosticPiece* VisitNode(const ExplodedNode* N,
-                                   const ExplodedNode* PrevN,
-                                   BugReporterContext& BRC);
-  };
-
-  class CFRefLeakReport : public CFRefReport {
-    SourceLocation AllocSite;
-    const MemRegion* AllocBinding;
-  public:
-    CFRefLeakReport(CFRefBug& D, const CFRefCount &tf,
-                    ExplodedNode *n, SymbolRef sym,
-                    ExprEngine& Eng);
-
-    PathDiagnosticPiece* getEndPath(BugReporterContext& BRC,
-                                    const ExplodedNode* N);
-
-    SourceLocation getLocation() const { return AllocSite; }
-  };
-} // end anonymous namespace
-
-
-
-static const char* Msgs[] = {
-  // GC only
-  "Code is compiled to only use garbage collection",
-  // No GC.
-  "Code is compiled to use reference counts",
-  // Hybrid, with GC.
-  "Code is compiled to use either garbage collection (GC) or reference counts"
-  " (non-GC).  The bug occurs with GC enabled",
-  // Hybrid, without GC
-  "Code is compiled to use either garbage collection (GC) or reference counts"
-  " (non-GC).  The bug occurs in non-GC mode"
-};
-
-std::pair<const char**,const char**> CFRefReport::getExtraDescriptiveText() {
-  CFRefCount& TF = static_cast<CFRefBug&>(getBugType()).getTF();
-
-  switch (TF.getLangOptions().getGCMode()) {
-    default:
-      assert(false);
-
-    case LangOptions::GCOnly:
-      assert (TF.isGCEnabled());
-      return std::make_pair(&Msgs[0], &Msgs[0]+1);
-
-    case LangOptions::NonGC:
-      assert (!TF.isGCEnabled());
-      return std::make_pair(&Msgs[1], &Msgs[1]+1);
-
-    case LangOptions::HybridGC:
-      if (TF.isGCEnabled())
-        return std::make_pair(&Msgs[2], &Msgs[2]+1);
-      else
-        return std::make_pair(&Msgs[3], &Msgs[3]+1);
-  }
-}
-
-static inline bool contains(const llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ArgEffect>& V,
-                            ArgEffect X) {
-  for (llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ArgEffect>::const_iterator I=V.begin(), E=V.end();
-       I!=E; ++I)
-    if (*I == X) return true;
-
-  return false;
-}
-
-PathDiagnosticPiece* CFRefReport::VisitNode(const ExplodedNode* N,
-                                            const ExplodedNode* PrevN,
-                                            BugReporterContext& BRC) {
-
-  if (!isa<PostStmt>(N->getLocation()))
-    return NULL;
-
-  // Check if the type state has changed.
-  const GRState *PrevSt = PrevN->getState();
-  const GRState *CurrSt = N->getState();
-
-  const RefVal* CurrT = CurrSt->get<RefBindings>(Sym);
-  if (!CurrT) return NULL;
-
-  const RefVal &CurrV = *CurrT;
-  const RefVal *PrevT = PrevSt->get<RefBindings>(Sym);
-
-  // Create a string buffer to constain all the useful things we want
-  // to tell the user.
-  std::string sbuf;
-  llvm::raw_string_ostream os(sbuf);
-
-  // This is the allocation site since the previous node had no bindings
-  // for this symbol.
-  if (!PrevT) {
-    const Stmt* S = cast<PostStmt>(N->getLocation()).getStmt();
-
-    if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(S)) {
-      // Get the name of the callee (if it is available).
-      SVal X = CurrSt->getSValAsScalarOrLoc(CE->getCallee());
-      if (const FunctionDecl* FD = X.getAsFunctionDecl())
-        os << "Call to function '" << FD << '\'';
-      else
-        os << "function call";
-    }
-    else if (isa<ObjCMessageExpr>(S)) {
-      os << "Method";
-    } else {
-      os << "Property";
-    }
-
-    if (CurrV.getObjKind() == RetEffect::CF) {
-      os << " returns a Core Foundation object with a ";
-    }
-    else {
-      assert (CurrV.getObjKind() == RetEffect::ObjC);
-      os << " returns an Objective-C object with a ";
-    }
-
-    if (CurrV.isOwned()) {
-      os << "+1 retain count (owning reference).";
-
-      if (static_cast<CFRefBug&>(getBugType()).getTF().isGCEnabled()) {
-        assert(CurrV.getObjKind() == RetEffect::CF);
-        os << "  "
-        "Core Foundation objects are not automatically garbage collected.";
-      }
-    }
-    else {
-      assert (CurrV.isNotOwned());
-      os << "+0 retain count (non-owning reference).";
-    }
-
-    PathDiagnosticLocation Pos(S, BRC.getSourceManager());
-    return new PathDiagnosticEventPiece(Pos, os.str());
-  }
-
-  // Gather up the effects that were performed on the object at this
-  // program point
-  llvm::SmallVector<ArgEffect, 2> AEffects;
-
-  if (const RetainSummary *Summ =
-        TF.getSummaryOfNode(BRC.getNodeResolver().getOriginalNode(N))) {
-    // We only have summaries attached to nodes after evaluating CallExpr and
-    // ObjCMessageExprs.
-    const Stmt* S = cast<PostStmt>(N->getLocation()).getStmt();
-
-    if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(S)) {
-      // Iterate through the parameter expressions and see if the symbol
-      // was ever passed as an argument.
-      unsigned i = 0;
-
-      for (CallExpr::const_arg_iterator AI=CE->arg_begin(), AE=CE->arg_end();
-           AI!=AE; ++AI, ++i) {
-
-        // Retrieve the value of the argument.  Is it the symbol
-        // we are interested in?
-        if (CurrSt->getSValAsScalarOrLoc(*AI).getAsLocSymbol() != Sym)
-          continue;
-
-        // We have an argument.  Get the effect!
-        AEffects.push_back(Summ->getArg(i));
-      }
-    }
-    else if (const ObjCMessageExpr *ME = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(S)) {
-      if (const Expr *receiver = ME->getInstanceReceiver())
-        if (CurrSt->getSValAsScalarOrLoc(receiver).getAsLocSymbol() == Sym) {
-          // The symbol we are tracking is the receiver.
-          AEffects.push_back(Summ->getReceiverEffect());
-        }
-    }
-  }
-
-  do {
-    // Get the previous type state.
-    RefVal PrevV = *PrevT;
-
-    // Specially handle -dealloc.
-    if (!TF.isGCEnabled() && contains(AEffects, Dealloc)) {
-      // Determine if the object's reference count was pushed to zero.
-      assert(!(PrevV == CurrV) && "The typestate *must* have changed.");
-      // We may not have transitioned to 'release' if we hit an error.
-      // This case is handled elsewhere.
-      if (CurrV.getKind() == RefVal::Released) {
-        assert(CurrV.getCombinedCounts() == 0);
-        os << "Object released by directly sending the '-dealloc' message";
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-
-    // Specially handle CFMakeCollectable and friends.
-    if (contains(AEffects, MakeCollectable)) {
-      // Get the name of the function.
-      const Stmt* S = cast<PostStmt>(N->getLocation()).getStmt();
-      SVal X = CurrSt->getSValAsScalarOrLoc(cast<CallExpr>(S)->getCallee());
-      const FunctionDecl* FD = X.getAsFunctionDecl();
-      const std::string& FName = FD->getNameAsString();
-
-      if (TF.isGCEnabled()) {
-        // Determine if the object's reference count was pushed to zero.
-        assert(!(PrevV == CurrV) && "The typestate *must* have changed.");
-
-        os << "In GC mode a call to '" << FName
-        <<  "' decrements an object's retain count and registers the "
-        "object with the garbage collector. ";
-
-        if (CurrV.getKind() == RefVal::Released) {
-          assert(CurrV.getCount() == 0);
-          os << "Since it now has a 0 retain count the object can be "
-          "automatically collected by the garbage collector.";
-        }
-        else
-          os << "An object must have a 0 retain count to be garbage collected. "
-          "After this call its retain count is +" << CurrV.getCount()
-          << '.';
-      }
-      else
-        os << "When GC is not enabled a call to '" << FName
-        << "' has no effect on its argument.";
-
-      // Nothing more to say.
-      break;
-    }
-
-    // Determine if the typestate has changed.
-    if (!(PrevV == CurrV))
-      switch (CurrV.getKind()) {
-        case RefVal::Owned:
-        case RefVal::NotOwned:
-
-          if (PrevV.getCount() == CurrV.getCount()) {
-            // Did an autorelease message get sent?
-            if (PrevV.getAutoreleaseCount() == CurrV.getAutoreleaseCount())
-              return 0;
-
-            assert(PrevV.getAutoreleaseCount() < CurrV.getAutoreleaseCount());
-            os << "Object sent -autorelease message";
-            break;
-          }
-
-          if (PrevV.getCount() > CurrV.getCount())
-            os << "Reference count decremented.";
-          else
-            os << "Reference count incremented.";
-
-          if (unsigned Count = CurrV.getCount())
-            os << " The object now has a +" << Count << " retain count.";
-
-          if (PrevV.getKind() == RefVal::Released) {
-            assert(TF.isGCEnabled() && CurrV.getCount() > 0);
-            os << " The object is not eligible for garbage collection until the "
-            "retain count reaches 0 again.";
-          }
-
-          break;
-
-        case RefVal::Released:
-          os << "Object released.";
-          break;
-
-        case RefVal::ReturnedOwned:
-          os << "Object returned to caller as an owning reference (single retain "
-          "count transferred to caller).";
-          break;
-
-        case RefVal::ReturnedNotOwned:
-          os << "Object returned to caller with a +0 (non-owning) retain count.";
-          break;
-
-        default:
-          return NULL;
-      }
-
-    // Emit any remaining diagnostics for the argument effects (if any).
-    for (llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ArgEffect>::iterator I=AEffects.begin(),
-         E=AEffects.end(); I != E; ++I) {
-
-      // A bunch of things have alternate behavior under GC.
-      if (TF.isGCEnabled())
-        switch (*I) {
-          default: break;
-          case Autorelease:
-            os << "In GC mode an 'autorelease' has no effect.";
-            continue;
-          case IncRefMsg:
-            os << "In GC mode the 'retain' message has no effect.";
-            continue;
-          case DecRefMsg:
-            os << "In GC mode the 'release' message has no effect.";
-            continue;
-        }
-    }
-  } while (0);
-
-  if (os.str().empty())
-    return 0; // We have nothing to say!
-
-  const Stmt* S = cast<PostStmt>(N->getLocation()).getStmt();
-  PathDiagnosticLocation Pos(S, BRC.getSourceManager());
-  PathDiagnosticPiece* P = new PathDiagnosticEventPiece(Pos, os.str());
-
-  // Add the range by scanning the children of the statement for any bindings
-  // to Sym.
-  for (Stmt::const_child_iterator I = S->child_begin(), E = S->child_end();
-       I!=E; ++I)
-    if (const Expr* Exp = dyn_cast_or_null<Expr>(*I))
-      if (CurrSt->getSValAsScalarOrLoc(Exp).getAsLocSymbol() == Sym) {
-        P->addRange(Exp->getSourceRange());
-        break;
-      }
-
-  return P;
-}
-
-namespace {
-  class FindUniqueBinding :
-  public StoreManager::BindingsHandler {
-    SymbolRef Sym;
-    const MemRegion* Binding;
-    bool First;
-
-  public:
-    FindUniqueBinding(SymbolRef sym) : Sym(sym), Binding(0), First(true) {}
-
-    bool HandleBinding(StoreManager& SMgr, Store store, const MemRegion* R,
-                       SVal val) {
-
-      SymbolRef SymV = val.getAsSymbol();
-      if (!SymV || SymV != Sym)
-        return true;
-
-      if (Binding) {
-        First = false;
-        return false;
-      }
-      else
-        Binding = R;
-
-      return true;
-    }
-
-    operator bool() { return First && Binding; }
-    const MemRegion* getRegion() { return Binding; }
-  };
-}
-
-static std::pair<const ExplodedNode*,const MemRegion*>
-GetAllocationSite(GRStateManager& StateMgr, const ExplodedNode* N,
-                  SymbolRef Sym) {
-
-  // Find both first node that referred to the tracked symbol and the
-  // memory location that value was store to.
-  const ExplodedNode* Last = N;
-  const MemRegion* FirstBinding = 0;
-
-  while (N) {
-    const GRState* St = N->getState();
-    RefBindings B = St->get<RefBindings>();
-
-    if (!B.lookup(Sym))
-      break;
-
-    FindUniqueBinding FB(Sym);
-    StateMgr.iterBindings(St, FB);
-    if (FB) FirstBinding = FB.getRegion();
-
-    Last = N;
-    N = N->pred_empty() ? NULL : *(N->pred_begin());
-  }
-
-  return std::make_pair(Last, FirstBinding);
-}
-
-PathDiagnosticPiece*
-CFRefReport::getEndPath(BugReporterContext& BRC,
-                        const ExplodedNode* EndN) {
-  // Tell the BugReporterContext to report cases when the tracked symbol is
-  // assigned to different variables, etc.
-  BRC.addNotableSymbol(Sym);
-  return RangedBugReport::getEndPath(BRC, EndN);
-}
-
-PathDiagnosticPiece*
-CFRefLeakReport::getEndPath(BugReporterContext& BRC,
-                            const ExplodedNode* EndN){
-
-  // Tell the BugReporterContext to report cases when the tracked symbol is
-  // assigned to different variables, etc.
-  BRC.addNotableSymbol(Sym);
-
-  // We are reporting a leak.  Walk up the graph to get to the first node where
-  // the symbol appeared, and also get the first VarDecl that tracked object
-  // is stored to.
-  const ExplodedNode* AllocNode = 0;
-  const MemRegion* FirstBinding = 0;
-
-  llvm::tie(AllocNode, FirstBinding) =
-    GetAllocationSite(BRC.getStateManager(), EndN, Sym);
-
-  // Get the allocate site.
-  assert(AllocNode);
-  const Stmt* FirstStmt = cast<PostStmt>(AllocNode->getLocation()).getStmt();
-
-  SourceManager& SMgr = BRC.getSourceManager();
-  unsigned AllocLine =SMgr.getInstantiationLineNumber(FirstStmt->getLocStart());
-
-  // Compute an actual location for the leak.  Sometimes a leak doesn't
-  // occur at an actual statement (e.g., transition between blocks; end
-  // of function) so we need to walk the graph and compute a real location.
-  const ExplodedNode* LeakN = EndN;
-  PathDiagnosticLocation L;
-
-  while (LeakN) {
-    ProgramPoint P = LeakN->getLocation();
-
-    if (const PostStmt *PS = dyn_cast<PostStmt>(&P)) {
-      L = PathDiagnosticLocation(PS->getStmt()->getLocStart(), SMgr);
-      break;
-    }
-    else if (const BlockEdge *BE = dyn_cast<BlockEdge>(&P)) {
-      if (const Stmt* Term = BE->getSrc()->getTerminator()) {
-        L = PathDiagnosticLocation(Term->getLocStart(), SMgr);
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-
-    LeakN = LeakN->succ_empty() ? 0 : *(LeakN->succ_begin());
-  }
-
-  if (!L.isValid()) {
-    const Decl &D = EndN->getCodeDecl();
-    L = PathDiagnosticLocation(D.getBodyRBrace(), SMgr);
-  }
-
-  std::string sbuf;
-  llvm::raw_string_ostream os(sbuf);
-
-  os << "Object allocated on line " << AllocLine;
-
-  if (FirstBinding)
-    os << " and stored into '" << FirstBinding->getString() << '\'';
-
-  // Get the retain count.
-  const RefVal* RV = EndN->getState()->get<RefBindings>(Sym);
-
-  if (RV->getKind() == RefVal::ErrorLeakReturned) {
-    // FIXME: Per comments in rdar://6320065, "create" only applies to CF
-    // ojbects.  Only "copy", "alloc", "retain" and "new" transfer ownership
-    // to the caller for NS objects.
-    ObjCMethodDecl& MD = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(EndN->getCodeDecl());
-    os << " is returned from a method whose name ('"
-       << MD.getSelector().getAsString()
-    << "') does not contain 'copy' or otherwise starts with"
-    " 'new' or 'alloc'.  This violates the naming convention rules given"
-    " in the Memory Management Guide for Cocoa (object leaked)";
-  }
-  else if (RV->getKind() == RefVal::ErrorGCLeakReturned) {
-    ObjCMethodDecl& MD = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(EndN->getCodeDecl());
-    os << " and returned from method '" << MD.getSelector().getAsString()
-       << "' is potentially leaked when using garbage collection.  Callers "
-          "of this method do not expect a returned object with a +1 retain "
-          "count since they expect the object to be managed by the garbage "
-          "collector";
-  }
-  else
-    os << " is not referenced later in this execution path and has a retain "
-          "count of +" << RV->getCount() << " (object leaked)";
-
-  return new PathDiagnosticEventPiece(L, os.str());
-}
-
-CFRefLeakReport::CFRefLeakReport(CFRefBug& D, const CFRefCount &tf,
-                                 ExplodedNode *n,
-                                 SymbolRef sym, ExprEngine& Eng)
-: CFRefReport(D, tf, n, sym) {
-
-  // Most bug reports are cached at the location where they occured.
-  // With leaks, we want to unique them by the location where they were
-  // allocated, and only report a single path.  To do this, we need to find
-  // the allocation site of a piece of tracked memory, which we do via a
-  // call to GetAllocationSite.  This will walk the ExplodedGraph backwards.
-  // Note that this is *not* the trimmed graph; we are guaranteed, however,
-  // that all ancestor nodes that represent the allocation site have the
-  // same SourceLocation.
-  const ExplodedNode* AllocNode = 0;
-
-  llvm::tie(AllocNode, AllocBinding) =  // Set AllocBinding.
-    GetAllocationSite(Eng.getStateManager(), getErrorNode(), getSymbol());
-
-  // Get the SourceLocation for the allocation site.
-  ProgramPoint P = AllocNode->getLocation();
-  AllocSite = cast<PostStmt>(P).getStmt()->getLocStart();
-
-  // Fill in the description of the bug.
-  Description.clear();
-  llvm::raw_string_ostream os(Description);
-  SourceManager& SMgr = Eng.getContext().getSourceManager();
-  unsigned AllocLine = SMgr.getInstantiationLineNumber(AllocSite);
-  os << "Potential leak ";
-  if (tf.isGCEnabled()) {
-    os << "(when using garbage collection) ";
-  }
-  os << "of an object allocated on line " << AllocLine;
-
-  // FIXME: AllocBinding doesn't get populated for RegionStore yet.
-  if (AllocBinding)
-    os << " and stored into '" << AllocBinding->getString() << '\'';
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Main checker logic.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-/// GetReturnType - Used to get the return type of a message expression or
-///  function call with the intention of affixing that type to a tracked symbol.
-///  While the the return type can be queried directly from RetEx, when
-///  invoking class methods we augment to the return type to be that of
-///  a pointer to the class (as opposed it just being id).
-static QualType GetReturnType(const Expr* RetE, ASTContext& Ctx) {
-  QualType RetTy = RetE->getType();
-  // If RetE is not a message expression just return its type.
-  // If RetE is a message expression, return its types if it is something
-  /// more specific than id.
-  if (const ObjCMessageExpr *ME = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(RetE))
-    if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PT = RetTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
-      if (PT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || PT->isObjCIdType() ||
-          PT->isObjCClassType()) {
-        // At this point we know the return type of the message expression is
-        // id, id<...>, or Class. If we have an ObjCInterfaceDecl, we know this
-        // is a call to a class method whose type we can resolve.  In such
-        // cases, promote the return type to XXX* (where XXX is the class).
-        const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D = ME->getReceiverInterface();
-        return !D ? RetTy :
-                    Ctx.getObjCObjectPointerType(Ctx.getObjCInterfaceType(D));
-      }
-
-  return RetTy;
-}
-
-void CFRefCount::evalSummary(ExplodedNodeSet& Dst,
-                             ExprEngine& Eng,
-                             StmtNodeBuilder& Builder,
-                             const Expr* Ex,
-                             const CallOrObjCMessage &callOrMsg,
-                             InstanceReceiver Receiver,
-                             const RetainSummary& Summ,
-                             const MemRegion *Callee,
-                             ExplodedNode* Pred, const GRState *state) {
-
-  // Evaluate the effect of the arguments.
-  RefVal::Kind hasErr = (RefVal::Kind) 0;
-  SourceRange ErrorRange;
-  SymbolRef ErrorSym = 0;
-
-  llvm::SmallVector<const MemRegion*, 10> RegionsToInvalidate;
-
-  // HACK: Symbols that have ref-count state that are referenced directly
-  //  (not as structure or array elements, or via bindings) by an argument
-  //  should not have their ref-count state stripped after we have
-  //  done an invalidation pass.
-  llvm::DenseSet<SymbolRef> WhitelistedSymbols;
-
-  for (unsigned idx = 0, e = callOrMsg.getNumArgs(); idx != e; ++idx) {
-    SVal V = callOrMsg.getArgSValAsScalarOrLoc(idx);
-    SymbolRef Sym = V.getAsLocSymbol();
-
-    if (Sym)
-      if (RefBindings::data_type* T = state->get<RefBindings>(Sym)) {
-        WhitelistedSymbols.insert(Sym);
-        state = Update(state, Sym, *T, Summ.getArg(idx), hasErr);
-        if (hasErr) {
-          ErrorRange = callOrMsg.getArgSourceRange(idx);
-          ErrorSym = Sym;
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-
-  tryAgain:
-    if (isa<Loc>(V)) {
-      if (loc::MemRegionVal* MR = dyn_cast<loc::MemRegionVal>(&V)) {
-        if (Summ.getArg(idx) == DoNothingByRef)
-          continue;
-
-        // Invalidate the value of the variable passed by reference.
-        const MemRegion *R = MR->getRegion();
-
-        // Are we dealing with an ElementRegion?  If the element type is
-        // a basic integer type (e.g., char, int) and the underying region
-        // is a variable region then strip off the ElementRegion.
-        // FIXME: We really need to think about this for the general case
-        //   as sometimes we are reasoning about arrays and other times
-        //   about (char*), etc., is just a form of passing raw bytes.
-        //   e.g., void *p = alloca(); foo((char*)p);
-        if (const ElementRegion *ER = dyn_cast<ElementRegion>(R)) {
-          // Checking for 'integral type' is probably too promiscuous, but
-          // we'll leave it in for now until we have a systematic way of
-          // handling all of these cases.  Eventually we need to come up
-          // with an interface to StoreManager so that this logic can be
-          // approriately delegated to the respective StoreManagers while
-          // still allowing us to do checker-specific logic (e.g.,
-          // invalidating reference counts), probably via callbacks.
-          if (ER->getElementType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
-            const MemRegion *superReg = ER->getSuperRegion();
-            if (isa<VarRegion>(superReg) || isa<FieldRegion>(superReg) ||
-                isa<ObjCIvarRegion>(superReg))
-              R = cast<TypedRegion>(superReg);
-          }
-          // FIXME: What about layers of ElementRegions?
-        }
-
-        // Mark this region for invalidation.  We batch invalidate regions
-        // below for efficiency.
-        RegionsToInvalidate.push_back(R);
-        continue;
-      }
-      else {
-        // Nuke all other arguments passed by reference.
-        // FIXME: is this necessary or correct? This handles the non-Region
-        //  cases.  Is it ever valid to store to these?
-        state = state->unbindLoc(cast<Loc>(V));
-      }
-    }
-    else if (isa<nonloc::LocAsInteger>(V)) {
-      // If we are passing a location wrapped as an integer, unwrap it and
-      // invalidate the values referred by the location.
-      V = cast<nonloc::LocAsInteger>(V).getLoc();
-      goto tryAgain;
-    }
-  }
-
-  // Block calls result in all captured values passed-via-reference to be
-  // invalidated.
-  if (const BlockDataRegion *BR = dyn_cast_or_null<BlockDataRegion>(Callee)) {
-    RegionsToInvalidate.push_back(BR);
-  }
-
-  // Invalidate regions we designed for invalidation use the batch invalidation
-  // API.
-
-  // FIXME: We can have collisions on the conjured symbol if the
-  //  expression *I also creates conjured symbols.  We probably want
-  //  to identify conjured symbols by an expression pair: the enclosing
-  //  expression (the context) and the expression itself.  This should
-  //  disambiguate conjured symbols.
-  unsigned Count = Builder.getCurrentBlockCount();
-  StoreManager::InvalidatedSymbols IS;
-
-  // NOTE: Even if RegionsToInvalidate is empty, we must still invalidate
-  //  global variables.
-  state = state->InvalidateRegions(RegionsToInvalidate.data(),
-                                   RegionsToInvalidate.data() +
-                                   RegionsToInvalidate.size(),
-                                   Ex, Count, &IS,
-                                   /* invalidateGlobals = */ true);
-
-  for (StoreManager::InvalidatedSymbols::iterator I = IS.begin(),
-       E = IS.end(); I!=E; ++I) {
-    SymbolRef sym = *I;
-    if (WhitelistedSymbols.count(sym))
-      continue;
-    // Remove any existing reference-count binding.
-    state = state->remove<RefBindings>(*I);
-  }
-
-  // Evaluate the effect on the message receiver.
-  if (!ErrorRange.isValid() && Receiver) {
-    SymbolRef Sym = Receiver.getSValAsScalarOrLoc(state).getAsLocSymbol();
-    if (Sym) {
-      if (const RefVal* T = state->get<RefBindings>(Sym)) {
-        state = Update(state, Sym, *T, Summ.getReceiverEffect(), hasErr);
-        if (hasErr) {
-          ErrorRange = Receiver.getSourceRange();
-          ErrorSym = Sym;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  // Process any errors.
-  if (hasErr) {
-    ProcessNonLeakError(Dst, Builder, Ex, ErrorRange, Pred, state,
-                        hasErr, ErrorSym);
-    return;
-  }
-
-  // Consult the summary for the return value.
-  RetEffect RE = Summ.getRetEffect();
-
-  if (RE.getKind() == RetEffect::OwnedWhenTrackedReceiver) {
-    bool found = false;
-    if (Receiver) {
-      SVal V = Receiver.getSValAsScalarOrLoc(state);
-      if (SymbolRef Sym = V.getAsLocSymbol())
-        if (state->get<RefBindings>(Sym)) {
-          found = true;
-          RE = Summaries.getObjAllocRetEffect();
-        }
-    } // FIXME: Otherwise, this is a send-to-super instance message.
-    if (!found)
-      RE = RetEffect::MakeNoRet();
-  }
-
-  switch (RE.getKind()) {
-    default:
-      assert (false && "Unhandled RetEffect."); break;
-
-    case RetEffect::NoRet: {
-      // Make up a symbol for the return value (not reference counted).
-      // FIXME: Most of this logic is not specific to the retain/release
-      // checker.
-
-      // FIXME: We eventually should handle structs and other compound types
-      // that are returned by value.
-
-      QualType T = callOrMsg.getResultType(Eng.getContext());
-      if (Loc::IsLocType(T) || (T->isIntegerType() && T->isScalarType())) {
-        unsigned Count = Builder.getCurrentBlockCount();
-        SValBuilder &svalBuilder = Eng.getSValBuilder();
-        SVal X = svalBuilder.getConjuredSymbolVal(NULL, Ex, T, Count);
-        state = state->BindExpr(Ex, X, false);
-      }
-
-      break;
-    }
-
-    case RetEffect::Alias: {
-      unsigned idx = RE.getIndex();
-      assert (idx < callOrMsg.getNumArgs());
-      SVal V = callOrMsg.getArgSValAsScalarOrLoc(idx);
-      state = state->BindExpr(Ex, V, false);
-      break;
-    }
-
-    case RetEffect::ReceiverAlias: {
-      assert(Receiver);
-      SVal V = Receiver.getSValAsScalarOrLoc(state);
-      state = state->BindExpr(Ex, V, false);
-      break;
-    }
-
-    case RetEffect::OwnedAllocatedSymbol:
-    case RetEffect::OwnedSymbol: {
-      unsigned Count = Builder.getCurrentBlockCount();
-      SValBuilder &svalBuilder = Eng.getSValBuilder();
-      SymbolRef Sym = svalBuilder.getConjuredSymbol(Ex, Count);
-      QualType RetT = GetReturnType(Ex, svalBuilder.getContext());
-      state = state->set<RefBindings>(Sym, RefVal::makeOwned(RE.getObjKind(),
-                                                            RetT));
-      state = state->BindExpr(Ex, svalBuilder.makeLoc(Sym), false);
-
-      // FIXME: Add a flag to the checker where allocations are assumed to
-      // *not fail.
-#if 0
-      if (RE.getKind() == RetEffect::OwnedAllocatedSymbol) {
-        bool isFeasible;
-        state = state.assume(loc::SymbolVal(Sym), true, isFeasible);
-        assert(isFeasible && "Cannot assume fresh symbol is non-null.");
-      }
-#endif
-
-      break;
-    }
-
-    case RetEffect::GCNotOwnedSymbol:
-    case RetEffect::NotOwnedSymbol: {
-      unsigned Count = Builder.getCurrentBlockCount();
-      SValBuilder &svalBuilder = Eng.getSValBuilder();
-      SymbolRef Sym = svalBuilder.getConjuredSymbol(Ex, Count);
-      QualType RetT = GetReturnType(Ex, svalBuilder.getContext());
-      state = state->set<RefBindings>(Sym, RefVal::makeNotOwned(RE.getObjKind(),
-                                                               RetT));
-      state = state->BindExpr(Ex, svalBuilder.makeLoc(Sym), false);
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-
-  // Generate a sink node if we are at the end of a path.
-  ExplodedNode *NewNode =
-    Summ.isEndPath() ? Builder.MakeSinkNode(Dst, Ex, Pred, state)
-                     : Builder.MakeNode(Dst, Ex, Pred, state);
-
-  // Annotate the edge with summary we used.
-  if (NewNode) SummaryLog[NewNode] = &Summ;
-}
-
-
-void CFRefCount::evalCall(ExplodedNodeSet& Dst,
-                          ExprEngine& Eng,
-                          StmtNodeBuilder& Builder,
-                          const CallExpr* CE, SVal L,
-                          ExplodedNode* Pred) {
-
-  RetainSummary *Summ = 0;
-
-  // FIXME: Better support for blocks.  For now we stop tracking anything
-  // that is passed to blocks.
-  // FIXME: Need to handle variables that are "captured" by the block.
-  if (dyn_cast_or_null<BlockDataRegion>(L.getAsRegion())) {
-    Summ = Summaries.getPersistentStopSummary();
-  }
-  else {
-    const FunctionDecl* FD = L.getAsFunctionDecl();
-    Summ = !FD ? Summaries.getDefaultSummary() :
-                 Summaries.getSummary(FD);
-  }
-
-  assert(Summ);
-  evalSummary(Dst, Eng, Builder, CE,
-              CallOrObjCMessage(CE, Builder.GetState(Pred)),
-              InstanceReceiver(), *Summ,L.getAsRegion(),
-              Pred, Builder.GetState(Pred));
-}
-
-void CFRefCount::evalObjCMessage(ExplodedNodeSet& Dst,
-                                 ExprEngine& Eng,
-                                 StmtNodeBuilder& Builder,
-                                 ObjCMessage msg,
-                                 ExplodedNode* Pred,
-                                 const GRState *state) {
-  RetainSummary *Summ =
-    msg.isInstanceMessage()
-      ? Summaries.getInstanceMethodSummary(msg, state,Pred->getLocationContext())
-      : Summaries.getClassMethodSummary(msg);
-
-  assert(Summ && "RetainSummary is null");
-  evalSummary(Dst, Eng, Builder, msg.getOriginExpr(),
-              CallOrObjCMessage(msg, Builder.GetState(Pred)),
-              InstanceReceiver(msg, Pred->getLocationContext()), *Summ, NULL,
-              Pred, state);
-}
-
-namespace {
-class StopTrackingCallback : public SymbolVisitor {
-  const GRState *state;
-public:
-  StopTrackingCallback(const GRState *st) : state(st) {}
-  const GRState *getState() const { return state; }
-
-  bool VisitSymbol(SymbolRef sym) {
-    state = state->remove<RefBindings>(sym);
-    return true;
-  }
-};
-} // end anonymous namespace
-
-
-void CFRefCount::evalBind(StmtNodeBuilderRef& B, SVal location, SVal val) {
-  // Are we storing to something that causes the value to "escape"?
-  bool escapes = false;
-
-  // A value escapes in three possible cases (this may change):
-  //
-  // (1) we are binding to something that is not a memory region.
-  // (2) we are binding to a memregion that does not have stack storage
-  // (3) we are binding to a memregion with stack storage that the store
-  //     does not understand.
-  const GRState *state = B.getState();
-
-  if (!isa<loc::MemRegionVal>(location))
-    escapes = true;
-  else {
-    const MemRegion* R = cast<loc::MemRegionVal>(location).getRegion();
-    escapes = !R->hasStackStorage();
-
-    if (!escapes) {
-      // To test (3), generate a new state with the binding removed.  If it is
-      // the same state, then it escapes (since the store cannot represent
-      // the binding).
-      escapes = (state == (state->bindLoc(cast<Loc>(location), UnknownVal())));
-    }
-  }
-
-  // If our store can represent the binding and we aren't storing to something
-  // that doesn't have local storage then just return and have the simulation
-  // state continue as is.
-  if (!escapes)
-      return;
-
-  // Otherwise, find all symbols referenced by 'val' that we are tracking
-  // and stop tracking them.
-  B.MakeNode(state->scanReachableSymbols<StopTrackingCallback>(val).getState());
-}
-
- // Return statements.
-
-void CFRefCount::evalReturn(ExplodedNodeSet& Dst,
-                            ExprEngine& Eng,
-                            StmtNodeBuilder& Builder,
-                            const ReturnStmt* S,
-                            ExplodedNode* Pred) {
-
-  const Expr* RetE = S->getRetValue();
-  if (!RetE)
-    return;
-
-  const GRState *state = Builder.GetState(Pred);
-  SymbolRef Sym = state->getSValAsScalarOrLoc(RetE).getAsLocSymbol();
-
-  if (!Sym)
-    return;
-
-  // Get the reference count binding (if any).
-  const RefVal* T = state->get<RefBindings>(Sym);
-
-  if (!T)
-    return;
-
-  // Change the reference count.
-  RefVal X = *T;
-
-  switch (X.getKind()) {
-    case RefVal::Owned: {
-      unsigned cnt = X.getCount();
-      assert (cnt > 0);
-      X.setCount(cnt - 1);
-      X = X ^ RefVal::ReturnedOwned;
-      break;
-    }
-
-    case RefVal::NotOwned: {
-      unsigned cnt = X.getCount();
-      if (cnt) {
-        X.setCount(cnt - 1);
-        X = X ^ RefVal::ReturnedOwned;
-      }
-      else {
-        X = X ^ RefVal::ReturnedNotOwned;
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-
-    default:
-      return;
-  }
-
-  // Update the binding.
-  state = state->set<RefBindings>(Sym, X);
-  Pred = Builder.MakeNode(Dst, S, Pred, state);
-
-  // Did we cache out?
-  if (!Pred)
-    return;
-
-  // Update the autorelease counts.
-  static unsigned autoreleasetag = 0;
-  GenericNodeBuilderRefCount Bd(Builder, S, &autoreleasetag);
-  bool stop = false;
-  llvm::tie(Pred, state) = HandleAutoreleaseCounts(state , Bd, Pred, Eng, Sym,
-                                                   X, stop);
-
-  // Did we cache out?
-  if (!Pred || stop)
-    return;
-
-  // Get the updated binding.
-  T = state->get<RefBindings>(Sym);
-  assert(T);
-  X = *T;
-
-  // Any leaks or other errors?
-  if (X.isReturnedOwned() && X.getCount() == 0) {
-    Decl const *CD = &Pred->getCodeDecl();
-    if (const ObjCMethodDecl* MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(CD)) {
-      const RetainSummary &Summ = *Summaries.getMethodSummary(MD);
-      RetEffect RE = Summ.getRetEffect();
-      bool hasError = false;
-
-      if (RE.getKind() != RetEffect::NoRet) {
-        if (isGCEnabled() && RE.getObjKind() == RetEffect::ObjC) {
-          // Things are more complicated with garbage collection.  If the
-          // returned object is suppose to be an Objective-C object, we have
-          // a leak (as the caller expects a GC'ed object) because no
-          // method should return ownership unless it returns a CF object.
-          hasError = true;
-          X = X ^ RefVal::ErrorGCLeakReturned;
-        }
-        else if (!RE.isOwned()) {
-          // Either we are using GC and the returned object is a CF type
-          // or we aren't using GC.  In either case, we expect that the
-          // enclosing method is expected to return ownership.
-          hasError = true;
-          X = X ^ RefVal::ErrorLeakReturned;
-        }
-      }
-
-      if (hasError) {
-        // Generate an error node.
-        static int ReturnOwnLeakTag = 0;
-        state = state->set<RefBindings>(Sym, X);
-        ExplodedNode *N =
-          Builder.generateNode(PostStmt(S, Pred->getLocationContext(),
-                                        &ReturnOwnLeakTag), state, Pred);
-        if (N) {
-          CFRefReport *report =
-            new CFRefLeakReport(*static_cast<CFRefBug*>(leakAtReturn), *this,
-                                N, Sym, Eng);
-          BR->EmitReport(report);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  else if (X.isReturnedNotOwned()) {
-    Decl const *CD = &Pred->getCodeDecl();
-    if (const ObjCMethodDecl* MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(CD)) {
-      const RetainSummary &Summ = *Summaries.getMethodSummary(MD);
-      if (Summ.getRetEffect().isOwned()) {
-        // Trying to return a not owned object to a caller expecting an
-        // owned object.
-
-        static int ReturnNotOwnedForOwnedTag = 0;
-        state = state->set<RefBindings>(Sym, X ^ RefVal::ErrorReturnedNotOwned);
-        if (ExplodedNode *N =
-            Builder.generateNode(PostStmt(S, Pred->getLocationContext(),
-                                          &ReturnNotOwnedForOwnedTag),
-                                 state, Pred)) {
-            CFRefReport *report =
-                new CFRefReport(*static_cast<CFRefBug*>(returnNotOwnedForOwned),
-                                *this, N, Sym);
-            BR->EmitReport(report);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-// Assumptions.
-
-const GRState* CFRefCount::evalAssume(const GRState *state,
-                                      SVal Cond, bool Assumption) {
-
-  // FIXME: We may add to the interface of evalAssume the list of symbols
-  //  whose assumptions have changed.  For now we just iterate through the
-  //  bindings and check if any of the tracked symbols are NULL.  This isn't
-  //  too bad since the number of symbols we will track in practice are
-  //  probably small and evalAssume is only called at branches and a few
-  //  other places.
-  RefBindings B = state->get<RefBindings>();
-
-  if (B.isEmpty())
-    return state;
-
-  bool changed = false;
-  RefBindings::Factory& RefBFactory = state->get_context<RefBindings>();
-
-  for (RefBindings::iterator I=B.begin(), E=B.end(); I!=E; ++I) {
-    // Check if the symbol is null (or equal to any constant).
-    // If this is the case, stop tracking the symbol.
-    if (state->getSymVal(I.getKey())) {
-      changed = true;
-      B = RefBFactory.remove(B, I.getKey());
-    }
-  }
-
-  if (changed)
-    state = state->set<RefBindings>(B);
-
-  return state;
-}
-
-const GRState * CFRefCount::Update(const GRState * state, SymbolRef sym,
-                              RefVal V, ArgEffect E,
-                              RefVal::Kind& hasErr) {
-
-  // In GC mode [... release] and [... retain] do nothing.
-  switch (E) {
-    default: break;
-    case IncRefMsg: E = isGCEnabled() ? DoNothing : IncRef; break;
-    case DecRefMsg: E = isGCEnabled() ? DoNothing : DecRef; break;
-    case MakeCollectable: E = isGCEnabled() ? DecRef : DoNothing; break;
-    case NewAutoreleasePool: E = isGCEnabled() ? DoNothing :
-                                                 NewAutoreleasePool; break;
-  }
-
-  // Handle all use-after-releases.
-  if (!isGCEnabled() && V.getKind() == RefVal::Released) {
-    V = V ^ RefVal::ErrorUseAfterRelease;
-    hasErr = V.getKind();
-    return state->set<RefBindings>(sym, V);
-  }
-
-  switch (E) {
-    default:
-      assert (false && "Unhandled CFRef transition.");
-
-    case Dealloc:
-      // Any use of -dealloc in GC is *bad*.
-      if (isGCEnabled()) {
-        V = V ^ RefVal::ErrorDeallocGC;
-        hasErr = V.getKind();
-        break;
-      }
-
-      switch (V.getKind()) {
-        default:
-          assert(false && "Invalid case.");
-        case RefVal::Owned:
-          // The object immediately transitions to the released state.
-          V = V ^ RefVal::Released;
-          V.clearCounts();
-          return state->set<RefBindings>(sym, V);
-        case RefVal::NotOwned:
-          V = V ^ RefVal::ErrorDeallocNotOwned;
-          hasErr = V.getKind();
-          break;
-      }
-      break;
-
-    case NewAutoreleasePool:
-      assert(!isGCEnabled());
-      return state->add<AutoreleaseStack>(sym);
-
-    case MayEscape:
-      if (V.getKind() == RefVal::Owned) {
-        V = V ^ RefVal::NotOwned;
-        break;
-      }
-
-      // Fall-through.
-
-    case DoNothingByRef:
-    case DoNothing:
-      return state;
-
-    case Autorelease:
-      if (isGCEnabled())
-        return state;
-
-      // Update the autorelease counts.
-      state = SendAutorelease(state, ARCountFactory, sym);
-      V = V.autorelease();
-      break;
-
-    case StopTracking:
-      return state->remove<RefBindings>(sym);
-
-    case IncRef:
-      switch (V.getKind()) {
-        default:
-          assert(false);
-
-        case RefVal::Owned:
-        case RefVal::NotOwned:
-          V = V + 1;
-          break;
-        case RefVal::Released:
-          // Non-GC cases are handled above.
-          assert(isGCEnabled());
-          V = (V ^ RefVal::Owned) + 1;
-          break;
-      }
-      break;
-
-    case SelfOwn:
-      V = V ^ RefVal::NotOwned;
-      // Fall-through.
-    case DecRef:
-      switch (V.getKind()) {
-        default:
-          // case 'RefVal::Released' handled above.
-          assert (false);
-
-        case RefVal::Owned:
-          assert(V.getCount() > 0);
-          if (V.getCount() == 1) V = V ^ RefVal::Released;
-          V = V - 1;
-          break;
-
-        case RefVal::NotOwned:
-          if (V.getCount() > 0)
-            V = V - 1;
-          else {
-            V = V ^ RefVal::ErrorReleaseNotOwned;
-            hasErr = V.getKind();
-          }
-          break;
-
-        case RefVal::Released:
-          // Non-GC cases are handled above.
-          assert(isGCEnabled());
-          V = V ^ RefVal::ErrorUseAfterRelease;
-          hasErr = V.getKind();
-          break;
-      }
-      break;
-  }
-  return state->set<RefBindings>(sym, V);
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Handle dead symbols and end-of-path.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-std::pair<ExplodedNode*, const GRState *>
-CFRefCount::HandleAutoreleaseCounts(const GRState * state, 
-                                    GenericNodeBuilderRefCount Bd,
-                                    ExplodedNode* Pred,
-                                    ExprEngine &Eng,
-                                    SymbolRef Sym, RefVal V, bool &stop) {
-
-  unsigned ACnt = V.getAutoreleaseCount();
-  stop = false;
-
-  // No autorelease counts?  Nothing to be done.
-  if (!ACnt)
-    return std::make_pair(Pred, state);
-
-  assert(!isGCEnabled() && "Autorelease counts in GC mode?");
-  unsigned Cnt = V.getCount();
-
-  // FIXME: Handle sending 'autorelease' to already released object.
-
-  if (V.getKind() == RefVal::ReturnedOwned)
-    ++Cnt;
-
-  if (ACnt <= Cnt) {
-    if (ACnt == Cnt) {
-      V.clearCounts();
-      if (V.getKind() == RefVal::ReturnedOwned)
-        V = V ^ RefVal::ReturnedNotOwned;
-      else
-        V = V ^ RefVal::NotOwned;
-    }
-    else {
-      V.setCount(Cnt - ACnt);
-      V.setAutoreleaseCount(0);
-    }
-    state = state->set<RefBindings>(Sym, V);
-    ExplodedNode *N = Bd.MakeNode(state, Pred);
-    stop = (N == 0);
-    return std::make_pair(N, state);
-  }
-
-  // Woah!  More autorelease counts then retain counts left.
-  // Emit hard error.
-  stop = true;
-  V = V ^ RefVal::ErrorOverAutorelease;
-  state = state->set<RefBindings>(Sym, V);
-
-  if (ExplodedNode *N = Bd.MakeNode(state, Pred)) {
-    N->markAsSink();
-
-    std::string sbuf;
-    llvm::raw_string_ostream os(sbuf);
-    os << "Object over-autoreleased: object was sent -autorelease";
-    if (V.getAutoreleaseCount() > 1)
-      os << V.getAutoreleaseCount() << " times";
-    os << " but the object has ";
-    if (V.getCount() == 0)
-      os << "zero (locally visible)";
-    else
-      os << "+" << V.getCount();
-    os << " retain counts";
-
-    CFRefReport *report =
-      new CFRefReport(*static_cast<CFRefBug*>(overAutorelease),
-                      *this, N, Sym, os.str());
-    BR->EmitReport(report);
-  }
-
-  return std::make_pair((ExplodedNode*)0, state);
-}
-
-const GRState *
-CFRefCount::HandleSymbolDeath(const GRState * state, SymbolRef sid, RefVal V,
-                              llvm::SmallVectorImpl<SymbolRef> &Leaked) {
-
-  bool hasLeak = V.isOwned() ||
-  ((V.isNotOwned() || V.isReturnedOwned()) && V.getCount() > 0);
-
-  if (!hasLeak)
-    return state->remove<RefBindings>(sid);
-
-  Leaked.push_back(sid);
-  return state->set<RefBindings>(sid, V ^ RefVal::ErrorLeak);
-}
-
-ExplodedNode*
-CFRefCount::ProcessLeaks(const GRState * state,
-                         llvm::SmallVectorImpl<SymbolRef> &Leaked,
-                         GenericNodeBuilderRefCount &Builder,
-                         ExprEngine& Eng,
-                         ExplodedNode *Pred) {
-
-  if (Leaked.empty())
-    return Pred;
-
-  // Generate an intermediate node representing the leak point.
-  ExplodedNode *N = Builder.MakeNode(state, Pred);
-
-  if (N) {
-    for (llvm::SmallVectorImpl<SymbolRef>::iterator
-         I = Leaked.begin(), E = Leaked.end(); I != E; ++I) {
-
-      CFRefBug *BT = static_cast<CFRefBug*>(Pred ? leakWithinFunction
-                                                 : leakAtReturn);
-      assert(BT && "BugType not initialized.");
-      CFRefLeakReport* report = new CFRefLeakReport(*BT, *this, N, *I, Eng);
-      BR->EmitReport(report);
-    }
-  }
-
-  return N;
-}
-
-void CFRefCount::evalEndPath(ExprEngine& Eng,
-                             EndOfFunctionNodeBuilder& Builder) {
-
-  const GRState *state = Builder.getState();
-  GenericNodeBuilderRefCount Bd(Builder);
-  RefBindings B = state->get<RefBindings>();
-  ExplodedNode *Pred = 0;
-
-  for (RefBindings::iterator I = B.begin(), E = B.end(); I != E; ++I) {
-    bool stop = false;
-    llvm::tie(Pred, state) = HandleAutoreleaseCounts(state, Bd, Pred, Eng,
-                                                     (*I).first,
-                                                     (*I).second, stop);
-
-    if (stop)
-      return;
-  }
-
-  B = state->get<RefBindings>();
-  llvm::SmallVector<SymbolRef, 10> Leaked;
-
-  for (RefBindings::iterator I = B.begin(), E = B.end(); I != E; ++I)
-    state = HandleSymbolDeath(state, (*I).first, (*I).second, Leaked);
-
-  ProcessLeaks(state, Leaked, Bd, Eng, Pred);
-}
-
-void CFRefCount::evalDeadSymbols(ExplodedNodeSet& Dst,
-                                 ExprEngine& Eng,
-                                 StmtNodeBuilder& Builder,
-                                 ExplodedNode* Pred,
-                                 const GRState* state,
-                                 SymbolReaper& SymReaper) {
-  const Stmt *S = Builder.getStmt();
-  RefBindings B = state->get<RefBindings>();
-
-  // Update counts from autorelease pools
-  for (SymbolReaper::dead_iterator I = SymReaper.dead_begin(),
-       E = SymReaper.dead_end(); I != E; ++I) {
-    SymbolRef Sym = *I;
-    if (const RefVal* T = B.lookup(Sym)){
-      // Use the symbol as the tag.
-      // FIXME: This might not be as unique as we would like.
-      GenericNodeBuilderRefCount Bd(Builder, S, Sym);
-      bool stop = false;
-      llvm::tie(Pred, state) = HandleAutoreleaseCounts(state, Bd, Pred, Eng,
-                                                       Sym, *T, stop);
-      if (stop)
-        return;
-    }
-  }
-
-  B = state->get<RefBindings>();
-  llvm::SmallVector<SymbolRef, 10> Leaked;
-
-  for (SymbolReaper::dead_iterator I = SymReaper.dead_begin(),
-       E = SymReaper.dead_end(); I != E; ++I) {
-      if (const RefVal* T = B.lookup(*I))
-        state = HandleSymbolDeath(state, *I, *T, Leaked);
-  }
-
-  static unsigned LeakPPTag = 0;
-  {
-    GenericNodeBuilderRefCount Bd(Builder, S, &LeakPPTag);
-    Pred = ProcessLeaks(state, Leaked, Bd, Eng, Pred);
-  }
-
-  // Did we cache out?
-  if (!Pred)
-    return;
-
-  // Now generate a new node that nukes the old bindings.
-  RefBindings::Factory& F = state->get_context<RefBindings>();
-
-  for (SymbolReaper::dead_iterator I = SymReaper.dead_begin(),
-       E = SymReaper.dead_end(); I!=E; ++I) B = F.remove(B, *I);
-
-  state = state->set<RefBindings>(B);
-  Builder.MakeNode(Dst, S, Pred, state);
-}
-
-void CFRefCount::ProcessNonLeakError(ExplodedNodeSet& Dst,
-                                     StmtNodeBuilder& Builder,
-                                     const Expr* NodeExpr, 
-                                     SourceRange ErrorRange,
-                                     ExplodedNode* Pred,
-                                     const GRState* St,
-                                     RefVal::Kind hasErr, SymbolRef Sym) {
-  Builder.BuildSinks = true;
-  ExplodedNode *N  = Builder.MakeNode(Dst, NodeExpr, Pred, St);
-
-  if (!N)
-    return;
-
-  CFRefBug *BT = 0;
-
-  switch (hasErr) {
-    default:
-      assert(false && "Unhandled error.");
-      return;
-    case RefVal::ErrorUseAfterRelease:
-      BT = static_cast<CFRefBug*>(useAfterRelease);
-      break;
-    case RefVal::ErrorReleaseNotOwned:
-      BT = static_cast<CFRefBug*>(releaseNotOwned);
-      break;
-    case RefVal::ErrorDeallocGC:
-      BT = static_cast<CFRefBug*>(deallocGC);
-      break;
-    case RefVal::ErrorDeallocNotOwned:
-      BT = static_cast<CFRefBug*>(deallocNotOwned);
-      break;
-  }
-
-  CFRefReport *report = new CFRefReport(*BT, *this, N, Sym);
-  report->addRange(ErrorRange);
-  BR->EmitReport(report);
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Pieces of the retain/release checker implemented using a CheckerVisitor.
-// More pieces of the retain/release checker will be migrated to this interface
-// (ideally, all of it some day).
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-namespace {
-class RetainReleaseChecker
-  : public CheckerVisitor<RetainReleaseChecker> {
-  CFRefCount *TF;
-public:
-    RetainReleaseChecker(CFRefCount *tf) : TF(tf) {}
-    static void* getTag() { static int x = 0; return &x; }
-
-    void PostVisitBlockExpr(CheckerContext &C, const BlockExpr *BE);
-};
-} // end anonymous namespace
-
-
-void RetainReleaseChecker::PostVisitBlockExpr(CheckerContext &C,
-                                              const BlockExpr *BE) {
-
-  // Scan the BlockDecRefExprs for any object the retain/release checker
-  // may be tracking.
-  if (!BE->getBlockDecl()->hasCaptures())
-    return;
-
-  const GRState *state = C.getState();
-  const BlockDataRegion *R =
-    cast<BlockDataRegion>(state->getSVal(BE).getAsRegion());
-
-  BlockDataRegion::referenced_vars_iterator I = R->referenced_vars_begin(),
-                                            E = R->referenced_vars_end();
-
-  if (I == E)
-    return;
-
-  // FIXME: For now we invalidate the tracking of all symbols passed to blocks
-  // via captured variables, even though captured variables result in a copy
-  // and in implicit increment/decrement of a retain count.
-  llvm::SmallVector<const MemRegion*, 10> Regions;
-  const LocationContext *LC = C.getPredecessor()->getLocationContext();
-  MemRegionManager &MemMgr = C.getSValBuilder().getRegionManager();
-
-  for ( ; I != E; ++I) {
-    const VarRegion *VR = *I;
-    if (VR->getSuperRegion() == R) {
-      VR = MemMgr.getVarRegion(VR->getDecl(), LC);
-    }
-    Regions.push_back(VR);
-  }
-
-  state =
-    state->scanReachableSymbols<StopTrackingCallback>(Regions.data(),
-                                    Regions.data() + Regions.size()).getState();
-  C.addTransition(state);
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Transfer function creation for external clients.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-void CFRefCount::RegisterChecks(ExprEngine& Eng) {
-  BugReporter &BR = Eng.getBugReporter();
-
-  useAfterRelease = new UseAfterRelease(this);
-  BR.Register(useAfterRelease);
-
-  releaseNotOwned = new BadRelease(this);
-  BR.Register(releaseNotOwned);
-
-  deallocGC = new DeallocGC(this);
-  BR.Register(deallocGC);
-
-  deallocNotOwned = new DeallocNotOwned(this);
-  BR.Register(deallocNotOwned);
-
-  overAutorelease = new OverAutorelease(this);
-  BR.Register(overAutorelease);
-
-  returnNotOwnedForOwned = new ReturnedNotOwnedForOwned(this);
-  BR.Register(returnNotOwnedForOwned);
-
-  // First register "return" leaks.
-  const char* name = 0;
-
-  if (isGCEnabled())
-    name = "Leak of returned object when using garbage collection";
-  else if (getLangOptions().getGCMode() == LangOptions::HybridGC)
-    name = "Leak of returned object when not using garbage collection (GC) in "
-    "dual GC/non-GC code";
-  else {
-    assert(getLangOptions().getGCMode() == LangOptions::NonGC);
-    name = "Leak of returned object";
-  }
-
-  // Leaks should not be reported if they are post-dominated by a sink.
-  leakAtReturn = new LeakAtReturn(this, name);
-  leakAtReturn->setSuppressOnSink(true);
-  BR.Register(leakAtReturn);
-
-  // Second, register leaks within a function/method.
-  if (isGCEnabled())
-    name = "Leak of object when using garbage collection";
-  else if (getLangOptions().getGCMode() == LangOptions::HybridGC)
-    name = "Leak of object when not using garbage collection (GC) in "
-    "dual GC/non-GC code";
-  else {
-    assert(getLangOptions().getGCMode() == LangOptions::NonGC);
-    name = "Leak";
-  }
-
-  // Leaks should not be reported if they are post-dominated by sinks.
-  leakWithinFunction = new LeakWithinFunction(this, name);
-  leakWithinFunction->setSuppressOnSink(true);
-  BR.Register(leakWithinFunction);
-
-  // Save the reference to the BugReporter.
-  this->BR = &BR;
-
-  // Register the RetainReleaseChecker with the ExprEngine object.
-  // Functionality in CFRefCount will be migrated to RetainReleaseChecker
-  // over time.
-  Eng.registerCheck(new RetainReleaseChecker(this));
-}
-
-TransferFuncs* ento::MakeCFRefCountTF(ASTContext& Ctx, bool GCEnabled,
-                                         const LangOptions& lopts) {
-  return new CFRefCount(Ctx, GCEnabled, lopts);
-}

Modified: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/CMakeLists.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/CMakeLists.txt?rev=125124&r1=125123&r2=125124&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/CMakeLists.txt (original)
+++ cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/CMakeLists.txt Tue Feb  8 16:30:36 2011
@@ -1,42 +1,2 @@
-set(LLVM_NO_RTTI 1)
-
-set(LLVM_USED_LIBS clangBasic clangLex clangAST clangFrontend clangRewrite)
-
-add_clang_library(clangStaticAnalyzerCore
-  AggExprVisitor.cpp
-  AnalysisManager.cpp
-  AnalyzerStatsChecker.cpp
-  BasicConstraintManager.cpp
-  BasicStore.cpp
-  BasicValueFactory.cpp
-  BugReporter.cpp
-  BugReporterVisitors.cpp
-  CFRefCount.cpp
-  Checker.cpp
-  CheckerHelpers.cpp
-  Environment.cpp
-  ExplodedGraph.cpp
-  FlatStore.cpp
-  BlockCounter.cpp
-  CXXExprEngine.cpp
-  CoreEngine.cpp
-  GRState.cpp
-  HTMLDiagnostics.cpp
-  ManagerRegistry.cpp
-  MemRegion.cpp
-  ObjCMessage.cpp
-  PathDiagnostic.cpp
-  PlistDiagnostics.cpp
-  RangeConstraintManager.cpp
-  RegionStore.cpp
-  SimpleConstraintManager.cpp
-  SimpleSValBuilder.cpp
-  Store.cpp
-  SValBuilder.cpp
-  SVals.cpp
-  SymbolManager.cpp
-  TextPathDiagnostics.cpp
-  )
-
-add_dependencies(clangStaticAnalyzerCore ClangAttrClasses ClangAttrList ClangDeclNodes
-                 ClangStmtNodes)
+add_subdirectory(Core)
+add_subdirectory(Checkers)

Removed: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/CXXExprEngine.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/CXXExprEngine.cpp?rev=125123&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/CXXExprEngine.cpp (original)
+++ cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/CXXExprEngine.cpp (removed)
@@ -1,322 +0,0 @@
-//===- GRCXXExprEngine.cpp - C++ expr evaluation engine ---------*- C++ -*-===//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-//  This file defines the C++ expression evaluation engine.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathSensitive/AnalysisManager.h"
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathSensitive/ExprEngine.h"
-#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
-
-using namespace clang;
-using namespace ento;
-
-namespace {
-class CallExprWLItem {
-public:
-  CallExpr::const_arg_iterator I;
-  ExplodedNode *N;
-
-  CallExprWLItem(const CallExpr::const_arg_iterator &i, ExplodedNode *n)
-    : I(i), N(n) {}
-};
-}
-
-void ExprEngine::evalArguments(ConstExprIterator AI, ConstExprIterator AE,
-                                 const FunctionProtoType *FnType, 
-                                 ExplodedNode *Pred, ExplodedNodeSet &Dst,
-                                 bool FstArgAsLValue) {
-
-
-  llvm::SmallVector<CallExprWLItem, 20> WorkList;
-  WorkList.reserve(AE - AI);
-  WorkList.push_back(CallExprWLItem(AI, Pred));
-
-  while (!WorkList.empty()) {
-    CallExprWLItem Item = WorkList.back();
-    WorkList.pop_back();
-
-    if (Item.I == AE) {
-      Dst.insert(Item.N);
-      continue;
-    }
-
-    // Evaluate the argument.
-    ExplodedNodeSet Tmp;
-    if (FstArgAsLValue) {
-      FstArgAsLValue = false;
-    }
-
-    Visit(*Item.I, Item.N, Tmp);
-    ++(Item.I);
-    for (ExplodedNodeSet::iterator NI=Tmp.begin(), NE=Tmp.end(); NI != NE; ++NI)
-      WorkList.push_back(CallExprWLItem(Item.I, *NI));
-  }
-}
-
-const CXXThisRegion *ExprEngine::getCXXThisRegion(const CXXRecordDecl *D,
-                                                 const StackFrameContext *SFC) {
-  const Type *T = D->getTypeForDecl();
-  QualType PT = getContext().getPointerType(QualType(T, 0));
-  return svalBuilder.getRegionManager().getCXXThisRegion(PT, SFC);
-}
-
-const CXXThisRegion *ExprEngine::getCXXThisRegion(const CXXMethodDecl *decl,
-                                            const StackFrameContext *frameCtx) {
-  return svalBuilder.getRegionManager().
-                    getCXXThisRegion(decl->getThisType(getContext()), frameCtx);
-}
-
-void ExprEngine::CreateCXXTemporaryObject(const Expr *Ex, ExplodedNode *Pred,
-                                            ExplodedNodeSet &Dst) {
-  ExplodedNodeSet Tmp;
-  Visit(Ex, Pred, Tmp);
-  for (ExplodedNodeSet::iterator I = Tmp.begin(), E = Tmp.end(); I != E; ++I) {
-    const GRState *state = GetState(*I);
-
-    // Bind the temporary object to the value of the expression. Then bind
-    // the expression to the location of the object.
-    SVal V = state->getSVal(Ex);
-
-    const MemRegion *R =
-      svalBuilder.getRegionManager().getCXXTempObjectRegion(Ex,
-                                                   Pred->getLocationContext());
-
-    state = state->bindLoc(loc::MemRegionVal(R), V);
-    MakeNode(Dst, Ex, Pred, state->BindExpr(Ex, loc::MemRegionVal(R)));
-  }
-}
-
-void ExprEngine::VisitCXXConstructExpr(const CXXConstructExpr *E, 
-                                         const MemRegion *Dest,
-                                         ExplodedNode *Pred,
-                                         ExplodedNodeSet &Dst) {
-  if (!Dest)
-    Dest = svalBuilder.getRegionManager().getCXXTempObjectRegion(E,
-                                                    Pred->getLocationContext());
-
-  if (E->isElidable()) {
-    VisitAggExpr(E->getArg(0), Dest, Pred, Dst);
-    return;
-  }
-
-  const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = E->getConstructor();
-  assert(CD);
-
-  if (!(CD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && AMgr.shouldInlineCall()))
-    // FIXME: invalidate the object.
-    return;
-
-  
-  // Evaluate other arguments.
-  ExplodedNodeSet argsEvaluated;
-  const FunctionProtoType *FnType = CD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
-  evalArguments(E->arg_begin(), E->arg_end(), FnType, Pred, argsEvaluated);
-  // The callee stack frame context used to create the 'this' parameter region.
-  const StackFrameContext *SFC = AMgr.getStackFrame(CD, 
-                                                    Pred->getLocationContext(),
-                                                    E, Builder->getBlock(),
-                                                    Builder->getIndex());
-
-  const CXXThisRegion *ThisR =getCXXThisRegion(E->getConstructor()->getParent(),
-                                               SFC);
-
-  CallEnter Loc(E, SFC, Pred->getLocationContext());
-  for (ExplodedNodeSet::iterator NI = argsEvaluated.begin(),
-                                 NE = argsEvaluated.end(); NI != NE; ++NI) {
-    const GRState *state = GetState(*NI);
-    // Setup 'this' region, so that the ctor is evaluated on the object pointed
-    // by 'Dest'.
-    state = state->bindLoc(loc::MemRegionVal(ThisR), loc::MemRegionVal(Dest));
-    ExplodedNode *N = Builder->generateNode(Loc, state, Pred);
-    if (N)
-      Dst.Add(N);
-  }
-}
-
-void ExprEngine::VisitCXXDestructor(const CXXDestructorDecl *DD,
-                                      const MemRegion *Dest,
-                                      const Stmt *S,
-                                      ExplodedNode *Pred, 
-                                      ExplodedNodeSet &Dst) {
-  if (!(DD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && AMgr.shouldInlineCall()))
-    return;
-  // Create the context for 'this' region.
-  const StackFrameContext *SFC = AMgr.getStackFrame(DD,
-                                                    Pred->getLocationContext(),
-                                                    S, Builder->getBlock(),
-                                                    Builder->getIndex());
-
-  const CXXThisRegion *ThisR = getCXXThisRegion(DD->getParent(), SFC);
-
-  CallEnter PP(S, SFC, Pred->getLocationContext());
-
-  const GRState *state = Pred->getState();
-  state = state->bindLoc(loc::MemRegionVal(ThisR), loc::MemRegionVal(Dest));
-  ExplodedNode *N = Builder->generateNode(PP, state, Pred);
-  if (N)
-    Dst.Add(N);
-}
-
-void ExprEngine::VisitCXXMemberCallExpr(const CXXMemberCallExpr *MCE, 
-                                          ExplodedNode *Pred, 
-                                          ExplodedNodeSet &Dst) {
-  // Get the method type.
-  const FunctionProtoType *FnType = 
-                       MCE->getCallee()->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
-  assert(FnType && "Method type not available");
-
-  // Evaluate explicit arguments with a worklist.
-  ExplodedNodeSet argsEvaluated;
-  evalArguments(MCE->arg_begin(), MCE->arg_end(), FnType, Pred, argsEvaluated);
- 
-  // Evaluate the implicit object argument.
-  ExplodedNodeSet AllargsEvaluated;
-  const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(MCE->getCallee()->IgnoreParens());
-  if (!ME)
-    return;
-  Expr *ObjArgExpr = ME->getBase();
-  for (ExplodedNodeSet::iterator I = argsEvaluated.begin(), 
-                                 E = argsEvaluated.end(); I != E; ++I) {
-      Visit(ObjArgExpr, *I, AllargsEvaluated);
-  }
-
-  // Now evaluate the call itself.
-  const CXXMethodDecl *MD = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
-  assert(MD && "not a CXXMethodDecl?");
-  evalMethodCall(MCE, MD, ObjArgExpr, Pred, AllargsEvaluated, Dst);
-}
-
-void ExprEngine::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(const CXXOperatorCallExpr *C,
-                                            ExplodedNode *Pred,
-                                            ExplodedNodeSet &Dst) {
-  const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(C->getCalleeDecl());
-  if (!MD) {
-    // If the operator doesn't represent a method call treat as regural call.
-    VisitCall(C, Pred, C->arg_begin(), C->arg_end(), Dst);
-    return;
-  }
-
-  // Determine the type of function we're calling (if available).
-  const FunctionProtoType *Proto = NULL;
-  QualType FnType = C->getCallee()->IgnoreParens()->getType();
-  if (const PointerType *FnTypePtr = FnType->getAs<PointerType>())
-    Proto = FnTypePtr->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
-
-  // Evaluate arguments treating the first one (object method is called on)
-  // as alvalue.
-  ExplodedNodeSet argsEvaluated;
-  evalArguments(C->arg_begin(), C->arg_end(), Proto, Pred, argsEvaluated, true);
-
-  // Now evaluate the call itself.
-  evalMethodCall(C, MD, C->getArg(0), Pred, argsEvaluated, Dst);
-}
-
-void ExprEngine::evalMethodCall(const CallExpr *MCE, const CXXMethodDecl *MD,
-                                  const Expr *ThisExpr, ExplodedNode *Pred,
-                                  ExplodedNodeSet &Src, ExplodedNodeSet &Dst) {
-  // Allow checkers to pre-visit the member call.
-  ExplodedNodeSet PreVisitChecks;
-  CheckerVisit(MCE, PreVisitChecks, Src, PreVisitStmtCallback);
-
-  if (!(MD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && AMgr.shouldInlineCall())) {
-    // FIXME: conservative method call evaluation.
-    CheckerVisit(MCE, Dst, PreVisitChecks, PostVisitStmtCallback);
-    return;
-  }
-
-  const StackFrameContext *SFC = AMgr.getStackFrame(MD, 
-                                                    Pred->getLocationContext(),
-                                                    MCE,
-                                                    Builder->getBlock(), 
-                                                    Builder->getIndex());
-  const CXXThisRegion *ThisR = getCXXThisRegion(MD, SFC);
-  CallEnter Loc(MCE, SFC, Pred->getLocationContext());
-  for (ExplodedNodeSet::iterator I = PreVisitChecks.begin(),
-         E = PreVisitChecks.end(); I != E; ++I) {
-    // Set up 'this' region.
-    const GRState *state = GetState(*I);
-    state = state->bindLoc(loc::MemRegionVal(ThisR), state->getSVal(ThisExpr));
-    Dst.Add(Builder->generateNode(Loc, state, *I));
-  }
-}
-
-void ExprEngine::VisitCXXNewExpr(const CXXNewExpr *CNE, ExplodedNode *Pred,
-                                   ExplodedNodeSet &Dst) {
-  if (CNE->isArray()) {
-    // FIXME: allocating an array has not been handled.
-    return;
-  }
-
-  unsigned Count = Builder->getCurrentBlockCount();
-  DefinedOrUnknownSVal symVal =
-    svalBuilder.getConjuredSymbolVal(NULL, CNE, CNE->getType(), Count);
-  const MemRegion *NewReg = cast<loc::MemRegionVal>(symVal).getRegion();
-
-  QualType ObjTy = CNE->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
-
-  const ElementRegion *EleReg = 
-                         getStoreManager().GetElementZeroRegion(NewReg, ObjTy);
-
-  // Evaluate constructor arguments.
-  const FunctionProtoType *FnType = NULL;
-  const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = CNE->getConstructor();
-  if (CD)
-    FnType = CD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
-  ExplodedNodeSet argsEvaluated;
-  evalArguments(CNE->constructor_arg_begin(), CNE->constructor_arg_end(),
-                FnType, Pred, argsEvaluated);
-
-  // Initialize the object region and bind the 'new' expression.
-  for (ExplodedNodeSet::iterator I = argsEvaluated.begin(), 
-                                 E = argsEvaluated.end(); I != E; ++I) {
-    const GRState *state = GetState(*I);
-
-    if (ObjTy->isRecordType()) {
-      state = state->InvalidateRegion(EleReg, CNE, Count);
-    } else {
-      if (CNE->hasInitializer()) {
-        SVal V = state->getSVal(*CNE->constructor_arg_begin());
-        state = state->bindLoc(loc::MemRegionVal(EleReg), V);
-      } else {
-        // Explicitly set to undefined, because currently we retrieve symbolic
-        // value from symbolic region.
-        state = state->bindLoc(loc::MemRegionVal(EleReg), UndefinedVal());
-      }
-    }
-    state = state->BindExpr(CNE, loc::MemRegionVal(EleReg));
-    MakeNode(Dst, CNE, *I, state);
-  }
-}
-
-void ExprEngine::VisitCXXDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *CDE, 
-                                      ExplodedNode *Pred,ExplodedNodeSet &Dst) {
-  // Should do more checking.
-  ExplodedNodeSet Argevaluated;
-  Visit(CDE->getArgument(), Pred, Argevaluated);
-  for (ExplodedNodeSet::iterator I = Argevaluated.begin(), 
-                                 E = Argevaluated.end(); I != E; ++I) {
-    const GRState *state = GetState(*I);
-    MakeNode(Dst, CDE, *I, state);
-  }
-}
-
-void ExprEngine::VisitCXXThisExpr(const CXXThisExpr *TE, ExplodedNode *Pred,
-                                    ExplodedNodeSet &Dst) {
-  // Get the this object region from StoreManager.
-  const MemRegion *R =
-    svalBuilder.getRegionManager().getCXXThisRegion(
-                                  getContext().getCanonicalType(TE->getType()),
-                                               Pred->getLocationContext());
-
-  const GRState *state = GetState(Pred);
-  SVal V = state->getSVal(loc::MemRegionVal(R));
-  MakeNode(Dst, TE, Pred, state->BindExpr(TE, V));
-}

Removed: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Checker.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Checker.cpp?rev=125123&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Checker.cpp (original)
+++ cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Checker.cpp (removed)
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-//== Checker.h - Abstract interface for checkers -----------------*- C++ -*--=//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-//  This file defines Checker and CheckerVisitor, classes used for creating
-//  domain-specific checks.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathSensitive/Checker.h"
-using namespace clang;
-using namespace ento;
-
-Checker::~Checker() {}
-
-CheckerContext::~CheckerContext() {
-  // Do we need to autotransition?  'Dst' can get populated in a variety of
-  // ways, including 'addTransition()' adding the predecessor node to Dst
-  // without actually generated a new node.  We also shouldn't autotransition
-  // if we are building sinks or we generated a node and decided to not
-  // add it as a transition.
-  if (Dst.size() == size && !B.BuildSinks && !B.hasGeneratedNode) {
-    if (ST && ST != B.GetState(Pred)) {
-      static int autoTransitionTag = 0;
-      addTransition(ST, &autoTransitionTag);
-    }
-    else
-      Dst.Add(Pred);
-  }
-}

Removed: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/CheckerHelpers.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/CheckerHelpers.cpp?rev=125123&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/CheckerHelpers.cpp (original)
+++ cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/CheckerHelpers.cpp (removed)
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-//===---- CheckerHelpers.cpp - Helper functions for checkers ----*- C++ -*-===//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-//  This file defines several static functions for use in checkers.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathSensitive/CheckerHelpers.h"
-#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
-
-// Recursively find any substatements containing macros
-bool clang::ento::containsMacro(const Stmt *S) {
-  if (S->getLocStart().isMacroID())
-    return true;
-
-  if (S->getLocEnd().isMacroID())
-    return true;
-
-  for (Stmt::const_child_iterator I = S->child_begin(); I != S->child_end();
-      ++I)
-    if (const Stmt *child = *I)
-      if (containsMacro(child))
-        return true;
-
-  return false;
-}
-
-// Recursively find any substatements containing enum constants
-bool clang::ento::containsEnum(const Stmt *S) {
-  const DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(S);
-
-  if (DR && isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DR->getDecl()))
-    return true;
-
-  for (Stmt::const_child_iterator I = S->child_begin(); I != S->child_end();
-      ++I)
-    if (const Stmt *child = *I)
-      if (containsEnum(child))
-        return true;
-
-  return false;
-}
-
-// Recursively find any substatements containing static vars
-bool clang::ento::containsStaticLocal(const Stmt *S) {
-  const DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(S);
-
-  if (DR)
-    if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl()))
-      if (VD->isStaticLocal())
-        return true;
-
-  for (Stmt::const_child_iterator I = S->child_begin(); I != S->child_end();
-      ++I)
-    if (const Stmt *child = *I)
-      if (containsStaticLocal(child))
-        return true;
-
-  return false;
-}
-
-// Recursively find any substatements containing __builtin_offsetof
-bool clang::ento::containsBuiltinOffsetOf(const Stmt *S) {
-  if (isa<OffsetOfExpr>(S))
-    return true;
-
-  for (Stmt::const_child_iterator I = S->child_begin(); I != S->child_end();
-      ++I)
-    if (const Stmt *child = *I)
-      if (containsBuiltinOffsetOf(child))
-        return true;
-
-  return false;
-}

Copied: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Checkers/AnalyzerStatsChecker.cpp (from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/AnalyzerStatsChecker.cpp)
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Checkers/AnalyzerStatsChecker.cpp?p2=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Checkers/AnalyzerStatsChecker.cpp&p1=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/AnalyzerStatsChecker.cpp&r1=125123&r2=125124&rev=125124&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/AnalyzerStatsChecker.cpp (original)
+++ cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Checkers/AnalyzerStatsChecker.cpp Tue Feb  8 16:30:36 2011
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 #include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/BugReporter/BugReporter.h"
 
 // FIXME: Restructure checker registration.
-#include "Checkers/ExperimentalChecks.h"
+#include "ExperimentalChecks.h"
 
 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"

Modified: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Checkers/CMakeLists.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Checkers/CMakeLists.txt?rev=125124&r1=125123&r2=125124&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Checkers/CMakeLists.txt (original)
+++ cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Checkers/CMakeLists.txt Tue Feb  8 16:30:36 2011
@@ -5,6 +5,7 @@
 add_clang_library(clangStaticAnalyzerCheckers
   AdjustedReturnValueChecker.cpp
   AnalysisConsumer.cpp
+  AnalyzerStatsChecker.cpp
   ArrayBoundChecker.cpp
   ArrayBoundCheckerV2.cpp
   AttrNonNullChecker.cpp

Copied: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/AggExprVisitor.cpp (from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/AggExprVisitor.cpp)
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/AggExprVisitor.cpp?p2=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/AggExprVisitor.cpp&p1=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/AggExprVisitor.cpp&r1=125123&r2=125124&rev=125124&view=diff
==============================================================================
    (empty)

Copied: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/AnalysisManager.cpp (from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/AnalysisManager.cpp)
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/AnalysisManager.cpp?p2=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/AnalysisManager.cpp&p1=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/AnalysisManager.cpp&r1=125123&r2=125124&rev=125124&view=diff
==============================================================================
    (empty)

Copied: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/BasicConstraintManager.cpp (from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/BasicConstraintManager.cpp)
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/BasicConstraintManager.cpp?p2=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/BasicConstraintManager.cpp&p1=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/BasicConstraintManager.cpp&r1=125123&r2=125124&rev=125124&view=diff
==============================================================================
    (empty)

Copied: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/BasicStore.cpp (from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/BasicStore.cpp)
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/BasicStore.cpp?p2=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/BasicStore.cpp&p1=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/BasicStore.cpp&r1=125123&r2=125124&rev=125124&view=diff
==============================================================================
    (empty)

Copied: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/BasicValueFactory.cpp (from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/BasicValueFactory.cpp)
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/BasicValueFactory.cpp?p2=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/BasicValueFactory.cpp&p1=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/BasicValueFactory.cpp&r1=125123&r2=125124&rev=125124&view=diff
==============================================================================
    (empty)

Copied: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/BlockCounter.cpp (from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/BlockCounter.cpp)
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/BlockCounter.cpp?p2=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/BlockCounter.cpp&p1=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/BlockCounter.cpp&r1=125123&r2=125124&rev=125124&view=diff
==============================================================================
    (empty)

Copied: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/BugReporter.cpp (from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/BugReporter.cpp)
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/BugReporter.cpp?p2=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/BugReporter.cpp&p1=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/BugReporter.cpp&r1=125123&r2=125124&rev=125124&view=diff
==============================================================================
    (empty)

Copied: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/BugReporterVisitors.cpp (from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/BugReporterVisitors.cpp)
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/BugReporterVisitors.cpp?p2=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/BugReporterVisitors.cpp&p1=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/BugReporterVisitors.cpp&r1=125123&r2=125124&rev=125124&view=diff
==============================================================================
    (empty)

Copied: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/CFRefCount.cpp (from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/CFRefCount.cpp)
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/CFRefCount.cpp?p2=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/CFRefCount.cpp&p1=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/CFRefCount.cpp&r1=125123&r2=125124&rev=125124&view=diff
==============================================================================
    (empty)

Copied: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/CMakeLists.txt (from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/CMakeLists.txt)
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/CMakeLists.txt?p2=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/CMakeLists.txt&p1=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/CMakeLists.txt&r1=125123&r2=125124&rev=125124&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/CMakeLists.txt (original)
+++ cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/CMakeLists.txt Tue Feb  8 16:30:36 2011
@@ -5,7 +5,6 @@
 add_clang_library(clangStaticAnalyzerCore
   AggExprVisitor.cpp
   AnalysisManager.cpp
-  AnalyzerStatsChecker.cpp
   BasicConstraintManager.cpp
   BasicStore.cpp
   BasicValueFactory.cpp

Copied: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/CXXExprEngine.cpp (from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/CXXExprEngine.cpp)
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/CXXExprEngine.cpp?p2=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/CXXExprEngine.cpp&p1=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/CXXExprEngine.cpp&r1=125123&r2=125124&rev=125124&view=diff
==============================================================================
    (empty)

Copied: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/Checker.cpp (from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Checker.cpp)
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/Checker.cpp?p2=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/Checker.cpp&p1=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Checker.cpp&r1=125123&r2=125124&rev=125124&view=diff
==============================================================================
    (empty)

Copied: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/CheckerHelpers.cpp (from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/CheckerHelpers.cpp)
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/CheckerHelpers.cpp?p2=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/CheckerHelpers.cpp&p1=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/CheckerHelpers.cpp&r1=125123&r2=125124&rev=125124&view=diff
==============================================================================
    (empty)

Copied: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/CoreEngine.cpp (from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/CoreEngine.cpp)
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/CoreEngine.cpp?p2=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/CoreEngine.cpp&p1=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/CoreEngine.cpp&r1=125123&r2=125124&rev=125124&view=diff
==============================================================================
    (empty)

Copied: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/Environment.cpp (from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Environment.cpp)
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/Environment.cpp?p2=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/Environment.cpp&p1=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Environment.cpp&r1=125123&r2=125124&rev=125124&view=diff
==============================================================================
    (empty)

Copied: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/ExplodedGraph.cpp (from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/ExplodedGraph.cpp)
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/ExplodedGraph.cpp?p2=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/ExplodedGraph.cpp&p1=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/ExplodedGraph.cpp&r1=125123&r2=125124&rev=125124&view=diff
==============================================================================
    (empty)

Copied: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/FlatStore.cpp (from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/FlatStore.cpp)
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/FlatStore.cpp?p2=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/FlatStore.cpp&p1=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/FlatStore.cpp&r1=125123&r2=125124&rev=125124&view=diff
==============================================================================
    (empty)

Copied: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/GRState.cpp (from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/GRState.cpp)
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/GRState.cpp?p2=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/GRState.cpp&p1=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/GRState.cpp&r1=125123&r2=125124&rev=125124&view=diff
==============================================================================
    (empty)

Copied: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/HTMLDiagnostics.cpp (from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/HTMLDiagnostics.cpp)
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/HTMLDiagnostics.cpp?p2=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/HTMLDiagnostics.cpp&p1=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/HTMLDiagnostics.cpp&r1=125123&r2=125124&rev=125124&view=diff
==============================================================================
    (empty)

Copied: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/Makefile (from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Makefile)
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/Makefile?p2=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/Makefile&p1=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Makefile&r1=125123&r2=125124&rev=125124&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Makefile (original)
+++ cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/Makefile Tue Feb  8 16:30:36 2011
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-##===- clang/lib/Checker/Makefile --------------------------*- Makefile -*-===##
+##===- clang/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/Makefile --------------*- Makefile -*-===##
 # 
 #                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
 #
@@ -11,9 +11,7 @@
 #
 ##===----------------------------------------------------------------------===##
 
-CLANG_LEVEL := ../..
+CLANG_LEVEL := ../../..
 LIBRARYNAME := clangStaticAnalyzerCore
-PARALLEL_DIRS := Checkers
 
 include $(CLANG_LEVEL)/Makefile
-

Copied: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/ManagerRegistry.cpp (from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/ManagerRegistry.cpp)
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/ManagerRegistry.cpp?p2=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/ManagerRegistry.cpp&p1=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/ManagerRegistry.cpp&r1=125123&r2=125124&rev=125124&view=diff
==============================================================================
    (empty)

Copied: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/MemRegion.cpp (from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/MemRegion.cpp)
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/MemRegion.cpp?p2=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/MemRegion.cpp&p1=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/MemRegion.cpp&r1=125123&r2=125124&rev=125124&view=diff
==============================================================================
    (empty)

Copied: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/ObjCMessage.cpp (from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/ObjCMessage.cpp)
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/ObjCMessage.cpp?p2=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/ObjCMessage.cpp&p1=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/ObjCMessage.cpp&r1=125123&r2=125124&rev=125124&view=diff
==============================================================================
    (empty)

Copied: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathDiagnostic.cpp (from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/PathDiagnostic.cpp)
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathDiagnostic.cpp?p2=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PathDiagnostic.cpp&p1=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/PathDiagnostic.cpp&r1=125123&r2=125124&rev=125124&view=diff
==============================================================================
    (empty)

Copied: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PlistDiagnostics.cpp (from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/PlistDiagnostics.cpp)
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PlistDiagnostics.cpp?p2=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/PlistDiagnostics.cpp&p1=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/PlistDiagnostics.cpp&r1=125123&r2=125124&rev=125124&view=diff
==============================================================================
    (empty)

Copied: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/RangeConstraintManager.cpp (from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/RangeConstraintManager.cpp)
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/RangeConstraintManager.cpp?p2=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/RangeConstraintManager.cpp&p1=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/RangeConstraintManager.cpp&r1=125123&r2=125124&rev=125124&view=diff
==============================================================================
    (empty)

Copied: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/RegionStore.cpp (from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/RegionStore.cpp)
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/RegionStore.cpp?p2=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/RegionStore.cpp&p1=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/RegionStore.cpp&r1=125123&r2=125124&rev=125124&view=diff
==============================================================================
    (empty)

Copied: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/SValBuilder.cpp (from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/SValBuilder.cpp)
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/SValBuilder.cpp?p2=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/SValBuilder.cpp&p1=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/SValBuilder.cpp&r1=125123&r2=125124&rev=125124&view=diff
==============================================================================
    (empty)

Copied: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/SVals.cpp (from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/SVals.cpp)
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/SVals.cpp?p2=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/SVals.cpp&p1=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/SVals.cpp&r1=125123&r2=125124&rev=125124&view=diff
==============================================================================
    (empty)

Copied: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/SimpleConstraintManager.cpp (from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/SimpleConstraintManager.cpp)
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/SimpleConstraintManager.cpp?p2=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/SimpleConstraintManager.cpp&p1=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/SimpleConstraintManager.cpp&r1=125123&r2=125124&rev=125124&view=diff
==============================================================================
    (empty)

Copied: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/SimpleConstraintManager.h (from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/SimpleConstraintManager.h)
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/SimpleConstraintManager.h?p2=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/SimpleConstraintManager.h&p1=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/SimpleConstraintManager.h&r1=125123&r2=125124&rev=125124&view=diff
==============================================================================
    (empty)

Copied: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/SimpleSValBuilder.cpp (from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/SimpleSValBuilder.cpp)
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/SimpleSValBuilder.cpp?p2=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/SimpleSValBuilder.cpp&p1=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/SimpleSValBuilder.cpp&r1=125123&r2=125124&rev=125124&view=diff
==============================================================================
    (empty)

Copied: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/Store.cpp (from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Store.cpp)
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/Store.cpp?p2=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/Store.cpp&p1=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Store.cpp&r1=125123&r2=125124&rev=125124&view=diff
==============================================================================
    (empty)

Copied: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/SymbolManager.cpp (from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/SymbolManager.cpp)
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/SymbolManager.cpp?p2=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/SymbolManager.cpp&p1=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/SymbolManager.cpp&r1=125123&r2=125124&rev=125124&view=diff
==============================================================================
    (empty)

Copied: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/TextPathDiagnostics.cpp (from r125123, cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/TextPathDiagnostics.cpp)
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/TextPathDiagnostics.cpp?p2=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/TextPathDiagnostics.cpp&p1=cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/TextPathDiagnostics.cpp&r1=125123&r2=125124&rev=125124&view=diff
==============================================================================
    (empty)

Removed: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/CoreEngine.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/CoreEngine.cpp?rev=125123&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/CoreEngine.cpp (original)
+++ cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/CoreEngine.cpp (removed)
@@ -1,844 +0,0 @@
-//==- CoreEngine.cpp - Path-Sensitive Dataflow Engine ------------*- C++ -*-//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-//  This file defines a generic engine for intraprocedural, path-sensitive,
-//  dataflow analysis via graph reachability engine.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathSensitive/AnalysisManager.h"
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathSensitive/CoreEngine.h"
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathSensitive/ExprEngine.h"
-#include "clang/Index/TranslationUnit.h"
-#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/Casting.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
-#include <vector>
-#include <queue>
-
-using llvm::cast;
-using llvm::isa;
-using namespace clang;
-using namespace ento;
-
-// This should be removed in the future.
-namespace clang {
-namespace ento {
-TransferFuncs* MakeCFRefCountTF(ASTContext& Ctx, bool GCEnabled,
-                                  const LangOptions& lopts);
-}
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Worklist classes for exploration of reachable states.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-WorkList::Visitor::~Visitor() {}
-
-namespace {
-class DFS : public WorkList {
-  llvm::SmallVector<WorkListUnit,20> Stack;
-public:
-  virtual bool hasWork() const {
-    return !Stack.empty();
-  }
-
-  virtual void enqueue(const WorkListUnit& U) {
-    Stack.push_back(U);
-  }
-
-  virtual WorkListUnit dequeue() {
-    assert (!Stack.empty());
-    const WorkListUnit& U = Stack.back();
-    Stack.pop_back(); // This technically "invalidates" U, but we are fine.
-    return U;
-  }
-  
-  virtual bool visitItemsInWorkList(Visitor &V) {
-    for (llvm::SmallVectorImpl<WorkListUnit>::iterator
-         I = Stack.begin(), E = Stack.end(); I != E; ++I) {
-      if (V.visit(*I))
-        return true;
-    }
-    return false;
-  }
-};
-
-class BFS : public WorkList {
-  std::deque<WorkListUnit> Queue;
-public:
-  virtual bool hasWork() const {
-    return !Queue.empty();
-  }
-
-  virtual void enqueue(const WorkListUnit& U) {
-    Queue.push_front(U);
-  }
-
-  virtual WorkListUnit dequeue() {
-    WorkListUnit U = Queue.front();
-    Queue.pop_front();
-    return U;
-  }
-  
-  virtual bool visitItemsInWorkList(Visitor &V) {
-    for (std::deque<WorkListUnit>::iterator
-         I = Queue.begin(), E = Queue.end(); I != E; ++I) {
-      if (V.visit(*I))
-        return true;
-    }
-    return false;
-  }
-};
-
-} // end anonymous namespace
-
-// Place the dstor for WorkList here because it contains virtual member
-// functions, and we the code for the dstor generated in one compilation unit.
-WorkList::~WorkList() {}
-
-WorkList *WorkList::makeDFS() { return new DFS(); }
-WorkList *WorkList::makeBFS() { return new BFS(); }
-
-namespace {
-  class BFSBlockDFSContents : public WorkList {
-    std::deque<WorkListUnit> Queue;
-    llvm::SmallVector<WorkListUnit,20> Stack;
-  public:
-    virtual bool hasWork() const {
-      return !Queue.empty() || !Stack.empty();
-    }
-
-    virtual void enqueue(const WorkListUnit& U) {
-      if (isa<BlockEntrance>(U.getNode()->getLocation()))
-        Queue.push_front(U);
-      else
-        Stack.push_back(U);
-    }
-
-    virtual WorkListUnit dequeue() {
-      // Process all basic blocks to completion.
-      if (!Stack.empty()) {
-        const WorkListUnit& U = Stack.back();
-        Stack.pop_back(); // This technically "invalidates" U, but we are fine.
-        return U;
-      }
-
-      assert(!Queue.empty());
-      // Don't use const reference.  The subsequent pop_back() might make it
-      // unsafe.
-      WorkListUnit U = Queue.front();
-      Queue.pop_front();
-      return U;
-    }
-    virtual bool visitItemsInWorkList(Visitor &V) {
-      for (llvm::SmallVectorImpl<WorkListUnit>::iterator
-           I = Stack.begin(), E = Stack.end(); I != E; ++I) {
-        if (V.visit(*I))
-          return true;
-      }
-      for (std::deque<WorkListUnit>::iterator
-           I = Queue.begin(), E = Queue.end(); I != E; ++I) {
-        if (V.visit(*I))
-          return true;
-      }
-      return false;
-    }
-
-  };
-} // end anonymous namespace
-
-WorkList* WorkList::makeBFSBlockDFSContents() {
-  return new BFSBlockDFSContents();
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Core analysis engine.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-/// ExecuteWorkList - Run the worklist algorithm for a maximum number of steps.
-bool CoreEngine::ExecuteWorkList(const LocationContext *L, unsigned Steps,
-                                   const GRState *InitState) {
-
-  if (G->num_roots() == 0) { // Initialize the analysis by constructing
-    // the root if none exists.
-
-    const CFGBlock* Entry = &(L->getCFG()->getEntry());
-
-    assert (Entry->empty() &&
-            "Entry block must be empty.");
-
-    assert (Entry->succ_size() == 1 &&
-            "Entry block must have 1 successor.");
-
-    // Get the solitary successor.
-    const CFGBlock* Succ = *(Entry->succ_begin());
-
-    // Construct an edge representing the
-    // starting location in the function.
-    BlockEdge StartLoc(Entry, Succ, L);
-
-    // Set the current block counter to being empty.
-    WList->setBlockCounter(BCounterFactory.GetEmptyCounter());
-
-    if (!InitState)
-      // Generate the root.
-      generateNode(StartLoc, SubEng.getInitialState(L), 0);
-    else
-      generateNode(StartLoc, InitState, 0);
-  }
-
-  // Check if we have a steps limit
-  bool UnlimitedSteps = Steps == 0;
-
-  while (WList->hasWork()) {
-    if (!UnlimitedSteps) {
-      if (Steps == 0)
-        break;
-      --Steps;
-    }
-
-    const WorkListUnit& WU = WList->dequeue();
-
-    // Set the current block counter.
-    WList->setBlockCounter(WU.getBlockCounter());
-
-    // Retrieve the node.
-    ExplodedNode* Node = WU.getNode();
-
-    // Dispatch on the location type.
-    switch (Node->getLocation().getKind()) {
-      case ProgramPoint::BlockEdgeKind:
-        HandleBlockEdge(cast<BlockEdge>(Node->getLocation()), Node);
-        break;
-
-      case ProgramPoint::BlockEntranceKind:
-        HandleBlockEntrance(cast<BlockEntrance>(Node->getLocation()), Node);
-        break;
-
-      case ProgramPoint::BlockExitKind:
-        assert (false && "BlockExit location never occur in forward analysis.");
-        break;
-
-      case ProgramPoint::CallEnterKind:
-        HandleCallEnter(cast<CallEnter>(Node->getLocation()), WU.getBlock(), 
-                        WU.getIndex(), Node);
-        break;
-
-      case ProgramPoint::CallExitKind:
-        HandleCallExit(cast<CallExit>(Node->getLocation()), Node);
-        break;
-
-      default:
-        assert(isa<PostStmt>(Node->getLocation()) || 
-               isa<PostInitializer>(Node->getLocation()));
-        HandlePostStmt(WU.getBlock(), WU.getIndex(), Node);
-        break;
-    }
-  }
-
-  SubEng.processEndWorklist(hasWorkRemaining());
-  return WList->hasWork();
-}
-
-void CoreEngine::ExecuteWorkListWithInitialState(const LocationContext *L, 
-                                                   unsigned Steps,
-                                                   const GRState *InitState, 
-                                                   ExplodedNodeSet &Dst) {
-  ExecuteWorkList(L, Steps, InitState);
-  for (llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ExplodedNode*>::iterator I = G->EndNodes.begin(), 
-                                           E = G->EndNodes.end(); I != E; ++I) {
-    Dst.Add(*I);
-  }
-}
-
-void CoreEngine::HandleCallEnter(const CallEnter &L, const CFGBlock *Block,
-                                   unsigned Index, ExplodedNode *Pred) {
-  CallEnterNodeBuilder Builder(*this, Pred, L.getCallExpr(), 
-                                 L.getCalleeContext(), Block, Index);
-  SubEng.processCallEnter(Builder);
-}
-
-void CoreEngine::HandleCallExit(const CallExit &L, ExplodedNode *Pred) {
-  CallExitNodeBuilder Builder(*this, Pred);
-  SubEng.processCallExit(Builder);
-}
-
-void CoreEngine::HandleBlockEdge(const BlockEdge& L, ExplodedNode* Pred) {
-
-  const CFGBlock* Blk = L.getDst();
-
-  // Check if we are entering the EXIT block.
-  if (Blk == &(L.getLocationContext()->getCFG()->getExit())) {
-
-    assert (L.getLocationContext()->getCFG()->getExit().size() == 0
-            && "EXIT block cannot contain Stmts.");
-
-    // Process the final state transition.
-    EndOfFunctionNodeBuilder Builder(Blk, Pred, this);
-    SubEng.processEndOfFunction(Builder);
-
-    // This path is done. Don't enqueue any more nodes.
-    return;
-  }
-
-  // Call into the subengine to process entering the CFGBlock.
-  ExplodedNodeSet dstNodes;
-  BlockEntrance BE(Blk, Pred->getLocationContext());
-  GenericNodeBuilder<BlockEntrance> nodeBuilder(*this, Pred, BE);
-  SubEng.processCFGBlockEntrance(dstNodes, nodeBuilder);
-
-  if (dstNodes.empty()) {
-    if (!nodeBuilder.hasGeneratedNode) {
-      // Auto-generate a node and enqueue it to the worklist.
-      generateNode(BE, Pred->State, Pred);    
-    }
-  }
-  else {
-    for (ExplodedNodeSet::iterator I = dstNodes.begin(), E = dstNodes.end();
-         I != E; ++I) {
-      WList->enqueue(*I);
-    }
-  }
-
-  for (llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ExplodedNode*>::const_iterator
-       I = nodeBuilder.sinks().begin(), E = nodeBuilder.sinks().end();
-       I != E; ++I) {
-    blocksAborted.push_back(std::make_pair(L, *I));
-  }
-}
-
-void CoreEngine::HandleBlockEntrance(const BlockEntrance& L,
-                                       ExplodedNode* Pred) {
-
-  // Increment the block counter.
-  BlockCounter Counter = WList->getBlockCounter();
-  Counter = BCounterFactory.IncrementCount(Counter, 
-                             Pred->getLocationContext()->getCurrentStackFrame(),
-                                           L.getBlock()->getBlockID());
-  WList->setBlockCounter(Counter);
-
-  // Process the entrance of the block.
-  if (CFGElement E = L.getFirstElement()) {
-    StmtNodeBuilder Builder(L.getBlock(), 0, Pred, this,
-                              SubEng.getStateManager());
-    SubEng.processCFGElement(E, Builder);
-  }
-  else
-    HandleBlockExit(L.getBlock(), Pred);
-}
-
-void CoreEngine::HandleBlockExit(const CFGBlock * B, ExplodedNode* Pred) {
-
-  if (const Stmt* Term = B->getTerminator()) {
-    switch (Term->getStmtClass()) {
-      default:
-        assert(false && "Analysis for this terminator not implemented.");
-        break;
-
-      case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: // '&&' and '||'
-        HandleBranch(cast<BinaryOperator>(Term)->getLHS(), Term, B, Pred);
-        return;
-
-      case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass:
-        HandleBranch(cast<ConditionalOperator>(Term)->getCond(), Term, B, Pred);
-        return;
-
-        // FIXME: Use constant-folding in CFG construction to simplify this
-        // case.
-
-      case Stmt::ChooseExprClass:
-        HandleBranch(cast<ChooseExpr>(Term)->getCond(), Term, B, Pred);
-        return;
-
-      case Stmt::DoStmtClass:
-        HandleBranch(cast<DoStmt>(Term)->getCond(), Term, B, Pred);
-        return;
-
-      case Stmt::ForStmtClass:
-        HandleBranch(cast<ForStmt>(Term)->getCond(), Term, B, Pred);
-        return;
-
-      case Stmt::ContinueStmtClass:
-      case Stmt::BreakStmtClass:
-      case Stmt::GotoStmtClass:
-        break;
-
-      case Stmt::IfStmtClass:
-        HandleBranch(cast<IfStmt>(Term)->getCond(), Term, B, Pred);
-        return;
-
-      case Stmt::IndirectGotoStmtClass: {
-        // Only 1 successor: the indirect goto dispatch block.
-        assert (B->succ_size() == 1);
-
-        IndirectGotoNodeBuilder
-           builder(Pred, B, cast<IndirectGotoStmt>(Term)->getTarget(),
-                   *(B->succ_begin()), this);
-
-        SubEng.processIndirectGoto(builder);
-        return;
-      }
-
-      case Stmt::ObjCForCollectionStmtClass: {
-        // In the case of ObjCForCollectionStmt, it appears twice in a CFG:
-        //
-        //  (1) inside a basic block, which represents the binding of the
-        //      'element' variable to a value.
-        //  (2) in a terminator, which represents the branch.
-        //
-        // For (1), subengines will bind a value (i.e., 0 or 1) indicating
-        // whether or not collection contains any more elements.  We cannot
-        // just test to see if the element is nil because a container can
-        // contain nil elements.
-        HandleBranch(Term, Term, B, Pred);
-        return;
-      }
-
-      case Stmt::SwitchStmtClass: {
-        SwitchNodeBuilder builder(Pred, B, cast<SwitchStmt>(Term)->getCond(),
-                                    this);
-
-        SubEng.processSwitch(builder);
-        return;
-      }
-
-      case Stmt::WhileStmtClass:
-        HandleBranch(cast<WhileStmt>(Term)->getCond(), Term, B, Pred);
-        return;
-    }
-  }
-
-  assert (B->succ_size() == 1 &&
-          "Blocks with no terminator should have at most 1 successor.");
-
-  generateNode(BlockEdge(B, *(B->succ_begin()), Pred->getLocationContext()),
-               Pred->State, Pred);
-}
-
-void CoreEngine::HandleBranch(const Stmt* Cond, const Stmt* Term, 
-                                const CFGBlock * B, ExplodedNode* Pred) {
-  assert(B->succ_size() == 2);
-  BranchNodeBuilder Builder(B, *(B->succ_begin()), *(B->succ_begin()+1),
-                            Pred, this);
-  SubEng.processBranch(Cond, Term, Builder);
-}
-
-void CoreEngine::HandlePostStmt(const CFGBlock* B, unsigned StmtIdx, 
-                                  ExplodedNode* Pred) {
-  assert (!B->empty());
-
-  if (StmtIdx == B->size())
-    HandleBlockExit(B, Pred);
-  else {
-    StmtNodeBuilder Builder(B, StmtIdx, Pred, this,
-                              SubEng.getStateManager());
-    SubEng.processCFGElement((*B)[StmtIdx], Builder);
-  }
-}
-
-/// generateNode - Utility method to generate nodes, hook up successors,
-///  and add nodes to the worklist.
-void CoreEngine::generateNode(const ProgramPoint& Loc,
-                              const GRState* State, ExplodedNode* Pred) {
-
-  bool IsNew;
-  ExplodedNode* Node = G->getNode(Loc, State, &IsNew);
-
-  if (Pred)
-    Node->addPredecessor(Pred, *G);  // Link 'Node' with its predecessor.
-  else {
-    assert (IsNew);
-    G->addRoot(Node);  // 'Node' has no predecessor.  Make it a root.
-  }
-
-  // Only add 'Node' to the worklist if it was freshly generated.
-  if (IsNew) WList->enqueue(Node);
-}
-
-ExplodedNode *
-GenericNodeBuilderImpl::generateNodeImpl(const GRState *state,
-                                         ExplodedNode *pred,
-                                         ProgramPoint programPoint,
-                                         bool asSink) {
-  
-  hasGeneratedNode = true;
-  bool isNew;
-  ExplodedNode *node = engine.getGraph().getNode(programPoint, state, &isNew);
-  if (pred)
-    node->addPredecessor(pred, engine.getGraph());
-  if (isNew) {
-    if (asSink) {
-      node->markAsSink();
-      sinksGenerated.push_back(node);
-    }
-    return node;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-StmtNodeBuilder::StmtNodeBuilder(const CFGBlock* b, unsigned idx,
-                                     ExplodedNode* N, CoreEngine* e,
-                                     GRStateManager &mgr)
-  : Eng(*e), B(*b), Idx(idx), Pred(N), Mgr(mgr),
-    PurgingDeadSymbols(false), BuildSinks(false), hasGeneratedNode(false),
-    PointKind(ProgramPoint::PostStmtKind), Tag(0) {
-  Deferred.insert(N);
-  CleanedState = Pred->getState();
-}
-
-StmtNodeBuilder::~StmtNodeBuilder() {
-  for (DeferredTy::iterator I=Deferred.begin(), E=Deferred.end(); I!=E; ++I)
-    if (!(*I)->isSink())
-      GenerateAutoTransition(*I);
-}
-
-void StmtNodeBuilder::GenerateAutoTransition(ExplodedNode* N) {
-  assert (!N->isSink());
-
-  // Check if this node entered a callee.
-  if (isa<CallEnter>(N->getLocation())) {
-    // Still use the index of the CallExpr. It's needed to create the callee
-    // StackFrameContext.
-    Eng.WList->enqueue(N, &B, Idx);
-    return;
-  }
-
-  // Do not create extra nodes. Move to the next CFG element.
-  if (isa<PostInitializer>(N->getLocation())) {
-    Eng.WList->enqueue(N, &B, Idx+1);
-    return;
-  }
-
-  PostStmt Loc(getStmt(), N->getLocationContext());
-
-  if (Loc == N->getLocation()) {
-    // Note: 'N' should be a fresh node because otherwise it shouldn't be
-    // a member of Deferred.
-    Eng.WList->enqueue(N, &B, Idx+1);
-    return;
-  }
-
-  bool IsNew;
-  ExplodedNode* Succ = Eng.G->getNode(Loc, N->State, &IsNew);
-  Succ->addPredecessor(N, *Eng.G);
-
-  if (IsNew)
-    Eng.WList->enqueue(Succ, &B, Idx+1);
-}
-
-ExplodedNode* StmtNodeBuilder::MakeNode(ExplodedNodeSet& Dst, const Stmt* S, 
-                                          ExplodedNode* Pred, const GRState* St,
-                                          ProgramPoint::Kind K) {
-
-  ExplodedNode* N = generateNode(S, St, Pred, K);
-
-  if (N) {
-    if (BuildSinks)
-      N->markAsSink();
-    else
-      Dst.Add(N);
-  }
-  
-  return N;
-}
-
-static ProgramPoint GetProgramPoint(const Stmt *S, ProgramPoint::Kind K,
-                                    const LocationContext *LC, const void *tag){
-  switch (K) {
-    default:
-      assert(false && "Unhandled ProgramPoint kind");    
-    case ProgramPoint::PreStmtKind:
-      return PreStmt(S, LC, tag);
-    case ProgramPoint::PostStmtKind:
-      return PostStmt(S, LC, tag);
-    case ProgramPoint::PreLoadKind:
-      return PreLoad(S, LC, tag);
-    case ProgramPoint::PostLoadKind:
-      return PostLoad(S, LC, tag);
-    case ProgramPoint::PreStoreKind:
-      return PreStore(S, LC, tag);
-    case ProgramPoint::PostStoreKind:
-      return PostStore(S, LC, tag);
-    case ProgramPoint::PostLValueKind:
-      return PostLValue(S, LC, tag);
-    case ProgramPoint::PostPurgeDeadSymbolsKind:
-      return PostPurgeDeadSymbols(S, LC, tag);
-  }
-}
-
-ExplodedNode*
-StmtNodeBuilder::generateNodeInternal(const Stmt* S, const GRState* state,
-                                        ExplodedNode* Pred,
-                                        ProgramPoint::Kind K,
-                                        const void *tag) {
-  
-  const ProgramPoint &L = GetProgramPoint(S, K, Pred->getLocationContext(),tag);
-  return generateNodeInternal(L, state, Pred);
-}
-
-ExplodedNode*
-StmtNodeBuilder::generateNodeInternal(const ProgramPoint &Loc,
-                                        const GRState* State,
-                                        ExplodedNode* Pred) {
-  bool IsNew;
-  ExplodedNode* N = Eng.G->getNode(Loc, State, &IsNew);
-  N->addPredecessor(Pred, *Eng.G);
-  Deferred.erase(Pred);
-
-  if (IsNew) {
-    Deferred.insert(N);
-    return N;
-  }
-
-  return NULL;
-}
-
-ExplodedNode* BranchNodeBuilder::generateNode(const GRState* State,
-                                                bool branch) {
-
-  // If the branch has been marked infeasible we should not generate a node.
-  if (!isFeasible(branch))
-    return NULL;
-
-  bool IsNew;
-
-  ExplodedNode* Succ =
-    Eng.G->getNode(BlockEdge(Src,branch ? DstT:DstF,Pred->getLocationContext()),
-                   State, &IsNew);
-
-  Succ->addPredecessor(Pred, *Eng.G);
-
-  if (branch)
-    GeneratedTrue = true;
-  else
-    GeneratedFalse = true;
-
-  if (IsNew) {
-    Deferred.push_back(Succ);
-    return Succ;
-  }
-
-  return NULL;
-}
-
-BranchNodeBuilder::~BranchNodeBuilder() {
-  if (!GeneratedTrue) generateNode(Pred->State, true);
-  if (!GeneratedFalse) generateNode(Pred->State, false);
-
-  for (DeferredTy::iterator I=Deferred.begin(), E=Deferred.end(); I!=E; ++I)
-    if (!(*I)->isSink()) Eng.WList->enqueue(*I);
-}
-
-
-ExplodedNode*
-IndirectGotoNodeBuilder::generateNode(const iterator& I, const GRState* St,
-                                        bool isSink) {
-  bool IsNew;
-
-  ExplodedNode* Succ = Eng.G->getNode(BlockEdge(Src, I.getBlock(),
-                                      Pred->getLocationContext()), St, &IsNew);
-
-  Succ->addPredecessor(Pred, *Eng.G);
-
-  if (IsNew) {
-
-    if (isSink)
-      Succ->markAsSink();
-    else
-      Eng.WList->enqueue(Succ);
-
-    return Succ;
-  }
-
-  return NULL;
-}
-
-
-ExplodedNode*
-SwitchNodeBuilder::generateCaseStmtNode(const iterator& I, const GRState* St){
-
-  bool IsNew;
-
-  ExplodedNode* Succ = Eng.G->getNode(BlockEdge(Src, I.getBlock(),
-                                       Pred->getLocationContext()), St, &IsNew);
-  Succ->addPredecessor(Pred, *Eng.G);
-
-  if (IsNew) {
-    Eng.WList->enqueue(Succ);
-    return Succ;
-  }
-
-  return NULL;
-}
-
-
-ExplodedNode*
-SwitchNodeBuilder::generateDefaultCaseNode(const GRState* St, bool isSink) {
-
-  // Get the block for the default case.
-  assert (Src->succ_rbegin() != Src->succ_rend());
-  CFGBlock* DefaultBlock = *Src->succ_rbegin();
-
-  bool IsNew;
-
-  ExplodedNode* Succ = Eng.G->getNode(BlockEdge(Src, DefaultBlock,
-                                       Pred->getLocationContext()), St, &IsNew);
-  Succ->addPredecessor(Pred, *Eng.G);
-
-  if (IsNew) {
-    if (isSink)
-      Succ->markAsSink();
-    else
-      Eng.WList->enqueue(Succ);
-
-    return Succ;
-  }
-
-  return NULL;
-}
-
-EndOfFunctionNodeBuilder::~EndOfFunctionNodeBuilder() {
-  // Auto-generate an EOP node if one has not been generated.
-  if (!hasGeneratedNode) {
-    // If we are in an inlined call, generate CallExit node.
-    if (Pred->getLocationContext()->getParent())
-      GenerateCallExitNode(Pred->State);
-    else
-      generateNode(Pred->State);
-  }
-}
-
-ExplodedNode*
-EndOfFunctionNodeBuilder::generateNode(const GRState* State, const void *tag,
-                                   ExplodedNode* P) {
-  hasGeneratedNode = true;
-  bool IsNew;
-
-  ExplodedNode* Node = Eng.G->getNode(BlockEntrance(&B,
-                               Pred->getLocationContext(), tag), State, &IsNew);
-
-  Node->addPredecessor(P ? P : Pred, *Eng.G);
-
-  if (IsNew) {
-    Eng.G->addEndOfPath(Node);
-    return Node;
-  }
-
-  return NULL;
-}
-
-void EndOfFunctionNodeBuilder::GenerateCallExitNode(const GRState *state) {
-  hasGeneratedNode = true;
-  // Create a CallExit node and enqueue it.
-  const StackFrameContext *LocCtx
-                         = cast<StackFrameContext>(Pred->getLocationContext());
-  const Stmt *CE = LocCtx->getCallSite();
-
-  // Use the the callee location context.
-  CallExit Loc(CE, LocCtx);
-
-  bool isNew;
-  ExplodedNode *Node = Eng.G->getNode(Loc, state, &isNew);
-  Node->addPredecessor(Pred, *Eng.G);
-
-  if (isNew)
-    Eng.WList->enqueue(Node);
-}
-                                                
-
-void CallEnterNodeBuilder::generateNode(const GRState *state) {
-  // Check if the callee is in the same translation unit.
-  if (CalleeCtx->getTranslationUnit() != 
-      Pred->getLocationContext()->getTranslationUnit()) {
-    // Create a new engine. We must be careful that the new engine should not
-    // reference data structures owned by the old engine.
-
-    AnalysisManager &OldMgr = Eng.SubEng.getAnalysisManager();
-    
-    // Get the callee's translation unit.
-    idx::TranslationUnit *TU = CalleeCtx->getTranslationUnit();
-
-    // Create a new AnalysisManager with components of the callee's
-    // TranslationUnit.
-    // The Diagnostic is actually shared when we create ASTUnits from AST files.
-    AnalysisManager AMgr(TU->getASTContext(), TU->getDiagnostic(), 
-                         OldMgr.getLangOptions(), 
-                         OldMgr.getPathDiagnosticClient(),
-                         OldMgr.getStoreManagerCreator(),
-                         OldMgr.getConstraintManagerCreator(),
-                         OldMgr.getIndexer(),
-                         OldMgr.getMaxNodes(), OldMgr.getMaxVisit(),
-                         OldMgr.shouldVisualizeGraphviz(),
-                         OldMgr.shouldVisualizeUbigraph(),
-                         OldMgr.shouldPurgeDead(),
-                         OldMgr.shouldEagerlyAssume(),
-                         OldMgr.shouldTrimGraph(),
-                         OldMgr.shouldInlineCall(),
-                     OldMgr.getAnalysisContextManager().getUseUnoptimizedCFG(),
-                     OldMgr.getAnalysisContextManager().getAddImplicitDtors(),
-                     OldMgr.getAnalysisContextManager().getAddInitializers());
-    llvm::OwningPtr<TransferFuncs> TF(MakeCFRefCountTF(AMgr.getASTContext(),
-                                                         /* GCEnabled */ false,
-                                                        AMgr.getLangOptions()));
-    // Create the new engine.
-    ExprEngine NewEng(AMgr, TF.take());
-
-    // Create the new LocationContext.
-    AnalysisContext *NewAnaCtx = AMgr.getAnalysisContext(CalleeCtx->getDecl(), 
-                                               CalleeCtx->getTranslationUnit());
-    const StackFrameContext *OldLocCtx = CalleeCtx;
-    const StackFrameContext *NewLocCtx = AMgr.getStackFrame(NewAnaCtx, 
-                                               OldLocCtx->getParent(),
-                                               OldLocCtx->getCallSite(),
-                                               OldLocCtx->getCallSiteBlock(), 
-                                               OldLocCtx->getIndex());
-
-    // Now create an initial state for the new engine.
-    const GRState *NewState = NewEng.getStateManager().MarshalState(state,
-                                                                    NewLocCtx);
-    ExplodedNodeSet ReturnNodes;
-    NewEng.ExecuteWorkListWithInitialState(NewLocCtx, AMgr.getMaxNodes(), 
-                                           NewState, ReturnNodes);
-    return;
-  }
-
-  // Get the callee entry block.
-  const CFGBlock *Entry = &(CalleeCtx->getCFG()->getEntry());
-  assert(Entry->empty());
-  assert(Entry->succ_size() == 1);
-
-  // Get the solitary successor.
-  const CFGBlock *SuccB = *(Entry->succ_begin());
-
-  // Construct an edge representing the starting location in the callee.
-  BlockEdge Loc(Entry, SuccB, CalleeCtx);
-
-  bool isNew;
-  ExplodedNode *Node = Eng.G->getNode(Loc, state, &isNew);
-  Node->addPredecessor(const_cast<ExplodedNode*>(Pred), *Eng.G);
-
-  if (isNew)
-    Eng.WList->enqueue(Node);
-}
-
-void CallExitNodeBuilder::generateNode(const GRState *state) {
-  // Get the callee's location context.
-  const StackFrameContext *LocCtx 
-                         = cast<StackFrameContext>(Pred->getLocationContext());
-  // When exiting an implicit automatic obj dtor call, the callsite is the Stmt
-  // that triggers the dtor.
-  PostStmt Loc(LocCtx->getCallSite(), LocCtx->getParent());
-  bool isNew;
-  ExplodedNode *Node = Eng.G->getNode(Loc, state, &isNew);
-  Node->addPredecessor(const_cast<ExplodedNode*>(Pred), *Eng.G);
-  if (isNew)
-    Eng.WList->enqueue(Node, LocCtx->getCallSiteBlock(),
-                       LocCtx->getIndex() + 1);
-}

Removed: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Environment.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Environment.cpp?rev=125123&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Environment.cpp (original)
+++ cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Environment.cpp (removed)
@@ -1,236 +0,0 @@
-//== Environment.cpp - Map from Stmt* to Locations/Values -------*- C++ -*--==//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-//  This file defined the Environment and EnvironmentManager classes.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#include "clang/Analysis/AnalysisContext.h"
-#include "clang/Analysis/CFG.h"
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathSensitive/GRState.h"
-
-using namespace clang;
-using namespace ento;
-
-SVal Environment::lookupExpr(const Stmt* E) const {
-  const SVal* X = ExprBindings.lookup(E);
-  if (X) {
-    SVal V = *X;
-    return V;
-  }
-  return UnknownVal();
-}
-
-SVal Environment::getSVal(const Stmt *E, SValBuilder& svalBuilder) const {
-  for (;;) {
-    switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
-      case Stmt::AddrLabelExprClass:
-        return svalBuilder.makeLoc(cast<AddrLabelExpr>(E));
-      case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
-        // ParenExprs are no-ops.
-        E = cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr();
-        continue;
-      case Stmt::CharacterLiteralClass: {
-        const CharacterLiteral* C = cast<CharacterLiteral>(E);
-        return svalBuilder.makeIntVal(C->getValue(), C->getType());
-      }
-      case Stmt::CXXBoolLiteralExprClass: {
-        const SVal *X = ExprBindings.lookup(E);
-        if (X) 
-          return *X;
-        else 
-          return svalBuilder.makeIntVal(cast<CXXBoolLiteralExpr>(E));
-      }
-      case Stmt::IntegerLiteralClass: {
-        // In C++, this expression may have been bound to a temporary object.
-        SVal const *X = ExprBindings.lookup(E);
-        if (X)
-          return *X;
-        else
-          return svalBuilder.makeIntVal(cast<IntegerLiteral>(E));
-      }
-      case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
-      case Stmt::CStyleCastExprClass: {
-        // We blast through no-op casts to get the descendant
-        // subexpression that has a value.
-        const CastExpr* C = cast<CastExpr>(E);
-        QualType CT = C->getType();
-        if (CT->isVoidType())
-          return UnknownVal();
-        if (C->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) {
-          E = C->getSubExpr();
-          continue;
-        }
-        break;
-      }
-      case Stmt::ExprWithCleanupsClass:
-        E = cast<ExprWithCleanups>(E)->getSubExpr();
-        continue;
-      case Stmt::CXXBindTemporaryExprClass:
-        E = cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E)->getSubExpr();
-        continue;
-      case Stmt::CXXFunctionalCastExprClass:
-        E = cast<CXXFunctionalCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr();
-        continue;        
-      // Handle all other Stmt* using a lookup.
-      default:
-        break;
-    };
-    break;
-  }
-  return lookupExpr(E);
-}
-
-Environment EnvironmentManager::bindExpr(Environment Env, const Stmt *S,
-                                         SVal V, bool Invalidate) {
-  assert(S);
-
-  if (V.isUnknown()) {
-    if (Invalidate)
-      return Environment(F.remove(Env.ExprBindings, S));
-    else
-      return Env;
-  }
-
-  return Environment(F.add(Env.ExprBindings, S, V));
-}
-
-static inline const Stmt *MakeLocation(const Stmt *S) {
-  return (const Stmt*) (((uintptr_t) S) | 0x1);
-}
-
-Environment EnvironmentManager::bindExprAndLocation(Environment Env,
-                                                    const Stmt *S,
-                                                    SVal location, SVal V) {
-  return Environment(F.add(F.add(Env.ExprBindings, MakeLocation(S), location),
-                           S, V));
-}
-
-namespace {
-class MarkLiveCallback : public SymbolVisitor {
-  SymbolReaper &SymReaper;
-public:
-  MarkLiveCallback(SymbolReaper &symreaper) : SymReaper(symreaper) {}
-  bool VisitSymbol(SymbolRef sym) { SymReaper.markLive(sym); return true; }
-};
-} // end anonymous namespace
-
-static bool isBlockExprInCallers(const Stmt *E, const LocationContext *LC) {
-  const LocationContext *ParentLC = LC->getParent();
-  while (ParentLC) {
-    CFG &C = *ParentLC->getCFG();
-    if (C.isBlkExpr(E))
-      return true;
-    ParentLC = ParentLC->getParent();
-  }
-
-  return false;
-}
-
-// In addition to mapping from Stmt * - > SVals in the Environment, we also
-// maintain a mapping from Stmt * -> SVals (locations) that were used during
-// a load and store.
-static inline bool IsLocation(const Stmt *S) {
-  return (bool) (((uintptr_t) S) & 0x1);
-}
-
-// removeDeadBindings:
-//  - Remove subexpression bindings.
-//  - Remove dead block expression bindings.
-//  - Keep live block expression bindings:
-//   - Mark their reachable symbols live in SymbolReaper,
-//     see ScanReachableSymbols.
-//   - Mark the region in DRoots if the binding is a loc::MemRegionVal.
-Environment
-EnvironmentManager::removeDeadBindings(Environment Env,
-                                       SymbolReaper &SymReaper,
-                                       const GRState *ST,
-                              llvm::SmallVectorImpl<const MemRegion*> &DRoots) {
-
-  CFG &C = *SymReaper.getLocationContext()->getCFG();
-
-  // We construct a new Environment object entirely, as this is cheaper than
-  // individually removing all the subexpression bindings (which will greatly
-  // outnumber block-level expression bindings).
-  Environment NewEnv = getInitialEnvironment();
-  
-  llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<const Stmt*, SVal>, 10> deferredLocations;
-
-  // Iterate over the block-expr bindings.
-  for (Environment::iterator I = Env.begin(), E = Env.end();
-       I != E; ++I) {
-
-    const Stmt *BlkExpr = I.getKey();
-    
-    // For recorded locations (used when evaluating loads and stores), we
-    // consider them live only when their associated normal expression is
-    // also live.
-    // NOTE: This assumes that loads/stores that evaluated to UnknownVal
-    // still have an entry in the map.
-    if (IsLocation(BlkExpr)) {
-      deferredLocations.push_back(std::make_pair(BlkExpr, I.getData()));
-      continue;
-    }
-    
-    const SVal &X = I.getData();
-
-    // Block-level expressions in callers are assumed always live.
-    if (isBlockExprInCallers(BlkExpr, SymReaper.getLocationContext())) {
-      NewEnv.ExprBindings = F.add(NewEnv.ExprBindings, BlkExpr, X);
-
-      if (isa<loc::MemRegionVal>(X)) {
-        const MemRegion* R = cast<loc::MemRegionVal>(X).getRegion();
-        DRoots.push_back(R);
-      }
-
-      // Mark all symbols in the block expr's value live.
-      MarkLiveCallback cb(SymReaper);
-      ST->scanReachableSymbols(X, cb);
-      continue;
-    }
-
-    // Not a block-level expression?
-    if (!C.isBlkExpr(BlkExpr))
-      continue;
-
-    if (SymReaper.isLive(BlkExpr)) {
-      // Copy the binding to the new map.
-      NewEnv.ExprBindings = F.add(NewEnv.ExprBindings, BlkExpr, X);
-
-      // If the block expr's value is a memory region, then mark that region.
-      if (isa<loc::MemRegionVal>(X)) {
-        const MemRegion* R = cast<loc::MemRegionVal>(X).getRegion();
-        DRoots.push_back(R);
-      }
-
-      // Mark all symbols in the block expr's value live.
-      MarkLiveCallback cb(SymReaper);
-      ST->scanReachableSymbols(X, cb);
-      continue;
-    }
-
-    // Otherwise the expression is dead with a couple exceptions.
-    // Do not misclean LogicalExpr or ConditionalOperator.  It is dead at the
-    // beginning of itself, but we need its UndefinedVal to determine its
-    // SVal.
-    if (X.isUndef() && cast<UndefinedVal>(X).getData())
-      NewEnv.ExprBindings = F.add(NewEnv.ExprBindings, BlkExpr, X);
-  }
-  
-  // Go through he deferred locations and add them to the new environment if
-  // the correspond Stmt* is in the map as well.
-  for (llvm::SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<const Stmt*, SVal> >::iterator
-      I = deferredLocations.begin(), E = deferredLocations.end(); I != E; ++I) {
-    const Stmt *S = (Stmt*) (((uintptr_t) I->first) & (uintptr_t) ~0x1);
-    if (NewEnv.ExprBindings.lookup(S))
-      NewEnv.ExprBindings = F.add(NewEnv.ExprBindings, I->first, I->second);
-  }
-
-  return NewEnv;
-}

Removed: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/ExplodedGraph.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/ExplodedGraph.cpp?rev=125123&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/ExplodedGraph.cpp (original)
+++ cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/ExplodedGraph.cpp (removed)
@@ -1,282 +0,0 @@
-//=-- ExplodedGraph.cpp - Local, Path-Sens. "Exploded Graph" -*- C++ -*------=//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-//  This file defines the template classes ExplodedNode and ExplodedGraph,
-//  which represent a path-sensitive, intra-procedural "exploded graph."
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathSensitive/ExplodedGraph.h"
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathSensitive/GRState.h"
-#include "clang/AST/Stmt.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/DenseSet.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
-#include <vector>
-
-using namespace clang;
-using namespace ento;
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Node auditing.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-// An out of line virtual method to provide a home for the class vtable.
-ExplodedNode::Auditor::~Auditor() {}
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-static ExplodedNode::Auditor* NodeAuditor = 0;
-#endif
-
-void ExplodedNode::SetAuditor(ExplodedNode::Auditor* A) {
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  NodeAuditor = A;
-#endif
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// ExplodedNode.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-static inline BumpVector<ExplodedNode*>& getVector(void* P) {
-  return *reinterpret_cast<BumpVector<ExplodedNode*>*>(P);
-}
-
-void ExplodedNode::addPredecessor(ExplodedNode* V, ExplodedGraph &G) {
-  assert (!V->isSink());
-  Preds.addNode(V, G);
-  V->Succs.addNode(this, G);
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  if (NodeAuditor) NodeAuditor->AddEdge(V, this);
-#endif
-}
-
-void ExplodedNode::NodeGroup::addNode(ExplodedNode* N, ExplodedGraph &G) {
-  assert((reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(N) & Mask) == 0x0);
-  assert(!getFlag());
-
-  if (getKind() == Size1) {
-    if (ExplodedNode* NOld = getNode()) {
-      BumpVectorContext &Ctx = G.getNodeAllocator();
-      BumpVector<ExplodedNode*> *V = 
-        G.getAllocator().Allocate<BumpVector<ExplodedNode*> >();
-      new (V) BumpVector<ExplodedNode*>(Ctx, 4);
-      
-      assert((reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(V) & Mask) == 0x0);
-      V->push_back(NOld, Ctx);
-      V->push_back(N, Ctx);
-      P = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(V) | SizeOther;
-      assert(getPtr() == (void*) V);
-      assert(getKind() == SizeOther);
-    }
-    else {
-      P = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(N);
-      assert(getKind() == Size1);
-    }
-  }
-  else {
-    assert(getKind() == SizeOther);
-    getVector(getPtr()).push_back(N, G.getNodeAllocator());
-  }
-}
-
-unsigned ExplodedNode::NodeGroup::size() const {
-  if (getFlag())
-    return 0;
-
-  if (getKind() == Size1)
-    return getNode() ? 1 : 0;
-  else
-    return getVector(getPtr()).size();
-}
-
-ExplodedNode **ExplodedNode::NodeGroup::begin() const {
-  if (getFlag())
-    return NULL;
-
-  if (getKind() == Size1)
-    return (ExplodedNode**) (getPtr() ? &P : NULL);
-  else
-    return const_cast<ExplodedNode**>(&*(getVector(getPtr()).begin()));
-}
-
-ExplodedNode** ExplodedNode::NodeGroup::end() const {
-  if (getFlag())
-    return NULL;
-
-  if (getKind() == Size1)
-    return (ExplodedNode**) (getPtr() ? &P+1 : NULL);
-  else {
-    // Dereferencing end() is undefined behaviour. The vector is not empty, so
-    // we can dereference the last elem and then add 1 to the result.
-    return const_cast<ExplodedNode**>(getVector(getPtr()).end());
-  }
-}
-
-ExplodedNode *ExplodedGraph::getNode(const ProgramPoint& L,
-                                     const GRState* State, bool* IsNew) {
-  // Profile 'State' to determine if we already have an existing node.
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID profile;
-  void* InsertPos = 0;
-
-  NodeTy::Profile(profile, L, State);
-  NodeTy* V = Nodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(profile, InsertPos);
-
-  if (!V) {
-    // Allocate a new node.
-    V = (NodeTy*) getAllocator().Allocate<NodeTy>();
-    new (V) NodeTy(L, State);
-
-    // Insert the node into the node set and return it.
-    Nodes.InsertNode(V, InsertPos);
-
-    ++NumNodes;
-
-    if (IsNew) *IsNew = true;
-  }
-  else
-    if (IsNew) *IsNew = false;
-
-  return V;
-}
-
-std::pair<ExplodedGraph*, InterExplodedGraphMap*>
-ExplodedGraph::Trim(const NodeTy* const* NBeg, const NodeTy* const* NEnd,
-               llvm::DenseMap<const void*, const void*> *InverseMap) const {
-
-  if (NBeg == NEnd)
-    return std::make_pair((ExplodedGraph*) 0,
-                          (InterExplodedGraphMap*) 0);
-
-  assert (NBeg < NEnd);
-
-  llvm::OwningPtr<InterExplodedGraphMap> M(new InterExplodedGraphMap());
-
-  ExplodedGraph* G = TrimInternal(NBeg, NEnd, M.get(), InverseMap);
-
-  return std::make_pair(static_cast<ExplodedGraph*>(G), M.take());
-}
-
-ExplodedGraph*
-ExplodedGraph::TrimInternal(const ExplodedNode* const* BeginSources,
-                            const ExplodedNode* const* EndSources,
-                            InterExplodedGraphMap* M,
-                   llvm::DenseMap<const void*, const void*> *InverseMap) const {
-
-  typedef llvm::DenseSet<const ExplodedNode*> Pass1Ty;
-  Pass1Ty Pass1;
-
-  typedef llvm::DenseMap<const ExplodedNode*, ExplodedNode*> Pass2Ty;
-  Pass2Ty& Pass2 = M->M;
-
-  llvm::SmallVector<const ExplodedNode*, 10> WL1, WL2;
-
-  // ===- Pass 1 (reverse DFS) -===
-  for (const ExplodedNode* const* I = BeginSources; I != EndSources; ++I) {
-    assert(*I);
-    WL1.push_back(*I);
-  }
-
-  // Process the first worklist until it is empty.  Because it is a std::list
-  // it acts like a FIFO queue.
-  while (!WL1.empty()) {
-    const ExplodedNode *N = WL1.back();
-    WL1.pop_back();
-
-    // Have we already visited this node?  If so, continue to the next one.
-    if (Pass1.count(N))
-      continue;
-
-    // Otherwise, mark this node as visited.
-    Pass1.insert(N);
-
-    // If this is a root enqueue it to the second worklist.
-    if (N->Preds.empty()) {
-      WL2.push_back(N);
-      continue;
-    }
-
-    // Visit our predecessors and enqueue them.
-    for (ExplodedNode** I=N->Preds.begin(), **E=N->Preds.end(); I!=E; ++I)
-      WL1.push_back(*I);
-  }
-
-  // We didn't hit a root? Return with a null pointer for the new graph.
-  if (WL2.empty())
-    return 0;
-
-  // Create an empty graph.
-  ExplodedGraph* G = MakeEmptyGraph();
-
-  // ===- Pass 2 (forward DFS to construct the new graph) -===
-  while (!WL2.empty()) {
-    const ExplodedNode* N = WL2.back();
-    WL2.pop_back();
-
-    // Skip this node if we have already processed it.
-    if (Pass2.find(N) != Pass2.end())
-      continue;
-
-    // Create the corresponding node in the new graph and record the mapping
-    // from the old node to the new node.
-    ExplodedNode* NewN = G->getNode(N->getLocation(), N->State, NULL);
-    Pass2[N] = NewN;
-
-    // Also record the reverse mapping from the new node to the old node.
-    if (InverseMap) (*InverseMap)[NewN] = N;
-
-    // If this node is a root, designate it as such in the graph.
-    if (N->Preds.empty())
-      G->addRoot(NewN);
-
-    // In the case that some of the intended predecessors of NewN have already
-    // been created, we should hook them up as predecessors.
-
-    // Walk through the predecessors of 'N' and hook up their corresponding
-    // nodes in the new graph (if any) to the freshly created node.
-    for (ExplodedNode **I=N->Preds.begin(), **E=N->Preds.end(); I!=E; ++I) {
-      Pass2Ty::iterator PI = Pass2.find(*I);
-      if (PI == Pass2.end())
-        continue;
-
-      NewN->addPredecessor(PI->second, *G);
-    }
-
-    // In the case that some of the intended successors of NewN have already
-    // been created, we should hook them up as successors.  Otherwise, enqueue
-    // the new nodes from the original graph that should have nodes created
-    // in the new graph.
-    for (ExplodedNode **I=N->Succs.begin(), **E=N->Succs.end(); I!=E; ++I) {
-      Pass2Ty::iterator PI = Pass2.find(*I);
-      if (PI != Pass2.end()) {
-        PI->second->addPredecessor(NewN, *G);
-        continue;
-      }
-
-      // Enqueue nodes to the worklist that were marked during pass 1.
-      if (Pass1.count(*I))
-        WL2.push_back(*I);
-    }
-
-    // Finally, explictly mark all nodes without any successors as sinks.
-    if (N->isSink())
-      NewN->markAsSink();
-  }
-
-  return G;
-}
-
-ExplodedNode*
-InterExplodedGraphMap::getMappedNode(const ExplodedNode* N) const {
-  llvm::DenseMap<const ExplodedNode*, ExplodedNode*>::const_iterator I =
-    M.find(N);
-
-  return I == M.end() ? 0 : I->second;
-}
-

Removed: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/FlatStore.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/FlatStore.cpp?rev=125123&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/FlatStore.cpp (original)
+++ cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/FlatStore.cpp (removed)
@@ -1,203 +0,0 @@
-//=== FlatStore.cpp - Flat region-based store model -------------*- C++ -*-===//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathSensitive/GRState.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/ImmutableIntervalMap.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
-
-using namespace clang;
-using namespace ento;
-using llvm::Interval;
-
-// The actual store type.
-typedef llvm::ImmutableIntervalMap<SVal> BindingVal;
-typedef llvm::ImmutableMap<const MemRegion *, BindingVal> RegionBindings;
-
-namespace {
-class FlatStoreManager : public StoreManager {
-  RegionBindings::Factory RBFactory;
-  BindingVal::Factory BVFactory;
-
-public:
-  FlatStoreManager(GRStateManager &mgr) 
-    : StoreManager(mgr), 
-      RBFactory(mgr.getAllocator()), 
-      BVFactory(mgr.getAllocator()) {}
-
-  SVal Retrieve(Store store, Loc L, QualType T);
-  Store Bind(Store store, Loc L, SVal val);
-  Store Remove(Store St, Loc L);
-  Store BindCompoundLiteral(Store store, const CompoundLiteralExpr* cl,
-                            const LocationContext *LC, SVal v);
-
-  Store getInitialStore(const LocationContext *InitLoc) {
-    return RBFactory.getEmptyMap().getRoot();
-  }
-
-  SubRegionMap *getSubRegionMap(Store store) {
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-  SVal ArrayToPointer(Loc Array);
-  Store removeDeadBindings(Store store, const StackFrameContext *LCtx,
-                           SymbolReaper& SymReaper,
-                         llvm::SmallVectorImpl<const MemRegion*>& RegionRoots){
-    return store;
-  }
-
-  Store BindDecl(Store store, const VarRegion *VR, SVal initVal);
-
-  Store BindDeclWithNoInit(Store store, const VarRegion *VR);
-
-  typedef llvm::DenseSet<SymbolRef> InvalidatedSymbols;
-  
-  Store InvalidateRegions(Store store, const MemRegion * const *I,
-                          const MemRegion * const *E, const Expr *Ex,
-                          unsigned Count, InvalidatedSymbols *IS,
-                          bool invalidateGlobals, InvalidatedRegions *Regions);
-
-  void print(Store store, llvm::raw_ostream& Out, const char* nl, 
-             const char *sep);
-  void iterBindings(Store store, BindingsHandler& f);
-
-private:
-  static RegionBindings getRegionBindings(Store store) {
-    return RegionBindings(static_cast<const RegionBindings::TreeTy*>(store));
-  }
-
-  class RegionInterval {
-  public:
-    const MemRegion *R;
-    Interval I;
-    RegionInterval(const MemRegion *r, int64_t s, int64_t e) : R(r), I(s, e){}
-  };
-
-  RegionInterval RegionToInterval(const MemRegion *R);
-
-  SVal RetrieveRegionWithNoBinding(const MemRegion *R, QualType T);
-};
-} // end anonymous namespace
-
-StoreManager *ento::CreateFlatStoreManager(GRStateManager &StMgr) {
-  return new FlatStoreManager(StMgr);
-}
-
-SVal FlatStoreManager::Retrieve(Store store, Loc L, QualType T) {
-  const MemRegion *R = cast<loc::MemRegionVal>(L).getRegion();
-  RegionInterval RI = RegionToInterval(R);
-  // FIXME: FlatStore should handle regions with unknown intervals.
-  if (!RI.R)
-    return UnknownVal();
-
-  RegionBindings B = getRegionBindings(store);
-  const BindingVal *BV = B.lookup(RI.R);
-  if (BV) {
-    const SVal *V = BVFactory.lookup(*BV, RI.I);
-    if (V)
-      return *V;
-    else
-      return RetrieveRegionWithNoBinding(R, T);
-  }
-  return RetrieveRegionWithNoBinding(R, T);
-}
-
-SVal FlatStoreManager::RetrieveRegionWithNoBinding(const MemRegion *R,
-                                                   QualType T) {
-  if (R->hasStackNonParametersStorage())
-    return UndefinedVal();
-  else
-    return svalBuilder.getRegionValueSymbolVal(cast<TypedRegion>(R));
-}
-
-Store FlatStoreManager::Bind(Store store, Loc L, SVal val) {
-  const MemRegion *R = cast<loc::MemRegionVal>(L).getRegion();
-  RegionBindings B = getRegionBindings(store);
-  const BindingVal *V = B.lookup(R);
-
-  BindingVal BV = BVFactory.getEmptyMap();
-  if (V)
-    BV = *V;
-
-  RegionInterval RI = RegionToInterval(R);
-  // FIXME: FlatStore should handle regions with unknown intervals.
-  if (!RI.R)
-    return B.getRoot();
-  BV = BVFactory.add(BV, RI.I, val);
-  B = RBFactory.add(B, RI.R, BV);
-  return B.getRoot();
-}
-
-Store FlatStoreManager::Remove(Store store, Loc L) {
-  return store;
-}
-
-Store FlatStoreManager::BindCompoundLiteral(Store store,
-                                            const CompoundLiteralExpr* cl,
-                                            const LocationContext *LC,
-                                            SVal v) {
-  return store;
-}
-
-SVal FlatStoreManager::ArrayToPointer(Loc Array) {
-  return Array;
-}
-
-Store FlatStoreManager::BindDecl(Store store, const VarRegion *VR, 
-                                 SVal initVal) {
-  return Bind(store, svalBuilder.makeLoc(VR), initVal);
-}
-
-Store FlatStoreManager::BindDeclWithNoInit(Store store, const VarRegion *VR) {
-  return store;
-}
-
-Store FlatStoreManager::InvalidateRegions(Store store,
-                                          const MemRegion * const *I,
-                                          const MemRegion * const *E,
-                                          const Expr *Ex, unsigned Count,
-                                          InvalidatedSymbols *IS,
-                                          bool invalidateGlobals,
-                                          InvalidatedRegions *Regions) {
-  assert(false && "Not implemented");
-  return store;
-}
-
-void FlatStoreManager::print(Store store, llvm::raw_ostream& Out, 
-                             const char* nl, const char *sep) {
-}
-
-void FlatStoreManager::iterBindings(Store store, BindingsHandler& f) {
-}
-
-FlatStoreManager::RegionInterval 
-FlatStoreManager::RegionToInterval(const MemRegion *R) { 
-  switch (R->getKind()) {
-  case MemRegion::VarRegionKind: {
-    QualType T = cast<VarRegion>(R)->getValueType();
-    int64_t Size = Ctx.getTypeSize(T);
-    return RegionInterval(R, 0, Size-1);
-  }
-
-  case MemRegion::ElementRegionKind: 
-  case MemRegion::FieldRegionKind: {
-    RegionOffset Offset = R->getAsOffset();
-    // We cannot compute offset for all regions, for example, elements
-    // with symbolic offsets.
-    if (!Offset.getRegion())
-      return RegionInterval(0, 0, 0);
-    int64_t Start = Offset.getOffset();
-    int64_t Size = Ctx.getTypeSize(cast<TypedRegion>(R)->getValueType());
-    return RegionInterval(Offset.getRegion(), Start, Start+Size);
-  }
-
-  default:
-    llvm_unreachable("Region kind unhandled.");
-    return RegionInterval(0, 0, 0);
-  }
-}

Removed: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/GRState.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/GRState.cpp?rev=125123&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/GRState.cpp (original)
+++ cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/GRState.cpp (removed)
@@ -1,571 +0,0 @@
-//= GRState.cpp - Path-Sensitive "State" for tracking values -----*- C++ -*--=//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-//  This file implements GRState and GRStateManager.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#include "clang/Analysis/CFG.h"
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathSensitive/GRStateTrait.h"
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathSensitive/GRState.h"
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathSensitive/SubEngine.h"
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathSensitive/TransferFuncs.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
-
-using namespace clang;
-using namespace ento;
-
-// Give the vtable for ConstraintManager somewhere to live.
-// FIXME: Move this elsewhere.
-ConstraintManager::~ConstraintManager() {}
-
-GRStateManager::~GRStateManager() {
-  for (std::vector<GRState::Printer*>::iterator I=Printers.begin(),
-        E=Printers.end(); I!=E; ++I)
-    delete *I;
-
-  for (GDMContextsTy::iterator I=GDMContexts.begin(), E=GDMContexts.end();
-       I!=E; ++I)
-    I->second.second(I->second.first);
-}
-
-const GRState*
-GRStateManager::removeDeadBindings(const GRState* state,
-                                   const StackFrameContext *LCtx,
-                                   SymbolReaper& SymReaper) {
-
-  // This code essentially performs a "mark-and-sweep" of the VariableBindings.
-  // The roots are any Block-level exprs and Decls that our liveness algorithm
-  // tells us are live.  We then see what Decls they may reference, and keep
-  // those around.  This code more than likely can be made faster, and the
-  // frequency of which this method is called should be experimented with
-  // for optimum performance.
-  llvm::SmallVector<const MemRegion*, 10> RegionRoots;
-  GRState NewState = *state;
-
-  NewState.Env = EnvMgr.removeDeadBindings(NewState.Env, SymReaper,
-                                           state, RegionRoots);
-
-  // Clean up the store.
-  NewState.St = StoreMgr->removeDeadBindings(NewState.St, LCtx, 
-                                             SymReaper, RegionRoots);
-  state = getPersistentState(NewState);
-  return ConstraintMgr->removeDeadBindings(state, SymReaper);
-}
-
-const GRState *GRStateManager::MarshalState(const GRState *state,
-                                            const StackFrameContext *InitLoc) {
-  // make up an empty state for now.
-  GRState State(this,
-                EnvMgr.getInitialEnvironment(),
-                StoreMgr->getInitialStore(InitLoc),
-                GDMFactory.getEmptyMap());
-
-  return getPersistentState(State);
-}
-
-const GRState *GRState::bindCompoundLiteral(const CompoundLiteralExpr* CL,
-                                            const LocationContext *LC,
-                                            SVal V) const {
-  Store new_store = 
-    getStateManager().StoreMgr->BindCompoundLiteral(St, CL, LC, V);
-  return makeWithStore(new_store);
-}
-
-const GRState *GRState::bindDecl(const VarRegion* VR, SVal IVal) const {
-  Store new_store = getStateManager().StoreMgr->BindDecl(St, VR, IVal);
-  return makeWithStore(new_store);
-}
-
-const GRState *GRState::bindDeclWithNoInit(const VarRegion* VR) const {
-  Store new_store = getStateManager().StoreMgr->BindDeclWithNoInit(St, VR);
-  return makeWithStore(new_store);
-}
-
-const GRState *GRState::bindLoc(Loc LV, SVal V) const {
-  GRStateManager &Mgr = getStateManager();
-  Store new_store = Mgr.StoreMgr->Bind(St, LV, V);
-  const GRState *new_state = makeWithStore(new_store);
-
-  const MemRegion *MR = LV.getAsRegion();
-  if (MR)
-    return Mgr.getOwningEngine().processRegionChange(new_state, MR);
-
-  return new_state;
-}
-
-const GRState *GRState::bindDefault(SVal loc, SVal V) const {
-  GRStateManager &Mgr = getStateManager();
-  const MemRegion *R = cast<loc::MemRegionVal>(loc).getRegion();
-  Store new_store = Mgr.StoreMgr->BindDefault(St, R, V);
-  const GRState *new_state = makeWithStore(new_store);
-  return Mgr.getOwningEngine().processRegionChange(new_state, R);
-}
-
-const GRState *GRState::InvalidateRegions(const MemRegion * const *Begin,
-                                          const MemRegion * const *End,
-                                          const Expr *E, unsigned Count,
-                                          StoreManager::InvalidatedSymbols *IS,
-                                          bool invalidateGlobals) const {
-  GRStateManager &Mgr = getStateManager();
-  SubEngine &Eng = Mgr.getOwningEngine();
-
-  if (Eng.wantsRegionChangeUpdate(this)) {
-    StoreManager::InvalidatedRegions Regions;
-
-    Store new_store = Mgr.StoreMgr->InvalidateRegions(St, Begin, End,
-                                                      E, Count, IS,
-                                                      invalidateGlobals,
-                                                      &Regions);
-    const GRState *new_state = makeWithStore(new_store);
-
-    return Eng.processRegionChanges(new_state,
-                                    &Regions.front(),
-                                    &Regions.back()+1);
-  }
-
-  Store new_store = Mgr.StoreMgr->InvalidateRegions(St, Begin, End,
-                                                    E, Count, IS,
-                                                    invalidateGlobals,
-                                                    NULL);
-  return makeWithStore(new_store);
-}
-
-const GRState *GRState::unbindLoc(Loc LV) const {
-  assert(!isa<loc::MemRegionVal>(LV) && "Use InvalidateRegion instead.");
-
-  Store OldStore = getStore();
-  Store NewStore = getStateManager().StoreMgr->Remove(OldStore, LV);
-
-  if (NewStore == OldStore)
-    return this;
-
-  return makeWithStore(NewStore);
-}
-
-const GRState *GRState::enterStackFrame(const StackFrameContext *frame) const {
-  Store new_store = getStateManager().StoreMgr->enterStackFrame(this, frame);
-  return makeWithStore(new_store);
-}
-
-SVal GRState::getSValAsScalarOrLoc(const MemRegion *R) const {
-  // We only want to do fetches from regions that we can actually bind
-  // values.  For example, SymbolicRegions of type 'id<...>' cannot
-  // have direct bindings (but their can be bindings on their subregions).
-  if (!R->isBoundable())
-    return UnknownVal();
-
-  if (const TypedRegion *TR = dyn_cast<TypedRegion>(R)) {
-    QualType T = TR->getValueType();
-    if (Loc::IsLocType(T) || T->isIntegerType())
-      return getSVal(R);
-  }
-
-  return UnknownVal();
-}
-
-SVal GRState::getSVal(Loc location, QualType T) const {
-  SVal V = getRawSVal(cast<Loc>(location), T);
-
-  // If 'V' is a symbolic value that is *perfectly* constrained to
-  // be a constant value, use that value instead to lessen the burden
-  // on later analysis stages (so we have less symbolic values to reason
-  // about).
-  if (!T.isNull()) {
-    if (SymbolRef sym = V.getAsSymbol()) {
-      if (const llvm::APSInt *Int = getSymVal(sym)) {
-        // FIXME: Because we don't correctly model (yet) sign-extension
-        // and truncation of symbolic values, we need to convert
-        // the integer value to the correct signedness and bitwidth.
-        //
-        // This shows up in the following:
-        //
-        //   char foo();
-        //   unsigned x = foo();
-        //   if (x == 54)
-        //     ...
-        //
-        //  The symbolic value stored to 'x' is actually the conjured
-        //  symbol for the call to foo(); the type of that symbol is 'char',
-        //  not unsigned.
-        const llvm::APSInt &NewV = getBasicVals().Convert(T, *Int);
-        
-        if (isa<Loc>(V))
-          return loc::ConcreteInt(NewV);
-        else
-          return nonloc::ConcreteInt(NewV);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  
-  return V;
-}
-
-const GRState *GRState::BindExpr(const Stmt* S, SVal V, bool Invalidate) const{
-  Environment NewEnv = getStateManager().EnvMgr.bindExpr(Env, S, V,
-                                                         Invalidate);
-  if (NewEnv == Env)
-    return this;
-
-  GRState NewSt = *this;
-  NewSt.Env = NewEnv;
-  return getStateManager().getPersistentState(NewSt);
-}
-
-const GRState *GRState::bindExprAndLocation(const Stmt *S, SVal location,
-                                            SVal V) const {
-  Environment NewEnv =
-    getStateManager().EnvMgr.bindExprAndLocation(Env, S, location, V);
-
-  if (NewEnv == Env)
-    return this;
-  
-  GRState NewSt = *this;
-  NewSt.Env = NewEnv;
-  return getStateManager().getPersistentState(NewSt);
-}
-
-const GRState *GRState::assumeInBound(DefinedOrUnknownSVal Idx,
-                                      DefinedOrUnknownSVal UpperBound,
-                                      bool Assumption) const {
-  if (Idx.isUnknown() || UpperBound.isUnknown())
-    return this;
-
-  // Build an expression for 0 <= Idx < UpperBound.
-  // This is the same as Idx + MIN < UpperBound + MIN, if overflow is allowed.
-  // FIXME: This should probably be part of SValBuilder.
-  GRStateManager &SM = getStateManager();
-  SValBuilder &svalBuilder = SM.getSValBuilder();
-  ASTContext &Ctx = svalBuilder.getContext();
-
-  // Get the offset: the minimum value of the array index type.
-  BasicValueFactory &BVF = svalBuilder.getBasicValueFactory();
-  // FIXME: This should be using ValueManager::ArrayindexTy...somehow.
-  QualType indexTy = Ctx.IntTy;
-  nonloc::ConcreteInt Min(BVF.getMinValue(indexTy));
-
-  // Adjust the index.
-  SVal newIdx = svalBuilder.evalBinOpNN(this, BO_Add,
-                                        cast<NonLoc>(Idx), Min, indexTy);
-  if (newIdx.isUnknownOrUndef())
-    return this;
-
-  // Adjust the upper bound.
-  SVal newBound =
-    svalBuilder.evalBinOpNN(this, BO_Add, cast<NonLoc>(UpperBound),
-                            Min, indexTy);
-
-  if (newBound.isUnknownOrUndef())
-    return this;
-
-  // Build the actual comparison.
-  SVal inBound = svalBuilder.evalBinOpNN(this, BO_LT,
-                                cast<NonLoc>(newIdx), cast<NonLoc>(newBound),
-                                Ctx.IntTy);
-  if (inBound.isUnknownOrUndef())
-    return this;
-
-  // Finally, let the constraint manager take care of it.
-  ConstraintManager &CM = SM.getConstraintManager();
-  return CM.assume(this, cast<DefinedSVal>(inBound), Assumption);
-}
-
-const GRState* GRStateManager::getInitialState(const LocationContext *InitLoc) {
-  GRState State(this,
-                EnvMgr.getInitialEnvironment(),
-                StoreMgr->getInitialStore(InitLoc),
-                GDMFactory.getEmptyMap());
-
-  return getPersistentState(State);
-}
-
-void GRStateManager::recycleUnusedStates() {
-  for (std::vector<GRState*>::iterator i = recentlyAllocatedStates.begin(),
-       e = recentlyAllocatedStates.end(); i != e; ++i) {
-    GRState *state = *i;
-    if (state->referencedByExplodedNode())
-      continue;
-    StateSet.RemoveNode(state);
-    freeStates.push_back(state);
-  }
-  recentlyAllocatedStates.clear();
-}
-
-const GRState* GRStateManager::getPersistentState(GRState& State) {
-
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  State.Profile(ID);
-  void* InsertPos;
-
-  if (GRState* I = StateSet.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
-    return I;
-
-  GRState *newState = 0;
-  if (!freeStates.empty()) {
-    newState = freeStates.back();
-    freeStates.pop_back();    
-  }
-  else {
-    newState = (GRState*) Alloc.Allocate<GRState>();
-  }
-  new (newState) GRState(State);
-  StateSet.InsertNode(newState, InsertPos);
-  recentlyAllocatedStates.push_back(newState);
-  return newState;
-}
-
-const GRState* GRState::makeWithStore(Store store) const {
-  GRState NewSt = *this;
-  NewSt.St = store;
-  return getStateManager().getPersistentState(NewSt);
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//  State pretty-printing.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-static bool IsEnvLoc(const Stmt *S) {
-  // FIXME: This is a layering violation.  Should be in environment.
-  return (bool) (((uintptr_t) S) & 0x1);
-}
-
-void GRState::print(llvm::raw_ostream& Out, CFG &C, const char* nl,
-                    const char* sep) const {
-  // Print the store.
-  GRStateManager &Mgr = getStateManager();
-  Mgr.getStoreManager().print(getStore(), Out, nl, sep);
-
-  // Print Subexpression bindings.
-  bool isFirst = true;
-
-  // FIXME: All environment printing should be moved inside Environment.
-  for (Environment::iterator I = Env.begin(), E = Env.end(); I != E; ++I) {
-    if (C.isBlkExpr(I.getKey()) || IsEnvLoc(I.getKey()))
-      continue;
-
-    if (isFirst) {
-      Out << nl << nl << "Sub-Expressions:" << nl;
-      isFirst = false;
-    }
-    else { Out << nl; }
-
-    Out << " (" << (void*) I.getKey() << ") ";
-    LangOptions LO; // FIXME.
-    I.getKey()->printPretty(Out, 0, PrintingPolicy(LO));
-    Out << " : " << I.getData();
-  }
-
-  // Print block-expression bindings.
-  isFirst = true;
-
-  for (Environment::iterator I = Env.begin(), E = Env.end(); I != E; ++I) {
-    if (!C.isBlkExpr(I.getKey()))
-      continue;
-
-    if (isFirst) {
-      Out << nl << nl << "Block-level Expressions:" << nl;
-      isFirst = false;
-    }
-    else { Out << nl; }
-
-    Out << " (" << (void*) I.getKey() << ") ";
-    LangOptions LO; // FIXME.
-    I.getKey()->printPretty(Out, 0, PrintingPolicy(LO));
-    Out << " : " << I.getData();
-  }
-  
-  // Print locations.
-  isFirst = true;
-  
-  for (Environment::iterator I = Env.begin(), E = Env.end(); I != E; ++I) {
-    if (!IsEnvLoc(I.getKey()))
-      continue;
-    
-    if (isFirst) {
-      Out << nl << nl << "Load/store locations:" << nl;
-      isFirst = false;
-    }
-    else { Out << nl; }
-
-    const Stmt *S = (Stmt*) (((uintptr_t) I.getKey()) & ((uintptr_t) ~0x1));
-    
-    Out << " (" << (void*) S << ") ";
-    LangOptions LO; // FIXME.
-    S->printPretty(Out, 0, PrintingPolicy(LO));
-    Out << " : " << I.getData();
-  }
-
-  Mgr.getConstraintManager().print(this, Out, nl, sep);
-
-  // Print checker-specific data.
-  for (std::vector<Printer*>::iterator I = Mgr.Printers.begin(),
-                                       E = Mgr.Printers.end(); I != E; ++I) {
-    (*I)->Print(Out, this, nl, sep);
-  }
-}
-
-void GRState::printDOT(llvm::raw_ostream& Out, CFG &C) const {
-  print(Out, C, "\\l", "\\|");
-}
-
-void GRState::printStdErr(CFG &C) const {
-  print(llvm::errs(), C);
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Generic Data Map.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-void* const* GRState::FindGDM(void* K) const {
-  return GDM.lookup(K);
-}
-
-void*
-GRStateManager::FindGDMContext(void* K,
-                               void* (*CreateContext)(llvm::BumpPtrAllocator&),
-                               void (*DeleteContext)(void*)) {
-
-  std::pair<void*, void (*)(void*)>& p = GDMContexts[K];
-  if (!p.first) {
-    p.first = CreateContext(Alloc);
-    p.second = DeleteContext;
-  }
-
-  return p.first;
-}
-
-const GRState* GRStateManager::addGDM(const GRState* St, void* Key, void* Data){
-  GRState::GenericDataMap M1 = St->getGDM();
-  GRState::GenericDataMap M2 = GDMFactory.add(M1, Key, Data);
-
-  if (M1 == M2)
-    return St;
-
-  GRState NewSt = *St;
-  NewSt.GDM = M2;
-  return getPersistentState(NewSt);
-}
-
-const GRState *GRStateManager::removeGDM(const GRState *state, void *Key) {
-  GRState::GenericDataMap OldM = state->getGDM();
-  GRState::GenericDataMap NewM = GDMFactory.remove(OldM, Key);
-
-  if (NewM == OldM)
-    return state;
-
-  GRState NewState = *state;
-  NewState.GDM = NewM;
-  return getPersistentState(NewState);
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Utility.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-namespace {
-class ScanReachableSymbols : public SubRegionMap::Visitor  {
-  typedef llvm::DenseSet<const MemRegion*> VisitedRegionsTy;
-
-  VisitedRegionsTy visited;
-  const GRState *state;
-  SymbolVisitor &visitor;
-  llvm::OwningPtr<SubRegionMap> SRM;
-public:
-
-  ScanReachableSymbols(const GRState *st, SymbolVisitor& v)
-    : state(st), visitor(v) {}
-
-  bool scan(nonloc::CompoundVal val);
-  bool scan(SVal val);
-  bool scan(const MemRegion *R);
-
-  // From SubRegionMap::Visitor.
-  bool Visit(const MemRegion* Parent, const MemRegion* SubRegion) {
-    return scan(SubRegion);
-  }
-};
-}
-
-bool ScanReachableSymbols::scan(nonloc::CompoundVal val) {
-  for (nonloc::CompoundVal::iterator I=val.begin(), E=val.end(); I!=E; ++I)
-    if (!scan(*I))
-      return false;
-
-  return true;
-}
-
-bool ScanReachableSymbols::scan(SVal val) {
-  if (loc::MemRegionVal *X = dyn_cast<loc::MemRegionVal>(&val))
-    return scan(X->getRegion());
-
-  if (nonloc::LocAsInteger *X = dyn_cast<nonloc::LocAsInteger>(&val))
-    return scan(X->getLoc());
-
-  if (SymbolRef Sym = val.getAsSymbol())
-    return visitor.VisitSymbol(Sym);
-
-  if (nonloc::CompoundVal *X = dyn_cast<nonloc::CompoundVal>(&val))
-    return scan(*X);
-
-  return true;
-}
-
-bool ScanReachableSymbols::scan(const MemRegion *R) {
-  if (isa<MemSpaceRegion>(R) || visited.count(R))
-    return true;
-
-  visited.insert(R);
-
-  // If this is a symbolic region, visit the symbol for the region.
-  if (const SymbolicRegion *SR = dyn_cast<SymbolicRegion>(R))
-    if (!visitor.VisitSymbol(SR->getSymbol()))
-      return false;
-
-  // If this is a subregion, also visit the parent regions.
-  if (const SubRegion *SR = dyn_cast<SubRegion>(R))
-    if (!scan(SR->getSuperRegion()))
-      return false;
-
-  // Now look at the binding to this region (if any).
-  if (!scan(state->getSValAsScalarOrLoc(R)))
-    return false;
-
-  // Now look at the subregions.
-  if (!SRM.get())
-    SRM.reset(state->getStateManager().getStoreManager().
-                                           getSubRegionMap(state->getStore()));
-
-  return SRM->iterSubRegions(R, *this);
-}
-
-bool GRState::scanReachableSymbols(SVal val, SymbolVisitor& visitor) const {
-  ScanReachableSymbols S(this, visitor);
-  return S.scan(val);
-}
-
-bool GRState::scanReachableSymbols(const SVal *I, const SVal *E,
-                                   SymbolVisitor &visitor) const {
-  ScanReachableSymbols S(this, visitor);
-  for ( ; I != E; ++I) {
-    if (!S.scan(*I))
-      return false;
-  }
-  return true;
-}
-
-bool GRState::scanReachableSymbols(const MemRegion * const *I,
-                                   const MemRegion * const *E,
-                                   SymbolVisitor &visitor) const {
-  ScanReachableSymbols S(this, visitor);
-  for ( ; I != E; ++I) {
-    if (!S.scan(*I))
-      return false;
-  }
-  return true;
-}

Removed: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/HTMLDiagnostics.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/HTMLDiagnostics.cpp?rev=125123&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/HTMLDiagnostics.cpp (original)
+++ cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/HTMLDiagnostics.cpp (removed)
@@ -1,581 +0,0 @@
-//===--- HTMLDiagnostics.cpp - HTML Diagnostics for Paths ----*- C++ -*-===//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-//  This file defines the HTMLDiagnostics object.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathDiagnosticClients.h"
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/BugReporter/PathDiagnostic.h"
-#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
-#include "clang/AST/Decl.h"
-#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
-#include "clang/Basic/FileManager.h"
-#include "clang/Rewrite/Rewriter.h"
-#include "clang/Rewrite/HTMLRewrite.h"
-#include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h"
-#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/FileSystem.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/MemoryBuffer.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/Path.h"
-
-using namespace clang;
-using namespace ento;
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Boilerplate.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-namespace {
-
-class HTMLDiagnostics : public PathDiagnosticClient {
-  llvm::sys::Path Directory, FilePrefix;
-  bool createdDir, noDir;
-  const Preprocessor &PP;
-  std::vector<const PathDiagnostic*> BatchedDiags;
-public:
-  HTMLDiagnostics(const std::string& prefix, const Preprocessor &pp);
-
-  virtual ~HTMLDiagnostics() { FlushDiagnostics(NULL); }
-
-  virtual void FlushDiagnostics(llvm::SmallVectorImpl<std::string> *FilesMade);
-
-  virtual void HandlePathDiagnostic(const PathDiagnostic* D);
-
-  virtual llvm::StringRef getName() const {
-    return "HTMLDiagnostics";
-  }
-
-  unsigned ProcessMacroPiece(llvm::raw_ostream& os,
-                             const PathDiagnosticMacroPiece& P,
-                             unsigned num);
-
-  void HandlePiece(Rewriter& R, FileID BugFileID,
-                   const PathDiagnosticPiece& P, unsigned num, unsigned max);
-
-  void HighlightRange(Rewriter& R, FileID BugFileID, SourceRange Range,
-                      const char *HighlightStart = "<span class=\"mrange\">",
-                      const char *HighlightEnd = "</span>");
-
-  void ReportDiag(const PathDiagnostic& D,
-                  llvm::SmallVectorImpl<std::string> *FilesMade);
-};
-
-} // end anonymous namespace
-
-HTMLDiagnostics::HTMLDiagnostics(const std::string& prefix,
-                                 const Preprocessor &pp)
-  : Directory(prefix), FilePrefix(prefix), createdDir(false), noDir(false),
-    PP(pp) {
-  // All html files begin with "report"
-  FilePrefix.appendComponent("report");
-}
-
-PathDiagnosticClient*
-ento::createHTMLDiagnosticClient(const std::string& prefix,
-                                 const Preprocessor &PP) {
-  return new HTMLDiagnostics(prefix, PP);
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Report processing.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-void HTMLDiagnostics::HandlePathDiagnostic(const PathDiagnostic* D) {
-  if (!D)
-    return;
-
-  if (D->empty()) {
-    delete D;
-    return;
-  }
-
-  const_cast<PathDiagnostic*>(D)->flattenLocations();
-  BatchedDiags.push_back(D);
-}
-
-void
-HTMLDiagnostics::FlushDiagnostics(llvm::SmallVectorImpl<std::string> *FilesMade)
-{
-  while (!BatchedDiags.empty()) {
-    const PathDiagnostic* D = BatchedDiags.back();
-    BatchedDiags.pop_back();
-    ReportDiag(*D, FilesMade);
-    delete D;
-  }
-
-  BatchedDiags.clear();
-}
-
-void HTMLDiagnostics::ReportDiag(const PathDiagnostic& D,
-                                 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<std::string> *FilesMade){
-  // Create the HTML directory if it is missing.
-  if (!createdDir) {
-    createdDir = true;
-    std::string ErrorMsg;
-    Directory.createDirectoryOnDisk(true, &ErrorMsg);
-
-    bool IsDirectory;
-    if (llvm::sys::fs::is_directory(Directory.str(), IsDirectory) ||
-        !IsDirectory) {
-      llvm::errs() << "warning: could not create directory '"
-                   << Directory.str() << "'\n"
-                   << "reason: " << ErrorMsg << '\n';
-
-      noDir = true;
-
-      return;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if (noDir)
-    return;
-
-  const SourceManager &SMgr = D.begin()->getLocation().getManager();
-  FileID FID;
-
-  // Verify that the entire path is from the same FileID.
-  for (PathDiagnostic::const_iterator I = D.begin(), E = D.end(); I != E; ++I) {
-    FullSourceLoc L = I->getLocation().asLocation().getInstantiationLoc();
-
-    if (FID.isInvalid()) {
-      FID = SMgr.getFileID(L);
-    } else if (SMgr.getFileID(L) != FID)
-      return; // FIXME: Emit a warning?
-
-    // Check the source ranges.
-    for (PathDiagnosticPiece::range_iterator RI=I->ranges_begin(),
-                                             RE=I->ranges_end(); RI!=RE; ++RI) {
-
-      SourceLocation L = SMgr.getInstantiationLoc(RI->getBegin());
-
-      if (!L.isFileID() || SMgr.getFileID(L) != FID)
-        return; // FIXME: Emit a warning?
-
-      L = SMgr.getInstantiationLoc(RI->getEnd());
-
-      if (!L.isFileID() || SMgr.getFileID(L) != FID)
-        return; // FIXME: Emit a warning?
-    }
-  }
-
-  if (FID.isInvalid())
-    return; // FIXME: Emit a warning?
-
-  // Create a new rewriter to generate HTML.
-  Rewriter R(const_cast<SourceManager&>(SMgr), PP.getLangOptions());
-
-  // Process the path.
-  unsigned n = D.size();
-  unsigned max = n;
-
-  for (PathDiagnostic::const_reverse_iterator I=D.rbegin(), E=D.rend();
-        I!=E; ++I, --n)
-    HandlePiece(R, FID, *I, n, max);
-
-  // Add line numbers, header, footer, etc.
-
-  // unsigned FID = R.getSourceMgr().getMainFileID();
-  html::EscapeText(R, FID);
-  html::AddLineNumbers(R, FID);
-
-  // If we have a preprocessor, relex the file and syntax highlight.
-  // We might not have a preprocessor if we come from a deserialized AST file,
-  // for example.
-
-  html::SyntaxHighlight(R, FID, PP);
-  html::HighlightMacros(R, FID, PP);
-
-  // Get the full directory name of the analyzed file.
-
-  const FileEntry* Entry = SMgr.getFileEntryForID(FID);
-
-  // This is a cludge; basically we want to append either the full
-  // working directory if we have no directory information.  This is
-  // a work in progress.
-
-  std::string DirName = "";
-
-  if (llvm::sys::path::is_relative(Entry->getName())) {
-    llvm::sys::Path P = llvm::sys::Path::GetCurrentDirectory();
-    DirName = P.str() + "/";
-  }
-
-  // Add the name of the file as an <h1> tag.
-
-  {
-    std::string s;
-    llvm::raw_string_ostream os(s);
-
-    os << "<!-- REPORTHEADER -->\n"
-      << "<h3>Bug Summary</h3>\n<table class=\"simpletable\">\n"
-          "<tr><td class=\"rowname\">File:</td><td>"
-      << html::EscapeText(DirName)
-      << html::EscapeText(Entry->getName())
-      << "</td></tr>\n<tr><td class=\"rowname\">Location:</td><td>"
-         "<a href=\"#EndPath\">line "
-      << (*D.rbegin()).getLocation().asLocation().getInstantiationLineNumber()
-      << ", column "
-      << (*D.rbegin()).getLocation().asLocation().getInstantiationColumnNumber()
-      << "</a></td></tr>\n"
-         "<tr><td class=\"rowname\">Description:</td><td>"
-      << D.getDescription() << "</td></tr>\n";
-
-    // Output any other meta data.
-
-    for (PathDiagnostic::meta_iterator I=D.meta_begin(), E=D.meta_end();
-         I!=E; ++I) {
-      os << "<tr><td></td><td>" << html::EscapeText(*I) << "</td></tr>\n";
-    }
-
-    os << "</table>\n<!-- REPORTSUMMARYEXTRA -->\n"
-          "<h3>Annotated Source Code</h3>\n";
-
-    R.InsertTextBefore(SMgr.getLocForStartOfFile(FID), os.str());
-  }
-
-  // Embed meta-data tags.
-  {
-    std::string s;
-    llvm::raw_string_ostream os(s);
-
-    const std::string& BugDesc = D.getDescription();
-    if (!BugDesc.empty())
-      os << "\n<!-- BUGDESC " << BugDesc << " -->\n";
-
-    const std::string& BugType = D.getBugType();
-    if (!BugType.empty())
-      os << "\n<!-- BUGTYPE " << BugType << " -->\n";
-
-    const std::string& BugCategory = D.getCategory();
-    if (!BugCategory.empty())
-      os << "\n<!-- BUGCATEGORY " << BugCategory << " -->\n";
-
-    os << "\n<!-- BUGFILE " << DirName << Entry->getName() << " -->\n";
-
-    os << "\n<!-- BUGLINE "
-       << D.back()->getLocation().asLocation().getInstantiationLineNumber()
-       << " -->\n";
-
-    os << "\n<!-- BUGPATHLENGTH " << D.size() << " -->\n";
-
-    // Mark the end of the tags.
-    os << "\n<!-- BUGMETAEND -->\n";
-
-    // Insert the text.
-    R.InsertTextBefore(SMgr.getLocForStartOfFile(FID), os.str());
-  }
-
-  // Add CSS, header, and footer.
-
-  html::AddHeaderFooterInternalBuiltinCSS(R, FID, Entry->getName());
-
-  // Get the rewrite buffer.
-  const RewriteBuffer *Buf = R.getRewriteBufferFor(FID);
-
-  if (!Buf) {
-    llvm::errs() << "warning: no diagnostics generated for main file.\n";
-    return;
-  }
-
-  // Create a path for the target HTML file.
-  llvm::sys::Path F(FilePrefix);
-  F.makeUnique(false, NULL);
-
-  // Rename the file with an HTML extension.
-  llvm::sys::Path H(F);
-  H.appendSuffix("html");
-  F.renamePathOnDisk(H, NULL);
-
-  std::string ErrorMsg;
-  llvm::raw_fd_ostream os(H.c_str(), ErrorMsg);
-
-  if (!ErrorMsg.empty()) {
-    llvm::errs() << "warning: could not create file '" << F.str()
-                 << "'\n";
-    return;
-  }
-
-  if (FilesMade)
-    FilesMade->push_back(llvm::sys::path::filename(H.str()));
-
-  // Emit the HTML to disk.
-  for (RewriteBuffer::iterator I = Buf->begin(), E = Buf->end(); I!=E; ++I)
-      os << *I;
-}
-
-void HTMLDiagnostics::HandlePiece(Rewriter& R, FileID BugFileID,
-                                  const PathDiagnosticPiece& P,
-                                  unsigned num, unsigned max) {
-
-  // For now, just draw a box above the line in question, and emit the
-  // warning.
-  FullSourceLoc Pos = P.getLocation().asLocation();
-
-  if (!Pos.isValid())
-    return;
-
-  SourceManager &SM = R.getSourceMgr();
-  assert(&Pos.getManager() == &SM && "SourceManagers are different!");
-  std::pair<FileID, unsigned> LPosInfo = SM.getDecomposedInstantiationLoc(Pos);
-
-  if (LPosInfo.first != BugFileID)
-    return;
-
-  const llvm::MemoryBuffer *Buf = SM.getBuffer(LPosInfo.first);
-  const char* FileStart = Buf->getBufferStart();
-
-  // Compute the column number.  Rewind from the current position to the start
-  // of the line.
-  unsigned ColNo = SM.getColumnNumber(LPosInfo.first, LPosInfo.second);
-  const char *TokInstantiationPtr =Pos.getInstantiationLoc().getCharacterData();
-  const char *LineStart = TokInstantiationPtr-ColNo;
-
-  // Compute LineEnd.
-  const char *LineEnd = TokInstantiationPtr;
-  const char* FileEnd = Buf->getBufferEnd();
-  while (*LineEnd != '\n' && LineEnd != FileEnd)
-    ++LineEnd;
-
-  // Compute the margin offset by counting tabs and non-tabs.
-  unsigned PosNo = 0;
-  for (const char* c = LineStart; c != TokInstantiationPtr; ++c)
-    PosNo += *c == '\t' ? 8 : 1;
-
-  // Create the html for the message.
-
-  const char *Kind = 0;
-  switch (P.getKind()) {
-  case PathDiagnosticPiece::Event:  Kind = "Event"; break;
-  case PathDiagnosticPiece::ControlFlow: Kind = "Control"; break;
-    // Setting Kind to "Control" is intentional.
-  case PathDiagnosticPiece::Macro: Kind = "Control"; break;
-  }
-
-  std::string sbuf;
-  llvm::raw_string_ostream os(sbuf);
-
-  os << "\n<tr><td class=\"num\"></td><td class=\"line\"><div id=\"";
-
-  if (num == max)
-    os << "EndPath";
-  else
-    os << "Path" << num;
-
-  os << "\" class=\"msg";
-  if (Kind)
-    os << " msg" << Kind;
-  os << "\" style=\"margin-left:" << PosNo << "ex";
-
-  // Output a maximum size.
-  if (!isa<PathDiagnosticMacroPiece>(P)) {
-    // Get the string and determining its maximum substring.
-    const std::string& Msg = P.getString();
-    unsigned max_token = 0;
-    unsigned cnt = 0;
-    unsigned len = Msg.size();
-
-    for (std::string::const_iterator I=Msg.begin(), E=Msg.end(); I!=E; ++I)
-      switch (*I) {
-      default:
-        ++cnt;
-        continue;
-      case ' ':
-      case '\t':
-      case '\n':
-        if (cnt > max_token) max_token = cnt;
-        cnt = 0;
-      }
-
-    if (cnt > max_token)
-      max_token = cnt;
-
-    // Determine the approximate size of the message bubble in em.
-    unsigned em;
-    const unsigned max_line = 120;
-
-    if (max_token >= max_line)
-      em = max_token / 2;
-    else {
-      unsigned characters = max_line;
-      unsigned lines = len / max_line;
-
-      if (lines > 0) {
-        for (; characters > max_token; --characters)
-          if (len / characters > lines) {
-            ++characters;
-            break;
-          }
-      }
-
-      em = characters / 2;
-    }
-
-    if (em < max_line/2)
-      os << "; max-width:" << em << "em";
-  }
-  else
-    os << "; max-width:100em";
-
-  os << "\">";
-
-  if (max > 1) {
-    os << "<table class=\"msgT\"><tr><td valign=\"top\">";
-    os << "<div class=\"PathIndex";
-    if (Kind) os << " PathIndex" << Kind;
-    os << "\">" << num << "</div>";
-    os << "</td><td>";
-  }
-
-  if (const PathDiagnosticMacroPiece *MP =
-        dyn_cast<PathDiagnosticMacroPiece>(&P)) {
-
-    os << "Within the expansion of the macro '";
-
-    // Get the name of the macro by relexing it.
-    {
-      FullSourceLoc L = MP->getLocation().asLocation().getInstantiationLoc();
-      assert(L.isFileID());
-      llvm::StringRef BufferInfo = L.getBufferData();
-      const char* MacroName = L.getDecomposedLoc().second + BufferInfo.data();
-      Lexer rawLexer(L, PP.getLangOptions(), BufferInfo.begin(),
-                     MacroName, BufferInfo.end());
-
-      Token TheTok;
-      rawLexer.LexFromRawLexer(TheTok);
-      for (unsigned i = 0, n = TheTok.getLength(); i < n; ++i)
-        os << MacroName[i];
-    }
-
-    os << "':\n";
-
-    if (max > 1)
-      os << "</td></tr></table>";
-
-    // Within a macro piece.  Write out each event.
-    ProcessMacroPiece(os, *MP, 0);
-  }
-  else {
-    os << html::EscapeText(P.getString());
-
-    if (max > 1)
-      os << "</td></tr></table>";
-  }
-
-  os << "</div></td></tr>";
-
-  // Insert the new html.
-  unsigned DisplayPos = LineEnd - FileStart;
-  SourceLocation Loc =
-    SM.getLocForStartOfFile(LPosInfo.first).getFileLocWithOffset(DisplayPos);
-
-  R.InsertTextBefore(Loc, os.str());
-
-  // Now highlight the ranges.
-  for (const SourceRange *I = P.ranges_begin(), *E = P.ranges_end();
-        I != E; ++I)
-    HighlightRange(R, LPosInfo.first, *I);
-
-#if 0
-  // If there is a code insertion hint, insert that code.
-  // FIXME: This code is disabled because it seems to mangle the HTML
-  // output. I'm leaving it here because it's generally the right idea,
-  // but needs some help from someone more familiar with the rewriter.
-  for (const FixItHint *Hint = P.fixit_begin(), *HintEnd = P.fixit_end();
-       Hint != HintEnd; ++Hint) {
-    if (Hint->RemoveRange.isValid()) {
-      HighlightRange(R, LPosInfo.first, Hint->RemoveRange,
-                     "<span class=\"CodeRemovalHint\">", "</span>");
-    }
-    if (Hint->InsertionLoc.isValid()) {
-      std::string EscapedCode = html::EscapeText(Hint->CodeToInsert, true);
-      EscapedCode = "<span class=\"CodeInsertionHint\">" + EscapedCode
-        + "</span>";
-      R.InsertTextBefore(Hint->InsertionLoc, EscapedCode);
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-static void EmitAlphaCounter(llvm::raw_ostream& os, unsigned n) {
-  unsigned x = n % ('z' - 'a');
-  n /= 'z' - 'a';
-
-  if (n > 0)
-    EmitAlphaCounter(os, n);
-
-  os << char('a' + x);
-}
-
-unsigned HTMLDiagnostics::ProcessMacroPiece(llvm::raw_ostream& os,
-                                            const PathDiagnosticMacroPiece& P,
-                                            unsigned num) {
-
-  for (PathDiagnosticMacroPiece::const_iterator I=P.begin(), E=P.end();
-        I!=E; ++I) {
-
-    if (const PathDiagnosticMacroPiece *MP =
-          dyn_cast<PathDiagnosticMacroPiece>(*I)) {
-      num = ProcessMacroPiece(os, *MP, num);
-      continue;
-    }
-
-    if (PathDiagnosticEventPiece *EP = dyn_cast<PathDiagnosticEventPiece>(*I)) {
-      os << "<div class=\"msg msgEvent\" style=\"width:94%; "
-            "margin-left:5px\">"
-            "<table class=\"msgT\"><tr>"
-            "<td valign=\"top\"><div class=\"PathIndex PathIndexEvent\">";
-      EmitAlphaCounter(os, num++);
-      os << "</div></td><td valign=\"top\">"
-         << html::EscapeText(EP->getString())
-         << "</td></tr></table></div>\n";
-    }
-  }
-
-  return num;
-}
-
-void HTMLDiagnostics::HighlightRange(Rewriter& R, FileID BugFileID,
-                                     SourceRange Range,
-                                     const char *HighlightStart,
-                                     const char *HighlightEnd) {
-  SourceManager &SM = R.getSourceMgr();
-  const LangOptions &LangOpts = R.getLangOpts();
-
-  SourceLocation InstantiationStart = SM.getInstantiationLoc(Range.getBegin());
-  unsigned StartLineNo = SM.getInstantiationLineNumber(InstantiationStart);
-
-  SourceLocation InstantiationEnd = SM.getInstantiationLoc(Range.getEnd());
-  unsigned EndLineNo = SM.getInstantiationLineNumber(InstantiationEnd);
-
-  if (EndLineNo < StartLineNo)
-    return;
-
-  if (SM.getFileID(InstantiationStart) != BugFileID ||
-      SM.getFileID(InstantiationEnd) != BugFileID)
-    return;
-
-  // Compute the column number of the end.
-  unsigned EndColNo = SM.getInstantiationColumnNumber(InstantiationEnd);
-  unsigned OldEndColNo = EndColNo;
-
-  if (EndColNo) {
-    // Add in the length of the token, so that we cover multi-char tokens.
-    EndColNo += Lexer::MeasureTokenLength(Range.getEnd(), SM, LangOpts)-1;
-  }
-
-  // Highlight the range.  Make the span tag the outermost tag for the
-  // selected range.
-
-  SourceLocation E =
-    InstantiationEnd.getFileLocWithOffset(EndColNo - OldEndColNo);
-
-  html::HighlightRange(R, InstantiationStart, E, HighlightStart, HighlightEnd);
-}

Modified: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Makefile
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Makefile?rev=125124&r1=125123&r2=125124&view=diff
==============================================================================
--- cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Makefile (original)
+++ cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Makefile Tue Feb  8 16:30:36 2011
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-##===- clang/lib/Checker/Makefile --------------------------*- Makefile -*-===##
+##===- clang/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Makefile -------------------*- Makefile -*-===##
 # 
 #                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
 #
@@ -12,8 +12,6 @@
 ##===----------------------------------------------------------------------===##
 
 CLANG_LEVEL := ../..
-LIBRARYNAME := clangStaticAnalyzerCore
-PARALLEL_DIRS := Checkers
+PARALLEL_DIRS := Core Checkers
 
 include $(CLANG_LEVEL)/Makefile
-

Removed: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/ManagerRegistry.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/ManagerRegistry.cpp?rev=125123&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/ManagerRegistry.cpp (original)
+++ cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/ManagerRegistry.cpp (removed)
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-//===- ManagerRegistry.cpp - Pluggble Analyzer module creators --*- C++ -*-===//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-//  This file defines the pluggable analyzer module creators.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/ManagerRegistry.h"
-
-using namespace clang;
-using namespace ento;
-
-StoreManagerCreator ManagerRegistry::StoreMgrCreator = 0;
-
-ConstraintManagerCreator ManagerRegistry::ConstraintMgrCreator = 0;

Removed: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/MemRegion.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/MemRegion.cpp?rev=125123&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/MemRegion.cpp (original)
+++ cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/MemRegion.cpp (removed)
@@ -1,988 +0,0 @@
-//== MemRegion.cpp - Abstract memory regions for static analysis --*- C++ -*--//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-//  This file defines MemRegion and its subclasses.  MemRegion defines a
-//  partially-typed abstraction of memory useful for path-sensitive dataflow
-//  analyses.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathSensitive/MemRegion.h"
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathSensitive/SValBuilder.h"
-#include "clang/Analysis/AnalysisContext.h"
-#include "clang/Analysis/Support/BumpVector.h"
-#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
-#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
-
-using namespace clang;
-using namespace ento;
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// MemRegion Construction.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-template<typename RegionTy> struct MemRegionManagerTrait;
-
-template <typename RegionTy, typename A1>
-RegionTy* MemRegionManager::getRegion(const A1 a1) {
-
-  const typename MemRegionManagerTrait<RegionTy>::SuperRegionTy *superRegion =
-  MemRegionManagerTrait<RegionTy>::getSuperRegion(*this, a1);
-
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  RegionTy::ProfileRegion(ID, a1, superRegion);
-  void* InsertPos;
-  RegionTy* R = cast_or_null<RegionTy>(Regions.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID,
-                                                                   InsertPos));
-
-  if (!R) {
-    R = (RegionTy*) A.Allocate<RegionTy>();
-    new (R) RegionTy(a1, superRegion);
-    Regions.InsertNode(R, InsertPos);
-  }
-
-  return R;
-}
-
-template <typename RegionTy, typename A1>
-RegionTy* MemRegionManager::getSubRegion(const A1 a1,
-                                         const MemRegion *superRegion) {
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  RegionTy::ProfileRegion(ID, a1, superRegion);
-  void* InsertPos;
-  RegionTy* R = cast_or_null<RegionTy>(Regions.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID,
-                                                                   InsertPos));
-
-  if (!R) {
-    R = (RegionTy*) A.Allocate<RegionTy>();
-    new (R) RegionTy(a1, superRegion);
-    Regions.InsertNode(R, InsertPos);
-  }
-
-  return R;
-}
-
-template <typename RegionTy, typename A1, typename A2>
-RegionTy* MemRegionManager::getRegion(const A1 a1, const A2 a2) {
-
-  const typename MemRegionManagerTrait<RegionTy>::SuperRegionTy *superRegion =
-  MemRegionManagerTrait<RegionTy>::getSuperRegion(*this, a1, a2);
-
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  RegionTy::ProfileRegion(ID, a1, a2, superRegion);
-  void* InsertPos;
-  RegionTy* R = cast_or_null<RegionTy>(Regions.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID,
-                                                                   InsertPos));
-
-  if (!R) {
-    R = (RegionTy*) A.Allocate<RegionTy>();
-    new (R) RegionTy(a1, a2, superRegion);
-    Regions.InsertNode(R, InsertPos);
-  }
-
-  return R;
-}
-
-template <typename RegionTy, typename A1, typename A2>
-RegionTy* MemRegionManager::getSubRegion(const A1 a1, const A2 a2,
-                                         const MemRegion *superRegion) {
-
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  RegionTy::ProfileRegion(ID, a1, a2, superRegion);
-  void* InsertPos;
-  RegionTy* R = cast_or_null<RegionTy>(Regions.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID,
-                                                                   InsertPos));
-
-  if (!R) {
-    R = (RegionTy*) A.Allocate<RegionTy>();
-    new (R) RegionTy(a1, a2, superRegion);
-    Regions.InsertNode(R, InsertPos);
-  }
-
-  return R;
-}
-
-template <typename RegionTy, typename A1, typename A2, typename A3>
-RegionTy* MemRegionManager::getSubRegion(const A1 a1, const A2 a2, const A3 a3,
-                                         const MemRegion *superRegion) {
-
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  RegionTy::ProfileRegion(ID, a1, a2, a3, superRegion);
-  void* InsertPos;
-  RegionTy* R = cast_or_null<RegionTy>(Regions.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID,
-                                                                   InsertPos));
-
-  if (!R) {
-    R = (RegionTy*) A.Allocate<RegionTy>();
-    new (R) RegionTy(a1, a2, a3, superRegion);
-    Regions.InsertNode(R, InsertPos);
-  }
-
-  return R;
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Object destruction.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-MemRegion::~MemRegion() {}
-
-MemRegionManager::~MemRegionManager() {
-  // All regions and their data are BumpPtrAllocated.  No need to call
-  // their destructors.
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Basic methods.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-bool SubRegion::isSubRegionOf(const MemRegion* R) const {
-  const MemRegion* r = getSuperRegion();
-  while (r != 0) {
-    if (r == R)
-      return true;
-    if (const SubRegion* sr = dyn_cast<SubRegion>(r))
-      r = sr->getSuperRegion();
-    else
-      break;
-  }
-  return false;
-}
-
-MemRegionManager* SubRegion::getMemRegionManager() const {
-  const SubRegion* r = this;
-  do {
-    const MemRegion *superRegion = r->getSuperRegion();
-    if (const SubRegion *sr = dyn_cast<SubRegion>(superRegion)) {
-      r = sr;
-      continue;
-    }
-    return superRegion->getMemRegionManager();
-  } while (1);
-}
-
-const StackFrameContext *VarRegion::getStackFrame() const {
-  const StackSpaceRegion *SSR = dyn_cast<StackSpaceRegion>(getMemorySpace());
-  return SSR ? SSR->getStackFrame() : NULL;
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Region extents.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-DefinedOrUnknownSVal DeclRegion::getExtent(SValBuilder &svalBuilder) const {
-  ASTContext& Ctx = svalBuilder.getContext();
-  QualType T = getDesugaredValueType(Ctx);
-
-  if (isa<VariableArrayType>(T))
-    return nonloc::SymbolVal(svalBuilder.getSymbolManager().getExtentSymbol(this));
-  if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(T))
-    return UnknownVal();
-
-  CharUnits size = Ctx.getTypeSizeInChars(T);
-  QualType sizeTy = svalBuilder.getArrayIndexType();
-  return svalBuilder.makeIntVal(size.getQuantity(), sizeTy);
-}
-
-DefinedOrUnknownSVal FieldRegion::getExtent(SValBuilder &svalBuilder) const {
-  DefinedOrUnknownSVal Extent = DeclRegion::getExtent(svalBuilder);
-
-  // A zero-length array at the end of a struct often stands for dynamically-
-  // allocated extra memory.
-  if (Extent.isZeroConstant()) {
-    QualType T = getDesugaredValueType(svalBuilder.getContext());
-
-    if (isa<ConstantArrayType>(T))
-      return UnknownVal();
-  }
-
-  return Extent;
-}
-
-DefinedOrUnknownSVal AllocaRegion::getExtent(SValBuilder &svalBuilder) const {
-  return nonloc::SymbolVal(svalBuilder.getSymbolManager().getExtentSymbol(this));
-}
-
-DefinedOrUnknownSVal SymbolicRegion::getExtent(SValBuilder &svalBuilder) const {
-  return nonloc::SymbolVal(svalBuilder.getSymbolManager().getExtentSymbol(this));
-}
-
-DefinedOrUnknownSVal StringRegion::getExtent(SValBuilder &svalBuilder) const {
-  return svalBuilder.makeIntVal(getStringLiteral()->getByteLength()+1,
-                                svalBuilder.getArrayIndexType());
-}
-
-QualType CXXBaseObjectRegion::getValueType() const {
-  return QualType(decl->getTypeForDecl(), 0);
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// FoldingSet profiling.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-void MemSpaceRegion::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID) const {
-  ID.AddInteger((unsigned)getKind());
-}
-
-void StackSpaceRegion::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
-  ID.AddInteger((unsigned)getKind());
-  ID.AddPointer(getStackFrame());
-}
-
-void StaticGlobalSpaceRegion::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
-  ID.AddInteger((unsigned)getKind());
-  ID.AddPointer(getCodeRegion());
-}
-
-void StringRegion::ProfileRegion(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID,
-                                 const StringLiteral* Str,
-                                 const MemRegion* superRegion) {
-  ID.AddInteger((unsigned) StringRegionKind);
-  ID.AddPointer(Str);
-  ID.AddPointer(superRegion);
-}
-
-void AllocaRegion::ProfileRegion(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID,
-                                 const Expr* Ex, unsigned cnt,
-                                 const MemRegion *) {
-  ID.AddInteger((unsigned) AllocaRegionKind);
-  ID.AddPointer(Ex);
-  ID.AddInteger(cnt);
-}
-
-void AllocaRegion::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID) const {
-  ProfileRegion(ID, Ex, Cnt, superRegion);
-}
-
-void CompoundLiteralRegion::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID) const {
-  CompoundLiteralRegion::ProfileRegion(ID, CL, superRegion);
-}
-
-void CompoundLiteralRegion::ProfileRegion(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID,
-                                          const CompoundLiteralExpr* CL,
-                                          const MemRegion* superRegion) {
-  ID.AddInteger((unsigned) CompoundLiteralRegionKind);
-  ID.AddPointer(CL);
-  ID.AddPointer(superRegion);
-}
-
-void CXXThisRegion::ProfileRegion(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
-                                  const PointerType *PT,
-                                  const MemRegion *sRegion) {
-  ID.AddInteger((unsigned) CXXThisRegionKind);
-  ID.AddPointer(PT);
-  ID.AddPointer(sRegion);
-}
-
-void CXXThisRegion::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
-  CXXThisRegion::ProfileRegion(ID, ThisPointerTy, superRegion);
-}
-
-void DeclRegion::ProfileRegion(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID, const Decl* D,
-                               const MemRegion* superRegion, Kind k) {
-  ID.AddInteger((unsigned) k);
-  ID.AddPointer(D);
-  ID.AddPointer(superRegion);
-}
-
-void DeclRegion::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID) const {
-  DeclRegion::ProfileRegion(ID, D, superRegion, getKind());
-}
-
-void VarRegion::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
-  VarRegion::ProfileRegion(ID, getDecl(), superRegion);
-}
-
-void SymbolicRegion::ProfileRegion(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID, SymbolRef sym,
-                                   const MemRegion *sreg) {
-  ID.AddInteger((unsigned) MemRegion::SymbolicRegionKind);
-  ID.Add(sym);
-  ID.AddPointer(sreg);
-}
-
-void SymbolicRegion::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID) const {
-  SymbolicRegion::ProfileRegion(ID, sym, getSuperRegion());
-}
-
-void ElementRegion::ProfileRegion(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID,
-                                  QualType ElementType, SVal Idx,
-                                  const MemRegion* superRegion) {
-  ID.AddInteger(MemRegion::ElementRegionKind);
-  ID.Add(ElementType);
-  ID.AddPointer(superRegion);
-  Idx.Profile(ID);
-}
-
-void ElementRegion::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID) const {
-  ElementRegion::ProfileRegion(ID, ElementType, Index, superRegion);
-}
-
-void FunctionTextRegion::ProfileRegion(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID,
-                                       const FunctionDecl *FD,
-                                       const MemRegion*) {
-  ID.AddInteger(MemRegion::FunctionTextRegionKind);
-  ID.AddPointer(FD);
-}
-
-void FunctionTextRegion::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID) const {
-  FunctionTextRegion::ProfileRegion(ID, FD, superRegion);
-}
-
-void BlockTextRegion::ProfileRegion(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID,
-                                    const BlockDecl *BD, CanQualType,
-                                    const AnalysisContext *AC,
-                                    const MemRegion*) {
-  ID.AddInteger(MemRegion::BlockTextRegionKind);
-  ID.AddPointer(BD);
-}
-
-void BlockTextRegion::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID) const {
-  BlockTextRegion::ProfileRegion(ID, BD, locTy, AC, superRegion);
-}
-
-void BlockDataRegion::ProfileRegion(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID,
-                                    const BlockTextRegion *BC,
-                                    const LocationContext *LC,
-                                    const MemRegion *sReg) {
-  ID.AddInteger(MemRegion::BlockDataRegionKind);
-  ID.AddPointer(BC);
-  ID.AddPointer(LC);
-  ID.AddPointer(sReg);
-}
-
-void BlockDataRegion::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID) const {
-  BlockDataRegion::ProfileRegion(ID, BC, LC, getSuperRegion());
-}
-
-void CXXTempObjectRegion::ProfileRegion(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
-                                        Expr const *Ex,
-                                        const MemRegion *sReg) {
-  ID.AddPointer(Ex);
-  ID.AddPointer(sReg);
-}
-
-void CXXTempObjectRegion::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
-  ProfileRegion(ID, Ex, getSuperRegion());
-}
-
-void CXXBaseObjectRegion::ProfileRegion(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
-                                        const CXXRecordDecl *decl,
-                                        const MemRegion *sReg) {
-  ID.AddPointer(decl);
-  ID.AddPointer(sReg);
-}
-
-void CXXBaseObjectRegion::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
-  ProfileRegion(ID, decl, superRegion);
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Region pretty-printing.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-void MemRegion::dump() const {
-  dumpToStream(llvm::errs());
-}
-
-std::string MemRegion::getString() const {
-  std::string s;
-  llvm::raw_string_ostream os(s);
-  dumpToStream(os);
-  return os.str();
-}
-
-void MemRegion::dumpToStream(llvm::raw_ostream& os) const {
-  os << "<Unknown Region>";
-}
-
-void AllocaRegion::dumpToStream(llvm::raw_ostream& os) const {
-  os << "alloca{" << (void*) Ex << ',' << Cnt << '}';
-}
-
-void FunctionTextRegion::dumpToStream(llvm::raw_ostream& os) const {
-  os << "code{" << getDecl()->getDeclName().getAsString() << '}';
-}
-
-void BlockTextRegion::dumpToStream(llvm::raw_ostream& os) const {
-  os << "block_code{" << (void*) this << '}';
-}
-
-void BlockDataRegion::dumpToStream(llvm::raw_ostream& os) const {
-  os << "block_data{" << BC << '}';
-}
-
-void CompoundLiteralRegion::dumpToStream(llvm::raw_ostream& os) const {
-  // FIXME: More elaborate pretty-printing.
-  os << "{ " << (void*) CL <<  " }";
-}
-
-void CXXTempObjectRegion::dumpToStream(llvm::raw_ostream &os) const {
-  os << "temp_object";
-}
-
-void CXXBaseObjectRegion::dumpToStream(llvm::raw_ostream &os) const {
-  os << "base " << decl->getName();
-}
-
-void CXXThisRegion::dumpToStream(llvm::raw_ostream &os) const {
-  os << "this";
-}
-
-void ElementRegion::dumpToStream(llvm::raw_ostream& os) const {
-  os << "element{" << superRegion << ','
-     << Index << ',' << getElementType().getAsString() << '}';
-}
-
-void FieldRegion::dumpToStream(llvm::raw_ostream& os) const {
-  os << superRegion << "->" << getDecl();
-}
-
-void NonStaticGlobalSpaceRegion::dumpToStream(llvm::raw_ostream &os) const {
-  os << "NonStaticGlobalSpaceRegion";
-}
-
-void ObjCIvarRegion::dumpToStream(llvm::raw_ostream& os) const {
-  os << "ivar{" << superRegion << ',' << getDecl() << '}';
-}
-
-void StringRegion::dumpToStream(llvm::raw_ostream& os) const {
-  Str->printPretty(os, 0, PrintingPolicy(getContext().getLangOptions()));
-}
-
-void SymbolicRegion::dumpToStream(llvm::raw_ostream& os) const {
-  os << "SymRegion{" << sym << '}';
-}
-
-void VarRegion::dumpToStream(llvm::raw_ostream& os) const {
-  os << cast<VarDecl>(D);
-}
-
-void RegionRawOffset::dump() const {
-  dumpToStream(llvm::errs());
-}
-
-void RegionRawOffset::dumpToStream(llvm::raw_ostream& os) const {
-  os << "raw_offset{" << getRegion() << ',' << getOffset().getQuantity() << '}';
-}
-
-void StaticGlobalSpaceRegion::dumpToStream(llvm::raw_ostream &os) const {
-  os << "StaticGlobalsMemSpace{" << CR << '}';
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// MemRegionManager methods.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-template <typename REG>
-const REG *MemRegionManager::LazyAllocate(REG*& region) {
-  if (!region) {
-    region = (REG*) A.Allocate<REG>();
-    new (region) REG(this);
-  }
-
-  return region;
-}
-
-template <typename REG, typename ARG>
-const REG *MemRegionManager::LazyAllocate(REG*& region, ARG a) {
-  if (!region) {
-    region = (REG*) A.Allocate<REG>();
-    new (region) REG(this, a);
-  }
-
-  return region;
-}
-
-const StackLocalsSpaceRegion*
-MemRegionManager::getStackLocalsRegion(const StackFrameContext *STC) {
-  assert(STC);
-  StackLocalsSpaceRegion *&R = StackLocalsSpaceRegions[STC];
-
-  if (R)
-    return R;
-
-  R = A.Allocate<StackLocalsSpaceRegion>();
-  new (R) StackLocalsSpaceRegion(this, STC);
-  return R;
-}
-
-const StackArgumentsSpaceRegion *
-MemRegionManager::getStackArgumentsRegion(const StackFrameContext *STC) {
-  assert(STC);
-  StackArgumentsSpaceRegion *&R = StackArgumentsSpaceRegions[STC];
-
-  if (R)
-    return R;
-
-  R = A.Allocate<StackArgumentsSpaceRegion>();
-  new (R) StackArgumentsSpaceRegion(this, STC);
-  return R;
-}
-
-const GlobalsSpaceRegion
-*MemRegionManager::getGlobalsRegion(const CodeTextRegion *CR) {
-  if (!CR)
-    return LazyAllocate(globals);
-
-  StaticGlobalSpaceRegion *&R = StaticsGlobalSpaceRegions[CR];
-  if (R)
-    return R;
-
-  R = A.Allocate<StaticGlobalSpaceRegion>();
-  new (R) StaticGlobalSpaceRegion(this, CR);
-  return R;
-}
-
-const HeapSpaceRegion *MemRegionManager::getHeapRegion() {
-  return LazyAllocate(heap);
-}
-
-const MemSpaceRegion *MemRegionManager::getUnknownRegion() {
-  return LazyAllocate(unknown);
-}
-
-const MemSpaceRegion *MemRegionManager::getCodeRegion() {
-  return LazyAllocate(code);
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Constructing regions.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-const StringRegion* MemRegionManager::getStringRegion(const StringLiteral* Str){
-  return getSubRegion<StringRegion>(Str, getGlobalsRegion());
-}
-
-const VarRegion* MemRegionManager::getVarRegion(const VarDecl *D,
-                                                const LocationContext *LC) {
-  const MemRegion *sReg = 0;
-
-  if (D->hasGlobalStorage() && !D->isStaticLocal())
-    sReg = getGlobalsRegion();
-  else {
-    // FIXME: Once we implement scope handling, we will need to properly lookup
-    // 'D' to the proper LocationContext.
-    const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
-    const StackFrameContext *STC = LC->getStackFrameForDeclContext(DC);
-
-    if (!STC)
-      sReg = getUnknownRegion();
-    else {
-      if (D->hasLocalStorage()) {
-        sReg = isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)
-               ? static_cast<const MemRegion*>(getStackArgumentsRegion(STC))
-               : static_cast<const MemRegion*>(getStackLocalsRegion(STC));
-      }
-      else {
-        assert(D->isStaticLocal());
-        const Decl *D = STC->getDecl();
-        if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
-          sReg = getGlobalsRegion(getFunctionTextRegion(FD));
-        else if (const BlockDecl *BD = dyn_cast<BlockDecl>(D)) {
-          const BlockTextRegion *BTR =
-            getBlockTextRegion(BD,
-                     C.getCanonicalType(BD->getSignatureAsWritten()->getType()),
-                     STC->getAnalysisContext());
-          sReg = getGlobalsRegion(BTR);
-        }
-        else {
-          // FIXME: For ObjC-methods, we need a new CodeTextRegion.  For now
-          // just use the main global memspace.
-          sReg = getGlobalsRegion();
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  return getSubRegion<VarRegion>(D, sReg);
-}
-
-const VarRegion *MemRegionManager::getVarRegion(const VarDecl *D,
-                                                const MemRegion *superR) {
-  return getSubRegion<VarRegion>(D, superR);
-}
-
-const BlockDataRegion *
-MemRegionManager::getBlockDataRegion(const BlockTextRegion *BC,
-                                     const LocationContext *LC) {
-  const MemRegion *sReg = 0;
-
-  if (LC) {
-    // FIXME: Once we implement scope handling, we want the parent region
-    // to be the scope.
-    const StackFrameContext *STC = LC->getCurrentStackFrame();
-    assert(STC);
-    sReg = getStackLocalsRegion(STC);
-  }
-  else {
-    // We allow 'LC' to be NULL for cases where want BlockDataRegions
-    // without context-sensitivity.
-    sReg = getUnknownRegion();
-  }
-
-  return getSubRegion<BlockDataRegion>(BC, LC, sReg);
-}
-
-const CompoundLiteralRegion*
-MemRegionManager::getCompoundLiteralRegion(const CompoundLiteralExpr* CL,
-                                           const LocationContext *LC) {
-
-  const MemRegion *sReg = 0;
-
-  if (CL->isFileScope())
-    sReg = getGlobalsRegion();
-  else {
-    const StackFrameContext *STC = LC->getCurrentStackFrame();
-    assert(STC);
-    sReg = getStackLocalsRegion(STC);
-  }
-
-  return getSubRegion<CompoundLiteralRegion>(CL, sReg);
-}
-
-const ElementRegion*
-MemRegionManager::getElementRegion(QualType elementType, NonLoc Idx,
-                                   const MemRegion* superRegion,
-                                   ASTContext& Ctx){
-
-  QualType T = Ctx.getCanonicalType(elementType).getUnqualifiedType();
-
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  ElementRegion::ProfileRegion(ID, T, Idx, superRegion);
-
-  void* InsertPos;
-  MemRegion* data = Regions.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
-  ElementRegion* R = cast_or_null<ElementRegion>(data);
-
-  if (!R) {
-    R = (ElementRegion*) A.Allocate<ElementRegion>();
-    new (R) ElementRegion(T, Idx, superRegion);
-    Regions.InsertNode(R, InsertPos);
-  }
-
-  return R;
-}
-
-const FunctionTextRegion *
-MemRegionManager::getFunctionTextRegion(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
-  return getSubRegion<FunctionTextRegion>(FD, getCodeRegion());
-}
-
-const BlockTextRegion *
-MemRegionManager::getBlockTextRegion(const BlockDecl *BD, CanQualType locTy,
-                                     AnalysisContext *AC) {
-  return getSubRegion<BlockTextRegion>(BD, locTy, AC, getCodeRegion());
-}
-
-
-/// getSymbolicRegion - Retrieve or create a "symbolic" memory region.
-const SymbolicRegion *MemRegionManager::getSymbolicRegion(SymbolRef sym) {
-  return getSubRegion<SymbolicRegion>(sym, getUnknownRegion());
-}
-
-const FieldRegion*
-MemRegionManager::getFieldRegion(const FieldDecl* d,
-                                 const MemRegion* superRegion){
-  return getSubRegion<FieldRegion>(d, superRegion);
-}
-
-const ObjCIvarRegion*
-MemRegionManager::getObjCIvarRegion(const ObjCIvarDecl* d,
-                                    const MemRegion* superRegion) {
-  return getSubRegion<ObjCIvarRegion>(d, superRegion);
-}
-
-const CXXTempObjectRegion*
-MemRegionManager::getCXXTempObjectRegion(Expr const *E,
-                                         LocationContext const *LC) {
-  const StackFrameContext *SFC = LC->getCurrentStackFrame();
-  assert(SFC);
-  return getSubRegion<CXXTempObjectRegion>(E, getStackLocalsRegion(SFC));
-}
-
-const CXXBaseObjectRegion *
-MemRegionManager::getCXXBaseObjectRegion(const CXXRecordDecl *decl,
-                                         const MemRegion *superRegion) {
-  return getSubRegion<CXXBaseObjectRegion>(decl, superRegion);
-}
-
-const CXXThisRegion*
-MemRegionManager::getCXXThisRegion(QualType thisPointerTy,
-                                   const LocationContext *LC) {
-  const StackFrameContext *STC = LC->getCurrentStackFrame();
-  assert(STC);
-  const PointerType *PT = thisPointerTy->getAs<PointerType>();
-  assert(PT);
-  return getSubRegion<CXXThisRegion>(PT, getStackArgumentsRegion(STC));
-}
-
-const AllocaRegion*
-MemRegionManager::getAllocaRegion(const Expr* E, unsigned cnt,
-                                  const LocationContext *LC) {
-  const StackFrameContext *STC = LC->getCurrentStackFrame();
-  assert(STC);
-  return getSubRegion<AllocaRegion>(E, cnt, getStackLocalsRegion(STC));
-}
-
-const MemSpaceRegion *MemRegion::getMemorySpace() const {
-  const MemRegion *R = this;
-  const SubRegion* SR = dyn_cast<SubRegion>(this);
-
-  while (SR) {
-    R = SR->getSuperRegion();
-    SR = dyn_cast<SubRegion>(R);
-  }
-
-  return dyn_cast<MemSpaceRegion>(R);
-}
-
-bool MemRegion::hasStackStorage() const {
-  return isa<StackSpaceRegion>(getMemorySpace());
-}
-
-bool MemRegion::hasStackNonParametersStorage() const {
-  return isa<StackLocalsSpaceRegion>(getMemorySpace());
-}
-
-bool MemRegion::hasStackParametersStorage() const {
-  return isa<StackArgumentsSpaceRegion>(getMemorySpace());
-}
-
-bool MemRegion::hasGlobalsOrParametersStorage() const {
-  const MemSpaceRegion *MS = getMemorySpace();
-  return isa<StackArgumentsSpaceRegion>(MS) ||
-         isa<GlobalsSpaceRegion>(MS);
-}
-
-// getBaseRegion strips away all elements and fields, and get the base region
-// of them.
-const MemRegion *MemRegion::getBaseRegion() const {
-  const MemRegion *R = this;
-  while (true) {
-    switch (R->getKind()) {
-      case MemRegion::ElementRegionKind:
-      case MemRegion::FieldRegionKind:
-      case MemRegion::ObjCIvarRegionKind:
-      case MemRegion::CXXBaseObjectRegionKind:
-        R = cast<SubRegion>(R)->getSuperRegion();
-        continue;
-      default:
-        break;
-    }
-    break;
-  }
-  return R;
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// View handling.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-const MemRegion *MemRegion::StripCasts() const {
-  const MemRegion *R = this;
-  while (true) {
-    if (const ElementRegion *ER = dyn_cast<ElementRegion>(R)) {
-      // FIXME: generalize.  Essentially we want to strip away ElementRegions
-      // that were layered on a symbolic region because of casts.  We only
-      // want to strip away ElementRegions, however, where the index is 0.
-      SVal index = ER->getIndex();
-      if (nonloc::ConcreteInt *CI = dyn_cast<nonloc::ConcreteInt>(&index)) {
-        if (CI->getValue().getSExtValue() == 0) {
-          R = ER->getSuperRegion();
-          continue;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    break;
-  }
-  return R;
-}
-
-// FIXME: Merge with the implementation of the same method in Store.cpp
-static bool IsCompleteType(ASTContext &Ctx, QualType Ty) {
-  if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
-    const RecordDecl *D = RT->getDecl();
-    if (!D->getDefinition())
-      return false;
-  }
-
-  return true;
-}
-
-RegionRawOffset ElementRegion::getAsArrayOffset() const {
-  CharUnits offset = CharUnits::Zero();
-  const ElementRegion *ER = this;
-  const MemRegion *superR = NULL;
-  ASTContext &C = getContext();
-
-  // FIXME: Handle multi-dimensional arrays.
-
-  while (ER) {
-    superR = ER->getSuperRegion();
-
-    // FIXME: generalize to symbolic offsets.
-    SVal index = ER->getIndex();
-    if (nonloc::ConcreteInt *CI = dyn_cast<nonloc::ConcreteInt>(&index)) {
-      // Update the offset.
-      int64_t i = CI->getValue().getSExtValue();
-
-      if (i != 0) {
-        QualType elemType = ER->getElementType();
-
-        // If we are pointing to an incomplete type, go no further.
-        if (!IsCompleteType(C, elemType)) {
-          superR = ER;
-          break;
-        }
-
-        CharUnits size = C.getTypeSizeInChars(elemType);
-        offset += (i * size);
-      }
-
-      // Go to the next ElementRegion (if any).
-      ER = dyn_cast<ElementRegion>(superR);
-      continue;
-    }
-
-    return NULL;
-  }
-
-  assert(superR && "super region cannot be NULL");
-  return RegionRawOffset(superR, offset);
-}
-
-RegionOffset MemRegion::getAsOffset() const {
-  const MemRegion *R = this;
-  int64_t Offset = 0;
-
-  while (1) {
-    switch (R->getKind()) {
-    default:
-      return RegionOffset(0);
-    case SymbolicRegionKind:
-    case AllocaRegionKind:
-    case CompoundLiteralRegionKind:
-    case CXXThisRegionKind:
-    case StringRegionKind:
-    case VarRegionKind:
-    case CXXTempObjectRegionKind:
-      goto Finish;
-    case ElementRegionKind: {
-      const ElementRegion *ER = cast<ElementRegion>(R);
-      QualType EleTy = ER->getValueType();
-
-      if (!IsCompleteType(getContext(), EleTy))
-        return RegionOffset(0);
-
-      SVal Index = ER->getIndex();
-      if (const nonloc::ConcreteInt *CI=dyn_cast<nonloc::ConcreteInt>(&Index)) {
-        int64_t i = CI->getValue().getSExtValue();
-        CharUnits Size = getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(EleTy);
-        Offset += i * Size.getQuantity() * 8;
-      } else {
-        // We cannot compute offset for non-concrete index.
-        return RegionOffset(0);
-      }
-      R = ER->getSuperRegion();
-      break;
-    }
-    case FieldRegionKind: {
-      const FieldRegion *FR = cast<FieldRegion>(R);
-      const RecordDecl *RD = FR->getDecl()->getParent();
-      if (!RD->isDefinition())
-        // We cannot compute offset for incomplete type.
-        return RegionOffset(0);
-      // Get the field number.
-      unsigned idx = 0;
-      for (RecordDecl::field_iterator FI = RD->field_begin(), 
-             FE = RD->field_end(); FI != FE; ++FI, ++idx)
-        if (FR->getDecl() == *FI)
-          break;
-
-      const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
-      // This is offset in bits.
-      Offset += Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
-      R = FR->getSuperRegion();
-      break;
-    }
-    }
-  }
-
- Finish:
-  return RegionOffset(R, Offset);
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// BlockDataRegion
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-void BlockDataRegion::LazyInitializeReferencedVars() {
-  if (ReferencedVars)
-    return;
-
-  AnalysisContext *AC = getCodeRegion()->getAnalysisContext();
-  AnalysisContext::referenced_decls_iterator I, E;
-  llvm::tie(I, E) = AC->getReferencedBlockVars(BC->getDecl());
-
-  if (I == E) {
-    ReferencedVars = (void*) 0x1;
-    return;
-  }
-
-  MemRegionManager &MemMgr = *getMemRegionManager();
-  llvm::BumpPtrAllocator &A = MemMgr.getAllocator();
-  BumpVectorContext BC(A);
-
-  typedef BumpVector<const MemRegion*> VarVec;
-  VarVec *BV = (VarVec*) A.Allocate<VarVec>();
-  new (BV) VarVec(BC, E - I);
-
-  for ( ; I != E; ++I) {
-    const VarDecl *VD = *I;
-    const VarRegion *VR = 0;
-
-    if (!VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>() && VD->hasLocalStorage())
-      VR = MemMgr.getVarRegion(VD, this);
-    else {
-      if (LC)
-        VR = MemMgr.getVarRegion(VD, LC);
-      else {
-        VR = MemMgr.getVarRegion(VD, MemMgr.getUnknownRegion());
-      }
-    }
-
-    assert(VR);
-    BV->push_back(VR, BC);
-  }
-
-  ReferencedVars = BV;
-}
-
-BlockDataRegion::referenced_vars_iterator
-BlockDataRegion::referenced_vars_begin() const {
-  const_cast<BlockDataRegion*>(this)->LazyInitializeReferencedVars();
-
-  BumpVector<const MemRegion*> *Vec =
-    static_cast<BumpVector<const MemRegion*>*>(ReferencedVars);
-
-  return BlockDataRegion::referenced_vars_iterator(Vec == (void*) 0x1 ?
-                                                   NULL : Vec->begin());
-}
-
-BlockDataRegion::referenced_vars_iterator
-BlockDataRegion::referenced_vars_end() const {
-  const_cast<BlockDataRegion*>(this)->LazyInitializeReferencedVars();
-
-  BumpVector<const MemRegion*> *Vec =
-    static_cast<BumpVector<const MemRegion*>*>(ReferencedVars);
-
-  return BlockDataRegion::referenced_vars_iterator(Vec == (void*) 0x1 ?
-                                                   NULL : Vec->end());
-}

Removed: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/ObjCMessage.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/ObjCMessage.cpp?rev=125123&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/ObjCMessage.cpp (original)
+++ cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/ObjCMessage.cpp (removed)
@@ -1,99 +0,0 @@
-//===- ObjCMessage.cpp - Wrapper for ObjC messages and dot syntax -*- C++ -*--//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-// This file defines ObjCMessage which serves as a common wrapper for ObjC
-// message expressions or implicit messages for loading/storing ObjC properties.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathSensitive/ObjCMessage.h"
-
-using namespace clang;
-using namespace ento;
-
-QualType ObjCMessage::getType(ASTContext &ctx) const {
-  assert(isValid() && "This ObjCMessage is uninitialized!");
-  if (const ObjCMessageExpr *msgE = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(MsgOrPropE))
-    return msgE->getType();
-  const ObjCPropertyRefExpr *propE = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(MsgOrPropE);
-  if (isPropertySetter())
-    return ctx.VoidTy;
-  return propE->getType();
-}
-
-Selector ObjCMessage::getSelector() const {
-  assert(isValid() && "This ObjCMessage is uninitialized!");
-  if (const ObjCMessageExpr *msgE = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(MsgOrPropE))
-    return msgE->getSelector();
-  const ObjCPropertyRefExpr *propE = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(MsgOrPropE);
-  if (isPropertySetter())
-    return propE->getSetterSelector();
-  return propE->getGetterSelector();
-}
-
-const ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMessage::getMethodDecl() const {
-  assert(isValid() && "This ObjCMessage is uninitialized!");
-  if (const ObjCMessageExpr *msgE = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(MsgOrPropE))
-    return msgE->getMethodDecl();
-  const ObjCPropertyRefExpr *propE = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(MsgOrPropE);
-  if (propE->isImplicitProperty())
-    return isPropertySetter() ? propE->getImplicitPropertySetter()
-                              : propE->getImplicitPropertyGetter();
-  return 0;
-}
-
-const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ObjCMessage::getReceiverInterface() const {
-  assert(isValid() && "This ObjCMessage is uninitialized!");
-  if (const ObjCMessageExpr *msgE = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(MsgOrPropE))
-    return msgE->getReceiverInterface();
-  const ObjCPropertyRefExpr *propE = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(MsgOrPropE);
-  if (propE->isClassReceiver())
-    return propE->getClassReceiver();
-  QualType recT;
-  if (const Expr *recE = getInstanceReceiver())
-    recT = recE->getType();
-  else {
-    assert(propE->isSuperReceiver());
-    recT = propE->getSuperReceiverType();
-  }
-  if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *Ptr = recT->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
-    return Ptr->getInterfaceDecl();
-  return 0;
-}
-
-const Expr *ObjCMessage::getArgExpr(unsigned i) const {
-  assert(isValid() && "This ObjCMessage is uninitialized!");
-  assert(i < getNumArgs() && "Invalid index for argument");
-  if (const ObjCMessageExpr *msgE = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(MsgOrPropE))
-    return msgE->getArg(i);
-  assert(isPropertySetter());
-  if (const BinaryOperator *bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(OriginE))
-    if (bop->isAssignmentOp())
-      return bop->getRHS();
-  return 0;
-}
-
-QualType CallOrObjCMessage::getResultType(ASTContext &ctx) const {
-  if (CallE) {
-    const Expr *Callee = CallE->getCallee();
-    if (const FunctionDecl *FD = State->getSVal(Callee).getAsFunctionDecl())
-      return FD->getResultType();
-    return CallE->getType();
-  }
-  return Msg.getResultType(ctx);
-}
-
-SVal CallOrObjCMessage::getArgSValAsScalarOrLoc(unsigned i) const {
-  assert(i < getNumArgs());
-  if (CallE) return State->getSValAsScalarOrLoc(CallE->getArg(i));
-  QualType argT = Msg.getArgType(i);
-  if (Loc::IsLocType(argT) || argT->isIntegerType())
-    return Msg.getArgSVal(i, State);
-  return UnknownVal();
-}

Removed: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/PathDiagnostic.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/PathDiagnostic.cpp?rev=125123&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/PathDiagnostic.cpp (original)
+++ cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/PathDiagnostic.cpp (removed)
@@ -1,279 +0,0 @@
-//===--- PathDiagnostic.cpp - Path-Specific Diagnostic Handling -*- C++ -*-===//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-//  This file defines the PathDiagnostic-related interfaces.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/BugReporter/PathDiagnostic.h"
-#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
-#include "clang/AST/Decl.h"
-#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
-#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/Casting.h"
-
-using namespace clang;
-using namespace ento;
-using llvm::dyn_cast;
-using llvm::isa;
-
-bool PathDiagnosticMacroPiece::containsEvent() const {
-  for (const_iterator I = begin(), E = end(); I!=E; ++I) {
-    if (isa<PathDiagnosticEventPiece>(*I))
-      return true;
-
-    if (PathDiagnosticMacroPiece *MP = dyn_cast<PathDiagnosticMacroPiece>(*I))
-      if (MP->containsEvent())
-        return true;
-  }
-
-  return false;
-}
-
-static llvm::StringRef StripTrailingDots(llvm::StringRef s) {
-  for (llvm::StringRef::size_type i = s.size(); i != 0; --i)
-    if (s[i - 1] != '.')
-      return s.substr(0, i);
-  return "";
-}
-
-PathDiagnosticPiece::PathDiagnosticPiece(llvm::StringRef s,
-                                         Kind k, DisplayHint hint)
-  : str(StripTrailingDots(s)), kind(k), Hint(hint) {}
-
-PathDiagnosticPiece::PathDiagnosticPiece(Kind k, DisplayHint hint)
-  : kind(k), Hint(hint) {}
-
-PathDiagnosticPiece::~PathDiagnosticPiece() {}
-PathDiagnosticEventPiece::~PathDiagnosticEventPiece() {}
-PathDiagnosticControlFlowPiece::~PathDiagnosticControlFlowPiece() {}
-
-PathDiagnosticMacroPiece::~PathDiagnosticMacroPiece() {
-  for (iterator I = begin(), E = end(); I != E; ++I) delete *I;
-}
-
-PathDiagnostic::PathDiagnostic() : Size(0) {}
-
-PathDiagnostic::~PathDiagnostic() {
-  for (iterator I = begin(), E = end(); I != E; ++I) delete &*I;
-}
-
-void PathDiagnostic::resetPath(bool deletePieces) {
-  Size = 0;
-
-  if (deletePieces)
-    for (iterator I=begin(), E=end(); I!=E; ++I)
-      delete &*I;
-
-  path.clear();
-}
-
-
-PathDiagnostic::PathDiagnostic(llvm::StringRef bugtype, llvm::StringRef desc,
-                               llvm::StringRef category)
-  : Size(0),
-    BugType(StripTrailingDots(bugtype)),
-    Desc(StripTrailingDots(desc)),
-    Category(StripTrailingDots(category)) {}
-
-void PathDiagnosticClient::HandleDiagnostic(Diagnostic::Level DiagLevel,
-                                            const DiagnosticInfo &Info) {
-  // Default implementation (Warnings/errors count).
-  DiagnosticClient::HandleDiagnostic(DiagLevel, Info);
-
-  // Create a PathDiagnostic with a single piece.
-
-  PathDiagnostic* D = new PathDiagnostic();
-
-  const char *LevelStr;
-  switch (DiagLevel) {
-  default:
-  case Diagnostic::Ignored: assert(0 && "Invalid diagnostic type");
-  case Diagnostic::Note:    LevelStr = "note: "; break;
-  case Diagnostic::Warning: LevelStr = "warning: "; break;
-  case Diagnostic::Error:   LevelStr = "error: "; break;
-  case Diagnostic::Fatal:   LevelStr = "fatal error: "; break;
-  }
-
-  llvm::SmallString<100> StrC;
-  StrC += LevelStr;
-  Info.FormatDiagnostic(StrC);
-
-  PathDiagnosticPiece *P =
-    new PathDiagnosticEventPiece(FullSourceLoc(Info.getLocation(),
-                                               Info.getSourceManager()),
-                                 StrC.str());
-
-  for (unsigned i = 0, e = Info.getNumRanges(); i != e; ++i)
-    P->addRange(Info.getRange(i).getAsRange());
-  for (unsigned i = 0, e = Info.getNumFixItHints(); i != e; ++i)
-    P->addFixItHint(Info.getFixItHint(i));
-  D->push_front(P);
-
-  HandlePathDiagnostic(D);
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// PathDiagnosticLocation methods.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-FullSourceLoc PathDiagnosticLocation::asLocation() const {
-  assert(isValid());
-  // Note that we want a 'switch' here so that the compiler can warn us in
-  // case we add more cases.
-  switch (K) {
-    case SingleLocK:
-    case RangeK:
-      break;
-    case StmtK:
-      return FullSourceLoc(S->getLocStart(), const_cast<SourceManager&>(*SM));
-    case DeclK:
-      return FullSourceLoc(D->getLocation(), const_cast<SourceManager&>(*SM));
-  }
-
-  return FullSourceLoc(R.getBegin(), const_cast<SourceManager&>(*SM));
-}
-
-PathDiagnosticRange PathDiagnosticLocation::asRange() const {
-  assert(isValid());
-  // Note that we want a 'switch' here so that the compiler can warn us in
-  // case we add more cases.
-  switch (K) {
-    case SingleLocK:
-      return PathDiagnosticRange(R, true);
-    case RangeK:
-      break;
-    case StmtK: {
-      const Stmt *S = asStmt();
-      switch (S->getStmtClass()) {
-        default:
-          break;
-        case Stmt::DeclStmtClass: {
-          const DeclStmt *DS = cast<DeclStmt>(S);
-          if (DS->isSingleDecl()) {
-            // Should always be the case, but we'll be defensive.
-            return SourceRange(DS->getLocStart(),
-                               DS->getSingleDecl()->getLocation());
-          }
-          break;
-        }
-          // FIXME: Provide better range information for different
-          //  terminators.
-        case Stmt::IfStmtClass:
-        case Stmt::WhileStmtClass:
-        case Stmt::DoStmtClass:
-        case Stmt::ForStmtClass:
-        case Stmt::ChooseExprClass:
-        case Stmt::IndirectGotoStmtClass:
-        case Stmt::SwitchStmtClass:
-        case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass:
-        case Stmt::ObjCForCollectionStmtClass: {
-          SourceLocation L = S->getLocStart();
-          return SourceRange(L, L);
-        }
-      }
-
-      return S->getSourceRange();
-    }
-    case DeclK:
-      if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D))
-        return MD->getSourceRange();
-      if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
-        if (Stmt *Body = FD->getBody())
-          return Body->getSourceRange();
-      }
-      else {
-        SourceLocation L = D->getLocation();
-        return PathDiagnosticRange(SourceRange(L, L), true);
-      }
-  }
-
-  return R;
-}
-
-void PathDiagnosticLocation::flatten() {
-  if (K == StmtK) {
-    R = asRange();
-    K = RangeK;
-    S = 0;
-    D = 0;
-  }
-  else if (K == DeclK) {
-    SourceLocation L = D->getLocation();
-    R = SourceRange(L, L);
-    K = SingleLocK;
-    S = 0;
-    D = 0;
-  }
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// FoldingSet profiling methods.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-void PathDiagnosticLocation::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
-  ID.AddInteger((unsigned) K);
-  switch (K) {
-    case RangeK:
-      ID.AddInteger(R.getBegin().getRawEncoding());
-      ID.AddInteger(R.getEnd().getRawEncoding());
-      break;      
-    case SingleLocK:
-      ID.AddInteger(R.getBegin().getRawEncoding());
-      break;
-    case StmtK:
-      ID.Add(S);
-      break;
-    case DeclK:
-      ID.Add(D);
-      break;
-  }
-  return;
-}
-
-void PathDiagnosticPiece::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
-  ID.AddInteger((unsigned) getKind());
-  ID.AddString(str);
-  // FIXME: Add profiling support for code hints.
-  ID.AddInteger((unsigned) getDisplayHint());
-  for (range_iterator I = ranges_begin(), E = ranges_end(); I != E; ++I) {
-    ID.AddInteger(I->getBegin().getRawEncoding());
-    ID.AddInteger(I->getEnd().getRawEncoding());
-  }  
-}
-
-void PathDiagnosticSpotPiece::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
-  PathDiagnosticPiece::Profile(ID);
-  ID.Add(Pos);
-}
-
-void PathDiagnosticControlFlowPiece::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
-  PathDiagnosticPiece::Profile(ID);
-  for (const_iterator I = begin(), E = end(); I != E; ++I)
-    ID.Add(*I);
-}
-
-void PathDiagnosticMacroPiece::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
-  PathDiagnosticSpotPiece::Profile(ID);
-  for (const_iterator I = begin(), E = end(); I != E; ++I)
-    ID.Add(**I);
-}
-
-void PathDiagnostic::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
-  ID.AddInteger(Size);
-  ID.AddString(BugType);
-  ID.AddString(Desc);
-  ID.AddString(Category);
-  for (const_iterator I = begin(), E = end(); I != E; ++I)
-    ID.Add(*I);
-  
-  for (meta_iterator I = meta_begin(), E = meta_end(); I != E; ++I)
-    ID.AddString(*I);
-}

Removed: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/PlistDiagnostics.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/PlistDiagnostics.cpp?rev=125123&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/PlistDiagnostics.cpp (original)
+++ cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/PlistDiagnostics.cpp (removed)
@@ -1,472 +0,0 @@
-//===--- PlistDiagnostics.cpp - Plist Diagnostics for Paths -----*- C++ -*-===//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-//  This file defines the PlistDiagnostics object.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathDiagnosticClients.h"
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/BugReporter/PathDiagnostic.h"
-#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
-#include "clang/Basic/FileManager.h"
-#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/Casting.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
-using namespace clang;
-using namespace ento;
-using llvm::cast;
-
-typedef llvm::DenseMap<FileID, unsigned> FIDMap;
-
-namespace clang {
-  class Preprocessor;
-}
-
-namespace {
-struct CompareDiagnostics {
-  // Compare if 'X' is "<" than 'Y'.
-  bool operator()(const PathDiagnostic *X, const PathDiagnostic *Y) const {
-    // First compare by location
-    const FullSourceLoc &XLoc = X->getLocation().asLocation();
-    const FullSourceLoc &YLoc = Y->getLocation().asLocation();
-    if (XLoc < YLoc)
-      return true;
-    if (XLoc != YLoc)
-      return false;
-    
-    // Next, compare by bug type.
-    llvm::StringRef XBugType = X->getBugType();
-    llvm::StringRef YBugType = Y->getBugType();
-    if (XBugType < YBugType)
-      return true;
-    if (XBugType != YBugType)
-      return false;
-    
-    // Next, compare by bug description.
-    llvm::StringRef XDesc = X->getDescription();
-    llvm::StringRef YDesc = Y->getDescription();
-    if (XDesc < YDesc)
-      return true;
-    if (XDesc != YDesc)
-      return false;
-    
-    // FIXME: Further refine by comparing PathDiagnosticPieces?
-    return false;    
-  }  
-};  
-}
-
-namespace {
-  class PlistDiagnostics : public PathDiagnosticClient {
-    std::vector<const PathDiagnostic*> BatchedDiags;
-    const std::string OutputFile;
-    const LangOptions &LangOpts;
-    llvm::OwningPtr<PathDiagnosticClient> SubPD;
-    bool flushed;
-  public:
-    PlistDiagnostics(const std::string& prefix, const LangOptions &LangOpts,
-                     PathDiagnosticClient *subPD);
-
-    ~PlistDiagnostics() { FlushDiagnostics(NULL); }
-
-    void FlushDiagnostics(llvm::SmallVectorImpl<std::string> *FilesMade);
-    
-    void HandlePathDiagnostic(const PathDiagnostic* D);
-    
-    virtual llvm::StringRef getName() const {
-      return "PlistDiagnostics";
-    }
-
-    PathGenerationScheme getGenerationScheme() const;
-    bool supportsLogicalOpControlFlow() const { return true; }
-    bool supportsAllBlockEdges() const { return true; }
-    virtual bool useVerboseDescription() const { return false; }
-  };
-} // end anonymous namespace
-
-PlistDiagnostics::PlistDiagnostics(const std::string& output,
-                                   const LangOptions &LO,
-                                   PathDiagnosticClient *subPD)
-  : OutputFile(output), LangOpts(LO), SubPD(subPD), flushed(false) {}
-
-PathDiagnosticClient*
-ento::createPlistDiagnosticClient(const std::string& s, const Preprocessor &PP,
-                                  PathDiagnosticClient *subPD) {
-  return new PlistDiagnostics(s, PP.getLangOptions(), subPD);
-}
-
-PathDiagnosticClient::PathGenerationScheme
-PlistDiagnostics::getGenerationScheme() const {
-  if (const PathDiagnosticClient *PD = SubPD.get())
-    return PD->getGenerationScheme();
-
-  return Extensive;
-}
-
-static void AddFID(FIDMap &FIDs, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FileID> &V,
-                   const SourceManager* SM, SourceLocation L) {
-
-  FileID FID = SM->getFileID(SM->getInstantiationLoc(L));
-  FIDMap::iterator I = FIDs.find(FID);
-  if (I != FIDs.end()) return;
-  FIDs[FID] = V.size();
-  V.push_back(FID);
-}
-
-static unsigned GetFID(const FIDMap& FIDs, const SourceManager &SM,
-                       SourceLocation L) {
-  FileID FID = SM.getFileID(SM.getInstantiationLoc(L));
-  FIDMap::const_iterator I = FIDs.find(FID);
-  assert(I != FIDs.end());
-  return I->second;
-}
-
-static llvm::raw_ostream& Indent(llvm::raw_ostream& o, const unsigned indent) {
-  for (unsigned i = 0; i < indent; ++i) o << ' ';
-  return o;
-}
-
-static void EmitLocation(llvm::raw_ostream& o, const SourceManager &SM,
-                         const LangOptions &LangOpts,
-                         SourceLocation L, const FIDMap &FM,
-                         unsigned indent, bool extend = false) {
-
-  FullSourceLoc Loc(SM.getInstantiationLoc(L), const_cast<SourceManager&>(SM));
-
-  // Add in the length of the token, so that we cover multi-char tokens.
-  unsigned offset =
-    extend ? Lexer::MeasureTokenLength(Loc, SM, LangOpts) - 1 : 0;
-
-  Indent(o, indent) << "<dict>\n";
-  Indent(o, indent) << " <key>line</key><integer>"
-                    << Loc.getInstantiationLineNumber() << "</integer>\n";
-  Indent(o, indent) << " <key>col</key><integer>"
-                    << Loc.getInstantiationColumnNumber() + offset << "</integer>\n";
-  Indent(o, indent) << " <key>file</key><integer>"
-                    << GetFID(FM, SM, Loc) << "</integer>\n";
-  Indent(o, indent) << "</dict>\n";
-}
-
-static void EmitLocation(llvm::raw_ostream& o, const SourceManager &SM,
-                         const LangOptions &LangOpts,
-                         const PathDiagnosticLocation &L, const FIDMap& FM,
-                         unsigned indent, bool extend = false) {
-  EmitLocation(o, SM, LangOpts, L.asLocation(), FM, indent, extend);
-}
-
-static void EmitRange(llvm::raw_ostream& o, const SourceManager &SM,
-                      const LangOptions &LangOpts,
-                      PathDiagnosticRange R, const FIDMap &FM,
-                      unsigned indent) {
-  Indent(o, indent) << "<array>\n";
-  EmitLocation(o, SM, LangOpts, R.getBegin(), FM, indent+1);
-  EmitLocation(o, SM, LangOpts, R.getEnd(), FM, indent+1, !R.isPoint);
-  Indent(o, indent) << "</array>\n";
-}
-
-static llvm::raw_ostream& EmitString(llvm::raw_ostream& o,
-                                     const std::string& s) {
-  o << "<string>";
-  for (std::string::const_iterator I=s.begin(), E=s.end(); I!=E; ++I) {
-    char c = *I;
-    switch (c) {
-    default:   o << c; break;
-    case '&':  o << "&"; break;
-    case '<':  o << "<"; break;
-    case '>':  o << ">"; break;
-    case '\'': o << "'"; break;
-    case '\"': o << """; break;
-    }
-  }
-  o << "</string>";
-  return o;
-}
-
-static void ReportControlFlow(llvm::raw_ostream& o,
-                              const PathDiagnosticControlFlowPiece& P,
-                              const FIDMap& FM,
-                              const SourceManager &SM,
-                              const LangOptions &LangOpts,
-                              unsigned indent) {
-
-  Indent(o, indent) << "<dict>\n";
-  ++indent;
-
-  Indent(o, indent) << "<key>kind</key><string>control</string>\n";
-
-  // Emit edges.
-  Indent(o, indent) << "<key>edges</key>\n";
-  ++indent;
-  Indent(o, indent) << "<array>\n";
-  ++indent;
-  for (PathDiagnosticControlFlowPiece::const_iterator I=P.begin(), E=P.end();
-       I!=E; ++I) {
-    Indent(o, indent) << "<dict>\n";
-    ++indent;
-    Indent(o, indent) << "<key>start</key>\n";
-    EmitRange(o, SM, LangOpts, I->getStart().asRange(), FM, indent+1);
-    Indent(o, indent) << "<key>end</key>\n";
-    EmitRange(o, SM, LangOpts, I->getEnd().asRange(), FM, indent+1);
-    --indent;
-    Indent(o, indent) << "</dict>\n";
-  }
-  --indent;
-  Indent(o, indent) << "</array>\n";
-  --indent;
-
-  // Output any helper text.
-  const std::string& s = P.getString();
-  if (!s.empty()) {
-    Indent(o, indent) << "<key>alternate</key>";
-    EmitString(o, s) << '\n';
-  }
-
-  --indent;
-  Indent(o, indent) << "</dict>\n";
-}
-
-static void ReportEvent(llvm::raw_ostream& o, const PathDiagnosticPiece& P,
-                        const FIDMap& FM,
-                        const SourceManager &SM,
-                        const LangOptions &LangOpts,
-                        unsigned indent) {
-
-  Indent(o, indent) << "<dict>\n";
-  ++indent;
-
-  Indent(o, indent) << "<key>kind</key><string>event</string>\n";
-
-  // Output the location.
-  FullSourceLoc L = P.getLocation().asLocation();
-
-  Indent(o, indent) << "<key>location</key>\n";
-  EmitLocation(o, SM, LangOpts, L, FM, indent);
-
-  // Output the ranges (if any).
-  PathDiagnosticPiece::range_iterator RI = P.ranges_begin(),
-  RE = P.ranges_end();
-
-  if (RI != RE) {
-    Indent(o, indent) << "<key>ranges</key>\n";
-    Indent(o, indent) << "<array>\n";
-    ++indent;
-    for (; RI != RE; ++RI)
-      EmitRange(o, SM, LangOpts, *RI, FM, indent+1);
-    --indent;
-    Indent(o, indent) << "</array>\n";
-  }
-
-  // Output the text.
-  assert(!P.getString().empty());
-  Indent(o, indent) << "<key>extended_message</key>\n";
-  Indent(o, indent);
-  EmitString(o, P.getString()) << '\n';
-
-  // Output the short text.
-  // FIXME: Really use a short string.
-  Indent(o, indent) << "<key>message</key>\n";
-  EmitString(o, P.getString()) << '\n';
-
-  // Finish up.
-  --indent;
-  Indent(o, indent); o << "</dict>\n";
-}
-
-static void ReportMacro(llvm::raw_ostream& o,
-                        const PathDiagnosticMacroPiece& P,
-                        const FIDMap& FM, const SourceManager &SM,
-                        const LangOptions &LangOpts,
-                        unsigned indent) {
-
-  for (PathDiagnosticMacroPiece::const_iterator I=P.begin(), E=P.end();
-       I!=E; ++I) {
-
-    switch ((*I)->getKind()) {
-    default:
-      break;
-    case PathDiagnosticPiece::Event:
-      ReportEvent(o, cast<PathDiagnosticEventPiece>(**I), FM, SM, LangOpts,
-                  indent);
-      break;
-    case PathDiagnosticPiece::Macro:
-      ReportMacro(o, cast<PathDiagnosticMacroPiece>(**I), FM, SM, LangOpts,
-                  indent);
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-static void ReportDiag(llvm::raw_ostream& o, const PathDiagnosticPiece& P,
-                       const FIDMap& FM, const SourceManager &SM,
-                       const LangOptions &LangOpts) {
-
-  unsigned indent = 4;
-
-  switch (P.getKind()) {
-  case PathDiagnosticPiece::ControlFlow:
-    ReportControlFlow(o, cast<PathDiagnosticControlFlowPiece>(P), FM, SM,
-                      LangOpts, indent);
-    break;
-  case PathDiagnosticPiece::Event:
-    ReportEvent(o, cast<PathDiagnosticEventPiece>(P), FM, SM, LangOpts,
-                indent);
-    break;
-  case PathDiagnosticPiece::Macro:
-    ReportMacro(o, cast<PathDiagnosticMacroPiece>(P), FM, SM, LangOpts,
-                indent);
-    break;
-  }
-}
-
-void PlistDiagnostics::HandlePathDiagnostic(const PathDiagnostic* D) {
-  if (!D)
-    return;
-
-  if (D->empty()) {
-    delete D;
-    return;
-  }
-
-  // We need to flatten the locations (convert Stmt* to locations) because
-  // the referenced statements may be freed by the time the diagnostics
-  // are emitted.
-  const_cast<PathDiagnostic*>(D)->flattenLocations();
-  BatchedDiags.push_back(D);
-}
-
-void PlistDiagnostics::FlushDiagnostics(llvm::SmallVectorImpl<std::string>
-                                        *FilesMade) {
-  
-  if (flushed)
-    return;
-  
-  flushed = true;
-  
-  // Sort the diagnostics so that they are always emitted in a deterministic
-  // order.
-  if (!BatchedDiags.empty())
-    std::sort(BatchedDiags.begin(), BatchedDiags.end(), CompareDiagnostics()); 
-
-  // Build up a set of FIDs that we use by scanning the locations and
-  // ranges of the diagnostics.
-  FIDMap FM;
-  llvm::SmallVector<FileID, 10> Fids;
-  const SourceManager* SM = 0;
-
-  if (!BatchedDiags.empty())
-    SM = &(*BatchedDiags.begin())->begin()->getLocation().getManager();
-
-  for (std::vector<const PathDiagnostic*>::iterator DI = BatchedDiags.begin(),
-       DE = BatchedDiags.end(); DI != DE; ++DI) {
-
-    const PathDiagnostic *D = *DI;
-
-    for (PathDiagnostic::const_iterator I=D->begin(), E=D->end(); I!=E; ++I) {
-      AddFID(FM, Fids, SM, I->getLocation().asLocation());
-
-      for (PathDiagnosticPiece::range_iterator RI=I->ranges_begin(),
-           RE=I->ranges_end(); RI!=RE; ++RI) {
-        AddFID(FM, Fids, SM, RI->getBegin());
-        AddFID(FM, Fids, SM, RI->getEnd());
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  // Open the file.
-  std::string ErrMsg;
-  llvm::raw_fd_ostream o(OutputFile.c_str(), ErrMsg);
-  if (!ErrMsg.empty()) {
-    llvm::errs() << "warning: could not creat file: " << OutputFile << '\n';
-    return;
-  }
-
-  // Write the plist header.
-  o << "<?xml version=\"1.0\" encoding=\"UTF-8\"?>\n"
-  "<!DOCTYPE plist PUBLIC \"-//Apple Computer//DTD PLIST 1.0//EN\" "
-  "\"http://www.apple.com/DTDs/PropertyList-1.0.dtd\">\n"
-  "<plist version=\"1.0\">\n";
-
-  // Write the root object: a <dict> containing...
-  //  - "files", an <array> mapping from FIDs to file names
-  //  - "diagnostics", an <array> containing the path diagnostics
-  o << "<dict>\n"
-       " <key>files</key>\n"
-       " <array>\n";
-
-  for (llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FileID>::iterator I=Fids.begin(), E=Fids.end();
-       I!=E; ++I) {
-    o << "  ";
-    EmitString(o, SM->getFileEntryForID(*I)->getName()) << '\n';
-  }
-
-  o << " </array>\n"
-       " <key>diagnostics</key>\n"
-       " <array>\n";
-
-  for (std::vector<const PathDiagnostic*>::iterator DI=BatchedDiags.begin(),
-       DE = BatchedDiags.end(); DI!=DE; ++DI) {
-
-    o << "  <dict>\n"
-         "   <key>path</key>\n";
-
-    const PathDiagnostic *D = *DI;
-    // Create an owning smart pointer for 'D' just so that we auto-free it
-    // when we exit this method.
-    llvm::OwningPtr<PathDiagnostic> OwnedD(const_cast<PathDiagnostic*>(D));
-
-    o << "   <array>\n";
-
-    for (PathDiagnostic::const_iterator I=D->begin(), E=D->end(); I != E; ++I)
-      ReportDiag(o, *I, FM, *SM, LangOpts);
-
-    o << "   </array>\n";
-
-    // Output the bug type and bug category.
-    o << "   <key>description</key>";
-    EmitString(o, D->getDescription()) << '\n';
-    o << "   <key>category</key>";
-    EmitString(o, D->getCategory()) << '\n';
-    o << "   <key>type</key>";
-    EmitString(o, D->getBugType()) << '\n';
-
-    // Output the location of the bug.
-    o << "  <key>location</key>\n";
-    EmitLocation(o, *SM, LangOpts, D->getLocation(), FM, 2);
-
-    // Output the diagnostic to the sub-diagnostic client, if any.
-    if (SubPD) {
-      SubPD->HandlePathDiagnostic(OwnedD.take());
-      llvm::SmallVector<std::string, 1> SubFilesMade;
-      SubPD->FlushDiagnostics(SubFilesMade);
-
-      if (!SubFilesMade.empty()) {
-        o << "  <key>" << SubPD->getName() << "_files</key>\n";
-        o << "  <array>\n";
-        for (size_t i = 0, n = SubFilesMade.size(); i < n ; ++i)
-          o << "   <string>" << SubFilesMade[i] << "</string>\n";
-        o << "  </array>\n";
-      }
-    }
-
-    // Close up the entry.
-    o << "  </dict>\n";
-  }
-
-  o << " </array>\n";
-
-  // Finish.
-  o << "</dict>\n</plist>";
-  
-  if (FilesMade)
-    FilesMade->push_back(OutputFile);
-  
-  BatchedDiags.clear();
-}

Removed: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/RangeConstraintManager.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/RangeConstraintManager.cpp?rev=125123&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/RangeConstraintManager.cpp (original)
+++ cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/RangeConstraintManager.cpp (removed)
@@ -1,442 +0,0 @@
-//== RangeConstraintManager.cpp - Manage range constraints.------*- C++ -*--==//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-//  This file defines RangeConstraintManager, a class that tracks simple
-//  equality and inequality constraints on symbolic values of GRState.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#include "SimpleConstraintManager.h"
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathSensitive/GRState.h"
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathSensitive/GRStateTrait.h"
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathSensitive/TransferFuncs.h"
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/ManagerRegistry.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/ImmutableSet.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
-
-using namespace clang;
-using namespace ento;
-
-namespace { class ConstraintRange {}; }
-static int ConstraintRangeIndex = 0;
-
-/// A Range represents the closed range [from, to].  The caller must
-/// guarantee that from <= to.  Note that Range is immutable, so as not
-/// to subvert RangeSet's immutability.
-namespace {
-class Range : public std::pair<const llvm::APSInt*,
-                                                const llvm::APSInt*> {
-public:
-  Range(const llvm::APSInt &from, const llvm::APSInt &to)
-    : std::pair<const llvm::APSInt*, const llvm::APSInt*>(&from, &to) {
-    assert(from <= to);
-  }
-  bool Includes(const llvm::APSInt &v) const {
-    return *first <= v && v <= *second;
-  }
-  const llvm::APSInt &From() const {
-    return *first;
-  }
-  const llvm::APSInt &To() const {
-    return *second;
-  }
-  const llvm::APSInt *getConcreteValue() const {
-    return &From() == &To() ? &From() : NULL;
-  }
-
-  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
-    ID.AddPointer(&From());
-    ID.AddPointer(&To());
-  }
-};
-
-
-class RangeTrait : public llvm::ImutContainerInfo<Range> {
-public:
-  // When comparing if one Range is less than another, we should compare
-  // the actual APSInt values instead of their pointers.  This keeps the order
-  // consistent (instead of comparing by pointer values) and can potentially
-  // be used to speed up some of the operations in RangeSet.
-  static inline bool isLess(key_type_ref lhs, key_type_ref rhs) {
-    return *lhs.first < *rhs.first || (!(*rhs.first < *lhs.first) &&
-                                       *lhs.second < *rhs.second);
-  }
-};
-
-/// RangeSet contains a set of ranges. If the set is empty, then
-///  there the value of a symbol is overly constrained and there are no
-///  possible values for that symbol.
-class RangeSet {
-  typedef llvm::ImmutableSet<Range, RangeTrait> PrimRangeSet;
-  PrimRangeSet ranges; // no need to make const, since it is an
-                       // ImmutableSet - this allows default operator=
-                       // to work.
-public:
-  typedef PrimRangeSet::Factory Factory;
-  typedef PrimRangeSet::iterator iterator;
-
-  RangeSet(PrimRangeSet RS) : ranges(RS) {}
-
-  iterator begin() const { return ranges.begin(); }
-  iterator end() const { return ranges.end(); }
-
-  bool isEmpty() const { return ranges.isEmpty(); }
-
-  /// Construct a new RangeSet representing '{ [from, to] }'.
-  RangeSet(Factory &F, const llvm::APSInt &from, const llvm::APSInt &to)
-    : ranges(F.add(F.getEmptySet(), Range(from, to))) {}
-
-  /// Profile - Generates a hash profile of this RangeSet for use
-  ///  by FoldingSet.
-  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { ranges.Profile(ID); }
-
-  /// getConcreteValue - If a symbol is contrained to equal a specific integer
-  ///  constant then this method returns that value.  Otherwise, it returns
-  ///  NULL.
-  const llvm::APSInt* getConcreteValue() const {
-    return ranges.isSingleton() ? ranges.begin()->getConcreteValue() : 0;
-  }
-
-private:
-  void IntersectInRange(BasicValueFactory &BV, Factory &F,
-                        const llvm::APSInt &Lower,
-                        const llvm::APSInt &Upper,
-                        PrimRangeSet &newRanges,
-                        PrimRangeSet::iterator &i,
-                        PrimRangeSet::iterator &e) const {
-    // There are six cases for each range R in the set:
-    //   1. R is entirely before the intersection range.
-    //   2. R is entirely after the intersection range.
-    //   3. R contains the entire intersection range.
-    //   4. R starts before the intersection range and ends in the middle.
-    //   5. R starts in the middle of the intersection range and ends after it.
-    //   6. R is entirely contained in the intersection range.
-    // These correspond to each of the conditions below.
-    for (/* i = begin(), e = end() */; i != e; ++i) {
-      if (i->To() < Lower) {
-        continue;
-      }
-      if (i->From() > Upper) {
-        break;
-      }
-
-      if (i->Includes(Lower)) {
-        if (i->Includes(Upper)) {
-          newRanges = F.add(newRanges, Range(BV.getValue(Lower),
-                                             BV.getValue(Upper)));
-          break;
-        } else
-          newRanges = F.add(newRanges, Range(BV.getValue(Lower), i->To()));
-      } else {
-        if (i->Includes(Upper)) {
-          newRanges = F.add(newRanges, Range(i->From(), BV.getValue(Upper)));
-          break;
-        } else
-          newRanges = F.add(newRanges, *i);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-public:
-  // Returns a set containing the values in the receiving set, intersected with
-  // the closed range [Lower, Upper]. Unlike the Range type, this range uses
-  // modular arithmetic, corresponding to the common treatment of C integer
-  // overflow. Thus, if the Lower bound is greater than the Upper bound, the
-  // range is taken to wrap around. This is equivalent to taking the
-  // intersection with the two ranges [Min, Upper] and [Lower, Max],
-  // or, alternatively, /removing/ all integers between Upper and Lower.
-  RangeSet Intersect(BasicValueFactory &BV, Factory &F,
-                     const llvm::APSInt &Lower,
-                     const llvm::APSInt &Upper) const {
-    PrimRangeSet newRanges = F.getEmptySet();
-
-    PrimRangeSet::iterator i = begin(), e = end();
-    if (Lower <= Upper)
-      IntersectInRange(BV, F, Lower, Upper, newRanges, i, e);
-    else {
-      // The order of the next two statements is important!
-      // IntersectInRange() does not reset the iteration state for i and e.
-      // Therefore, the lower range most be handled first.
-      IntersectInRange(BV, F, BV.getMinValue(Upper), Upper, newRanges, i, e);
-      IntersectInRange(BV, F, Lower, BV.getMaxValue(Lower), newRanges, i, e);
-    }
-    return newRanges;
-  }
-
-  void print(llvm::raw_ostream &os) const {
-    bool isFirst = true;
-    os << "{ ";
-    for (iterator i = begin(), e = end(); i != e; ++i) {
-      if (isFirst)
-        isFirst = false;
-      else
-        os << ", ";
-
-      os << '[' << i->From().toString(10) << ", " << i->To().toString(10)
-         << ']';
-    }
-    os << " }";
-  }
-
-  bool operator==(const RangeSet &other) const {
-    return ranges == other.ranges;
-  }
-};
-} // end anonymous namespace
-
-typedef llvm::ImmutableMap<SymbolRef,RangeSet> ConstraintRangeTy;
-
-namespace clang {
-namespace ento {
-template<>
-struct GRStateTrait<ConstraintRange>
-  : public GRStatePartialTrait<ConstraintRangeTy> {
-  static inline void* GDMIndex() { return &ConstraintRangeIndex; }
-};
-}
-}
-
-namespace {
-class RangeConstraintManager : public SimpleConstraintManager{
-  RangeSet GetRange(const GRState *state, SymbolRef sym);
-public:
-  RangeConstraintManager(SubEngine &subengine)
-    : SimpleConstraintManager(subengine) {}
-
-  const GRState *assumeSymNE(const GRState* state, SymbolRef sym,
-                             const llvm::APSInt& Int,
-                             const llvm::APSInt& Adjustment);
-
-  const GRState *assumeSymEQ(const GRState* state, SymbolRef sym,
-                             const llvm::APSInt& Int,
-                             const llvm::APSInt& Adjustment);
-
-  const GRState *assumeSymLT(const GRState* state, SymbolRef sym,
-                             const llvm::APSInt& Int,
-                             const llvm::APSInt& Adjustment);
-
-  const GRState *assumeSymGT(const GRState* state, SymbolRef sym,
-                             const llvm::APSInt& Int,
-                             const llvm::APSInt& Adjustment);
-
-  const GRState *assumeSymGE(const GRState* state, SymbolRef sym,
-                             const llvm::APSInt& Int,
-                             const llvm::APSInt& Adjustment);
-
-  const GRState *assumeSymLE(const GRState* state, SymbolRef sym,
-                             const llvm::APSInt& Int,
-                             const llvm::APSInt& Adjustment);
-
-  const llvm::APSInt* getSymVal(const GRState* St, SymbolRef sym) const;
-
-  // FIXME: Refactor into SimpleConstraintManager?
-  bool isEqual(const GRState* St, SymbolRef sym, const llvm::APSInt& V) const {
-    const llvm::APSInt *i = getSymVal(St, sym);
-    return i ? *i == V : false;
-  }
-
-  const GRState* removeDeadBindings(const GRState* St, SymbolReaper& SymReaper);
-
-  void print(const GRState* St, llvm::raw_ostream& Out,
-             const char* nl, const char *sep);
-
-private:
-  RangeSet::Factory F;
-};
-
-} // end anonymous namespace
-
-ConstraintManager* ento::CreateRangeConstraintManager(GRStateManager&,
-                                                    SubEngine &subeng) {
-  return new RangeConstraintManager(subeng);
-}
-
-const llvm::APSInt* RangeConstraintManager::getSymVal(const GRState* St,
-                                                      SymbolRef sym) const {
-  const ConstraintRangeTy::data_type *T = St->get<ConstraintRange>(sym);
-  return T ? T->getConcreteValue() : NULL;
-}
-
-/// Scan all symbols referenced by the constraints. If the symbol is not alive
-/// as marked in LSymbols, mark it as dead in DSymbols.
-const GRState*
-RangeConstraintManager::removeDeadBindings(const GRState* state,
-                                           SymbolReaper& SymReaper) {
-
-  ConstraintRangeTy CR = state->get<ConstraintRange>();
-  ConstraintRangeTy::Factory& CRFactory = state->get_context<ConstraintRange>();
-
-  for (ConstraintRangeTy::iterator I = CR.begin(), E = CR.end(); I != E; ++I) {
-    SymbolRef sym = I.getKey();
-    if (SymReaper.maybeDead(sym))
-      CR = CRFactory.remove(CR, sym);
-  }
-
-  return state->set<ConstraintRange>(CR);
-}
-
-RangeSet
-RangeConstraintManager::GetRange(const GRState *state, SymbolRef sym) {
-  if (ConstraintRangeTy::data_type* V = state->get<ConstraintRange>(sym))
-    return *V;
-
-  // Lazily generate a new RangeSet representing all possible values for the
-  // given symbol type.
-  QualType T = state->getSymbolManager().getType(sym);
-  BasicValueFactory& BV = state->getBasicVals();
-  return RangeSet(F, BV.getMinValue(T), BV.getMaxValue(T));
-}
-
-//===------------------------------------------------------------------------===
-// assumeSymX methods: public interface for RangeConstraintManager.
-//===------------------------------------------------------------------------===/
-
-// The syntax for ranges below is mathematical, using [x, y] for closed ranges
-// and (x, y) for open ranges. These ranges are modular, corresponding with
-// a common treatment of C integer overflow. This means that these methods
-// do not have to worry about overflow; RangeSet::Intersect can handle such a
-// "wraparound" range.
-// As an example, the range [UINT_MAX-1, 3) contains five values: UINT_MAX-1,
-// UINT_MAX, 0, 1, and 2.
-
-const GRState*
-RangeConstraintManager::assumeSymNE(const GRState* state, SymbolRef sym,
-                                    const llvm::APSInt& Int,
-                                    const llvm::APSInt& Adjustment) {
-  BasicValueFactory &BV = state->getBasicVals();
-
-  llvm::APSInt Lower = Int-Adjustment;
-  llvm::APSInt Upper = Lower;
-  --Lower;
-  ++Upper;
-
-  // [Int-Adjustment+1, Int-Adjustment-1]
-  // Notice that the lower bound is greater than the upper bound.
-  RangeSet New = GetRange(state, sym).Intersect(BV, F, Upper, Lower);
-  return New.isEmpty() ? NULL : state->set<ConstraintRange>(sym, New);
-}
-
-const GRState*
-RangeConstraintManager::assumeSymEQ(const GRState* state, SymbolRef sym,
-                                    const llvm::APSInt& Int,
-                                    const llvm::APSInt& Adjustment) {
-  // [Int-Adjustment, Int-Adjustment]
-  BasicValueFactory &BV = state->getBasicVals();
-  llvm::APSInt AdjInt = Int-Adjustment;
-  RangeSet New = GetRange(state, sym).Intersect(BV, F, AdjInt, AdjInt);
-  return New.isEmpty() ? NULL : state->set<ConstraintRange>(sym, New);
-}
-
-const GRState*
-RangeConstraintManager::assumeSymLT(const GRState* state, SymbolRef sym,
-                                    const llvm::APSInt& Int,
-                                    const llvm::APSInt& Adjustment) {
-  BasicValueFactory &BV = state->getBasicVals();
-
-  QualType T = state->getSymbolManager().getType(sym);
-  const llvm::APSInt &Min = BV.getMinValue(T);
-
-  // Special case for Int == Min. This is always false.
-  if (Int == Min)
-    return NULL;
-
-  llvm::APSInt Lower = Min-Adjustment;
-  llvm::APSInt Upper = Int-Adjustment;
-  --Upper;
-
-  RangeSet New = GetRange(state, sym).Intersect(BV, F, Lower, Upper);
-  return New.isEmpty() ? NULL : state->set<ConstraintRange>(sym, New);
-}
-
-const GRState*
-RangeConstraintManager::assumeSymGT(const GRState* state, SymbolRef sym,
-                                    const llvm::APSInt& Int,
-                                    const llvm::APSInt& Adjustment) {
-  BasicValueFactory &BV = state->getBasicVals();
-
-  QualType T = state->getSymbolManager().getType(sym);
-  const llvm::APSInt &Max = BV.getMaxValue(T);
-
-  // Special case for Int == Max. This is always false.
-  if (Int == Max)
-    return NULL;
-
-  llvm::APSInt Lower = Int-Adjustment;
-  llvm::APSInt Upper = Max-Adjustment;
-  ++Lower;
-
-  RangeSet New = GetRange(state, sym).Intersect(BV, F, Lower, Upper);
-  return New.isEmpty() ? NULL : state->set<ConstraintRange>(sym, New);
-}
-
-const GRState*
-RangeConstraintManager::assumeSymGE(const GRState* state, SymbolRef sym,
-                                    const llvm::APSInt& Int,
-                                    const llvm::APSInt& Adjustment) {
-  BasicValueFactory &BV = state->getBasicVals();
-
-  QualType T = state->getSymbolManager().getType(sym);
-  const llvm::APSInt &Min = BV.getMinValue(T);
-
-  // Special case for Int == Min. This is always feasible.
-  if (Int == Min)
-    return state;
-
-  const llvm::APSInt &Max = BV.getMaxValue(T);
-
-  llvm::APSInt Lower = Int-Adjustment;
-  llvm::APSInt Upper = Max-Adjustment;
-
-  RangeSet New = GetRange(state, sym).Intersect(BV, F, Lower, Upper);
-  return New.isEmpty() ? NULL : state->set<ConstraintRange>(sym, New);
-}
-
-const GRState*
-RangeConstraintManager::assumeSymLE(const GRState* state, SymbolRef sym,
-                                    const llvm::APSInt& Int,
-                                    const llvm::APSInt& Adjustment) {
-  BasicValueFactory &BV = state->getBasicVals();
-
-  QualType T = state->getSymbolManager().getType(sym);
-  const llvm::APSInt &Max = BV.getMaxValue(T);
-
-  // Special case for Int == Max. This is always feasible.
-  if (Int == Max)
-    return state;
-
-  const llvm::APSInt &Min = BV.getMinValue(T);
-
-  llvm::APSInt Lower = Min-Adjustment;
-  llvm::APSInt Upper = Int-Adjustment;
-
-  RangeSet New = GetRange(state, sym).Intersect(BV, F, Lower, Upper);
-  return New.isEmpty() ? NULL : state->set<ConstraintRange>(sym, New);
-}
-
-//===------------------------------------------------------------------------===
-// Pretty-printing.
-//===------------------------------------------------------------------------===/
-
-void RangeConstraintManager::print(const GRState* St, llvm::raw_ostream& Out,
-                                   const char* nl, const char *sep) {
-
-  ConstraintRangeTy Ranges = St->get<ConstraintRange>();
-
-  if (Ranges.isEmpty())
-    return;
-
-  Out << nl << sep << "ranges of symbol values:";
-
-  for (ConstraintRangeTy::iterator I=Ranges.begin(), E=Ranges.end(); I!=E; ++I){
-    Out << nl << ' ' << I.getKey() << " : ";
-    I.getData().print(Out);
-  }
-}

Removed: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/RegionStore.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/RegionStore.cpp?rev=125123&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/RegionStore.cpp (original)
+++ cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/RegionStore.cpp (removed)
@@ -1,1917 +0,0 @@
-//== RegionStore.cpp - Field-sensitive store model --------------*- C++ -*--==//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-// This file defines a basic region store model. In this model, we do have field
-// sensitivity. But we assume nothing about the heap shape. So recursive data
-// structures are largely ignored. Basically we do 1-limiting analysis.
-// Parameter pointers are assumed with no aliasing. Pointee objects of
-// parameters are created lazily.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
-#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
-#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
-#include "clang/Analysis/Analyses/LiveVariables.h"
-#include "clang/Analysis/AnalysisContext.h"
-#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathSensitive/GRState.h"
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathSensitive/GRStateTrait.h"
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathSensitive/MemRegion.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/ImmutableList.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/ImmutableMap.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
-
-using namespace clang;
-using namespace ento;
-using llvm::Optional;
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Representation of binding keys.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-namespace {
-class BindingKey {
-public:
-  enum Kind { Direct = 0x0, Default = 0x1 };
-private:
-  llvm ::PointerIntPair<const MemRegion*, 1> P;
-  uint64_t Offset;
-
-  explicit BindingKey(const MemRegion *r, uint64_t offset, Kind k)
-    : P(r, (unsigned) k), Offset(offset) {}
-public:
-
-  bool isDirect() const { return P.getInt() == Direct; }
-
-  const MemRegion *getRegion() const { return P.getPointer(); }
-  uint64_t getOffset() const { return Offset; }
-
-  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID& ID) const {
-    ID.AddPointer(P.getOpaqueValue());
-    ID.AddInteger(Offset);
-  }
-
-  static BindingKey Make(const MemRegion *R, Kind k);
-
-  bool operator<(const BindingKey &X) const {
-    if (P.getOpaqueValue() < X.P.getOpaqueValue())
-      return true;
-    if (P.getOpaqueValue() > X.P.getOpaqueValue())
-      return false;
-    return Offset < X.Offset;
-  }
-
-  bool operator==(const BindingKey &X) const {
-    return P.getOpaqueValue() == X.P.getOpaqueValue() &&
-           Offset == X.Offset;
-  }
-
-  bool isValid() const {
-    return getRegion() != NULL;
-  }
-};
-} // end anonymous namespace
-
-BindingKey BindingKey::Make(const MemRegion *R, Kind k) {
-  if (const ElementRegion *ER = dyn_cast<ElementRegion>(R)) {
-    const RegionRawOffset &O = ER->getAsArrayOffset();
-
-    // FIXME: There are some ElementRegions for which we cannot compute
-    // raw offsets yet, including regions with symbolic offsets. These will be
-    // ignored by the store.
-    return BindingKey(O.getRegion(), O.getOffset().getQuantity(), k);
-  }
-
-  return BindingKey(R, 0, k);
-}
-
-namespace llvm {
-  static inline
-  llvm::raw_ostream& operator<<(llvm::raw_ostream& os, BindingKey K) {
-    os << '(' << K.getRegion() << ',' << K.getOffset()
-       << ',' << (K.isDirect() ? "direct" : "default")
-       << ')';
-    return os;
-  }
-} // end llvm namespace
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Actual Store type.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-typedef llvm::ImmutableMap<BindingKey, SVal> RegionBindings;
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Fine-grained control of RegionStoreManager.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-namespace {
-struct minimal_features_tag {};
-struct maximal_features_tag {};
-
-class RegionStoreFeatures {
-  bool SupportsFields;
-public:
-  RegionStoreFeatures(minimal_features_tag) :
-    SupportsFields(false) {}
-
-  RegionStoreFeatures(maximal_features_tag) :
-    SupportsFields(true) {}
-
-  void enableFields(bool t) { SupportsFields = t; }
-
-  bool supportsFields() const { return SupportsFields; }
-};
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Main RegionStore logic.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-namespace {
-
-class RegionStoreSubRegionMap : public SubRegionMap {
-public:
-  typedef llvm::ImmutableSet<const MemRegion*> Set;
-  typedef llvm::DenseMap<const MemRegion*, Set> Map;
-private:
-  Set::Factory F;
-  Map M;
-public:
-  bool add(const MemRegion* Parent, const MemRegion* SubRegion) {
-    Map::iterator I = M.find(Parent);
-
-    if (I == M.end()) {
-      M.insert(std::make_pair(Parent, F.add(F.getEmptySet(), SubRegion)));
-      return true;
-    }
-
-    I->second = F.add(I->second, SubRegion);
-    return false;
-  }
-
-  void process(llvm::SmallVectorImpl<const SubRegion*> &WL, const SubRegion *R);
-
-  ~RegionStoreSubRegionMap() {}
-
-  const Set *getSubRegions(const MemRegion *Parent) const {
-    Map::const_iterator I = M.find(Parent);
-    return I == M.end() ? NULL : &I->second;
-  }
-
-  bool iterSubRegions(const MemRegion* Parent, Visitor& V) const {
-    Map::const_iterator I = M.find(Parent);
-
-    if (I == M.end())
-      return true;
-
-    Set S = I->second;
-    for (Set::iterator SI=S.begin(),SE=S.end(); SI != SE; ++SI) {
-      if (!V.Visit(Parent, *SI))
-        return false;
-    }
-
-    return true;
-  }
-};
-
-void
-RegionStoreSubRegionMap::process(llvm::SmallVectorImpl<const SubRegion*> &WL,
-                                 const SubRegion *R) {
-  const MemRegion *superR = R->getSuperRegion();
-  if (add(superR, R))
-    if (const SubRegion *sr = dyn_cast<SubRegion>(superR))
-      WL.push_back(sr);
-}
-
-class RegionStoreManager : public StoreManager {
-  const RegionStoreFeatures Features;
-  RegionBindings::Factory RBFactory;
-
-public:
-  RegionStoreManager(GRStateManager& mgr, const RegionStoreFeatures &f)
-    : StoreManager(mgr),
-      Features(f),
-      RBFactory(mgr.getAllocator()) {}
-
-  SubRegionMap *getSubRegionMap(Store store) {
-    return getRegionStoreSubRegionMap(store);
-  }
-
-  RegionStoreSubRegionMap *getRegionStoreSubRegionMap(Store store);
-
-  Optional<SVal> getDirectBinding(RegionBindings B, const MemRegion *R);
-  /// getDefaultBinding - Returns an SVal* representing an optional default
-  ///  binding associated with a region and its subregions.
-  Optional<SVal> getDefaultBinding(RegionBindings B, const MemRegion *R);
-
-  /// setImplicitDefaultValue - Set the default binding for the provided
-  ///  MemRegion to the value implicitly defined for compound literals when
-  ///  the value is not specified.
-  Store setImplicitDefaultValue(Store store, const MemRegion *R, QualType T);
-
-  /// ArrayToPointer - Emulates the "decay" of an array to a pointer
-  ///  type.  'Array' represents the lvalue of the array being decayed
-  ///  to a pointer, and the returned SVal represents the decayed
-  ///  version of that lvalue (i.e., a pointer to the first element of
-  ///  the array).  This is called by ExprEngine when evaluating
-  ///  casts from arrays to pointers.
-  SVal ArrayToPointer(Loc Array);
-
-  /// For DerivedToBase casts, create a CXXBaseObjectRegion and return it.
-  virtual SVal evalDerivedToBase(SVal derived, QualType basePtrType);
-
-  SVal evalBinOp(BinaryOperator::Opcode Op,Loc L, NonLoc R, QualType resultTy);
-
-  Store getInitialStore(const LocationContext *InitLoc) {
-    return RBFactory.getEmptyMap().getRoot();
-  }
-
-  //===-------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-  // Binding values to regions.
-  //===-------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-  Store InvalidateRegions(Store store,
-                          const MemRegion * const *Begin,
-                          const MemRegion * const *End,
-                          const Expr *E, unsigned Count,
-                          InvalidatedSymbols *IS,
-                          bool invalidateGlobals,
-                          InvalidatedRegions *Regions);
-
-public:   // Made public for helper classes.
-
-  void RemoveSubRegionBindings(RegionBindings &B, const MemRegion *R,
-                               RegionStoreSubRegionMap &M);
-
-  RegionBindings addBinding(RegionBindings B, BindingKey K, SVal V);
-
-  RegionBindings addBinding(RegionBindings B, const MemRegion *R,
-                     BindingKey::Kind k, SVal V);
-
-  const SVal *lookup(RegionBindings B, BindingKey K);
-  const SVal *lookup(RegionBindings B, const MemRegion *R, BindingKey::Kind k);
-
-  RegionBindings removeBinding(RegionBindings B, BindingKey K);
-  RegionBindings removeBinding(RegionBindings B, const MemRegion *R,
-                        BindingKey::Kind k);
-
-  RegionBindings removeBinding(RegionBindings B, const MemRegion *R) {
-    return removeBinding(removeBinding(B, R, BindingKey::Direct), R,
-                        BindingKey::Default);
-  }
-
-public: // Part of public interface to class.
-
-  Store Bind(Store store, Loc LV, SVal V);
-
-  // BindDefault is only used to initialize a region with a default value.
-  Store BindDefault(Store store, const MemRegion *R, SVal V) {
-    RegionBindings B = GetRegionBindings(store);
-    assert(!lookup(B, R, BindingKey::Default));
-    assert(!lookup(B, R, BindingKey::Direct));
-    return addBinding(B, R, BindingKey::Default, V).getRoot();
-  }
-
-  Store BindCompoundLiteral(Store store, const CompoundLiteralExpr* CL,
-                            const LocationContext *LC, SVal V);
-
-  Store BindDecl(Store store, const VarRegion *VR, SVal InitVal);
-
-  Store BindDeclWithNoInit(Store store, const VarRegion *) {
-    return store;
-  }
-
-  /// BindStruct - Bind a compound value to a structure.
-  Store BindStruct(Store store, const TypedRegion* R, SVal V);
-
-  Store BindArray(Store store, const TypedRegion* R, SVal V);
-
-  /// KillStruct - Set the entire struct to unknown.
-  Store KillStruct(Store store, const TypedRegion* R, SVal DefaultVal);
-
-  Store Remove(Store store, Loc LV);
-
-
-  //===------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-  // Loading values from regions.
-  //===------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-  /// The high level logic for this method is this:
-  /// Retrieve (L)
-  ///   if L has binding
-  ///     return L's binding
-  ///   else if L is in killset
-  ///     return unknown
-  ///   else
-  ///     if L is on stack or heap
-  ///       return undefined
-  ///     else
-  ///       return symbolic
-  SVal Retrieve(Store store, Loc L, QualType T = QualType());
-
-  SVal RetrieveElement(Store store, const ElementRegion *R);
-
-  SVal RetrieveField(Store store, const FieldRegion *R);
-
-  SVal RetrieveObjCIvar(Store store, const ObjCIvarRegion *R);
-
-  SVal RetrieveVar(Store store, const VarRegion *R);
-
-  SVal RetrieveLazySymbol(const TypedRegion *R);
-
-  SVal RetrieveFieldOrElementCommon(Store store, const TypedRegion *R,
-                                    QualType Ty, const MemRegion *superR);
-
-  /// Retrieve the values in a struct and return a CompoundVal, used when doing
-  /// struct copy:
-  /// struct s x, y;
-  /// x = y;
-  /// y's value is retrieved by this method.
-  SVal RetrieveStruct(Store store, const TypedRegion* R);
-
-  SVal RetrieveArray(Store store, const TypedRegion* R);
-
-  /// Used to lazily generate derived symbols for bindings that are defined
-  ///  implicitly by default bindings in a super region.
-  Optional<SVal> RetrieveDerivedDefaultValue(RegionBindings B,
-                                             const MemRegion *superR,
-                                             const TypedRegion *R, QualType Ty);
-
-  /// Get the state and region whose binding this region R corresponds to.
-  std::pair<Store, const MemRegion*>
-  GetLazyBinding(RegionBindings B, const MemRegion *R);
-
-  Store CopyLazyBindings(nonloc::LazyCompoundVal V, Store store,
-                         const TypedRegion *R);
-
-  //===------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-  // State pruning.
-  //===------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-  /// removeDeadBindings - Scans the RegionStore of 'state' for dead values.
-  ///  It returns a new Store with these values removed.
-  Store removeDeadBindings(Store store, const StackFrameContext *LCtx,
-                           SymbolReaper& SymReaper,
-                          llvm::SmallVectorImpl<const MemRegion*>& RegionRoots);
-
-  Store enterStackFrame(const GRState *state, const StackFrameContext *frame);
-
-  //===------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-  // Region "extents".
-  //===------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-  // FIXME: This method will soon be eliminated; see the note in Store.h.
-  DefinedOrUnknownSVal getSizeInElements(const GRState *state,
-                                         const MemRegion* R, QualType EleTy);
-
-  //===------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-  // Utility methods.
-  //===------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-  static inline RegionBindings GetRegionBindings(Store store) {
-    return RegionBindings(static_cast<const RegionBindings::TreeTy*>(store));
-  }
-
-  void print(Store store, llvm::raw_ostream& Out, const char* nl,
-             const char *sep);
-
-  void iterBindings(Store store, BindingsHandler& f) {
-    RegionBindings B = GetRegionBindings(store);
-    for (RegionBindings::iterator I=B.begin(), E=B.end(); I!=E; ++I) {
-      const BindingKey &K = I.getKey();
-      if (!K.isDirect())
-        continue;
-      if (const SubRegion *R = dyn_cast<SubRegion>(I.getKey().getRegion())) {
-        // FIXME: Possibly incorporate the offset?
-        if (!f.HandleBinding(*this, store, R, I.getData()))
-          return;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-};
-
-} // end anonymous namespace
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// RegionStore creation.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-StoreManager *ento::CreateRegionStoreManager(GRStateManager& StMgr) {
-  RegionStoreFeatures F = maximal_features_tag();
-  return new RegionStoreManager(StMgr, F);
-}
-
-StoreManager *ento::CreateFieldsOnlyRegionStoreManager(GRStateManager &StMgr) {
-  RegionStoreFeatures F = minimal_features_tag();
-  F.enableFields(true);
-  return new RegionStoreManager(StMgr, F);
-}
-
-
-RegionStoreSubRegionMap*
-RegionStoreManager::getRegionStoreSubRegionMap(Store store) {
-  RegionBindings B = GetRegionBindings(store);
-  RegionStoreSubRegionMap *M = new RegionStoreSubRegionMap();
-
-  llvm::SmallVector<const SubRegion*, 10> WL;
-
-  for (RegionBindings::iterator I=B.begin(), E=B.end(); I!=E; ++I)
-    if (const SubRegion *R = dyn_cast<SubRegion>(I.getKey().getRegion()))
-      M->process(WL, R);
-
-  // We also need to record in the subregion map "intermediate" regions that
-  // don't have direct bindings but are super regions of those that do.
-  while (!WL.empty()) {
-    const SubRegion *R = WL.back();
-    WL.pop_back();
-    M->process(WL, R);
-  }
-
-  return M;
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Region Cluster analysis.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-namespace {
-template <typename DERIVED>
-class ClusterAnalysis  {
-protected:
-  typedef BumpVector<BindingKey> RegionCluster;
-  typedef llvm::DenseMap<const MemRegion *, RegionCluster *> ClusterMap;
-  llvm::DenseMap<const RegionCluster*, unsigned> Visited;
-  typedef llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<const MemRegion *, RegionCluster*>, 10>
-    WorkList;
-
-  BumpVectorContext BVC;
-  ClusterMap ClusterM;
-  WorkList WL;
-
-  RegionStoreManager &RM;
-  ASTContext &Ctx;
-  SValBuilder &svalBuilder;
-
-  RegionBindings B;
-  
-  const bool includeGlobals;
-
-public:
-  ClusterAnalysis(RegionStoreManager &rm, GRStateManager &StateMgr,
-                  RegionBindings b, const bool includeGlobals)
-    : RM(rm), Ctx(StateMgr.getContext()),
-      svalBuilder(StateMgr.getSValBuilder()),
-      B(b), includeGlobals(includeGlobals) {}
-
-  RegionBindings getRegionBindings() const { return B; }
-
-  RegionCluster &AddToCluster(BindingKey K) {
-    const MemRegion *R = K.getRegion();
-    const MemRegion *baseR = R->getBaseRegion();
-    RegionCluster &C = getCluster(baseR);
-    C.push_back(K, BVC);
-    static_cast<DERIVED*>(this)->VisitAddedToCluster(baseR, C);
-    return C;
-  }
-
-  bool isVisited(const MemRegion *R) {
-    return (bool) Visited[&getCluster(R->getBaseRegion())];
-  }
-
-  RegionCluster& getCluster(const MemRegion *R) {
-    RegionCluster *&CRef = ClusterM[R];
-    if (!CRef) {
-      void *Mem = BVC.getAllocator().template Allocate<RegionCluster>();
-      CRef = new (Mem) RegionCluster(BVC, 10);
-    }
-    return *CRef;
-  }
-
-  void GenerateClusters() {
-      // Scan the entire set of bindings and make the region clusters.
-    for (RegionBindings::iterator RI = B.begin(), RE = B.end(); RI != RE; ++RI){
-      RegionCluster &C = AddToCluster(RI.getKey());
-      if (const MemRegion *R = RI.getData().getAsRegion()) {
-        // Generate a cluster, but don't add the region to the cluster
-        // if there aren't any bindings.
-        getCluster(R->getBaseRegion());
-      }
-      if (includeGlobals) {
-        const MemRegion *R = RI.getKey().getRegion();
-        if (isa<NonStaticGlobalSpaceRegion>(R->getMemorySpace()))
-          AddToWorkList(R, C);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  bool AddToWorkList(const MemRegion *R, RegionCluster &C) {
-    if (unsigned &visited = Visited[&C])
-      return false;
-    else
-      visited = 1;
-
-    WL.push_back(std::make_pair(R, &C));
-    return true;
-  }
-
-  bool AddToWorkList(BindingKey K) {
-    return AddToWorkList(K.getRegion());
-  }
-
-  bool AddToWorkList(const MemRegion *R) {
-    const MemRegion *baseR = R->getBaseRegion();
-    return AddToWorkList(baseR, getCluster(baseR));
-  }
-
-  void RunWorkList() {
-    while (!WL.empty()) {
-      const MemRegion *baseR;
-      RegionCluster *C;
-      llvm::tie(baseR, C) = WL.back();
-      WL.pop_back();
-
-        // First visit the cluster.
-      static_cast<DERIVED*>(this)->VisitCluster(baseR, C->begin(), C->end());
-
-        // Next, visit the base region.
-      static_cast<DERIVED*>(this)->VisitBaseRegion(baseR);
-    }
-  }
-
-public:
-  void VisitAddedToCluster(const MemRegion *baseR, RegionCluster &C) {}
-  void VisitCluster(const MemRegion *baseR, BindingKey *I, BindingKey *E) {}
-  void VisitBaseRegion(const MemRegion *baseR) {}
-};
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Binding invalidation.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-void RegionStoreManager::RemoveSubRegionBindings(RegionBindings &B,
-                                                 const MemRegion *R,
-                                                 RegionStoreSubRegionMap &M) {
-
-  if (const RegionStoreSubRegionMap::Set *S = M.getSubRegions(R))
-    for (RegionStoreSubRegionMap::Set::iterator I = S->begin(), E = S->end();
-         I != E; ++I)
-      RemoveSubRegionBindings(B, *I, M);
-
-  B = removeBinding(B, R);
-}
-
-namespace {
-class InvalidateRegionsWorker : public ClusterAnalysis<InvalidateRegionsWorker>
-{
-  const Expr *Ex;
-  unsigned Count;
-  StoreManager::InvalidatedSymbols *IS;
-  StoreManager::InvalidatedRegions *Regions;
-public:
-  InvalidateRegionsWorker(RegionStoreManager &rm,
-                          GRStateManager &stateMgr,
-                          RegionBindings b,
-                          const Expr *ex, unsigned count,
-                          StoreManager::InvalidatedSymbols *is,
-                          StoreManager::InvalidatedRegions *r,
-                          bool includeGlobals)
-    : ClusterAnalysis<InvalidateRegionsWorker>(rm, stateMgr, b, includeGlobals),
-      Ex(ex), Count(count), IS(is), Regions(r) {}
-
-  void VisitCluster(const MemRegion *baseR, BindingKey *I, BindingKey *E);
-  void VisitBaseRegion(const MemRegion *baseR);
-
-private:
-  void VisitBinding(SVal V);
-};
-}
-
-void InvalidateRegionsWorker::VisitBinding(SVal V) {
-  // A symbol?  Mark it touched by the invalidation.
-  if (IS)
-    if (SymbolRef Sym = V.getAsSymbol())
-      IS->insert(Sym);
-
-  if (const MemRegion *R = V.getAsRegion()) {
-    AddToWorkList(R);
-    return;
-  }
-
-  // Is it a LazyCompoundVal?  All references get invalidated as well.
-  if (const nonloc::LazyCompoundVal *LCS =
-        dyn_cast<nonloc::LazyCompoundVal>(&V)) {
-
-    const MemRegion *LazyR = LCS->getRegion();
-    RegionBindings B = RegionStoreManager::GetRegionBindings(LCS->getStore());
-
-    for (RegionBindings::iterator RI = B.begin(), RE = B.end(); RI != RE; ++RI){
-      const SubRegion *baseR = dyn_cast<SubRegion>(RI.getKey().getRegion());
-      if (baseR && baseR->isSubRegionOf(LazyR))
-        VisitBinding(RI.getData());
-    }
-
-    return;
-  }
-}
-
-void InvalidateRegionsWorker::VisitCluster(const MemRegion *baseR,
-                                           BindingKey *I, BindingKey *E) {
-  for ( ; I != E; ++I) {
-    // Get the old binding.  Is it a region?  If so, add it to the worklist.
-    const BindingKey &K = *I;
-    if (const SVal *V = RM.lookup(B, K))
-      VisitBinding(*V);
-
-    B = RM.removeBinding(B, K);
-  }
-}
-
-void InvalidateRegionsWorker::VisitBaseRegion(const MemRegion *baseR) {
-  if (IS) {
-    // Symbolic region?  Mark that symbol touched by the invalidation.
-    if (const SymbolicRegion *SR = dyn_cast<SymbolicRegion>(baseR))
-      IS->insert(SR->getSymbol());
-  }
-
-  // BlockDataRegion?  If so, invalidate captured variables that are passed
-  // by reference.
-  if (const BlockDataRegion *BR = dyn_cast<BlockDataRegion>(baseR)) {
-    for (BlockDataRegion::referenced_vars_iterator
-         BI = BR->referenced_vars_begin(), BE = BR->referenced_vars_end() ;
-         BI != BE; ++BI) {
-      const VarRegion *VR = *BI;
-      const VarDecl *VD = VR->getDecl();
-      if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>() || !VD->hasLocalStorage())
-        AddToWorkList(VR);
-    }
-    return;
-  }
-
-  // Otherwise, we have a normal data region. Record that we touched the region.
-  if (Regions)
-    Regions->push_back(baseR);
-
-  if (isa<AllocaRegion>(baseR) || isa<SymbolicRegion>(baseR)) {
-    // Invalidate the region by setting its default value to
-    // conjured symbol. The type of the symbol is irrelavant.
-    DefinedOrUnknownSVal V =
-      svalBuilder.getConjuredSymbolVal(baseR, Ex, Ctx.IntTy, Count);
-    B = RM.addBinding(B, baseR, BindingKey::Default, V);
-    return;
-  }
-
-  if (!baseR->isBoundable())
-    return;
-
-  const TypedRegion *TR = cast<TypedRegion>(baseR);
-  QualType T = TR->getValueType();
-
-    // Invalidate the binding.
-  if (T->isStructureType()) {
-    // Invalidate the region by setting its default value to
-    // conjured symbol. The type of the symbol is irrelavant.
-    DefinedOrUnknownSVal V = svalBuilder.getConjuredSymbolVal(baseR, Ex, Ctx.IntTy,
-                                                         Count);
-    B = RM.addBinding(B, baseR, BindingKey::Default, V);
-    return;
-  }
-
-  if (const ArrayType *AT = Ctx.getAsArrayType(T)) {
-      // Set the default value of the array to conjured symbol.
-    DefinedOrUnknownSVal V =
-    svalBuilder.getConjuredSymbolVal(baseR, Ex, AT->getElementType(), Count);
-    B = RM.addBinding(B, baseR, BindingKey::Default, V);
-    return;
-  }
-  
-  if (includeGlobals && 
-      isa<NonStaticGlobalSpaceRegion>(baseR->getMemorySpace())) {
-    // If the region is a global and we are invalidating all globals,
-    // just erase the entry.  This causes all globals to be lazily
-    // symbolicated from the same base symbol.
-    B = RM.removeBinding(B, baseR);
-    return;
-  }
-  
-
-  DefinedOrUnknownSVal V = svalBuilder.getConjuredSymbolVal(baseR, Ex, T, Count);
-  assert(SymbolManager::canSymbolicate(T) || V.isUnknown());
-  B = RM.addBinding(B, baseR, BindingKey::Direct, V);
-}
-
-Store RegionStoreManager::InvalidateRegions(Store store,
-                                            const MemRegion * const *I,
-                                            const MemRegion * const *E,
-                                            const Expr *Ex, unsigned Count,
-                                            InvalidatedSymbols *IS,
-                                            bool invalidateGlobals,
-                                            InvalidatedRegions *Regions) {
-  InvalidateRegionsWorker W(*this, StateMgr,
-                            RegionStoreManager::GetRegionBindings(store),
-                            Ex, Count, IS, Regions, invalidateGlobals);
-
-  // Scan the bindings and generate the clusters.
-  W.GenerateClusters();
-
-  // Add I .. E to the worklist.
-  for ( ; I != E; ++I)
-    W.AddToWorkList(*I);
-
-  W.RunWorkList();
-
-  // Return the new bindings.
-  RegionBindings B = W.getRegionBindings();
-
-  if (invalidateGlobals) {
-    // Bind the non-static globals memory space to a new symbol that we will
-    // use to derive the bindings for all non-static globals.
-    const GlobalsSpaceRegion *GS = MRMgr.getGlobalsRegion();
-    SVal V =
-      svalBuilder.getConjuredSymbolVal(/* SymbolTag = */ (void*) GS, Ex,
-                                  /* symbol type, doesn't matter */ Ctx.IntTy,
-                                  Count);
-    B = addBinding(B, BindingKey::Make(GS, BindingKey::Default), V);
-
-    // Even if there are no bindings in the global scope, we still need to
-    // record that we touched it.
-    if (Regions)
-      Regions->push_back(GS);
-  }
-
-  return B.getRoot();
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Extents for regions.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-DefinedOrUnknownSVal RegionStoreManager::getSizeInElements(const GRState *state,
-                                                           const MemRegion *R,
-                                                           QualType EleTy) {
-  SVal Size = cast<SubRegion>(R)->getExtent(svalBuilder);
-  const llvm::APSInt *SizeInt = svalBuilder.getKnownValue(state, Size);
-  if (!SizeInt)
-    return UnknownVal();
-
-  CharUnits RegionSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(SizeInt->getSExtValue());
-
-  if (Ctx.getAsVariableArrayType(EleTy)) {
-    // FIXME: We need to track extra state to properly record the size
-    // of VLAs.  Returning UnknownVal here, however, is a stop-gap so that
-    // we don't have a divide-by-zero below.
-    return UnknownVal();
-  }
-
-  CharUnits EleSize = Ctx.getTypeSizeInChars(EleTy);
-
-  // If a variable is reinterpreted as a type that doesn't fit into a larger
-  // type evenly, round it down.
-  // This is a signed value, since it's used in arithmetic with signed indices.
-  return svalBuilder.makeIntVal(RegionSize / EleSize, false);
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Location and region casting.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-/// ArrayToPointer - Emulates the "decay" of an array to a pointer
-///  type.  'Array' represents the lvalue of the array being decayed
-///  to a pointer, and the returned SVal represents the decayed
-///  version of that lvalue (i.e., a pointer to the first element of
-///  the array).  This is called by ExprEngine when evaluating casts
-///  from arrays to pointers.
-SVal RegionStoreManager::ArrayToPointer(Loc Array) {
-  if (!isa<loc::MemRegionVal>(Array))
-    return UnknownVal();
-
-  const MemRegion* R = cast<loc::MemRegionVal>(&Array)->getRegion();
-  const TypedRegion* ArrayR = dyn_cast<TypedRegion>(R);
-
-  if (!ArrayR)
-    return UnknownVal();
-
-  // Strip off typedefs from the ArrayRegion's ValueType.
-  QualType T = ArrayR->getValueType().getDesugaredType(Ctx);
-  const ArrayType *AT = cast<ArrayType>(T);
-  T = AT->getElementType();
-
-  NonLoc ZeroIdx = svalBuilder.makeZeroArrayIndex();
-  return loc::MemRegionVal(MRMgr.getElementRegion(T, ZeroIdx, ArrayR, Ctx));
-}
-
-SVal RegionStoreManager::evalDerivedToBase(SVal derived, QualType baseType) {
-  const CXXRecordDecl *baseDecl;
-  if (baseType->isPointerType())
-    baseDecl = baseType->getCXXRecordDeclForPointerType();
-  else
-    baseDecl = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
-
-  assert(baseDecl && "not a CXXRecordDecl?");
-
-  loc::MemRegionVal *derivedRegVal = dyn_cast<loc::MemRegionVal>(&derived);
-  if (!derivedRegVal)
-    return derived;
-
-  const MemRegion *baseReg = 
-    MRMgr.getCXXBaseObjectRegion(baseDecl, derivedRegVal->getRegion()); 
-
-  return loc::MemRegionVal(baseReg);
-}
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Pointer arithmetic.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-SVal RegionStoreManager::evalBinOp(BinaryOperator::Opcode Op, Loc L, NonLoc R,
-                                   QualType resultTy) {
-  // Assume the base location is MemRegionVal.
-  if (!isa<loc::MemRegionVal>(L))
-    return UnknownVal();
-
-  // Special case for zero RHS.
-  if (R.isZeroConstant()) {
-    switch (Op) {
-    default:
-      // Handle it normally.
-      break;
-    case BO_Add:
-    case BO_Sub:
-      // FIXME: does this need to be casted to match resultTy?
-      return L;
-    }
-  }
-
-  const MemRegion* MR = cast<loc::MemRegionVal>(L).getRegion();
-  const ElementRegion *ER = 0;
-
-  switch (MR->getKind()) {
-    case MemRegion::SymbolicRegionKind: {
-      const SymbolicRegion *SR = cast<SymbolicRegion>(MR);
-      SymbolRef Sym = SR->getSymbol();
-      QualType T = Sym->getType(Ctx);
-      QualType EleTy;
-
-      if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>())
-        EleTy = PT->getPointeeType();
-      else
-        EleTy = T->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
-
-      const NonLoc &ZeroIdx = svalBuilder.makeZeroArrayIndex();
-      ER = MRMgr.getElementRegion(EleTy, ZeroIdx, SR, Ctx);
-      break;
-    }
-    case MemRegion::AllocaRegionKind: {
-      const AllocaRegion *AR = cast<AllocaRegion>(MR);
-      QualType EleTy = Ctx.CharTy; // Create an ElementRegion of bytes.
-      NonLoc ZeroIdx = svalBuilder.makeZeroArrayIndex();
-      ER = MRMgr.getElementRegion(EleTy, ZeroIdx, AR, Ctx);
-      break;
-    }
-
-    case MemRegion::ElementRegionKind: {
-      ER = cast<ElementRegion>(MR);
-      break;
-    }
-
-    // Not yet handled.
-    case MemRegion::VarRegionKind:
-    case MemRegion::StringRegionKind: {
-
-    }
-    // Fall-through.
-    case MemRegion::CompoundLiteralRegionKind:
-    case MemRegion::FieldRegionKind:
-    case MemRegion::ObjCIvarRegionKind:
-    case MemRegion::CXXTempObjectRegionKind:
-    case MemRegion::CXXBaseObjectRegionKind:
-      return UnknownVal();
-
-    case MemRegion::FunctionTextRegionKind:
-    case MemRegion::BlockTextRegionKind:
-    case MemRegion::BlockDataRegionKind:
-      // Technically this can happen if people do funny things with casts.
-      return UnknownVal();
-
-    case MemRegion::CXXThisRegionKind:
-      assert(0 &&
-             "Cannot perform pointer arithmetic on implicit argument 'this'");
-    case MemRegion::GenericMemSpaceRegionKind:
-    case MemRegion::StackLocalsSpaceRegionKind:
-    case MemRegion::StackArgumentsSpaceRegionKind:
-    case MemRegion::HeapSpaceRegionKind:
-    case MemRegion::NonStaticGlobalSpaceRegionKind:
-    case MemRegion::StaticGlobalSpaceRegionKind:
-    case MemRegion::UnknownSpaceRegionKind:
-      assert(0 && "Cannot perform pointer arithmetic on a MemSpace");
-      return UnknownVal();
-  }
-
-  SVal Idx = ER->getIndex();
-  nonloc::ConcreteInt* Base = dyn_cast<nonloc::ConcreteInt>(&Idx);
-
-  // For now, only support:
-  //  (a) concrete integer indices that can easily be resolved
-  //  (b) 0 + symbolic index
-  if (Base) {
-    if (nonloc::ConcreteInt *Offset = dyn_cast<nonloc::ConcreteInt>(&R)) {
-      // FIXME: Should use SValBuilder here.
-      SVal NewIdx =
-        Base->evalBinOp(svalBuilder, Op,
-                cast<nonloc::ConcreteInt>(svalBuilder.convertToArrayIndex(*Offset)));
-
-      if (!isa<NonLoc>(NewIdx))
-        return UnknownVal();
-
-      const MemRegion* NewER =
-        MRMgr.getElementRegion(ER->getElementType(), cast<NonLoc>(NewIdx),
-                               ER->getSuperRegion(), Ctx);
-      return svalBuilder.makeLoc(NewER);
-    }
-    if (0 == Base->getValue()) {
-      const MemRegion* NewER =
-        MRMgr.getElementRegion(ER->getElementType(), R,
-                               ER->getSuperRegion(), Ctx);
-      return svalBuilder.makeLoc(NewER);
-    }
-  }
-
-  return UnknownVal();
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Loading values from regions.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-Optional<SVal> RegionStoreManager::getDirectBinding(RegionBindings B,
-                                                    const MemRegion *R) {
-
-  if (const SVal *V = lookup(B, R, BindingKey::Direct))
-    return *V;
-
-  return Optional<SVal>();
-}
-
-Optional<SVal> RegionStoreManager::getDefaultBinding(RegionBindings B,
-                                                     const MemRegion *R) {
-  if (R->isBoundable())
-    if (const TypedRegion *TR = dyn_cast<TypedRegion>(R))
-      if (TR->getValueType()->isUnionType())
-        return UnknownVal();
-
-  if (const SVal *V = lookup(B, R, BindingKey::Default))
-    return *V;
-
-  return Optional<SVal>();
-}
-
-SVal RegionStoreManager::Retrieve(Store store, Loc L, QualType T) {
-  assert(!isa<UnknownVal>(L) && "location unknown");
-  assert(!isa<UndefinedVal>(L) && "location undefined");
-
-  // For access to concrete addresses, return UnknownVal.  Checks
-  // for null dereferences (and similar errors) are done by checkers, not
-  // the Store.
-  // FIXME: We can consider lazily symbolicating such memory, but we really
-  // should defer this when we can reason easily about symbolicating arrays
-  // of bytes.
-  if (isa<loc::ConcreteInt>(L)) {
-    return UnknownVal();
-  }
-  if (!isa<loc::MemRegionVal>(L)) {
-    return UnknownVal();
-  }
-
-  const MemRegion *MR = cast<loc::MemRegionVal>(L).getRegion();
-
-  if (isa<AllocaRegion>(MR) || isa<SymbolicRegion>(MR)) {
-    if (T.isNull()) {
-      const SymbolicRegion *SR = cast<SymbolicRegion>(MR);
-      T = SR->getSymbol()->getType(Ctx);
-    }
-    MR = GetElementZeroRegion(MR, T);
-  }
-
-  if (isa<CodeTextRegion>(MR)) {
-    assert(0 && "Why load from a code text region?");
-    return UnknownVal();
-  }
-
-  // FIXME: Perhaps this method should just take a 'const MemRegion*' argument
-  //  instead of 'Loc', and have the other Loc cases handled at a higher level.
-  const TypedRegion *R = cast<TypedRegion>(MR);
-  QualType RTy = R->getValueType();
-
-  // FIXME: We should eventually handle funny addressing.  e.g.:
-  //
-  //   int x = ...;
-  //   int *p = &x;
-  //   char *q = (char*) p;
-  //   char c = *q;  // returns the first byte of 'x'.
-  //
-  // Such funny addressing will occur due to layering of regions.
-
-  if (RTy->isStructureOrClassType())
-    return RetrieveStruct(store, R);
-
-  // FIXME: Handle unions.
-  if (RTy->isUnionType())
-    return UnknownVal();
-
-  if (RTy->isArrayType())
-    return RetrieveArray(store, R);
-
-  // FIXME: handle Vector types.
-  if (RTy->isVectorType())
-    return UnknownVal();
-
-  if (const FieldRegion* FR = dyn_cast<FieldRegion>(R))
-    return CastRetrievedVal(RetrieveField(store, FR), FR, T, false);
-
-  if (const ElementRegion* ER = dyn_cast<ElementRegion>(R)) {
-    // FIXME: Here we actually perform an implicit conversion from the loaded
-    // value to the element type.  Eventually we want to compose these values
-    // more intelligently.  For example, an 'element' can encompass multiple
-    // bound regions (e.g., several bound bytes), or could be a subset of
-    // a larger value.
-    return CastRetrievedVal(RetrieveElement(store, ER), ER, T, false);
-  }
-
-  if (const ObjCIvarRegion *IVR = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRegion>(R)) {
-    // FIXME: Here we actually perform an implicit conversion from the loaded
-    // value to the ivar type.  What we should model is stores to ivars
-    // that blow past the extent of the ivar.  If the address of the ivar is
-    // reinterpretted, it is possible we stored a different value that could
-    // fit within the ivar.  Either we need to cast these when storing them
-    // or reinterpret them lazily (as we do here).
-    return CastRetrievedVal(RetrieveObjCIvar(store, IVR), IVR, T, false);
-  }
-
-  if (const VarRegion *VR = dyn_cast<VarRegion>(R)) {
-    // FIXME: Here we actually perform an implicit conversion from the loaded
-    // value to the variable type.  What we should model is stores to variables
-    // that blow past the extent of the variable.  If the address of the
-    // variable is reinterpretted, it is possible we stored a different value
-    // that could fit within the variable.  Either we need to cast these when
-    // storing them or reinterpret them lazily (as we do here).
-    return CastRetrievedVal(RetrieveVar(store, VR), VR, T, false);
-  }
-
-  RegionBindings B = GetRegionBindings(store);
-  const SVal *V = lookup(B, R, BindingKey::Direct);
-
-  // Check if the region has a binding.
-  if (V)
-    return *V;
-
-  // The location does not have a bound value.  This means that it has
-  // the value it had upon its creation and/or entry to the analyzed
-  // function/method.  These are either symbolic values or 'undefined'.
-  if (R->hasStackNonParametersStorage()) {
-    // All stack variables are considered to have undefined values
-    // upon creation.  All heap allocated blocks are considered to
-    // have undefined values as well unless they are explicitly bound
-    // to specific values.
-    return UndefinedVal();
-  }
-
-  // All other values are symbolic.
-  return svalBuilder.getRegionValueSymbolVal(R);
-}
-
-std::pair<Store, const MemRegion *>
-RegionStoreManager::GetLazyBinding(RegionBindings B, const MemRegion *R) {
-  if (Optional<SVal> OV = getDirectBinding(B, R))
-    if (const nonloc::LazyCompoundVal *V =
-        dyn_cast<nonloc::LazyCompoundVal>(OV.getPointer()))
-      return std::make_pair(V->getStore(), V->getRegion());
-
-  if (const ElementRegion *ER = dyn_cast<ElementRegion>(R)) {
-    const std::pair<Store, const MemRegion *> &X =
-      GetLazyBinding(B, ER->getSuperRegion());
-
-    if (X.second)
-      return std::make_pair(X.first,
-                            MRMgr.getElementRegionWithSuper(ER, X.second));
-  }
-  else if (const FieldRegion *FR = dyn_cast<FieldRegion>(R)) {
-    const std::pair<Store, const MemRegion *> &X =
-      GetLazyBinding(B, FR->getSuperRegion());
-
-    if (X.second)
-      return std::make_pair(X.first,
-                            MRMgr.getFieldRegionWithSuper(FR, X.second));
-  }
-  // C++ base object region is another kind of region that we should blast
-  // through to look for lazy compound value. It is like a field region.
-  else if (const CXXBaseObjectRegion *baseReg = 
-                            dyn_cast<CXXBaseObjectRegion>(R)) {
-    const std::pair<Store, const MemRegion *> &X =
-      GetLazyBinding(B, baseReg->getSuperRegion());
-    
-    if (X.second)
-      return std::make_pair(X.first,
-                     MRMgr.getCXXBaseObjectRegionWithSuper(baseReg, X.second));
-  }
-  // The NULL MemRegion indicates an non-existent lazy binding. A NULL Store is
-  // possible for a valid lazy binding.
-  return std::make_pair((Store) 0, (const MemRegion *) 0);
-}
-
-SVal RegionStoreManager::RetrieveElement(Store store,
-                                         const ElementRegion* R) {
-  // Check if the region has a binding.
-  RegionBindings B = GetRegionBindings(store);
-  if (const Optional<SVal> &V = getDirectBinding(B, R))
-    return *V;
-
-  const MemRegion* superR = R->getSuperRegion();
-
-  // Check if the region is an element region of a string literal.
-  if (const StringRegion *StrR=dyn_cast<StringRegion>(superR)) {
-    // FIXME: Handle loads from strings where the literal is treated as
-    // an integer, e.g., *((unsigned int*)"hello")
-    QualType T = Ctx.getAsArrayType(StrR->getValueType())->getElementType();
-    if (T != Ctx.getCanonicalType(R->getElementType()))
-      return UnknownVal();
-
-    const StringLiteral *Str = StrR->getStringLiteral();
-    SVal Idx = R->getIndex();
-    if (nonloc::ConcreteInt *CI = dyn_cast<nonloc::ConcreteInt>(&Idx)) {
-      int64_t i = CI->getValue().getSExtValue();
-      int64_t byteLength = Str->getByteLength();
-      // Technically, only i == byteLength is guaranteed to be null.
-      // However, such overflows should be caught before reaching this point;
-      // the only time such an access would be made is if a string literal was
-      // used to initialize a larger array.
-      char c = (i >= byteLength) ? '\0' : Str->getString()[i];
-      return svalBuilder.makeIntVal(c, T);
-    }
-  }
-  
-  // Check for loads from a code text region.  For such loads, just give up.
-  if (isa<CodeTextRegion>(superR))
-    return UnknownVal();
-
-  // Handle the case where we are indexing into a larger scalar object.
-  // For example, this handles:
-  //   int x = ...
-  //   char *y = &x;
-  //   return *y;
-  // FIXME: This is a hack, and doesn't do anything really intelligent yet.
-  const RegionRawOffset &O = R->getAsArrayOffset();
-  if (const TypedRegion *baseR = dyn_cast_or_null<TypedRegion>(O.getRegion())) {
-    QualType baseT = baseR->getValueType();
-    if (baseT->isScalarType()) {
-      QualType elemT = R->getElementType();
-      if (elemT->isScalarType()) {
-        if (Ctx.getTypeSizeInChars(baseT) >= Ctx.getTypeSizeInChars(elemT)) {
-          if (const Optional<SVal> &V = getDirectBinding(B, superR)) {
-            if (SymbolRef parentSym = V->getAsSymbol())
-              return svalBuilder.getDerivedRegionValueSymbolVal(parentSym, R);
-
-            if (V->isUnknownOrUndef())
-              return *V;
-            // Other cases: give up.  We are indexing into a larger object
-            // that has some value, but we don't know how to handle that yet.
-            return UnknownVal();
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return RetrieveFieldOrElementCommon(store, R, R->getElementType(), superR);
-}
-
-SVal RegionStoreManager::RetrieveField(Store store,
-                                       const FieldRegion* R) {
-
-  // Check if the region has a binding.
-  RegionBindings B = GetRegionBindings(store);
-  if (const Optional<SVal> &V = getDirectBinding(B, R))
-    return *V;
-
-  QualType Ty = R->getValueType();
-  return RetrieveFieldOrElementCommon(store, R, Ty, R->getSuperRegion());
-}
-
-Optional<SVal>
-RegionStoreManager::RetrieveDerivedDefaultValue(RegionBindings B,
-                                                const MemRegion *superR,
-                                                const TypedRegion *R,
-                                                QualType Ty) {
-
-  if (const Optional<SVal> &D = getDefaultBinding(B, superR)) {
-    if (SymbolRef parentSym = D->getAsSymbol())
-      return svalBuilder.getDerivedRegionValueSymbolVal(parentSym, R);
-
-    if (D->isZeroConstant())
-      return svalBuilder.makeZeroVal(Ty);
-
-    if (D->isUnknownOrUndef())
-      return *D;
-
-    assert(0 && "Unknown default value");
-  }
-
-  return Optional<SVal>();
-}
-
-SVal RegionStoreManager::RetrieveFieldOrElementCommon(Store store,
-                                                      const TypedRegion *R,
-                                                      QualType Ty,
-                                                      const MemRegion *superR) {
-
-  // At this point we have already checked in either RetrieveElement or
-  // RetrieveField if 'R' has a direct binding.
-
-  RegionBindings B = GetRegionBindings(store);
-
-  while (superR) {
-    if (const Optional<SVal> &D =
-        RetrieveDerivedDefaultValue(B, superR, R, Ty))
-      return *D;
-
-    // If our super region is a field or element itself, walk up the region
-    // hierarchy to see if there is a default value installed in an ancestor.
-    if (const SubRegion *SR = dyn_cast<SubRegion>(superR)) {
-      superR = SR->getSuperRegion();
-      continue;
-    }
-    break;
-  }
-
-  // Lazy binding?
-  Store lazyBindingStore = NULL;
-  const MemRegion *lazyBindingRegion = NULL;
-  llvm::tie(lazyBindingStore, lazyBindingRegion) = GetLazyBinding(B, R);
-
-  if (lazyBindingRegion) {
-    if (const ElementRegion *ER = dyn_cast<ElementRegion>(lazyBindingRegion))
-      return RetrieveElement(lazyBindingStore, ER);
-    return RetrieveField(lazyBindingStore,
-                         cast<FieldRegion>(lazyBindingRegion));
-  }
-
-  if (R->hasStackNonParametersStorage()) {
-    if (const ElementRegion *ER = dyn_cast<ElementRegion>(R)) {
-      // Currently we don't reason specially about Clang-style vectors.  Check
-      // if superR is a vector and if so return Unknown.
-      if (const TypedRegion *typedSuperR = dyn_cast<TypedRegion>(superR)) {
-        if (typedSuperR->getValueType()->isVectorType())
-          return UnknownVal();
-      }
-      
-      // FIXME: We also need to take ElementRegions with symbolic indexes into
-      // account.
-      if (!ER->getIndex().isConstant())
-        return UnknownVal();
-    }
-
-    return UndefinedVal();
-  }
-
-  // All other values are symbolic.
-  return svalBuilder.getRegionValueSymbolVal(R);
-}
-
-SVal RegionStoreManager::RetrieveObjCIvar(Store store, const ObjCIvarRegion* R){
-
-    // Check if the region has a binding.
-  RegionBindings B = GetRegionBindings(store);
-
-  if (const Optional<SVal> &V = getDirectBinding(B, R))
-    return *V;
-
-  const MemRegion *superR = R->getSuperRegion();
-
-  // Check if the super region has a default binding.
-  if (const Optional<SVal> &V = getDefaultBinding(B, superR)) {
-    if (SymbolRef parentSym = V->getAsSymbol())
-      return svalBuilder.getDerivedRegionValueSymbolVal(parentSym, R);
-
-    // Other cases: give up.
-    return UnknownVal();
-  }
-
-  return RetrieveLazySymbol(R);
-}
-
-SVal RegionStoreManager::RetrieveVar(Store store, const VarRegion *R) {
-
-  // Check if the region has a binding.
-  RegionBindings B = GetRegionBindings(store);
-
-  if (const Optional<SVal> &V = getDirectBinding(B, R))
-    return *V;
-
-  // Lazily derive a value for the VarRegion.
-  const VarDecl *VD = R->getDecl();
-  QualType T = VD->getType();
-  const MemSpaceRegion *MS = R->getMemorySpace();
-
-  if (isa<UnknownSpaceRegion>(MS) ||
-      isa<StackArgumentsSpaceRegion>(MS))
-    return svalBuilder.getRegionValueSymbolVal(R);
-
-  if (isa<GlobalsSpaceRegion>(MS)) {
-    if (isa<NonStaticGlobalSpaceRegion>(MS)) {
-      // Is 'VD' declared constant?  If so, retrieve the constant value.
-      QualType CT = Ctx.getCanonicalType(T);
-      if (CT.isConstQualified()) {
-        const Expr *Init = VD->getInit();
-        // Do the null check first, as we want to call 'IgnoreParenCasts'.
-        if (Init)
-          if (const IntegerLiteral *IL =
-              dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
-            const nonloc::ConcreteInt &V = svalBuilder.makeIntVal(IL);
-            return svalBuilder.evalCast(V, Init->getType(), IL->getType());
-          }
-      }
-
-      if (const Optional<SVal> &V = RetrieveDerivedDefaultValue(B, MS, R, CT))
-        return V.getValue();
-
-      return svalBuilder.getRegionValueSymbolVal(R);
-    }
-
-    if (T->isIntegerType())
-      return svalBuilder.makeIntVal(0, T);
-    if (T->isPointerType())
-      return svalBuilder.makeNull();
-
-    return UnknownVal();
-  }
-
-  return UndefinedVal();
-}
-
-SVal RegionStoreManager::RetrieveLazySymbol(const TypedRegion *R) {
-  // All other values are symbolic.
-  return svalBuilder.getRegionValueSymbolVal(R);
-}
-
-SVal RegionStoreManager::RetrieveStruct(Store store, const TypedRegion* R) {
-  QualType T = R->getValueType();
-  assert(T->isStructureOrClassType());
-  return svalBuilder.makeLazyCompoundVal(store, R);
-}
-
-SVal RegionStoreManager::RetrieveArray(Store store, const TypedRegion * R) {
-  assert(Ctx.getAsConstantArrayType(R->getValueType()));
-  return svalBuilder.makeLazyCompoundVal(store, R);
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Binding values to regions.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-Store RegionStoreManager::Remove(Store store, Loc L) {
-  if (isa<loc::MemRegionVal>(L))
-    if (const MemRegion* R = cast<loc::MemRegionVal>(L).getRegion())
-      return removeBinding(GetRegionBindings(store), R).getRoot();
-
-  return store;
-}
-
-Store RegionStoreManager::Bind(Store store, Loc L, SVal V) {
-  if (isa<loc::ConcreteInt>(L))
-    return store;
-
-  // If we get here, the location should be a region.
-  const MemRegion *R = cast<loc::MemRegionVal>(L).getRegion();
-
-  // Check if the region is a struct region.
-  if (const TypedRegion* TR = dyn_cast<TypedRegion>(R))
-    if (TR->getValueType()->isStructureOrClassType())
-      return BindStruct(store, TR, V);
-
-  if (const ElementRegion *ER = dyn_cast<ElementRegion>(R)) {
-    if (ER->getIndex().isZeroConstant()) {
-      if (const TypedRegion *superR =
-            dyn_cast<TypedRegion>(ER->getSuperRegion())) {
-        QualType superTy = superR->getValueType();
-        // For now, just invalidate the fields of the struct/union/class.
-        // This is for test rdar_test_7185607 in misc-ps-region-store.m.
-        // FIXME: Precisely handle the fields of the record.
-        if (superTy->isStructureOrClassType())
-          return KillStruct(store, superR, UnknownVal());
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  else if (const SymbolicRegion *SR = dyn_cast<SymbolicRegion>(R)) {
-    // Binding directly to a symbolic region should be treated as binding
-    // to element 0.
-    QualType T = SR->getSymbol()->getType(Ctx);
-
-    // FIXME: Is this the right way to handle symbols that are references?
-    if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>())
-      T = PT->getPointeeType();
-    else
-      T = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType();
-
-    R = GetElementZeroRegion(SR, T);
-  }
-
-  // Perform the binding.
-  RegionBindings B = GetRegionBindings(store);
-  return addBinding(B, R, BindingKey::Direct, V).getRoot();
-}
-
-Store RegionStoreManager::BindDecl(Store store, const VarRegion *VR,
-                                   SVal InitVal) {
-
-  QualType T = VR->getDecl()->getType();
-
-  if (T->isArrayType())
-    return BindArray(store, VR, InitVal);
-  if (T->isStructureOrClassType())
-    return BindStruct(store, VR, InitVal);
-
-  return Bind(store, svalBuilder.makeLoc(VR), InitVal);
-}
-
-// FIXME: this method should be merged into Bind().
-Store RegionStoreManager::BindCompoundLiteral(Store store,
-                                              const CompoundLiteralExpr *CL,
-                                              const LocationContext *LC,
-                                              SVal V) {
-  return Bind(store, loc::MemRegionVal(MRMgr.getCompoundLiteralRegion(CL, LC)),
-              V);
-}
-
-
-Store RegionStoreManager::setImplicitDefaultValue(Store store,
-                                                  const MemRegion *R,
-                                                  QualType T) {
-  RegionBindings B = GetRegionBindings(store);
-  SVal V;
-
-  if (Loc::IsLocType(T))
-    V = svalBuilder.makeNull();
-  else if (T->isIntegerType())
-    V = svalBuilder.makeZeroVal(T);
-  else if (T->isStructureOrClassType() || T->isArrayType()) {
-    // Set the default value to a zero constant when it is a structure
-    // or array.  The type doesn't really matter.
-    V = svalBuilder.makeZeroVal(Ctx.IntTy);
-  }
-  else {
-    return store;
-  }
-
-  return addBinding(B, R, BindingKey::Default, V).getRoot();
-}
-
-Store RegionStoreManager::BindArray(Store store, const TypedRegion* R,
-                                    SVal Init) {
-
-  const ArrayType *AT =cast<ArrayType>(Ctx.getCanonicalType(R->getValueType()));
-  QualType ElementTy = AT->getElementType();
-  Optional<uint64_t> Size;
-
-  if (const ConstantArrayType* CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
-    Size = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
-
-  // Check if the init expr is a string literal.
-  if (loc::MemRegionVal *MRV = dyn_cast<loc::MemRegionVal>(&Init)) {
-    const StringRegion *S = cast<StringRegion>(MRV->getRegion());
-
-    // Treat the string as a lazy compound value.
-    nonloc::LazyCompoundVal LCV =
-      cast<nonloc::LazyCompoundVal>(svalBuilder.makeLazyCompoundVal(store, S));
-    return CopyLazyBindings(LCV, store, R);
-  }
-
-  // Handle lazy compound values.
-  if (nonloc::LazyCompoundVal *LCV = dyn_cast<nonloc::LazyCompoundVal>(&Init))
-    return CopyLazyBindings(*LCV, store, R);
-
-  // Remaining case: explicit compound values.
-
-  if (Init.isUnknown())
-    return setImplicitDefaultValue(store, R, ElementTy);
-
-  nonloc::CompoundVal& CV = cast<nonloc::CompoundVal>(Init);
-  nonloc::CompoundVal::iterator VI = CV.begin(), VE = CV.end();
-  uint64_t i = 0;
-
-  for (; Size.hasValue() ? i < Size.getValue() : true ; ++i, ++VI) {
-    // The init list might be shorter than the array length.
-    if (VI == VE)
-      break;
-
-    const NonLoc &Idx = svalBuilder.makeArrayIndex(i);
-    const ElementRegion *ER = MRMgr.getElementRegion(ElementTy, Idx, R, Ctx);
-
-    if (ElementTy->isStructureOrClassType())
-      store = BindStruct(store, ER, *VI);
-    else if (ElementTy->isArrayType())
-      store = BindArray(store, ER, *VI);
-    else
-      store = Bind(store, svalBuilder.makeLoc(ER), *VI);
-  }
-
-  // If the init list is shorter than the array length, set the
-  // array default value.
-  if (Size.hasValue() && i < Size.getValue())
-    store = setImplicitDefaultValue(store, R, ElementTy);
-
-  return store;
-}
-
-Store RegionStoreManager::BindStruct(Store store, const TypedRegion* R,
-                                     SVal V) {
-
-  if (!Features.supportsFields())
-    return store;
-
-  QualType T = R->getValueType();
-  assert(T->isStructureOrClassType());
-
-  const RecordType* RT = T->getAs<RecordType>();
-  RecordDecl* RD = RT->getDecl();
-
-  if (!RD->isDefinition())
-    return store;
-
-  // Handle lazy compound values.
-  if (const nonloc::LazyCompoundVal *LCV=dyn_cast<nonloc::LazyCompoundVal>(&V))
-    return CopyLazyBindings(*LCV, store, R);
-
-  // We may get non-CompoundVal accidentally due to imprecise cast logic or
-  // that we are binding symbolic struct value. Kill the field values, and if
-  // the value is symbolic go and bind it as a "default" binding.
-  if (V.isUnknown() || !isa<nonloc::CompoundVal>(V)) {
-    SVal SV = isa<nonloc::SymbolVal>(V) ? V : UnknownVal();
-    return KillStruct(store, R, SV);
-  }
-
-  nonloc::CompoundVal& CV = cast<nonloc::CompoundVal>(V);
-  nonloc::CompoundVal::iterator VI = CV.begin(), VE = CV.end();
-
-  RecordDecl::field_iterator FI, FE;
-
-  for (FI = RD->field_begin(), FE = RD->field_end(); FI != FE; ++FI, ++VI) {
-
-    if (VI == VE)
-      break;
-
-    QualType FTy = (*FI)->getType();
-    const FieldRegion* FR = MRMgr.getFieldRegion(*FI, R);
-
-    if (FTy->isArrayType())
-      store = BindArray(store, FR, *VI);
-    else if (FTy->isStructureOrClassType())
-      store = BindStruct(store, FR, *VI);
-    else
-      store = Bind(store, svalBuilder.makeLoc(FR), *VI);
-  }
-
-  // There may be fewer values in the initialize list than the fields of struct.
-  if (FI != FE) {
-    RegionBindings B = GetRegionBindings(store);
-    B = addBinding(B, R, BindingKey::Default, svalBuilder.makeIntVal(0, false));
-    store = B.getRoot();
-  }
-
-  return store;
-}
-
-Store RegionStoreManager::KillStruct(Store store, const TypedRegion* R,
-                                     SVal DefaultVal) {
-  BindingKey key = BindingKey::Make(R, BindingKey::Default);
-  
-  // The BindingKey may be "invalid" if we cannot handle the region binding
-  // explicitly.  One example is something like array[index], where index
-  // is a symbolic value.  In such cases, we want to invalidate the entire
-  // array, as the index assignment could have been to any element.  In
-  // the case of nested symbolic indices, we need to march up the region
-  // hierarchy untile we reach a region whose binding we can reason about.
-  const SubRegion *subReg = R;
-
-  while (!key.isValid()) {
-    if (const SubRegion *tmp = dyn_cast<SubRegion>(subReg->getSuperRegion())) {
-      subReg = tmp;
-      key = BindingKey::Make(tmp, BindingKey::Default);
-    }
-    else
-      break;
-  }                                 
-
-  // Remove the old bindings, using 'subReg' as the root of all regions
-  // we will invalidate.
-  RegionBindings B = GetRegionBindings(store);
-  llvm::OwningPtr<RegionStoreSubRegionMap>
-    SubRegions(getRegionStoreSubRegionMap(store));
-  RemoveSubRegionBindings(B, subReg, *SubRegions);
-
-  // Set the default value of the struct region to "unknown".
-  if (!key.isValid())
-    return B.getRoot();
-  
-  return addBinding(B, key, DefaultVal).getRoot();
-}
-
-Store RegionStoreManager::CopyLazyBindings(nonloc::LazyCompoundVal V,
-                                           Store store, const TypedRegion *R) {
-
-  // Nuke the old bindings stemming from R.
-  RegionBindings B = GetRegionBindings(store);
-
-  llvm::OwningPtr<RegionStoreSubRegionMap>
-    SubRegions(getRegionStoreSubRegionMap(store));
-
-  // B and DVM are updated after the call to RemoveSubRegionBindings.
-  RemoveSubRegionBindings(B, R, *SubRegions.get());
-
-  // Now copy the bindings.  This amounts to just binding 'V' to 'R'.  This
-  // results in a zero-copy algorithm.
-  return addBinding(B, R, BindingKey::Direct, V).getRoot();
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// "Raw" retrievals and bindings.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-
-RegionBindings RegionStoreManager::addBinding(RegionBindings B, BindingKey K,
-                                              SVal V) {
-  if (!K.isValid())
-    return B;
-  return RBFactory.add(B, K, V);
-}
-
-RegionBindings RegionStoreManager::addBinding(RegionBindings B,
-                                              const MemRegion *R,
-                                              BindingKey::Kind k, SVal V) {
-  return addBinding(B, BindingKey::Make(R, k), V);
-}
-
-const SVal *RegionStoreManager::lookup(RegionBindings B, BindingKey K) {
-  if (!K.isValid())
-    return NULL;
-  return B.lookup(K);
-}
-
-const SVal *RegionStoreManager::lookup(RegionBindings B,
-                                       const MemRegion *R,
-                                       BindingKey::Kind k) {
-  return lookup(B, BindingKey::Make(R, k));
-}
-
-RegionBindings RegionStoreManager::removeBinding(RegionBindings B,
-                                                 BindingKey K) {
-  if (!K.isValid())
-    return B;
-  return RBFactory.remove(B, K);
-}
-
-RegionBindings RegionStoreManager::removeBinding(RegionBindings B,
-                                                 const MemRegion *R,
-                                                BindingKey::Kind k){
-  return removeBinding(B, BindingKey::Make(R, k));
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// State pruning.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-namespace {
-class removeDeadBindingsWorker :
-  public ClusterAnalysis<removeDeadBindingsWorker> {
-  llvm::SmallVector<const SymbolicRegion*, 12> Postponed;
-  SymbolReaper &SymReaper;
-  const StackFrameContext *CurrentLCtx;
-
-public:
-  removeDeadBindingsWorker(RegionStoreManager &rm, GRStateManager &stateMgr,
-                           RegionBindings b, SymbolReaper &symReaper,
-                           const StackFrameContext *LCtx)
-    : ClusterAnalysis<removeDeadBindingsWorker>(rm, stateMgr, b,
-                                                /* includeGlobals = */ false),
-      SymReaper(symReaper), CurrentLCtx(LCtx) {}
-
-  // Called by ClusterAnalysis.
-  void VisitAddedToCluster(const MemRegion *baseR, RegionCluster &C);
-  void VisitCluster(const MemRegion *baseR, BindingKey *I, BindingKey *E);
-
-  void VisitBindingKey(BindingKey K);
-  bool UpdatePostponed();
-  void VisitBinding(SVal V);
-};
-}
-
-void removeDeadBindingsWorker::VisitAddedToCluster(const MemRegion *baseR,
-                                                   RegionCluster &C) {
-
-  if (const VarRegion *VR = dyn_cast<VarRegion>(baseR)) {
-    if (SymReaper.isLive(VR))
-      AddToWorkList(baseR, C);
-
-    return;
-  }
-
-  if (const SymbolicRegion *SR = dyn_cast<SymbolicRegion>(baseR)) {
-    if (SymReaper.isLive(SR->getSymbol()))
-      AddToWorkList(SR, C);
-    else
-      Postponed.push_back(SR);
-
-    return;
-  }
-
-  if (isa<NonStaticGlobalSpaceRegion>(baseR)) {
-    AddToWorkList(baseR, C);
-    return;
-  }
-
-  // CXXThisRegion in the current or parent location context is live.
-  if (const CXXThisRegion *TR = dyn_cast<CXXThisRegion>(baseR)) {
-    const StackArgumentsSpaceRegion *StackReg =
-      cast<StackArgumentsSpaceRegion>(TR->getSuperRegion());
-    const StackFrameContext *RegCtx = StackReg->getStackFrame();
-    if (RegCtx == CurrentLCtx || RegCtx->isParentOf(CurrentLCtx))
-      AddToWorkList(TR, C);
-  }
-}
-
-void removeDeadBindingsWorker::VisitCluster(const MemRegion *baseR,
-                                            BindingKey *I, BindingKey *E) {
-  for ( ; I != E; ++I)
-    VisitBindingKey(*I);
-}
-
-void removeDeadBindingsWorker::VisitBinding(SVal V) {
-  // Is it a LazyCompoundVal?  All referenced regions are live as well.
-  if (const nonloc::LazyCompoundVal *LCS =
-      dyn_cast<nonloc::LazyCompoundVal>(&V)) {
-
-    const MemRegion *LazyR = LCS->getRegion();
-    RegionBindings B = RegionStoreManager::GetRegionBindings(LCS->getStore());
-    for (RegionBindings::iterator RI = B.begin(), RE = B.end(); RI != RE; ++RI){
-      const SubRegion *baseR = dyn_cast<SubRegion>(RI.getKey().getRegion());
-      if (baseR && baseR->isSubRegionOf(LazyR))
-        VisitBinding(RI.getData());
-    }
-    return;
-  }
-
-  // If V is a region, then add it to the worklist.
-  if (const MemRegion *R = V.getAsRegion())
-    AddToWorkList(R);
-
-    // Update the set of live symbols.
-  for (SVal::symbol_iterator SI=V.symbol_begin(), SE=V.symbol_end();
-       SI!=SE;++SI)
-    SymReaper.markLive(*SI);
-}
-
-void removeDeadBindingsWorker::VisitBindingKey(BindingKey K) {
-  const MemRegion *R = K.getRegion();
-
-  // Mark this region "live" by adding it to the worklist.  This will cause
-  // use to visit all regions in the cluster (if we haven't visited them
-  // already).
-  if (AddToWorkList(R)) {
-    // Mark the symbol for any live SymbolicRegion as "live".  This means we
-    // should continue to track that symbol.
-    if (const SymbolicRegion *SymR = dyn_cast<SymbolicRegion>(R))
-      SymReaper.markLive(SymR->getSymbol());
-
-    // For BlockDataRegions, enqueue the VarRegions for variables marked
-    // with __block (passed-by-reference).
-    // via BlockDeclRefExprs.
-    if (const BlockDataRegion *BD = dyn_cast<BlockDataRegion>(R)) {
-      for (BlockDataRegion::referenced_vars_iterator
-           RI = BD->referenced_vars_begin(), RE = BD->referenced_vars_end();
-           RI != RE; ++RI) {
-        if ((*RI)->getDecl()->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
-          AddToWorkList(*RI);
-      }
-
-      // No possible data bindings on a BlockDataRegion.
-      return;
-    }
-  }
-
-  // Visit the data binding for K.
-  if (const SVal *V = RM.lookup(B, K))
-    VisitBinding(*V);
-}
-
-bool removeDeadBindingsWorker::UpdatePostponed() {
-  // See if any postponed SymbolicRegions are actually live now, after
-  // having done a scan.
-  bool changed = false;
-
-  for (llvm::SmallVectorImpl<const SymbolicRegion*>::iterator
-        I = Postponed.begin(), E = Postponed.end() ; I != E ; ++I) {
-    if (const SymbolicRegion *SR = cast_or_null<SymbolicRegion>(*I)) {
-      if (SymReaper.isLive(SR->getSymbol())) {
-        changed |= AddToWorkList(SR);
-        *I = NULL;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  return changed;
-}
-
-Store RegionStoreManager::removeDeadBindings(Store store,
-                                             const StackFrameContext *LCtx,
-                                             SymbolReaper& SymReaper,
-                           llvm::SmallVectorImpl<const MemRegion*>& RegionRoots)
-{
-  RegionBindings B = GetRegionBindings(store);
-  removeDeadBindingsWorker W(*this, StateMgr, B, SymReaper, LCtx);
-  W.GenerateClusters();
-
-  // Enqueue the region roots onto the worklist.
-  for (llvm::SmallVectorImpl<const MemRegion*>::iterator I=RegionRoots.begin(),
-       E=RegionRoots.end(); I!=E; ++I)
-    W.AddToWorkList(*I);
-
-  do W.RunWorkList(); while (W.UpdatePostponed());
-
-  // We have now scanned the store, marking reachable regions and symbols
-  // as live.  We now remove all the regions that are dead from the store
-  // as well as update DSymbols with the set symbols that are now dead.
-  for (RegionBindings::iterator I = B.begin(), E = B.end(); I != E; ++I) {
-    const BindingKey &K = I.getKey();
-
-    // If the cluster has been visited, we know the region has been marked.
-    if (W.isVisited(K.getRegion()))
-      continue;
-
-    // Remove the dead entry.
-    B = removeBinding(B, K);
-
-    // Mark all non-live symbols that this binding references as dead.
-    if (const SymbolicRegion* SymR = dyn_cast<SymbolicRegion>(K.getRegion()))
-      SymReaper.maybeDead(SymR->getSymbol());
-
-    SVal X = I.getData();
-    SVal::symbol_iterator SI = X.symbol_begin(), SE = X.symbol_end();
-    for (; SI != SE; ++SI)
-      SymReaper.maybeDead(*SI);
-  }
-
-  return B.getRoot();
-}
-
-
-Store RegionStoreManager::enterStackFrame(const GRState *state,
-                                          const StackFrameContext *frame) {
-  FunctionDecl const *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(frame->getDecl());
-  FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = FD->param_begin(), 
-                                     PE = FD->param_end();
-  Store store = state->getStore();
-
-  if (CallExpr const *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(frame->getCallSite())) {
-    CallExpr::const_arg_iterator AI = CE->arg_begin(), AE = CE->arg_end();
-
-    // Copy the arg expression value to the arg variables.  We check that
-    // PI != PE because the actual number of arguments may be different than
-    // the function declaration.
-    for (; AI != AE && PI != PE; ++AI, ++PI) {
-      SVal ArgVal = state->getSVal(*AI);
-      store = Bind(store,
-                   svalBuilder.makeLoc(MRMgr.getVarRegion(*PI, frame)), ArgVal);
-    }
-  } else if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE =
-               dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(frame->getCallSite())) {
-    CXXConstructExpr::const_arg_iterator AI = CE->arg_begin(),
-      AE = CE->arg_end();
-
-    // Copy the arg expression value to the arg variables.
-    for (; AI != AE; ++AI, ++PI) {
-      SVal ArgVal = state->getSVal(*AI);
-      store = Bind(store,
-                   svalBuilder.makeLoc(MRMgr.getVarRegion(*PI,frame)), ArgVal);
-    }
-  } else
-    assert(isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(frame->getDecl()));
-
-  return store;
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Utility methods.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-void RegionStoreManager::print(Store store, llvm::raw_ostream& OS,
-                               const char* nl, const char *sep) {
-  RegionBindings B = GetRegionBindings(store);
-  OS << "Store (direct and default bindings):" << nl;
-
-  for (RegionBindings::iterator I = B.begin(), E = B.end(); I != E; ++I)
-    OS << ' ' << I.getKey() << " : " << I.getData() << nl;
-}

Removed: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/SValBuilder.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/SValBuilder.cpp?rev=125123&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/SValBuilder.cpp (original)
+++ cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/SValBuilder.cpp (removed)
@@ -1,310 +0,0 @@
-// SValBuilder.cpp - Basic class for all SValBuilder implementations -*- C++ -*-
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-//  This file defines SValBuilder, the base class for all (complete) SValBuilder
-//  implementations.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathSensitive/MemRegion.h"
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathSensitive/SVals.h"
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathSensitive/SValBuilder.h"
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathSensitive/GRState.h"
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathSensitive/BasicValueFactory.h"
-
-using namespace clang;
-using namespace ento;
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Basic SVal creation.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-DefinedOrUnknownSVal SValBuilder::makeZeroVal(QualType T) {
-  if (Loc::IsLocType(T))
-    return makeNull();
-
-  if (T->isIntegerType())
-    return makeIntVal(0, T);
-
-  // FIXME: Handle floats.
-  // FIXME: Handle structs.
-  return UnknownVal();
-}
-
-
-NonLoc SValBuilder::makeNonLoc(const SymExpr *lhs, BinaryOperator::Opcode op,
-                                const llvm::APSInt& v, QualType T) {
-  // The Environment ensures we always get a persistent APSInt in
-  // BasicValueFactory, so we don't need to get the APSInt from
-  // BasicValueFactory again.
-  assert(!Loc::IsLocType(T));
-  return nonloc::SymExprVal(SymMgr.getSymIntExpr(lhs, op, v, T));
-}
-
-NonLoc SValBuilder::makeNonLoc(const SymExpr *lhs, BinaryOperator::Opcode op,
-                                const SymExpr *rhs, QualType T) {
-  assert(SymMgr.getType(lhs) == SymMgr.getType(rhs));
-  assert(!Loc::IsLocType(T));
-  return nonloc::SymExprVal(SymMgr.getSymSymExpr(lhs, op, rhs, T));
-}
-
-
-SVal SValBuilder::convertToArrayIndex(SVal V) {
-  if (V.isUnknownOrUndef())
-    return V;
-
-  // Common case: we have an appropriately sized integer.
-  if (nonloc::ConcreteInt* CI = dyn_cast<nonloc::ConcreteInt>(&V)) {
-    const llvm::APSInt& I = CI->getValue();
-    if (I.getBitWidth() == ArrayIndexWidth && I.isSigned())
-      return V;
-  }
-
-  return evalCastNL(cast<NonLoc>(V), ArrayIndexTy);
-}
-
-DefinedOrUnknownSVal 
-SValBuilder::getRegionValueSymbolVal(const TypedRegion* R) {
-  QualType T = R->getValueType();
-
-  if (!SymbolManager::canSymbolicate(T))
-    return UnknownVal();
-
-  SymbolRef sym = SymMgr.getRegionValueSymbol(R);
-
-  if (Loc::IsLocType(T))
-    return loc::MemRegionVal(MemMgr.getSymbolicRegion(sym));
-
-  return nonloc::SymbolVal(sym);
-}
-
-DefinedOrUnknownSVal SValBuilder::getConjuredSymbolVal(const void *SymbolTag,
-                                                        const Expr *E,
-                                                        unsigned Count) {
-  QualType T = E->getType();
-
-  if (!SymbolManager::canSymbolicate(T))
-    return UnknownVal();
-
-  SymbolRef sym = SymMgr.getConjuredSymbol(E, Count, SymbolTag);
-
-  if (Loc::IsLocType(T))
-    return loc::MemRegionVal(MemMgr.getSymbolicRegion(sym));
-
-  return nonloc::SymbolVal(sym);
-}
-
-DefinedOrUnknownSVal SValBuilder::getConjuredSymbolVal(const void *SymbolTag,
-                                                        const Expr *E,
-                                                        QualType T,
-                                                        unsigned Count) {
-  
-  if (!SymbolManager::canSymbolicate(T))
-    return UnknownVal();
-
-  SymbolRef sym = SymMgr.getConjuredSymbol(E, T, Count, SymbolTag);
-
-  if (Loc::IsLocType(T))
-    return loc::MemRegionVal(MemMgr.getSymbolicRegion(sym));
-
-  return nonloc::SymbolVal(sym);
-}
-
-DefinedSVal SValBuilder::getMetadataSymbolVal(const void *SymbolTag,
-                                               const MemRegion *MR,
-                                               const Expr *E, QualType T,
-                                               unsigned Count) {
-  assert(SymbolManager::canSymbolicate(T) && "Invalid metadata symbol type");
-
-  SymbolRef sym = SymMgr.getMetadataSymbol(MR, E, T, Count, SymbolTag);
-
-  if (Loc::IsLocType(T))
-    return loc::MemRegionVal(MemMgr.getSymbolicRegion(sym));
-
-  return nonloc::SymbolVal(sym);
-}
-
-DefinedOrUnknownSVal
-SValBuilder::getDerivedRegionValueSymbolVal(SymbolRef parentSymbol,
-                                             const TypedRegion *R) {
-  QualType T = R->getValueType();
-
-  if (!SymbolManager::canSymbolicate(T))
-    return UnknownVal();
-
-  SymbolRef sym = SymMgr.getDerivedSymbol(parentSymbol, R);
-
-  if (Loc::IsLocType(T))
-    return loc::MemRegionVal(MemMgr.getSymbolicRegion(sym));
-
-  return nonloc::SymbolVal(sym);
-}
-
-DefinedSVal SValBuilder::getFunctionPointer(const FunctionDecl* FD) {
-  return loc::MemRegionVal(MemMgr.getFunctionTextRegion(FD));
-}
-
-DefinedSVal SValBuilder::getBlockPointer(const BlockDecl *D,
-                                          CanQualType locTy,
-                                          const LocationContext *LC) {
-  const BlockTextRegion *BC =
-    MemMgr.getBlockTextRegion(D, locTy, LC->getAnalysisContext());
-  const BlockDataRegion *BD = MemMgr.getBlockDataRegion(BC, LC);
-  return loc::MemRegionVal(BD);
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-SVal SValBuilder::evalBinOp(const GRState *ST, BinaryOperator::Opcode Op,
-                          SVal L, SVal R, QualType T) {
-
-  if (L.isUndef() || R.isUndef())
-    return UndefinedVal();
-
-  if (L.isUnknown() || R.isUnknown())
-    return UnknownVal();
-
-  if (isa<Loc>(L)) {
-    if (isa<Loc>(R))
-      return evalBinOpLL(ST, Op, cast<Loc>(L), cast<Loc>(R), T);
-
-    return evalBinOpLN(ST, Op, cast<Loc>(L), cast<NonLoc>(R), T);
-  }
-
-  if (isa<Loc>(R)) {
-    // Support pointer arithmetic where the addend is on the left
-    // and the pointer on the right.
-    assert(Op == BO_Add);
-
-    // Commute the operands.
-    return evalBinOpLN(ST, Op, cast<Loc>(R), cast<NonLoc>(L), T);
-  }
-
-  return evalBinOpNN(ST, Op, cast<NonLoc>(L), cast<NonLoc>(R), T);
-}
-
-DefinedOrUnknownSVal SValBuilder::evalEQ(const GRState *ST,
-                                       DefinedOrUnknownSVal L,
-                                       DefinedOrUnknownSVal R) {
-  return cast<DefinedOrUnknownSVal>(evalBinOp(ST, BO_EQ, L, R,
-                                              Context.IntTy));
-}
-
-// FIXME: should rewrite according to the cast kind.
-SVal SValBuilder::evalCast(SVal val, QualType castTy, QualType originalTy) {
-  if (val.isUnknownOrUndef() || castTy == originalTy)
-    return val;
-
-  // For const casts, just propagate the value.
-  if (!castTy->isVariableArrayType() && !originalTy->isVariableArrayType())
-    if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(castTy, originalTy))
-      return val;
-
-  // Check for casts to real or complex numbers.  We don't handle these at all
-  // right now.
-  if (castTy->isFloatingType() || castTy->isAnyComplexType())
-    return UnknownVal();
-  
-  // Check for casts from integers to integers.
-  if (castTy->isIntegerType() && originalTy->isIntegerType())
-    return evalCastNL(cast<NonLoc>(val), castTy);
-
-  // Check for casts from pointers to integers.
-  if (castTy->isIntegerType() && Loc::IsLocType(originalTy))
-    return evalCastL(cast<Loc>(val), castTy);
-
-  // Check for casts from integers to pointers.
-  if (Loc::IsLocType(castTy) && originalTy->isIntegerType()) {
-    if (nonloc::LocAsInteger *LV = dyn_cast<nonloc::LocAsInteger>(&val)) {
-      if (const MemRegion *R = LV->getLoc().getAsRegion()) {
-        StoreManager &storeMgr = StateMgr.getStoreManager();
-        R = storeMgr.CastRegion(R, castTy);
-        return R ? SVal(loc::MemRegionVal(R)) : UnknownVal();
-      }
-      return LV->getLoc();
-    }
-    goto DispatchCast;
-  }
-
-  // Just pass through function and block pointers.
-  if (originalTy->isBlockPointerType() || originalTy->isFunctionPointerType()) {
-    assert(Loc::IsLocType(castTy));
-    return val;
-  }
-
-  // Check for casts from array type to another type.
-  if (originalTy->isArrayType()) {
-    // We will always decay to a pointer.
-    val = StateMgr.ArrayToPointer(cast<Loc>(val));
-
-    // Are we casting from an array to a pointer?  If so just pass on
-    // the decayed value.
-    if (castTy->isPointerType())
-      return val;
-
-    // Are we casting from an array to an integer?  If so, cast the decayed
-    // pointer value to an integer.
-    assert(castTy->isIntegerType());
-
-    // FIXME: Keep these here for now in case we decide soon that we
-    // need the original decayed type.
-    //    QualType elemTy = cast<ArrayType>(originalTy)->getElementType();
-    //    QualType pointerTy = C.getPointerType(elemTy);
-    return evalCastL(cast<Loc>(val), castTy);
-  }
-
-  // Check for casts from a region to a specific type.
-  if (const MemRegion *R = val.getAsRegion()) {
-    // FIXME: We should handle the case where we strip off view layers to get
-    //  to a desugared type.
-
-    if (!Loc::IsLocType(castTy)) {
-      // FIXME: There can be gross cases where one casts the result of a function
-      // (that returns a pointer) to some other value that happens to fit
-      // within that pointer value.  We currently have no good way to
-      // model such operations.  When this happens, the underlying operation
-      // is that the caller is reasoning about bits.  Conceptually we are
-      // layering a "view" of a location on top of those bits.  Perhaps
-      // we need to be more lazy about mutual possible views, even on an
-      // SVal?  This may be necessary for bit-level reasoning as well.
-      return UnknownVal();
-    }
-
-    // We get a symbolic function pointer for a dereference of a function
-    // pointer, but it is of function type. Example:
-
-    //  struct FPRec {
-    //    void (*my_func)(int * x);
-    //  };
-    //
-    //  int bar(int x);
-    //
-    //  int f1_a(struct FPRec* foo) {
-    //    int x;
-    //    (*foo->my_func)(&x);
-    //    return bar(x)+1; // no-warning
-    //  }
-
-    assert(Loc::IsLocType(originalTy) || originalTy->isFunctionType() ||
-           originalTy->isBlockPointerType());
-
-    StoreManager &storeMgr = StateMgr.getStoreManager();
-
-    // Delegate to store manager to get the result of casting a region to a
-    // different type.  If the MemRegion* returned is NULL, this expression
-    // Evaluates to UnknownVal.
-    R = storeMgr.CastRegion(R, castTy);
-    return R ? SVal(loc::MemRegionVal(R)) : UnknownVal();
-  }
-
-DispatchCast:
-  // All other cases.
-  return isa<Loc>(val) ? evalCastL(cast<Loc>(val), castTy)
-                       : evalCastNL(cast<NonLoc>(val), castTy);
-}

Removed: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/SVals.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/SVals.cpp?rev=125123&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/SVals.cpp (original)
+++ cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/SVals.cpp (removed)
@@ -1,378 +0,0 @@
-//= RValues.cpp - Abstract RValues for Path-Sens. Value Tracking -*- C++ -*-==//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-//  This file defines SVal, Loc, and NonLoc, classes that represent
-//  abstract r-values for use with path-sensitive value tracking.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathSensitive/GRState.h"
-#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
-#include "clang/Basic/IdentifierTable.h"
-
-using namespace clang;
-using namespace ento;
-using llvm::dyn_cast;
-using llvm::cast;
-using llvm::APSInt;
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Symbol iteration within an SVal.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Utility methods.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-bool SVal::hasConjuredSymbol() const {
-  if (const nonloc::SymbolVal* SV = dyn_cast<nonloc::SymbolVal>(this)) {
-    SymbolRef sym = SV->getSymbol();
-    if (isa<SymbolConjured>(sym))
-      return true;
-  }
-
-  if (const loc::MemRegionVal *RV = dyn_cast<loc::MemRegionVal>(this)) {
-    const MemRegion *R = RV->getRegion();
-    if (const SymbolicRegion *SR = dyn_cast<SymbolicRegion>(R)) {
-      SymbolRef sym = SR->getSymbol();
-      if (isa<SymbolConjured>(sym))
-        return true;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return false;
-}
-
-const FunctionDecl *SVal::getAsFunctionDecl() const {
-  if (const loc::MemRegionVal* X = dyn_cast<loc::MemRegionVal>(this)) {
-    const MemRegion* R = X->getRegion();
-    if (const FunctionTextRegion *CTR = R->getAs<FunctionTextRegion>())
-      return CTR->getDecl();
-  }
-
-  return NULL;
-}
-
-/// getAsLocSymbol - If this SVal is a location (subclasses Loc) and
-///  wraps a symbol, return that SymbolRef.  Otherwise return 0.
-// FIXME: should we consider SymbolRef wrapped in CodeTextRegion?
-SymbolRef SVal::getAsLocSymbol() const {
-  if (const nonloc::LocAsInteger *X = dyn_cast<nonloc::LocAsInteger>(this))
-    return X->getLoc().getAsLocSymbol();
-
-  if (const loc::MemRegionVal *X = dyn_cast<loc::MemRegionVal>(this)) {
-    const MemRegion *R = X->StripCasts();
-    if (const SymbolicRegion *SymR = dyn_cast<SymbolicRegion>(R))
-      return SymR->getSymbol();
-  }
-  return NULL;
-}
-
-/// Get the symbol in the SVal or its base region.
-SymbolRef SVal::getLocSymbolInBase() const {
-  const loc::MemRegionVal *X = dyn_cast<loc::MemRegionVal>(this);
-
-  if (!X)
-    return 0;
-
-  const MemRegion *R = X->getRegion();
-
-  while (const SubRegion *SR = dyn_cast<SubRegion>(R)) {
-    if (const SymbolicRegion *SymR = dyn_cast<SymbolicRegion>(SR))
-      return SymR->getSymbol();
-    else
-      R = SR->getSuperRegion();
-  }
-
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/// getAsSymbol - If this Sval wraps a symbol return that SymbolRef.
-///  Otherwise return 0.
-// FIXME: should we consider SymbolRef wrapped in CodeTextRegion?
-SymbolRef SVal::getAsSymbol() const {
-  if (const nonloc::SymbolVal *X = dyn_cast<nonloc::SymbolVal>(this))
-    return X->getSymbol();
-
-  if (const nonloc::SymExprVal *X = dyn_cast<nonloc::SymExprVal>(this))
-    if (SymbolRef Y = dyn_cast<SymbolData>(X->getSymbolicExpression()))
-      return Y;
-
-  return getAsLocSymbol();
-}
-
-/// getAsSymbolicExpression - If this Sval wraps a symbolic expression then
-///  return that expression.  Otherwise return NULL.
-const SymExpr *SVal::getAsSymbolicExpression() const {
-  if (const nonloc::SymExprVal *X = dyn_cast<nonloc::SymExprVal>(this))
-    return X->getSymbolicExpression();
-
-  return getAsSymbol();
-}
-
-const MemRegion *SVal::getAsRegion() const {
-  if (const loc::MemRegionVal *X = dyn_cast<loc::MemRegionVal>(this))
-    return X->getRegion();
-
-  if (const nonloc::LocAsInteger *X = dyn_cast<nonloc::LocAsInteger>(this)) {
-    return X->getLoc().getAsRegion();
-  }
-
-  return 0;
-}
-
-const MemRegion *loc::MemRegionVal::StripCasts() const {
-  const MemRegion *R = getRegion();
-  return R ?  R->StripCasts() : NULL;
-}
-
-bool SVal::symbol_iterator::operator==(const symbol_iterator &X) const {
-  return itr == X.itr;
-}
-
-bool SVal::symbol_iterator::operator!=(const symbol_iterator &X) const {
-  return itr != X.itr;
-}
-
-SVal::symbol_iterator::symbol_iterator(const SymExpr *SE) {
-  itr.push_back(SE);
-  while (!isa<SymbolData>(itr.back())) expand();
-}
-
-SVal::symbol_iterator& SVal::symbol_iterator::operator++() {
-  assert(!itr.empty() && "attempting to iterate on an 'end' iterator");
-  assert(isa<SymbolData>(itr.back()));
-  itr.pop_back();
-  if (!itr.empty())
-    while (!isa<SymbolData>(itr.back())) expand();
-  return *this;
-}
-
-SymbolRef SVal::symbol_iterator::operator*() {
-  assert(!itr.empty() && "attempting to dereference an 'end' iterator");
-  return cast<SymbolData>(itr.back());
-}
-
-void SVal::symbol_iterator::expand() {
-  const SymExpr *SE = itr.back();
-  itr.pop_back();
-
-  if (const SymIntExpr *SIE = dyn_cast<SymIntExpr>(SE)) {
-    itr.push_back(SIE->getLHS());
-    return;
-  }
-  else if (const SymSymExpr *SSE = dyn_cast<SymSymExpr>(SE)) {
-    itr.push_back(SSE->getLHS());
-    itr.push_back(SSE->getRHS());
-    return;
-  }
-
-  assert(false && "unhandled expansion case");
-}
-
-const void *nonloc::LazyCompoundVal::getStore() const {
-  return static_cast<const LazyCompoundValData*>(Data)->getStore();
-}
-
-const TypedRegion *nonloc::LazyCompoundVal::getRegion() const {
-  return static_cast<const LazyCompoundValData*>(Data)->getRegion();
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Other Iterators.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-nonloc::CompoundVal::iterator nonloc::CompoundVal::begin() const {
-  return getValue()->begin();
-}
-
-nonloc::CompoundVal::iterator nonloc::CompoundVal::end() const {
-  return getValue()->end();
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Useful predicates.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-bool SVal::isConstant() const {
-  return isa<nonloc::ConcreteInt>(this) || isa<loc::ConcreteInt>(this);
-}
-
-bool SVal::isConstant(int I) const {
-  if (isa<loc::ConcreteInt>(*this))
-    return cast<loc::ConcreteInt>(*this).getValue() == I;
-  else if (isa<nonloc::ConcreteInt>(*this))
-    return cast<nonloc::ConcreteInt>(*this).getValue() == I;
-  else
-    return false;
-}
-
-bool SVal::isZeroConstant() const {
-  return isConstant(0);
-}
-
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Transfer function dispatch for Non-Locs.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-SVal nonloc::ConcreteInt::evalBinOp(SValBuilder &svalBuilder,
-                                    BinaryOperator::Opcode Op,
-                                    const nonloc::ConcreteInt& R) const {
-  const llvm::APSInt* X =
-    svalBuilder.getBasicValueFactory().evalAPSInt(Op, getValue(), R.getValue());
-
-  if (X)
-    return nonloc::ConcreteInt(*X);
-  else
-    return UndefinedVal();
-}
-
-nonloc::ConcreteInt
-nonloc::ConcreteInt::evalComplement(SValBuilder &svalBuilder) const {
-  return svalBuilder.makeIntVal(~getValue());
-}
-
-nonloc::ConcreteInt
-nonloc::ConcreteInt::evalMinus(SValBuilder &svalBuilder) const {
-  return svalBuilder.makeIntVal(-getValue());
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Transfer function dispatch for Locs.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-SVal loc::ConcreteInt::evalBinOp(BasicValueFactory& BasicVals,
-                                 BinaryOperator::Opcode Op,
-                                 const loc::ConcreteInt& R) const {
-
-  assert (Op == BO_Add || Op == BO_Sub ||
-          (Op >= BO_LT && Op <= BO_NE));
-
-  const llvm::APSInt* X = BasicVals.evalAPSInt(Op, getValue(), R.getValue());
-
-  if (X)
-    return loc::ConcreteInt(*X);
-  else
-    return UndefinedVal();
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Pretty-Printing.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-void SVal::dump() const { dumpToStream(llvm::errs()); }
-
-void SVal::dumpToStream(llvm::raw_ostream& os) const {
-  switch (getBaseKind()) {
-    case UnknownKind:
-      os << "Unknown";
-      break;
-    case NonLocKind:
-      cast<NonLoc>(this)->dumpToStream(os);
-      break;
-    case LocKind:
-      cast<Loc>(this)->dumpToStream(os);
-      break;
-    case UndefinedKind:
-      os << "Undefined";
-      break;
-    default:
-      assert (false && "Invalid SVal.");
-  }
-}
-
-void NonLoc::dumpToStream(llvm::raw_ostream& os) const {
-  switch (getSubKind()) {
-    case nonloc::ConcreteIntKind: {
-      const nonloc::ConcreteInt& C = *cast<nonloc::ConcreteInt>(this);
-      if (C.getValue().isUnsigned())
-        os << C.getValue().getZExtValue();
-      else
-        os << C.getValue().getSExtValue();
-      os << ' ' << (C.getValue().isUnsigned() ? 'U' : 'S')
-         << C.getValue().getBitWidth() << 'b';
-      break;
-    }
-    case nonloc::SymbolValKind:
-      os << '$' << cast<nonloc::SymbolVal>(this)->getSymbol();
-      break;
-    case nonloc::SymExprValKind: {
-      const nonloc::SymExprVal& C = *cast<nonloc::SymExprVal>(this);
-      const SymExpr *SE = C.getSymbolicExpression();
-      os << SE;
-      break;
-    }
-    case nonloc::LocAsIntegerKind: {
-      const nonloc::LocAsInteger& C = *cast<nonloc::LocAsInteger>(this);
-      os << C.getLoc() << " [as " << C.getNumBits() << " bit integer]";
-      break;
-    }
-    case nonloc::CompoundValKind: {
-      const nonloc::CompoundVal& C = *cast<nonloc::CompoundVal>(this);
-      os << "compoundVal{";
-      bool first = true;
-      for (nonloc::CompoundVal::iterator I=C.begin(), E=C.end(); I!=E; ++I) {
-        if (first) {
-          os << ' '; first = false;
-        }
-        else
-          os << ", ";
-
-        (*I).dumpToStream(os);
-      }
-      os << "}";
-      break;
-    }
-    case nonloc::LazyCompoundValKind: {
-      const nonloc::LazyCompoundVal &C = *cast<nonloc::LazyCompoundVal>(this);
-      os << "lazyCompoundVal{" << const_cast<void *>(C.getStore())
-         << ',' << C.getRegion()
-         << '}';
-      break;
-    }
-    default:
-      assert (false && "Pretty-printed not implemented for this NonLoc.");
-      break;
-  }
-}
-
-void Loc::dumpToStream(llvm::raw_ostream& os) const {
-  switch (getSubKind()) {
-    case loc::ConcreteIntKind:
-      os << cast<loc::ConcreteInt>(this)->getValue().getZExtValue() << " (Loc)";
-      break;
-    case loc::GotoLabelKind:
-      os << "&&" << cast<loc::GotoLabel>(this)->getLabel()->getID()->getName();
-      break;
-    case loc::MemRegionKind:
-      os << '&' << cast<loc::MemRegionVal>(this)->getRegion()->getString();
-      break;
-    case loc::ObjCPropRefKind: {
-      const ObjCPropertyRefExpr *E = cast<loc::ObjCPropRef>(this)->getPropRefExpr();
-      os << "objc-prop{";
-      if (E->isSuperReceiver())
-        os << "super.";
-      else if (E->getBase())
-        os << "<base>.";
-
-      if (E->isImplicitProperty())
-        os << E->getImplicitPropertyGetter()->getSelector().getAsString();
-      else
-        os << E->getExplicitProperty()->getName();
-
-      os << "}";
-      break;
-    }
-    default:
-      assert(false && "Pretty-printing not implemented for this Loc.");
-      break;
-  }
-}

Removed: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/SimpleConstraintManager.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/SimpleConstraintManager.cpp?rev=125123&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/SimpleConstraintManager.cpp (original)
+++ cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/SimpleConstraintManager.cpp (removed)
@@ -1,303 +0,0 @@
-//== SimpleConstraintManager.cpp --------------------------------*- C++ -*--==//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-//  This file defines SimpleConstraintManager, a class that holds code shared
-//  between BasicConstraintManager and RangeConstraintManager.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#include "SimpleConstraintManager.h"
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathSensitive/ExprEngine.h"
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathSensitive/GRState.h"
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathSensitive/Checker.h"
-
-namespace clang {
-
-namespace ento {
-
-SimpleConstraintManager::~SimpleConstraintManager() {}
-
-bool SimpleConstraintManager::canReasonAbout(SVal X) const {
-  if (nonloc::SymExprVal *SymVal = dyn_cast<nonloc::SymExprVal>(&X)) {
-    const SymExpr *SE = SymVal->getSymbolicExpression();
-
-    if (isa<SymbolData>(SE))
-      return true;
-
-    if (const SymIntExpr *SIE = dyn_cast<SymIntExpr>(SE)) {
-      switch (SIE->getOpcode()) {
-          // We don't reason yet about bitwise-constraints on symbolic values.
-        case BO_And:
-        case BO_Or:
-        case BO_Xor:
-          return false;
-        // We don't reason yet about these arithmetic constraints on
-        // symbolic values.
-        case BO_Mul:
-        case BO_Div:
-        case BO_Rem:
-        case BO_Shl:
-        case BO_Shr:
-          return false;
-        // All other cases.
-        default:
-          return true;
-      }
-    }
-
-    return false;
-  }
-
-  return true;
-}
-
-const GRState *SimpleConstraintManager::assume(const GRState *state,
-                                               DefinedSVal Cond,
-                                               bool Assumption) {
-  if (isa<NonLoc>(Cond))
-    return assume(state, cast<NonLoc>(Cond), Assumption);
-  else
-    return assume(state, cast<Loc>(Cond), Assumption);
-}
-
-const GRState *SimpleConstraintManager::assume(const GRState *state, Loc cond,
-                                               bool assumption) {
-  state = assumeAux(state, cond, assumption);
-  return SU.processAssume(state, cond, assumption);
-}
-
-const GRState *SimpleConstraintManager::assumeAux(const GRState *state,
-                                                  Loc Cond, bool Assumption) {
-
-  BasicValueFactory &BasicVals = state->getBasicVals();
-
-  switch (Cond.getSubKind()) {
-  default:
-    assert (false && "'Assume' not implemented for this Loc.");
-    return state;
-
-  case loc::MemRegionKind: {
-    // FIXME: Should this go into the storemanager?
-
-    const MemRegion *R = cast<loc::MemRegionVal>(Cond).getRegion();
-    const SubRegion *SubR = dyn_cast<SubRegion>(R);
-
-    while (SubR) {
-      // FIXME: now we only find the first symbolic region.
-      if (const SymbolicRegion *SymR = dyn_cast<SymbolicRegion>(SubR)) {
-        const llvm::APSInt &zero = BasicVals.getZeroWithPtrWidth();
-        if (Assumption)
-          return assumeSymNE(state, SymR->getSymbol(), zero, zero);
-        else
-          return assumeSymEQ(state, SymR->getSymbol(), zero, zero);
-      }
-      SubR = dyn_cast<SubRegion>(SubR->getSuperRegion());
-    }
-
-    // FALL-THROUGH.
-  }
-
-  case loc::GotoLabelKind:
-    return Assumption ? state : NULL;
-
-  case loc::ConcreteIntKind: {
-    bool b = cast<loc::ConcreteInt>(Cond).getValue() != 0;
-    bool isFeasible = b ? Assumption : !Assumption;
-    return isFeasible ? state : NULL;
-  }
-  } // end switch
-}
-
-const GRState *SimpleConstraintManager::assume(const GRState *state,
-                                               NonLoc cond,
-                                               bool assumption) {
-  state = assumeAux(state, cond, assumption);
-  return SU.processAssume(state, cond, assumption);
-}
-
-static BinaryOperator::Opcode NegateComparison(BinaryOperator::Opcode op) {
-  // FIXME: This should probably be part of BinaryOperator, since this isn't
-  // the only place it's used. (This code was copied from SimpleSValBuilder.cpp.)
-  switch (op) {
-  default:
-    assert(false && "Invalid opcode.");
-  case BO_LT: return BO_GE;
-  case BO_GT: return BO_LE;
-  case BO_LE: return BO_GT;
-  case BO_GE: return BO_LT;
-  case BO_EQ: return BO_NE;
-  case BO_NE: return BO_EQ;
-  }
-}
-
-const GRState *SimpleConstraintManager::assumeAux(const GRState *state,
-                                                  NonLoc Cond,
-                                                  bool Assumption) {
-
-  // We cannot reason about SymSymExprs,
-  // and can only reason about some SymIntExprs.
-  if (!canReasonAbout(Cond)) {
-    // Just return the current state indicating that the path is feasible.
-    // This may be an over-approximation of what is possible.
-    return state;
-  }
-
-  BasicValueFactory &BasicVals = state->getBasicVals();
-  SymbolManager &SymMgr = state->getSymbolManager();
-
-  switch (Cond.getSubKind()) {
-  default:
-    assert(false && "'Assume' not implemented for this NonLoc");
-
-  case nonloc::SymbolValKind: {
-    nonloc::SymbolVal& SV = cast<nonloc::SymbolVal>(Cond);
-    SymbolRef sym = SV.getSymbol();
-    QualType T =  SymMgr.getType(sym);
-    const llvm::APSInt &zero = BasicVals.getValue(0, T);
-    if (Assumption)
-      return assumeSymNE(state, sym, zero, zero);
-    else
-      return assumeSymEQ(state, sym, zero, zero);
-  }
-
-  case nonloc::SymExprValKind: {
-    nonloc::SymExprVal V = cast<nonloc::SymExprVal>(Cond);
-
-    // For now, we only handle expressions whose RHS is an integer.
-    // All other expressions are assumed to be feasible.
-    const SymIntExpr *SE = dyn_cast<SymIntExpr>(V.getSymbolicExpression());
-    if (!SE)
-      return state;
-
-    BinaryOperator::Opcode op = SE->getOpcode();
-    // Implicitly compare non-comparison expressions to 0.
-    if (!BinaryOperator::isComparisonOp(op)) {
-      QualType T = SymMgr.getType(SE);
-      const llvm::APSInt &zero = BasicVals.getValue(0, T);
-      op = (Assumption ? BO_NE : BO_EQ);
-      return assumeSymRel(state, SE, op, zero);
-    }
-
-    // From here on out, op is the real comparison we'll be testing.
-    if (!Assumption)
-      op = NegateComparison(op);
-  
-    return assumeSymRel(state, SE->getLHS(), op, SE->getRHS());
-  }
-
-  case nonloc::ConcreteIntKind: {
-    bool b = cast<nonloc::ConcreteInt>(Cond).getValue() != 0;
-    bool isFeasible = b ? Assumption : !Assumption;
-    return isFeasible ? state : NULL;
-  }
-
-  case nonloc::LocAsIntegerKind:
-    return assumeAux(state, cast<nonloc::LocAsInteger>(Cond).getLoc(),
-                     Assumption);
-  } // end switch
-}
-
-const GRState *SimpleConstraintManager::assumeSymRel(const GRState *state,
-                                                     const SymExpr *LHS,
-                                                     BinaryOperator::Opcode op,
-                                                     const llvm::APSInt& Int) {
-  assert(BinaryOperator::isComparisonOp(op) &&
-         "Non-comparison ops should be rewritten as comparisons to zero.");
-
-   // We only handle simple comparisons of the form "$sym == constant"
-   // or "($sym+constant1) == constant2".
-   // The adjustment is "constant1" in the above expression. It's used to
-   // "slide" the solution range around for modular arithmetic. For example,
-   // x < 4 has the solution [0, 3]. x+2 < 4 has the solution [0-2, 3-2], which
-   // in modular arithmetic is [0, 1] U [UINT_MAX-1, UINT_MAX]. It's up to
-   // the subclasses of SimpleConstraintManager to handle the adjustment.
-   llvm::APSInt Adjustment;
-
-  // First check if the LHS is a simple symbol reference.
-  SymbolRef Sym = dyn_cast<SymbolData>(LHS);
-  if (Sym) {
-    Adjustment = 0;
-  } else {
-    // Next, see if it's a "($sym+constant1)" expression.
-    const SymIntExpr *SE = dyn_cast<SymIntExpr>(LHS);
-
-    // We don't handle "($sym1+$sym2)".
-    // Give up and assume the constraint is feasible.
-    if (!SE)
-      return state;
-
-    // We don't handle "(<expr>+constant1)".
-    // Give up and assume the constraint is feasible.
-    Sym = dyn_cast<SymbolData>(SE->getLHS());
-    if (!Sym)
-      return state;
-
-    // Get the constant out of the expression "($sym+constant1)".
-    switch (SE->getOpcode()) {
-    case BO_Add:
-      Adjustment = SE->getRHS();
-      break;
-    case BO_Sub:
-      Adjustment = -SE->getRHS();
-      break;
-    default:
-      // We don't handle non-additive operators.
-      // Give up and assume the constraint is feasible.
-      return state;
-    }
-  }
-
-  // FIXME: This next section is a hack. It silently converts the integers to
-  // be of the same type as the symbol, which is not always correct. Really the
-  // comparisons should be performed using the Int's type, then mapped back to
-  // the symbol's range of values.
-  GRStateManager &StateMgr = state->getStateManager();
-  ASTContext &Ctx = StateMgr.getContext();
-
-  QualType T = Sym->getType(Ctx);
-  assert(T->isIntegerType() || Loc::IsLocType(T));
-  unsigned bitwidth = Ctx.getTypeSize(T);
-  bool isSymUnsigned = T->isUnsignedIntegerType() || Loc::IsLocType(T);
-
-  // Convert the adjustment.
-  Adjustment.setIsUnsigned(isSymUnsigned);
-  Adjustment = Adjustment.extOrTrunc(bitwidth);
-
-  // Convert the right-hand side integer.
-  llvm::APSInt ConvertedInt(Int, isSymUnsigned);
-  ConvertedInt = ConvertedInt.extOrTrunc(bitwidth);
-
-  switch (op) {
-  default:
-    // No logic yet for other operators.  assume the constraint is feasible.
-    return state;
-
-  case BO_EQ:
-    return assumeSymEQ(state, Sym, ConvertedInt, Adjustment);
-
-  case BO_NE:
-    return assumeSymNE(state, Sym, ConvertedInt, Adjustment);
-
-  case BO_GT:
-    return assumeSymGT(state, Sym, ConvertedInt, Adjustment);
-
-  case BO_GE:
-    return assumeSymGE(state, Sym, ConvertedInt, Adjustment);
-
-  case BO_LT:
-    return assumeSymLT(state, Sym, ConvertedInt, Adjustment);
-
-  case BO_LE:
-    return assumeSymLE(state, Sym, ConvertedInt, Adjustment);
-  } // end switch
-}
-
-} // end of namespace ento
-
-} // end of namespace clang

Removed: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/SimpleConstraintManager.h
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/SimpleConstraintManager.h?rev=125123&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/SimpleConstraintManager.h (original)
+++ cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/SimpleConstraintManager.h (removed)
@@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
-//== SimpleConstraintManager.h ----------------------------------*- C++ -*--==//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-//  Code shared between BasicConstraintManager and RangeConstraintManager.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_GR_SIMPLE_CONSTRAINT_MANAGER_H
-#define LLVM_CLANG_GR_SIMPLE_CONSTRAINT_MANAGER_H
-
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathSensitive/ConstraintManager.h"
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathSensitive/GRState.h"
-
-namespace clang {
-
-namespace ento {
-
-class SimpleConstraintManager : public ConstraintManager {
-  SubEngine &SU;
-public:
-  SimpleConstraintManager(SubEngine &subengine) : SU(subengine) {}
-  virtual ~SimpleConstraintManager();
-
-  //===------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-  // Common implementation for the interface provided by ConstraintManager.
-  //===------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-  bool canReasonAbout(SVal X) const;
-
-  const GRState *assume(const GRState *state, DefinedSVal Cond,
-                        bool Assumption);
-
-  const GRState *assume(const GRState *state, Loc Cond, bool Assumption);
-
-  const GRState *assume(const GRState *state, NonLoc Cond, bool Assumption);
-
-  const GRState *assumeSymRel(const GRState *state,
-                              const SymExpr *LHS,
-                              BinaryOperator::Opcode op,
-                              const llvm::APSInt& Int);
-
-protected:
-
-  //===------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-  // Interface that subclasses must implement.
-  //===------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-  // Each of these is of the form "$sym+Adj <> V", where "<>" is the comparison
-  // operation for the method being invoked.
-  virtual const GRState *assumeSymNE(const GRState *state, SymbolRef sym,
-                                     const llvm::APSInt& V,
-                                     const llvm::APSInt& Adjustment) = 0;
-
-  virtual const GRState *assumeSymEQ(const GRState *state, SymbolRef sym,
-                                     const llvm::APSInt& V,
-                                     const llvm::APSInt& Adjustment) = 0;
-
-  virtual const GRState *assumeSymLT(const GRState *state, SymbolRef sym,
-                                     const llvm::APSInt& V,
-                                     const llvm::APSInt& Adjustment) = 0;
-
-  virtual const GRState *assumeSymGT(const GRState *state, SymbolRef sym,
-                                     const llvm::APSInt& V,
-                                     const llvm::APSInt& Adjustment) = 0;
-
-  virtual const GRState *assumeSymLE(const GRState *state, SymbolRef sym,
-                                     const llvm::APSInt& V,
-                                     const llvm::APSInt& Adjustment) = 0;
-
-  virtual const GRState *assumeSymGE(const GRState *state, SymbolRef sym,
-                                     const llvm::APSInt& V,
-                                     const llvm::APSInt& Adjustment) = 0;
-
-  //===------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-  // Internal implementation.
-  //===------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-  const GRState *assumeAux(const GRState *state, Loc Cond,bool Assumption);
-
-  const GRState *assumeAux(const GRState *state, NonLoc Cond, bool Assumption);
-};
-
-} // end GR namespace
-
-} // end clang namespace
-
-#endif

Removed: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/SimpleSValBuilder.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/SimpleSValBuilder.cpp?rev=125123&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/SimpleSValBuilder.cpp (original)
+++ cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/SimpleSValBuilder.cpp (removed)
@@ -1,917 +0,0 @@
-// SimpleSValBuilder.cpp - A basic SValBuilder -----------------------*- C++ -*-
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-//  This file defines SimpleSValBuilder, a basic implementation of SValBuilder.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathSensitive/SValBuilder.h"
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathSensitive/GRState.h"
-
-using namespace clang;
-using namespace ento;
-
-namespace {
-class SimpleSValBuilder : public SValBuilder {
-protected:
-  virtual SVal evalCastNL(NonLoc val, QualType castTy);
-  virtual SVal evalCastL(Loc val, QualType castTy);
-
-public:
-  SimpleSValBuilder(llvm::BumpPtrAllocator &alloc, ASTContext &context,
-                    GRStateManager &stateMgr)
-                    : SValBuilder(alloc, context, stateMgr) {}
-  virtual ~SimpleSValBuilder() {}
-
-  virtual SVal evalMinus(NonLoc val);
-  virtual SVal evalComplement(NonLoc val);
-  virtual SVal evalBinOpNN(const GRState *state, BinaryOperator::Opcode op,
-                           NonLoc lhs, NonLoc rhs, QualType resultTy);
-  virtual SVal evalBinOpLL(const GRState *state, BinaryOperator::Opcode op,
-                           Loc lhs, Loc rhs, QualType resultTy);
-  virtual SVal evalBinOpLN(const GRState *state, BinaryOperator::Opcode op,
-                           Loc lhs, NonLoc rhs, QualType resultTy);
-
-  /// getKnownValue - evaluates a given SVal. If the SVal has only one possible
-  ///  (integer) value, that value is returned. Otherwise, returns NULL.
-  virtual const llvm::APSInt *getKnownValue(const GRState *state, SVal V);
-  
-  SVal MakeSymIntVal(const SymExpr *LHS, BinaryOperator::Opcode op,
-                     const llvm::APSInt &RHS, QualType resultTy);
-};
-} // end anonymous namespace
-
-SValBuilder *ento::createSimpleSValBuilder(llvm::BumpPtrAllocator &alloc,
-                                           ASTContext &context,
-                                           GRStateManager &stateMgr) {
-  return new SimpleSValBuilder(alloc, context, stateMgr);
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Transfer function for Casts.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-SVal SimpleSValBuilder::evalCastNL(NonLoc val, QualType castTy) {
-
-  bool isLocType = Loc::IsLocType(castTy);
-
-  if (nonloc::LocAsInteger *LI = dyn_cast<nonloc::LocAsInteger>(&val)) {
-    if (isLocType)
-      return LI->getLoc();
-
-    // FIXME: Correctly support promotions/truncations.
-    unsigned castSize = Context.getTypeSize(castTy);
-    if (castSize == LI->getNumBits())
-      return val;
-    return makeLocAsInteger(LI->getLoc(), castSize);
-  }
-
-  if (const SymExpr *se = val.getAsSymbolicExpression()) {
-    QualType T = Context.getCanonicalType(se->getType(Context));
-    if (T == Context.getCanonicalType(castTy))
-      return val;
-    
-    // FIXME: Remove this hack when we support symbolic truncation/extension.
-    // HACK: If both castTy and T are integers, ignore the cast.  This is
-    // not a permanent solution.  Eventually we want to precisely handle
-    // extension/truncation of symbolic integers.  This prevents us from losing
-    // precision when we assign 'x = y' and 'y' is symbolic and x and y are
-    // different integer types.
-    if (T->isIntegerType() && castTy->isIntegerType())
-      return val;
-
-    return UnknownVal();
-  }
-
-  if (!isa<nonloc::ConcreteInt>(val))
-    return UnknownVal();
-
-  // Only handle casts from integers to integers.
-  if (!isLocType && !castTy->isIntegerType())
-    return UnknownVal();
-
-  llvm::APSInt i = cast<nonloc::ConcreteInt>(val).getValue();
-  i.setIsUnsigned(castTy->isUnsignedIntegerType() || Loc::IsLocType(castTy));
-  i = i.extOrTrunc(Context.getTypeSize(castTy));
-
-  if (isLocType)
-    return makeIntLocVal(i);
-  else
-    return makeIntVal(i);
-}
-
-SVal SimpleSValBuilder::evalCastL(Loc val, QualType castTy) {
-
-  // Casts from pointers -> pointers, just return the lval.
-  //
-  // Casts from pointers -> references, just return the lval.  These
-  //   can be introduced by the frontend for corner cases, e.g
-  //   casting from va_list* to __builtin_va_list&.
-  //
-  if (Loc::IsLocType(castTy) || castTy->isReferenceType())
-    return val;
-
-  // FIXME: Handle transparent unions where a value can be "transparently"
-  //  lifted into a union type.
-  if (castTy->isUnionType())
-    return UnknownVal();
-
-  if (castTy->isIntegerType()) {
-    unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(castTy);
-
-    if (!isa<loc::ConcreteInt>(val))
-      return makeLocAsInteger(val, BitWidth);
-
-    llvm::APSInt i = cast<loc::ConcreteInt>(val).getValue();
-    i.setIsUnsigned(castTy->isUnsignedIntegerType() || Loc::IsLocType(castTy));
-    i = i.extOrTrunc(BitWidth);
-    return makeIntVal(i);
-  }
-
-  // All other cases: return 'UnknownVal'.  This includes casting pointers
-  // to floats, which is probably badness it itself, but this is a good
-  // intermediate solution until we do something better.
-  return UnknownVal();
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Transfer function for unary operators.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-SVal SimpleSValBuilder::evalMinus(NonLoc val) {
-  switch (val.getSubKind()) {
-  case nonloc::ConcreteIntKind:
-    return cast<nonloc::ConcreteInt>(val).evalMinus(*this);
-  default:
-    return UnknownVal();
-  }
-}
-
-SVal SimpleSValBuilder::evalComplement(NonLoc X) {
-  switch (X.getSubKind()) {
-  case nonloc::ConcreteIntKind:
-    return cast<nonloc::ConcreteInt>(X).evalComplement(*this);
-  default:
-    return UnknownVal();
-  }
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Transfer function for binary operators.
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-static BinaryOperator::Opcode NegateComparison(BinaryOperator::Opcode op) {
-  switch (op) {
-  default:
-    assert(false && "Invalid opcode.");
-  case BO_LT: return BO_GE;
-  case BO_GT: return BO_LE;
-  case BO_LE: return BO_GT;
-  case BO_GE: return BO_LT;
-  case BO_EQ: return BO_NE;
-  case BO_NE: return BO_EQ;
-  }
-}
-
-static BinaryOperator::Opcode ReverseComparison(BinaryOperator::Opcode op) {
-  switch (op) {
-  default:
-    assert(false && "Invalid opcode.");
-  case BO_LT: return BO_GT;
-  case BO_GT: return BO_LT;
-  case BO_LE: return BO_GE;
-  case BO_GE: return BO_LE;
-  case BO_EQ:
-  case BO_NE:
-    return op;
-  }
-}
-
-SVal SimpleSValBuilder::MakeSymIntVal(const SymExpr *LHS,
-                                    BinaryOperator::Opcode op,
-                                    const llvm::APSInt &RHS,
-                                    QualType resultTy) {
-  bool isIdempotent = false;
-
-  // Check for a few special cases with known reductions first.
-  switch (op) {
-  default:
-    // We can't reduce this case; just treat it normally.
-    break;
-  case BO_Mul:
-    // a*0 and a*1
-    if (RHS == 0)
-      return makeIntVal(0, resultTy);
-    else if (RHS == 1)
-      isIdempotent = true;
-    break;
-  case BO_Div:
-    // a/0 and a/1
-    if (RHS == 0)
-      // This is also handled elsewhere.
-      return UndefinedVal();
-    else if (RHS == 1)
-      isIdempotent = true;
-    break;
-  case BO_Rem:
-    // a%0 and a%1
-    if (RHS == 0)
-      // This is also handled elsewhere.
-      return UndefinedVal();
-    else if (RHS == 1)
-      return makeIntVal(0, resultTy);
-    break;
-  case BO_Add:
-  case BO_Sub:
-  case BO_Shl:
-  case BO_Shr:
-  case BO_Xor:
-    // a+0, a-0, a<<0, a>>0, a^0
-    if (RHS == 0)
-      isIdempotent = true;
-    break;
-  case BO_And:
-    // a&0 and a&(~0)
-    if (RHS == 0)
-      return makeIntVal(0, resultTy);
-    else if (RHS.isAllOnesValue())
-      isIdempotent = true;
-    break;
-  case BO_Or:
-    // a|0 and a|(~0)
-    if (RHS == 0)
-      isIdempotent = true;
-    else if (RHS.isAllOnesValue()) {
-      const llvm::APSInt &Result = BasicVals.Convert(resultTy, RHS);
-      return nonloc::ConcreteInt(Result);
-    }
-    break;
-  }
-
-  // Idempotent ops (like a*1) can still change the type of an expression.
-  // Wrap the LHS up in a NonLoc again and let evalCastNL do the dirty work.
-  if (isIdempotent) {
-    if (SymbolRef LHSSym = dyn_cast<SymbolData>(LHS))
-      return evalCastNL(nonloc::SymbolVal(LHSSym), resultTy);
-    return evalCastNL(nonloc::SymExprVal(LHS), resultTy);
-  }
-
-  // If we reach this point, the expression cannot be simplified.
-  // Make a SymExprVal for the entire thing.
-  return makeNonLoc(LHS, op, RHS, resultTy);
-}
-
-SVal SimpleSValBuilder::evalBinOpNN(const GRState *state,
-                                  BinaryOperator::Opcode op,
-                                  NonLoc lhs, NonLoc rhs,
-                                  QualType resultTy)  {
-  // Handle trivial case where left-side and right-side are the same.
-  if (lhs == rhs)
-    switch (op) {
-      default:
-        break;
-      case BO_EQ:
-      case BO_LE:
-      case BO_GE:
-        return makeTruthVal(true, resultTy);
-      case BO_LT:
-      case BO_GT:
-      case BO_NE:
-        return makeTruthVal(false, resultTy);
-      case BO_Xor:
-      case BO_Sub:
-        return makeIntVal(0, resultTy);
-      case BO_Or:
-      case BO_And:
-        return evalCastNL(lhs, resultTy);
-    }
-
-  while (1) {
-    switch (lhs.getSubKind()) {
-    default:
-      return UnknownVal();
-    case nonloc::LocAsIntegerKind: {
-      Loc lhsL = cast<nonloc::LocAsInteger>(lhs).getLoc();
-      switch (rhs.getSubKind()) {
-        case nonloc::LocAsIntegerKind:
-          return evalBinOpLL(state, op, lhsL,
-                             cast<nonloc::LocAsInteger>(rhs).getLoc(),
-                             resultTy);
-        case nonloc::ConcreteIntKind: {
-          // Transform the integer into a location and compare.
-          llvm::APSInt i = cast<nonloc::ConcreteInt>(rhs).getValue();
-          i.setIsUnsigned(true);
-          i = i.extOrTrunc(Context.getTypeSize(Context.VoidPtrTy));
-          return evalBinOpLL(state, op, lhsL, makeLoc(i), resultTy);
-        }
-        default:
-          switch (op) {
-            case BO_EQ:
-              return makeTruthVal(false, resultTy);
-            case BO_NE:
-              return makeTruthVal(true, resultTy);
-            default:
-              // This case also handles pointer arithmetic.
-              return UnknownVal();
-          }
-      }
-    }
-    case nonloc::SymExprValKind: {
-      nonloc::SymExprVal *selhs = cast<nonloc::SymExprVal>(&lhs);
-
-      // Only handle LHS of the form "$sym op constant", at least for now.
-      const SymIntExpr *symIntExpr =
-        dyn_cast<SymIntExpr>(selhs->getSymbolicExpression());
-
-      if (!symIntExpr)
-        return UnknownVal();
-
-      // Is this a logical not? (!x is represented as x == 0.)
-      if (op == BO_EQ && rhs.isZeroConstant()) {
-        // We know how to negate certain expressions. Simplify them here.
-
-        BinaryOperator::Opcode opc = symIntExpr->getOpcode();
-        switch (opc) {
-        default:
-          // We don't know how to negate this operation.
-          // Just handle it as if it were a normal comparison to 0.
-          break;
-        case BO_LAnd:
-        case BO_LOr:
-          assert(false && "Logical operators handled by branching logic.");
-          return UnknownVal();
-        case BO_Assign:
-        case BO_MulAssign:
-        case BO_DivAssign:
-        case BO_RemAssign:
-        case BO_AddAssign:
-        case BO_SubAssign:
-        case BO_ShlAssign:
-        case BO_ShrAssign:
-        case BO_AndAssign:
-        case BO_XorAssign:
-        case BO_OrAssign:
-        case BO_Comma:
-          assert(false && "'=' and ',' operators handled by ExprEngine.");
-          return UnknownVal();
-        case BO_PtrMemD:
-        case BO_PtrMemI:
-          assert(false && "Pointer arithmetic not handled here.");
-          return UnknownVal();
-        case BO_LT:
-        case BO_GT:
-        case BO_LE:
-        case BO_GE:
-        case BO_EQ:
-        case BO_NE:
-          // Negate the comparison and make a value.
-          opc = NegateComparison(opc);
-          assert(symIntExpr->getType(Context) == resultTy);
-          return makeNonLoc(symIntExpr->getLHS(), opc,
-                                   symIntExpr->getRHS(), resultTy);
-        }
-      }
-
-      // For now, only handle expressions whose RHS is a constant.
-      const nonloc::ConcreteInt *rhsInt = dyn_cast<nonloc::ConcreteInt>(&rhs);
-      if (!rhsInt)
-        return UnknownVal();
-
-      // If both the LHS and the current expression are additive,
-      // fold their constants.
-      if (BinaryOperator::isAdditiveOp(op)) {
-        BinaryOperator::Opcode lop = symIntExpr->getOpcode();
-        if (BinaryOperator::isAdditiveOp(lop)) {
-          // resultTy may not be the best type to convert to, but it's
-          // probably the best choice in expressions with mixed type
-          // (such as x+1U+2LL). The rules for implicit conversions should
-          // choose a reasonable type to preserve the expression, and will
-          // at least match how the value is going to be used.
-          const llvm::APSInt &first =
-            BasicVals.Convert(resultTy, symIntExpr->getRHS());
-          const llvm::APSInt &second =
-            BasicVals.Convert(resultTy, rhsInt->getValue());
-          const llvm::APSInt *newRHS;
-          if (lop == op)
-            newRHS = BasicVals.evalAPSInt(BO_Add, first, second);
-          else
-            newRHS = BasicVals.evalAPSInt(BO_Sub, first, second);
-          return MakeSymIntVal(symIntExpr->getLHS(), lop, *newRHS, resultTy);
-        }
-      }
-
-      // Otherwise, make a SymExprVal out of the expression.
-      return MakeSymIntVal(symIntExpr, op, rhsInt->getValue(), resultTy);
-    }
-    case nonloc::ConcreteIntKind: {
-      const nonloc::ConcreteInt& lhsInt = cast<nonloc::ConcreteInt>(lhs);
-
-      if (isa<nonloc::ConcreteInt>(rhs)) {
-        return lhsInt.evalBinOp(*this, op, cast<nonloc::ConcreteInt>(rhs));
-      } else {
-        const llvm::APSInt& lhsValue = lhsInt.getValue();
-        
-        // Swap the left and right sides and flip the operator if doing so
-        // allows us to better reason about the expression (this is a form
-        // of expression canonicalization).
-        // While we're at it, catch some special cases for non-commutative ops.
-        NonLoc tmp = rhs;
-        rhs = lhs;
-        lhs = tmp;
-
-        switch (op) {
-          case BO_LT:
-          case BO_GT:
-          case BO_LE:
-          case BO_GE:
-            op = ReverseComparison(op);
-            continue;
-          case BO_EQ:
-          case BO_NE:
-          case BO_Add:
-          case BO_Mul:
-          case BO_And:
-          case BO_Xor:
-          case BO_Or:
-            continue;
-          case BO_Shr:
-            if (lhsValue.isAllOnesValue() && lhsValue.isSigned())
-              // At this point lhs and rhs have been swapped.
-              return rhs;
-            // FALL-THROUGH
-          case BO_Shl:
-            if (lhsValue == 0)
-              // At this point lhs and rhs have been swapped.
-              return rhs;
-            return UnknownVal();
-          default:
-            return UnknownVal();
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    case nonloc::SymbolValKind: {
-      nonloc::SymbolVal *slhs = cast<nonloc::SymbolVal>(&lhs);
-      SymbolRef Sym = slhs->getSymbol();
-      // Does the symbol simplify to a constant?  If so, "fold" the constant
-      // by setting 'lhs' to a ConcreteInt and try again.
-      if (Sym->getType(Context)->isIntegerType())
-        if (const llvm::APSInt *Constant = state->getSymVal(Sym)) {
-          // The symbol evaluates to a constant. If necessary, promote the
-          // folded constant (LHS) to the result type.
-          const llvm::APSInt &lhs_I = BasicVals.Convert(resultTy, *Constant);
-          lhs = nonloc::ConcreteInt(lhs_I);
-          
-          // Also promote the RHS (if necessary).
-
-          // For shifts, it is not necessary to promote the RHS.
-          if (BinaryOperator::isShiftOp(op))
-            continue;
-          
-          // Other operators: do an implicit conversion.  This shouldn't be
-          // necessary once we support truncation/extension of symbolic values.
-          if (nonloc::ConcreteInt *rhs_I = dyn_cast<nonloc::ConcreteInt>(&rhs)){
-            rhs = nonloc::ConcreteInt(BasicVals.Convert(resultTy,
-                                                        rhs_I->getValue()));
-          }
-          
-          continue;
-        }
-
-      // Is the RHS a symbol we can simplify?
-      if (const nonloc::SymbolVal *srhs = dyn_cast<nonloc::SymbolVal>(&rhs)) {
-        SymbolRef RSym = srhs->getSymbol();
-        if (RSym->getType(Context)->isIntegerType()) {
-          if (const llvm::APSInt *Constant = state->getSymVal(RSym)) {
-            // The symbol evaluates to a constant.
-            const llvm::APSInt &rhs_I = BasicVals.Convert(resultTy, *Constant);
-            rhs = nonloc::ConcreteInt(rhs_I);
-          }
-        }
-      }
-
-      if (isa<nonloc::ConcreteInt>(rhs)) {
-        return MakeSymIntVal(slhs->getSymbol(), op,
-                             cast<nonloc::ConcreteInt>(rhs).getValue(),
-                             resultTy);
-      }
-
-      return UnknownVal();
-    }
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-// FIXME: all this logic will change if/when we have MemRegion::getLocation().
-SVal SimpleSValBuilder::evalBinOpLL(const GRState *state,
-                                  BinaryOperator::Opcode op,
-                                  Loc lhs, Loc rhs,
-                                  QualType resultTy) {
-  // Only comparisons and subtractions are valid operations on two pointers.
-  // See [C99 6.5.5 through 6.5.14] or [C++0x 5.6 through 5.15].
-  // However, if a pointer is casted to an integer, evalBinOpNN may end up
-  // calling this function with another operation (PR7527). We don't attempt to
-  // model this for now, but it could be useful, particularly when the
-  // "location" is actually an integer value that's been passed through a void*.
-  if (!(BinaryOperator::isComparisonOp(op) || op == BO_Sub))
-    return UnknownVal();
-
-  // Special cases for when both sides are identical.
-  if (lhs == rhs) {
-    switch (op) {
-    default:
-      assert(false && "Unimplemented operation for two identical values");
-      return UnknownVal();
-    case BO_Sub:
-      return makeZeroVal(resultTy);
-    case BO_EQ:
-    case BO_LE:
-    case BO_GE:
-      return makeTruthVal(true, resultTy);
-    case BO_NE:
-    case BO_LT:
-    case BO_GT:
-      return makeTruthVal(false, resultTy);
-    }
-  }
-
-  switch (lhs.getSubKind()) {
-  default:
-    assert(false && "Ordering not implemented for this Loc.");
-    return UnknownVal();
-
-  case loc::GotoLabelKind:
-    // The only thing we know about labels is that they're non-null.
-    if (rhs.isZeroConstant()) {
-      switch (op) {
-      default:
-        break;
-      case BO_Sub:
-        return evalCastL(lhs, resultTy);
-      case BO_EQ:
-      case BO_LE:
-      case BO_LT:
-        return makeTruthVal(false, resultTy);
-      case BO_NE:
-      case BO_GT:
-      case BO_GE:
-        return makeTruthVal(true, resultTy);
-      }
-    }
-    // There may be two labels for the same location, and a function region may
-    // have the same address as a label at the start of the function (depending
-    // on the ABI).
-    // FIXME: we can probably do a comparison against other MemRegions, though.
-    // FIXME: is there a way to tell if two labels refer to the same location?
-    return UnknownVal(); 
-
-  case loc::ConcreteIntKind: {
-    // If one of the operands is a symbol and the other is a constant,
-    // build an expression for use by the constraint manager.
-    if (SymbolRef rSym = rhs.getAsLocSymbol()) {
-      // We can only build expressions with symbols on the left,
-      // so we need a reversible operator.
-      if (!BinaryOperator::isComparisonOp(op))
-        return UnknownVal();
-
-      const llvm::APSInt &lVal = cast<loc::ConcreteInt>(lhs).getValue();
-      return makeNonLoc(rSym, ReverseComparison(op), lVal, resultTy);
-    }
-
-    // If both operands are constants, just perform the operation.
-    if (loc::ConcreteInt *rInt = dyn_cast<loc::ConcreteInt>(&rhs)) {
-      SVal ResultVal = cast<loc::ConcreteInt>(lhs).evalBinOp(BasicVals, op,
-                                                             *rInt);
-      if (Loc *Result = dyn_cast<Loc>(&ResultVal))
-        return evalCastL(*Result, resultTy);
-      else
-        return UnknownVal();
-    }
-
-    // Special case comparisons against NULL.
-    // This must come after the test if the RHS is a symbol, which is used to
-    // build constraints. The address of any non-symbolic region is guaranteed
-    // to be non-NULL, as is any label.
-    assert(isa<loc::MemRegionVal>(rhs) || isa<loc::GotoLabel>(rhs));
-    if (lhs.isZeroConstant()) {
-      switch (op) {
-      default:
-        break;
-      case BO_EQ:
-      case BO_GT:
-      case BO_GE:
-        return makeTruthVal(false, resultTy);
-      case BO_NE:
-      case BO_LT:
-      case BO_LE:
-        return makeTruthVal(true, resultTy);
-      }
-    }
-
-    // Comparing an arbitrary integer to a region or label address is
-    // completely unknowable.
-    return UnknownVal();
-  }
-  case loc::MemRegionKind: {
-    if (loc::ConcreteInt *rInt = dyn_cast<loc::ConcreteInt>(&rhs)) {
-      // If one of the operands is a symbol and the other is a constant,
-      // build an expression for use by the constraint manager.
-      if (SymbolRef lSym = lhs.getAsLocSymbol())
-        return MakeSymIntVal(lSym, op, rInt->getValue(), resultTy);
-
-      // Special case comparisons to NULL.
-      // This must come after the test if the LHS is a symbol, which is used to
-      // build constraints. The address of any non-symbolic region is guaranteed
-      // to be non-NULL.
-      if (rInt->isZeroConstant()) {
-        switch (op) {
-        default:
-          break;
-        case BO_Sub:
-          return evalCastL(lhs, resultTy);
-        case BO_EQ:
-        case BO_LT:
-        case BO_LE:
-          return makeTruthVal(false, resultTy);
-        case BO_NE:
-        case BO_GT:
-        case BO_GE:
-          return makeTruthVal(true, resultTy);
-        }
-      }
-
-      // Comparing a region to an arbitrary integer is completely unknowable.
-      return UnknownVal();
-    }
-
-    // Get both values as regions, if possible.
-    const MemRegion *LeftMR = lhs.getAsRegion();
-    assert(LeftMR && "MemRegionKind SVal doesn't have a region!");
-
-    const MemRegion *RightMR = rhs.getAsRegion();
-    if (!RightMR)
-      // The RHS is probably a label, which in theory could address a region.
-      // FIXME: we can probably make a more useful statement about non-code
-      // regions, though.
-      return UnknownVal();
-
-    // If both values wrap regions, see if they're from different base regions.
-    const MemRegion *LeftBase = LeftMR->getBaseRegion();
-    const MemRegion *RightBase = RightMR->getBaseRegion();
-    if (LeftBase != RightBase &&
-        !isa<SymbolicRegion>(LeftBase) && !isa<SymbolicRegion>(RightBase)) {
-      switch (op) {
-      default:
-        return UnknownVal();
-      case BO_EQ:
-        return makeTruthVal(false, resultTy);
-      case BO_NE:
-        return makeTruthVal(true, resultTy);
-      }
-    }
-
-    // The two regions are from the same base region. See if they're both a
-    // type of region we know how to compare.
-
-    // FIXME: If/when there is a getAsRawOffset() for FieldRegions, this
-    // ElementRegion path and the FieldRegion path below should be unified.
-    if (const ElementRegion *LeftER = dyn_cast<ElementRegion>(LeftMR)) {
-      // First see if the right region is also an ElementRegion.
-      const ElementRegion *RightER = dyn_cast<ElementRegion>(RightMR);
-      if (!RightER)
-        return UnknownVal();
-
-      // Next, see if the two ERs have the same super-region and matching types.
-      // FIXME: This should do something useful even if the types don't match,
-      // though if both indexes are constant the RegionRawOffset path will
-      // give the correct answer.
-      if (LeftER->getSuperRegion() == RightER->getSuperRegion() &&
-          LeftER->getElementType() == RightER->getElementType()) {
-        // Get the left index and cast it to the correct type.
-        // If the index is unknown or undefined, bail out here.
-        SVal LeftIndexVal = LeftER->getIndex();
-        NonLoc *LeftIndex = dyn_cast<NonLoc>(&LeftIndexVal);
-        if (!LeftIndex)
-          return UnknownVal();
-        LeftIndexVal = evalCastNL(*LeftIndex, resultTy);
-        LeftIndex = dyn_cast<NonLoc>(&LeftIndexVal);
-        if (!LeftIndex)
-          return UnknownVal();
-
-        // Do the same for the right index.
-        SVal RightIndexVal = RightER->getIndex();
-        NonLoc *RightIndex = dyn_cast<NonLoc>(&RightIndexVal);
-        if (!RightIndex)
-          return UnknownVal();
-        RightIndexVal = evalCastNL(*RightIndex, resultTy);
-        RightIndex = dyn_cast<NonLoc>(&RightIndexVal);
-        if (!RightIndex)
-          return UnknownVal();
-
-        // Actually perform the operation.
-        // evalBinOpNN expects the two indexes to already be the right type.
-        return evalBinOpNN(state, op, *LeftIndex, *RightIndex, resultTy);
-      }
-
-      // If the element indexes aren't comparable, see if the raw offsets are.
-      RegionRawOffset LeftOffset = LeftER->getAsArrayOffset();
-      RegionRawOffset RightOffset = RightER->getAsArrayOffset();
-
-      if (LeftOffset.getRegion() != NULL &&
-          LeftOffset.getRegion() == RightOffset.getRegion()) {
-        CharUnits left = LeftOffset.getOffset();
-        CharUnits right = RightOffset.getOffset();
-
-        switch (op) {
-        default:
-          return UnknownVal();
-        case BO_LT:
-          return makeTruthVal(left < right, resultTy);
-        case BO_GT:
-          return makeTruthVal(left > right, resultTy);
-        case BO_LE:
-          return makeTruthVal(left <= right, resultTy);
-        case BO_GE:
-          return makeTruthVal(left >= right, resultTy);
-        case BO_EQ:
-          return makeTruthVal(left == right, resultTy);
-        case BO_NE:
-          return makeTruthVal(left != right, resultTy);
-        }
-      }
-
-      // If we get here, we have no way of comparing the ElementRegions.
-      return UnknownVal();
-    }
-
-    // See if both regions are fields of the same structure.
-    // FIXME: This doesn't handle nesting, inheritance, or Objective-C ivars.
-    if (const FieldRegion *LeftFR = dyn_cast<FieldRegion>(LeftMR)) {
-      // Only comparisons are meaningful here!
-      if (!BinaryOperator::isComparisonOp(op))
-        return UnknownVal();
-
-      // First see if the right region is also a FieldRegion.
-      const FieldRegion *RightFR = dyn_cast<FieldRegion>(RightMR);
-      if (!RightFR)
-        return UnknownVal();
-
-      // Next, see if the two FRs have the same super-region.
-      // FIXME: This doesn't handle casts yet, and simply stripping the casts
-      // doesn't help.
-      if (LeftFR->getSuperRegion() != RightFR->getSuperRegion())
-        return UnknownVal();
-
-      const FieldDecl *LeftFD = LeftFR->getDecl();
-      const FieldDecl *RightFD = RightFR->getDecl();
-      const RecordDecl *RD = LeftFD->getParent();
-
-      // Make sure the two FRs are from the same kind of record. Just in case!
-      // FIXME: This is probably where inheritance would be a problem.
-      if (RD != RightFD->getParent())
-        return UnknownVal();
-
-      // We know for sure that the two fields are not the same, since that
-      // would have given us the same SVal.
-      if (op == BO_EQ)
-        return makeTruthVal(false, resultTy);
-      if (op == BO_NE)
-        return makeTruthVal(true, resultTy);
-
-      // Iterate through the fields and see which one comes first.
-      // [C99 6.7.2.1.13] "Within a structure object, the non-bit-field
-      // members and the units in which bit-fields reside have addresses that
-      // increase in the order in which they are declared."
-      bool leftFirst = (op == BO_LT || op == BO_LE);
-      for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = RD->field_begin(),
-           E = RD->field_end(); I!=E; ++I) {
-        if (*I == LeftFD)
-          return makeTruthVal(leftFirst, resultTy);
-        if (*I == RightFD)
-          return makeTruthVal(!leftFirst, resultTy);
-      }
-
-      assert(false && "Fields not found in parent record's definition");
-    }
-
-    // If we get here, we have no way of comparing the regions.
-    return UnknownVal();
-  }
-  }
-}
-
-SVal SimpleSValBuilder::evalBinOpLN(const GRState *state,
-                                  BinaryOperator::Opcode op,
-                                  Loc lhs, NonLoc rhs, QualType resultTy) {
-  
-  // Special case: rhs is a zero constant.
-  if (rhs.isZeroConstant())
-    return lhs;
-  
-  // Special case: 'rhs' is an integer that has the same width as a pointer and
-  // we are using the integer location in a comparison.  Normally this cannot be
-  // triggered, but transfer functions like those for OSCommpareAndSwapBarrier32
-  // can generate comparisons that trigger this code.
-  // FIXME: Are all locations guaranteed to have pointer width?
-  if (BinaryOperator::isComparisonOp(op)) {
-    if (nonloc::ConcreteInt *rhsInt = dyn_cast<nonloc::ConcreteInt>(&rhs)) {
-      const llvm::APSInt *x = &rhsInt->getValue();
-      ASTContext &ctx = Context;
-      if (ctx.getTypeSize(ctx.VoidPtrTy) == x->getBitWidth()) {
-        // Convert the signedness of the integer (if necessary).
-        if (x->isSigned())
-          x = &getBasicValueFactory().getValue(*x, true);
-
-        return evalBinOpLL(state, op, lhs, loc::ConcreteInt(*x), resultTy);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  
-  // We are dealing with pointer arithmetic.
-
-  // Handle pointer arithmetic on constant values.
-  if (nonloc::ConcreteInt *rhsInt = dyn_cast<nonloc::ConcreteInt>(&rhs)) {
-    if (loc::ConcreteInt *lhsInt = dyn_cast<loc::ConcreteInt>(&lhs)) {
-      const llvm::APSInt &leftI = lhsInt->getValue();
-      assert(leftI.isUnsigned());
-      llvm::APSInt rightI(rhsInt->getValue(), /* isUnsigned */ true);
-
-      // Convert the bitwidth of rightI.  This should deal with overflow
-      // since we are dealing with concrete values.
-      rightI = rightI.extOrTrunc(leftI.getBitWidth());
-
-      // Offset the increment by the pointer size.
-      llvm::APSInt Multiplicand(rightI.getBitWidth(), /* isUnsigned */ true);
-      rightI *= Multiplicand;
-      
-      // Compute the adjusted pointer.
-      switch (op) {
-        case BO_Add:
-          rightI = leftI + rightI;
-          break;
-        case BO_Sub:
-          rightI = leftI - rightI;
-          break;
-        default:
-          llvm_unreachable("Invalid pointer arithmetic operation");
-      }
-      return loc::ConcreteInt(getBasicValueFactory().getValue(rightI));
-    }
-  }
-
-  // Handle cases where 'lhs' is a region.
-  if (const MemRegion *region = lhs.getAsRegion()) {
-    rhs = cast<NonLoc>(convertToArrayIndex(rhs));
-    SVal index = UnknownVal();
-    const MemRegion *superR = 0;
-    QualType elementType;
-
-    if (const ElementRegion *elemReg = dyn_cast<ElementRegion>(region)) {
-      index = evalBinOpNN(state, BO_Add, elemReg->getIndex(), rhs,
-                          getArrayIndexType());
-      superR = elemReg->getSuperRegion();
-      elementType = elemReg->getElementType();
-    }
-    else if (isa<SubRegion>(region)) {
-      superR = region;
-      index = rhs;
-      if (const PointerType *PT = resultTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
-        elementType = PT->getPointeeType();
-      }
-      else {
-        const ObjCObjectPointerType *OT =
-          resultTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
-        elementType = OT->getPointeeType();
-      }
-    }
-
-    if (NonLoc *indexV = dyn_cast<NonLoc>(&index)) {
-      return loc::MemRegionVal(MemMgr.getElementRegion(elementType, *indexV,
-                                                       superR, getContext()));
-    }
-  }
-  return UnknownVal();  
-}
-
-const llvm::APSInt *SimpleSValBuilder::getKnownValue(const GRState *state,
-                                                   SVal V) {
-  if (V.isUnknownOrUndef())
-    return NULL;
-
-  if (loc::ConcreteInt* X = dyn_cast<loc::ConcreteInt>(&V))
-    return &X->getValue();
-
-  if (nonloc::ConcreteInt* X = dyn_cast<nonloc::ConcreteInt>(&V))
-    return &X->getValue();
-
-  if (SymbolRef Sym = V.getAsSymbol())
-    return state->getSymVal(Sym);
-
-  // FIXME: Add support for SymExprs.
-  return NULL;
-}

Removed: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Store.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Store.cpp?rev=125123&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Store.cpp (original)
+++ cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Store.cpp (removed)
@@ -1,334 +0,0 @@
-//== Store.cpp - Interface for maps from Locations to Values ----*- C++ -*--==//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-//  This file defined the types Store and StoreManager.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathSensitive/Store.h"
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathSensitive/GRState.h"
-#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
-
-using namespace clang;
-using namespace ento;
-
-StoreManager::StoreManager(GRStateManager &stateMgr)
-  : svalBuilder(stateMgr.getSValBuilder()), StateMgr(stateMgr),
-    MRMgr(svalBuilder.getRegionManager()), Ctx(stateMgr.getContext()) {}
-
-Store StoreManager::enterStackFrame(const GRState *state,
-                                    const StackFrameContext *frame) {
-  return state->getStore();
-}
-
-const MemRegion *StoreManager::MakeElementRegion(const MemRegion *Base,
-                                              QualType EleTy, uint64_t index) {
-  NonLoc idx = svalBuilder.makeArrayIndex(index);
-  return MRMgr.getElementRegion(EleTy, idx, Base, svalBuilder.getContext());
-}
-
-// FIXME: Merge with the implementation of the same method in MemRegion.cpp
-static bool IsCompleteType(ASTContext &Ctx, QualType Ty) {
-  if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
-    const RecordDecl *D = RT->getDecl();
-    if (!D->getDefinition())
-      return false;
-  }
-
-  return true;
-}
-
-const ElementRegion *StoreManager::GetElementZeroRegion(const MemRegion *R, 
-                                                        QualType T) {
-  NonLoc idx = svalBuilder.makeZeroArrayIndex();
-  assert(!T.isNull());
-  return MRMgr.getElementRegion(T, idx, R, Ctx);
-}
-
-const MemRegion *StoreManager::CastRegion(const MemRegion *R, QualType CastToTy) {
-
-  ASTContext& Ctx = StateMgr.getContext();
-
-  // Handle casts to Objective-C objects.
-  if (CastToTy->isObjCObjectPointerType())
-    return R->StripCasts();
-
-  if (CastToTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
-    // FIXME: We may need different solutions, depending on the symbol
-    // involved.  Blocks can be casted to/from 'id', as they can be treated
-    // as Objective-C objects.  This could possibly be handled by enhancing
-    // our reasoning of downcasts of symbolic objects.
-    if (isa<CodeTextRegion>(R) || isa<SymbolicRegion>(R))
-      return R;
-
-    // We don't know what to make of it.  Return a NULL region, which
-    // will be interpretted as UnknownVal.
-    return NULL;
-  }
-
-  // Now assume we are casting from pointer to pointer. Other cases should
-  // already be handled.
-  QualType PointeeTy = CastToTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
-  QualType CanonPointeeTy = Ctx.getCanonicalType(PointeeTy);
-
-  // Handle casts to void*.  We just pass the region through.
-  if (CanonPointeeTy.getLocalUnqualifiedType() == Ctx.VoidTy)
-    return R;
-
-  // Handle casts from compatible types.
-  if (R->isBoundable())
-    if (const TypedRegion *TR = dyn_cast<TypedRegion>(R)) {
-      QualType ObjTy = Ctx.getCanonicalType(TR->getValueType());
-      if (CanonPointeeTy == ObjTy)
-        return R;
-    }
-
-  // Process region cast according to the kind of the region being cast.
-  switch (R->getKind()) {
-    case MemRegion::CXXThisRegionKind:
-    case MemRegion::GenericMemSpaceRegionKind:
-    case MemRegion::StackLocalsSpaceRegionKind:
-    case MemRegion::StackArgumentsSpaceRegionKind:
-    case MemRegion::HeapSpaceRegionKind:
-    case MemRegion::UnknownSpaceRegionKind:
-    case MemRegion::NonStaticGlobalSpaceRegionKind:
-    case MemRegion::StaticGlobalSpaceRegionKind: {
-      assert(0 && "Invalid region cast");
-      break;
-    }
-
-    case MemRegion::FunctionTextRegionKind:
-    case MemRegion::BlockTextRegionKind:
-    case MemRegion::BlockDataRegionKind:
-    case MemRegion::StringRegionKind:
-      // FIXME: Need to handle arbitrary downcasts.
-    case MemRegion::SymbolicRegionKind:
-    case MemRegion::AllocaRegionKind:
-    case MemRegion::CompoundLiteralRegionKind:
-    case MemRegion::FieldRegionKind:
-    case MemRegion::ObjCIvarRegionKind:
-    case MemRegion::VarRegionKind:
-    case MemRegion::CXXTempObjectRegionKind:
-    case MemRegion::CXXBaseObjectRegionKind:
-      return MakeElementRegion(R, PointeeTy);
-
-    case MemRegion::ElementRegionKind: {
-      // If we are casting from an ElementRegion to another type, the
-      // algorithm is as follows:
-      //
-      // (1) Compute the "raw offset" of the ElementRegion from the
-      //     base region.  This is done by calling 'getAsRawOffset()'.
-      //
-      // (2a) If we get a 'RegionRawOffset' after calling
-      //      'getAsRawOffset()', determine if the absolute offset
-      //      can be exactly divided into chunks of the size of the
-      //      casted-pointee type.  If so, create a new ElementRegion with
-      //      the pointee-cast type as the new ElementType and the index
-      //      being the offset divded by the chunk size.  If not, create
-      //      a new ElementRegion at offset 0 off the raw offset region.
-      //
-      // (2b) If we don't a get a 'RegionRawOffset' after calling
-      //      'getAsRawOffset()', it means that we are at offset 0.
-      //
-      // FIXME: Handle symbolic raw offsets.
-
-      const ElementRegion *elementR = cast<ElementRegion>(R);
-      const RegionRawOffset &rawOff = elementR->getAsArrayOffset();
-      const MemRegion *baseR = rawOff.getRegion();
-
-      // If we cannot compute a raw offset, throw up our hands and return
-      // a NULL MemRegion*.
-      if (!baseR)
-        return NULL;
-
-      CharUnits off = rawOff.getOffset();
-
-      if (off.isZero()) {
-        // Edge case: we are at 0 bytes off the beginning of baseR.  We
-        // check to see if type we are casting to is the same as the base
-        // region.  If so, just return the base region.
-        if (const TypedRegion *TR = dyn_cast<TypedRegion>(baseR)) {
-          QualType ObjTy = Ctx.getCanonicalType(TR->getValueType());
-          QualType CanonPointeeTy = Ctx.getCanonicalType(PointeeTy);
-          if (CanonPointeeTy == ObjTy)
-            return baseR;
-        }
-
-        // Otherwise, create a new ElementRegion at offset 0.
-        return MakeElementRegion(baseR, PointeeTy);
-      }
-
-      // We have a non-zero offset from the base region.  We want to determine
-      // if the offset can be evenly divided by sizeof(PointeeTy).  If so,
-      // we create an ElementRegion whose index is that value.  Otherwise, we
-      // create two ElementRegions, one that reflects a raw offset and the other
-      // that reflects the cast.
-
-      // Compute the index for the new ElementRegion.
-      int64_t newIndex = 0;
-      const MemRegion *newSuperR = 0;
-
-      // We can only compute sizeof(PointeeTy) if it is a complete type.
-      if (IsCompleteType(Ctx, PointeeTy)) {
-        // Compute the size in **bytes**.
-        CharUnits pointeeTySize = Ctx.getTypeSizeInChars(PointeeTy);
-        if (!pointeeTySize.isZero()) {
-          // Is the offset a multiple of the size?  If so, we can layer the
-          // ElementRegion (with elementType == PointeeTy) directly on top of
-          // the base region.
-          if (off % pointeeTySize == 0) {
-            newIndex = off / pointeeTySize;
-            newSuperR = baseR;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-
-      if (!newSuperR) {
-        // Create an intermediate ElementRegion to represent the raw byte.
-        // This will be the super region of the final ElementRegion.
-        newSuperR = MakeElementRegion(baseR, Ctx.CharTy, off.getQuantity());
-      }
-
-      return MakeElementRegion(newSuperR, PointeeTy, newIndex);
-    }
-  }
-
-  assert(0 && "unreachable");
-  return 0;
-}
-
-
-/// CastRetrievedVal - Used by subclasses of StoreManager to implement
-///  implicit casts that arise from loads from regions that are reinterpreted
-///  as another region.
-SVal StoreManager::CastRetrievedVal(SVal V, const TypedRegion *R,
-                                    QualType castTy, bool performTestOnly) {
-  
-  if (castTy.isNull())
-    return V;
-  
-  ASTContext &Ctx = svalBuilder.getContext();
-
-  if (performTestOnly) {  
-    // Automatically translate references to pointers.
-    QualType T = R->getValueType();
-    if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
-      T = Ctx.getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType());
-    
-    assert(svalBuilder.getContext().hasSameUnqualifiedType(castTy, T));
-    return V;
-  }
-  
-  if (const Loc *L = dyn_cast<Loc>(&V))
-    return svalBuilder.evalCastL(*L, castTy);
-  else if (const NonLoc *NL = dyn_cast<NonLoc>(&V))
-    return svalBuilder.evalCastNL(*NL, castTy);
-  
-  return V;
-}
-
-SVal StoreManager::getLValueFieldOrIvar(const Decl* D, SVal Base) {
-  if (Base.isUnknownOrUndef())
-    return Base;
-
-  Loc BaseL = cast<Loc>(Base);
-  const MemRegion* BaseR = 0;
-
-  switch (BaseL.getSubKind()) {
-  case loc::MemRegionKind:
-    BaseR = cast<loc::MemRegionVal>(BaseL).getRegion();
-    break;
-
-  case loc::GotoLabelKind:
-    // These are anormal cases. Flag an undefined value.
-    return UndefinedVal();
-
-  case loc::ConcreteIntKind:
-    // While these seem funny, this can happen through casts.
-    // FIXME: What we should return is the field offset.  For example,
-    //  add the field offset to the integer value.  That way funny things
-    //  like this work properly:  &(((struct foo *) 0xa)->f)
-    return Base;
-
-  default:
-    assert(0 && "Unhandled Base.");
-    return Base;
-  }
-
-  // NOTE: We must have this check first because ObjCIvarDecl is a subclass
-  // of FieldDecl.
-  if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(D))
-    return loc::MemRegionVal(MRMgr.getObjCIvarRegion(ID, BaseR));
-
-  return loc::MemRegionVal(MRMgr.getFieldRegion(cast<FieldDecl>(D), BaseR));
-}
-
-SVal StoreManager::getLValueElement(QualType elementType, NonLoc Offset, 
-                                    SVal Base) {
-
-  // If the base is an unknown or undefined value, just return it back.
-  // FIXME: For absolute pointer addresses, we just return that value back as
-  //  well, although in reality we should return the offset added to that
-  //  value.
-  if (Base.isUnknownOrUndef() || isa<loc::ConcreteInt>(Base))
-    return Base;
-
-  const MemRegion* BaseRegion = cast<loc::MemRegionVal>(Base).getRegion();
-
-  // Pointer of any type can be cast and used as array base.
-  const ElementRegion *ElemR = dyn_cast<ElementRegion>(BaseRegion);
-
-  // Convert the offset to the appropriate size and signedness.
-  Offset = cast<NonLoc>(svalBuilder.convertToArrayIndex(Offset));
-
-  if (!ElemR) {
-    //
-    // If the base region is not an ElementRegion, create one.
-    // This can happen in the following example:
-    //
-    //   char *p = __builtin_alloc(10);
-    //   p[1] = 8;
-    //
-    //  Observe that 'p' binds to an AllocaRegion.
-    //
-    return loc::MemRegionVal(MRMgr.getElementRegion(elementType, Offset,
-                                                    BaseRegion, Ctx));
-  }
-
-  SVal BaseIdx = ElemR->getIndex();
-
-  if (!isa<nonloc::ConcreteInt>(BaseIdx))
-    return UnknownVal();
-
-  const llvm::APSInt& BaseIdxI = cast<nonloc::ConcreteInt>(BaseIdx).getValue();
-
-  // Only allow non-integer offsets if the base region has no offset itself.
-  // FIXME: This is a somewhat arbitrary restriction. We should be using
-  // SValBuilder here to add the two offsets without checking their types.
-  if (!isa<nonloc::ConcreteInt>(Offset)) {
-    if (isa<ElementRegion>(BaseRegion->StripCasts()))
-      return UnknownVal();
-
-    return loc::MemRegionVal(MRMgr.getElementRegion(elementType, Offset,
-                                                    ElemR->getSuperRegion(),
-                                                    Ctx));
-  }
-
-  const llvm::APSInt& OffI = cast<nonloc::ConcreteInt>(Offset).getValue();
-  assert(BaseIdxI.isSigned());
-
-  // Compute the new index.
-  nonloc::ConcreteInt NewIdx(svalBuilder.getBasicValueFactory().getValue(BaseIdxI +
-                                                                    OffI));
-
-  // Construct the new ElementRegion.
-  const MemRegion *ArrayR = ElemR->getSuperRegion();
-  return loc::MemRegionVal(MRMgr.getElementRegion(elementType, NewIdx, ArrayR,
-                                                  Ctx));
-}

Removed: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/SymbolManager.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/SymbolManager.cpp?rev=125123&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/SymbolManager.cpp (original)
+++ cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/SymbolManager.cpp (removed)
@@ -1,345 +0,0 @@
-//== SymbolManager.h - Management of Symbolic Values ------------*- C++ -*--==//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-//  This file defines SymbolManager, a class that manages symbolic values
-//  created for use by ExprEngine and related classes.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathSensitive/SymbolManager.h"
-#include "clang/Analysis/Analyses/LiveVariables.h"
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathSensitive/MemRegion.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
-
-using namespace clang;
-using namespace ento;
-
-void SymExpr::dump() const {
-  dumpToStream(llvm::errs());
-}
-
-static void print(llvm::raw_ostream& os, BinaryOperator::Opcode Op) {
-  switch (Op) {
-    default:
-      assert(false && "operator printing not implemented");
-      break;
-    case BO_Mul: os << '*'  ; break;
-    case BO_Div: os << '/'  ; break;
-    case BO_Rem: os << '%'  ; break;
-    case BO_Add: os << '+'  ; break;
-    case BO_Sub: os << '-'  ; break;
-    case BO_Shl: os << "<<" ; break;
-    case BO_Shr: os << ">>" ; break;
-    case BO_LT:  os << "<"  ; break;
-    case BO_GT:  os << '>'  ; break;
-    case BO_LE:  os << "<=" ; break;
-    case BO_GE:  os << ">=" ; break;
-    case BO_EQ:  os << "==" ; break;
-    case BO_NE:  os << "!=" ; break;
-    case BO_And: os << '&'  ; break;
-    case BO_Xor: os << '^'  ; break;
-    case BO_Or:  os << '|'  ; break;
-  }
-}
-
-void SymIntExpr::dumpToStream(llvm::raw_ostream& os) const {
-  os << '(';
-  getLHS()->dumpToStream(os);
-  os << ") ";
-  print(os, getOpcode());
-  os << ' ' << getRHS().getZExtValue();
-  if (getRHS().isUnsigned()) os << 'U';
-}
-
-void SymSymExpr::dumpToStream(llvm::raw_ostream& os) const {
-  os << '(';
-  getLHS()->dumpToStream(os);
-  os << ") ";
-  os << '(';
-  getRHS()->dumpToStream(os);
-  os << ')';
-}
-
-void SymbolConjured::dumpToStream(llvm::raw_ostream& os) const {
-  os << "conj_$" << getSymbolID() << '{' << T.getAsString() << '}';
-}
-
-void SymbolDerived::dumpToStream(llvm::raw_ostream& os) const {
-  os << "derived_$" << getSymbolID() << '{'
-     << getParentSymbol() << ',' << getRegion() << '}';
-}
-
-void SymbolExtent::dumpToStream(llvm::raw_ostream& os) const {
-  os << "extent_$" << getSymbolID() << '{' << getRegion() << '}';
-}
-
-void SymbolMetadata::dumpToStream(llvm::raw_ostream& os) const {
-  os << "meta_$" << getSymbolID() << '{'
-     << getRegion() << ',' << T.getAsString() << '}';
-}
-
-void SymbolRegionValue::dumpToStream(llvm::raw_ostream& os) const {
-  os << "reg_$" << getSymbolID() << "<" << R << ">";
-}
-
-const SymbolRegionValue*
-SymbolManager::getRegionValueSymbol(const TypedRegion* R) {
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID profile;
-  SymbolRegionValue::Profile(profile, R);
-  void* InsertPos;
-  SymExpr *SD = DataSet.FindNodeOrInsertPos(profile, InsertPos);
-  if (!SD) {
-    SD = (SymExpr*) BPAlloc.Allocate<SymbolRegionValue>();
-    new (SD) SymbolRegionValue(SymbolCounter, R);
-    DataSet.InsertNode(SD, InsertPos);
-    ++SymbolCounter;
-  }
-
-  return cast<SymbolRegionValue>(SD);
-}
-
-const SymbolConjured*
-SymbolManager::getConjuredSymbol(const Stmt* E, QualType T, unsigned Count,
-                                 const void* SymbolTag) {
-
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID profile;
-  SymbolConjured::Profile(profile, E, T, Count, SymbolTag);
-  void* InsertPos;
-  SymExpr *SD = DataSet.FindNodeOrInsertPos(profile, InsertPos);
-  if (!SD) {
-    SD = (SymExpr*) BPAlloc.Allocate<SymbolConjured>();
-    new (SD) SymbolConjured(SymbolCounter, E, T, Count, SymbolTag);
-    DataSet.InsertNode(SD, InsertPos);
-    ++SymbolCounter;
-  }
-
-  return cast<SymbolConjured>(SD);
-}
-
-const SymbolDerived*
-SymbolManager::getDerivedSymbol(SymbolRef parentSymbol,
-                                const TypedRegion *R) {
-
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID profile;
-  SymbolDerived::Profile(profile, parentSymbol, R);
-  void* InsertPos;
-  SymExpr *SD = DataSet.FindNodeOrInsertPos(profile, InsertPos);
-  if (!SD) {
-    SD = (SymExpr*) BPAlloc.Allocate<SymbolDerived>();
-    new (SD) SymbolDerived(SymbolCounter, parentSymbol, R);
-    DataSet.InsertNode(SD, InsertPos);
-    ++SymbolCounter;
-  }
-
-  return cast<SymbolDerived>(SD);
-}
-
-const SymbolExtent*
-SymbolManager::getExtentSymbol(const SubRegion *R) {
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID profile;
-  SymbolExtent::Profile(profile, R);
-  void* InsertPos;
-  SymExpr *SD = DataSet.FindNodeOrInsertPos(profile, InsertPos);
-  if (!SD) {
-    SD = (SymExpr*) BPAlloc.Allocate<SymbolExtent>();
-    new (SD) SymbolExtent(SymbolCounter, R);
-    DataSet.InsertNode(SD, InsertPos);
-    ++SymbolCounter;
-  }
-
-  return cast<SymbolExtent>(SD);
-}
-
-const SymbolMetadata*
-SymbolManager::getMetadataSymbol(const MemRegion* R, const Stmt* S, QualType T,
-                                 unsigned Count, const void* SymbolTag) {
-
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID profile;
-  SymbolMetadata::Profile(profile, R, S, T, Count, SymbolTag);
-  void* InsertPos;
-  SymExpr *SD = DataSet.FindNodeOrInsertPos(profile, InsertPos);
-  if (!SD) {
-    SD = (SymExpr*) BPAlloc.Allocate<SymbolMetadata>();
-    new (SD) SymbolMetadata(SymbolCounter, R, S, T, Count, SymbolTag);
-    DataSet.InsertNode(SD, InsertPos);
-    ++SymbolCounter;
-  }
-
-  return cast<SymbolMetadata>(SD);
-}
-
-const SymIntExpr *SymbolManager::getSymIntExpr(const SymExpr *lhs,
-                                               BinaryOperator::Opcode op,
-                                               const llvm::APSInt& v,
-                                               QualType t) {
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  SymIntExpr::Profile(ID, lhs, op, v, t);
-  void *InsertPos;
-  SymExpr *data = DataSet.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
-
-  if (!data) {
-    data = (SymIntExpr*) BPAlloc.Allocate<SymIntExpr>();
-    new (data) SymIntExpr(lhs, op, v, t);
-    DataSet.InsertNode(data, InsertPos);
-  }
-
-  return cast<SymIntExpr>(data);
-}
-
-const SymSymExpr *SymbolManager::getSymSymExpr(const SymExpr *lhs,
-                                               BinaryOperator::Opcode op,
-                                               const SymExpr *rhs,
-                                               QualType t) {
-  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  SymSymExpr::Profile(ID, lhs, op, rhs, t);
-  void *InsertPos;
-  SymExpr *data = DataSet.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
-
-  if (!data) {
-    data = (SymSymExpr*) BPAlloc.Allocate<SymSymExpr>();
-    new (data) SymSymExpr(lhs, op, rhs, t);
-    DataSet.InsertNode(data, InsertPos);
-  }
-
-  return cast<SymSymExpr>(data);
-}
-
-QualType SymbolConjured::getType(ASTContext&) const {
-  return T;
-}
-
-QualType SymbolDerived::getType(ASTContext& Ctx) const {
-  return R->getValueType();
-}
-
-QualType SymbolExtent::getType(ASTContext& Ctx) const {
-  return Ctx.getSizeType();
-}
-
-QualType SymbolMetadata::getType(ASTContext&) const {
-  return T;
-}
-
-QualType SymbolRegionValue::getType(ASTContext& C) const {
-  return R->getValueType();
-}
-
-SymbolManager::~SymbolManager() {}
-
-bool SymbolManager::canSymbolicate(QualType T) {
-  T = T.getCanonicalType();
-
-  if (Loc::IsLocType(T))
-    return true;
-
-  if (T->isIntegerType())
-    return T->isScalarType();
-
-  if (T->isRecordType() && !T->isUnionType())
-    return true;
-
-  return false;
-}
-
-void SymbolReaper::markLive(SymbolRef sym) {
-  TheLiving.insert(sym);
-  TheDead.erase(sym);
-}
-
-void SymbolReaper::markInUse(SymbolRef sym) {
-  if (isa<SymbolMetadata>(sym))
-    MetadataInUse.insert(sym);
-}
-
-bool SymbolReaper::maybeDead(SymbolRef sym) {
-  if (isLive(sym))
-    return false;
-
-  TheDead.insert(sym);
-  return true;
-}
-
-static bool IsLiveRegion(SymbolReaper &Reaper, const MemRegion *MR) {
-  MR = MR->getBaseRegion();
-
-  if (const SymbolicRegion *SR = dyn_cast<SymbolicRegion>(MR))
-    return Reaper.isLive(SR->getSymbol());
-
-  if (const VarRegion *VR = dyn_cast<VarRegion>(MR))
-    return Reaper.isLive(VR);
-
-  // FIXME: This is a gross over-approximation. What we really need is a way to
-  // tell if anything still refers to this region. Unlike SymbolicRegions,
-  // AllocaRegions don't have associated symbols, though, so we don't actually
-  // have a way to track their liveness.
-  if (isa<AllocaRegion>(MR))
-    return true;
-
-  if (isa<CXXThisRegion>(MR))
-    return true;
-
-  if (isa<MemSpaceRegion>(MR))
-    return true;
-
-  return false;
-}
-
-bool SymbolReaper::isLive(SymbolRef sym) {
-  if (TheLiving.count(sym))
-    return true;
-
-  if (const SymbolDerived *derived = dyn_cast<SymbolDerived>(sym)) {
-    if (isLive(derived->getParentSymbol())) {
-      markLive(sym);
-      return true;
-    }
-    return false;
-  }
-
-  if (const SymbolExtent *extent = dyn_cast<SymbolExtent>(sym)) {
-    if (IsLiveRegion(*this, extent->getRegion())) {
-      markLive(sym);
-      return true;
-    }
-    return false;
-  }
-
-  if (const SymbolMetadata *metadata = dyn_cast<SymbolMetadata>(sym)) {
-    if (MetadataInUse.count(sym)) {
-      if (IsLiveRegion(*this, metadata->getRegion())) {
-        markLive(sym);
-        MetadataInUse.erase(sym);
-        return true;
-      }
-    }
-    return false;
-  }
-
-  // Interogate the symbol.  It may derive from an input value to
-  // the analyzed function/method.
-  return isa<SymbolRegionValue>(sym);
-}
-
-bool SymbolReaper::isLive(const Stmt* ExprVal) const {
-  return LCtx->getAnalysisContext()->getRelaxedLiveVariables()->
-      isLive(Loc, ExprVal);
-}
-
-bool SymbolReaper::isLive(const VarRegion *VR) const {
-  const StackFrameContext *VarContext = VR->getStackFrame();
-  const StackFrameContext *CurrentContext = LCtx->getCurrentStackFrame();
-
-  if (VarContext == CurrentContext)
-    return LCtx->getAnalysisContext()->getRelaxedLiveVariables()->
-        isLive(Loc, VR->getDecl());
-
-  return VarContext->isParentOf(CurrentContext);
-}
-
-SymbolVisitor::~SymbolVisitor() {}

Removed: cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/TextPathDiagnostics.cpp
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/TextPathDiagnostics.cpp?rev=125123&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/TextPathDiagnostics.cpp (original)
+++ cfe/trunk/lib/StaticAnalyzer/TextPathDiagnostics.cpp (removed)
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
-//===--- TextPathDiagnostics.cpp - Text Diagnostics for Paths ---*- C++ -*-===//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-//  This file defines the TextPathDiagnostics object.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/PathDiagnosticClients.h"
-#include "clang/StaticAnalyzer/BugReporter/PathDiagnostic.h"
-#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
-using namespace clang;
-using namespace ento;
-using namespace llvm;
-
-namespace {
-
-/// \brief Simple path diagnostic client used for outputting as diagnostic notes
-/// the sequence of events.
-class TextPathDiagnostics : public PathDiagnosticClient {
-  const std::string OutputFile;
-  Diagnostic &Diag;
-
-public:
-  TextPathDiagnostics(const std::string& output, Diagnostic &diag)
-    : OutputFile(output), Diag(diag) {}
-
-  void HandlePathDiagnostic(const PathDiagnostic* D);
-
-  void FlushDiagnostics(llvm::SmallVectorImpl<std::string> *FilesMade) { }
-  
-  virtual llvm::StringRef getName() const {
-    return "TextPathDiagnostics";
-  }
-
-  PathGenerationScheme getGenerationScheme() const { return Minimal; }
-  bool supportsLogicalOpControlFlow() const { return true; }
-  bool supportsAllBlockEdges() const { return true; }
-  virtual bool useVerboseDescription() const { return true; }
-};
-
-} // end anonymous namespace
-
-PathDiagnosticClient*
-ento::createTextPathDiagnosticClient(const std::string& out,
-                                     const Preprocessor &PP) {
-  return new TextPathDiagnostics(out, PP.getDiagnostics());
-}
-
-void TextPathDiagnostics::HandlePathDiagnostic(const PathDiagnostic* D) {
-  if (!D)
-    return;
-
-  if (D->empty()) {
-    delete D;
-    return;
-  }
-
-  for (PathDiagnostic::const_iterator I=D->begin(), E=D->end(); I != E; ++I) {
-    unsigned diagID = Diag.getDiagnosticIDs()->getCustomDiagID(
-                                           DiagnosticIDs::Note, I->getString());
-    Diag.Report(I->getLocation().asLocation(), diagID);
-  }
-}





More information about the cfe-commits mailing list